¡Por el triunfo militar delos insurgentes de izquierda!

El Salvador:

¡Por el triunfo militar delos insurgentes de izquierda! 

El volante de la SL/U.S. reproducido a continuación fue distribuido en forma amplia durante la preparación de la Fila Antiimperialista para las manifestaciones del 3 de mayo sobre El Salvador. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 9, julio de 1981.

Una guerra civil sanguinaria se desencadena en El Salvador. Nicaragua es amenazada con una invasión contrarrevolucionaria. Reagan ha proclamado a Centroamérica la primera línea en su guerra fría antisoviética. ¡Hay que tomar partido!

Los EE.UU. envían helicópteros Huey y “consejeros” Green Beret para sostener a la junta, amenazan a Cuba con un bloqueo militar, blanden proyectiles nucleares sobre Polonia. Pero en su afán de aplacar a los liberales imperialistas tipo Kennedy, los organizadores reformistas de las protestas en torno a El Salvador rehúsan tomar el partido de los rebeldes salvadoreños.

¡Una protesta combativa es necesaria AHORA contra la campaña belicosa imperialista! La Spartacist League y la Spartacus Youth League hacen un llamamiento por la formación de una Fila Antiimperialista en Washington, D.C. yen San Francisco el 3 de mayo para exigir: “¡Alto a toda ayuda militar y económica a la junta salvadoreña! EE.UU./OEA ¡manos fuera de Centroamérica! ¡Por el triunfo militar de los insurgentes de izquierda en El Salvador! ¡La defensa de Cuba y la URSS comienza en El Salvador!”

Ronald Reagan y el General Haig han tomado partido. Ellos apoyan a la junta asesina y a los escuadrones de muerte anticomunistas que mataron a más de 12.000 salvadoreños el año pasado. Haig disculpa hasta el asesinato de cuatro monjas norteamericanas para justificar el respaldo estadounidense a una pandilla de déspotas carniceros-todo esto al servicio de la cruzada imperialista contra el “terrorismo soviético”. Reagan y Haig siguen defendiendo a sus carniceros.

Nosotros también debemos tomar partido. No basta con oponerse a la intervención norteamericana. La autodeterminación, el lema de los liberales, no es la cuestión. Nosotros queremos que los insurgentes de izquierdavenzan en la guerra civil, que derroten a la junta militar y a sus padrinos imperialistas. Militantes antiimperialistas deben apoyar hasta el fin la lucha de los obreros y campesinos salvadoreños contra sus opresores.

Reagan/Haig han designado a Centroamérica como el lugar de una confrontación decisiva en su ofensiva antisoviética. Los imperialistas norteamericanos tienen su propia lista de blancos: desde Nicaragua y Afganistán hasta Cuba, Polonia y la URSS. Su meta final es desmontar las conquistas de la Revolución de Octubre, amenazando la barbarie radioactiva tras una Tercera Guerra Mundial nuclear.

Las lecciones de Vietnam

Se habla mucho de un “nuevo Vietnam” en Centroamérica. Esta frase significa diversas cosas para diversas personas. La sucia guerra del imperialismo en el Sudeste Asiático fue para Reagan una “causa noble”. Él quiere vengar la derrota humillante estadounidense impuesta por los indochinos (y los soviéticos), anegando en sangre a las masas centroamericanas.

Para los liberales, Vietnam fue sobre todo una guerra imperialista perdedora, y éstos temen otra derrota junto a otra dictadura raquítica. Su programa: la misma falsa reforma agraria de la CIA, llamada “pacificación” en Indochina. En El Salvador se llama “reforma por muerte”. ¡No se debe olvidar: fueron los liberales que nos dieron Playa Girón y el Golfo de Tonkín!

Los reformistas ven en este “nuevo Vietnam” el pretexto para resucitar su coalición con las “palomas” del Partido Demócrata. Ayer, Gene McCarthy y Vance Hartke; hoy día, Teddy Kennedy y Robert White, el embajador de Carter a El Salvador. Los reformistas se juntaron al desfile de derrotismo burgués en torno a Vietnam. Pero ¡nunca surge el derrotismo burgués a menos que la burguesía esté siendo derrotada!

Según ellos fue el frente popular compuesto de los Demócratas “pro-paz” y los pacifistas de izquierda que “ganó” en Indochina. No en absoluto. Todo lo que se ganó en Vietnam se ganó en el campo de batalla. Cuando el ejército de los EE.UU. se vio forzado a retirarse en 1973, ¡el movimiento “antiguerra” simplemente se desbandó! Costó dos años más de lucha sangrienta contra la dictadura de Thieu, respaldada por los EE.UU., para que el FLN/RDV pudieran tomar a Saigón − esto sin ayuda alguna de sus “amigos” radicales-liberales.

En Vietnam los reformistas llamaron por “negociaciones ahora mismo” y por “nuestras tropas a casa”. Los revolucionarios proclamaban “Toda Indochina debe ser comunista” y que allá los nuestros eran los luchadores heroicos del Viet Cong. Nosotros llamamos por huelgas obreras políticas contra la guerra y por un partido obrero − lo que podría haber movilizado el poder del proletariado norteamericano para parar en seco a los imperialistas.

Hoy, igual que ayer, las procesiones liberales “pro-paz” son intentos inútiles de presionar al imperialismo para que asuma una política más “realista”. Pero el imperialismo yanqui no metamorfoseará. Hace falta que centenares y miles se manifiesten por el triunfo militar de los insurgentes de izquierda en El Salvador y que el movimiento laboral utilice su poder para poner alto a los belicistas del Pentágono y a los MacArthur del Departamento de Estado. ¡Por boicots laborales de todo armamento militar destinado a la junta! ¡La verdadera lección de Vietnam es que el antiimperialismo en el extranjero quiere decir la lucha de clases en casa!

¿Por qué una Fila Antiimperialista?

La manifestación del 3 de mayo en Washington convocada por el People’s Antiwar Mobilization (PAM) y la Coalición 3° de Mayo rehúsa tomar partido alguno en la guerra civil salvadoreña y cuidadosamente evita incluso la mención de la palabra “imperialismo”. Al contrario − con la clásica retórica reformista tipo “alimento antes que armas” llaman por nada más que un cambio en las prioridades de los EE.UU. La consigna central del Comité en Solidaridad con el Pueblo de El Salvador (CISPES), uno delos organizadores principales de la manifestación del 3 de mayo, es la “autodeterminación”. Así que si la junta mata a miles por sí sola, eso no les importa a estos reformistas y liberales.

El programa de PAM y CISPES es el programa de los liberales imperialistas. Apoyan un proyecto de ley en el Congreso para cortar la ayuda militar a la junta, pero no la mucho más grande ayuda “económica” que mantiene a flote al régimen insolvente. Hablan solamente de “autodeterminación” para poder realizar un bloque político con Teddy Kennedy, quien condena el apoyo militar “de los estados comunistas y otros estados radicales a las fuerzas insurgentes”. Llaman por una “solución política” en El Salvador, que significa suplicar a los imperialistas “compasivos” que hagan un trato con la junta asesina.

Hay una contradicción política fundamental dentro de las protestas acerca de El Salvador, entre los que quieren presionar al imperialismo y los que luchan para vencerlo, entre la colaboración de clases y la lucha de clases. Los militantes antiimperialistas auténticos deben apoyar que los insurgentes de izquierda en El Salvador obtengan cuantas armas puedan, de donde sea − desde luego, incluso si pueden, del traidor y renuente bloque soviético. Los revolucionarios decimos: ¡Ningunas ilusiones frentepopulistas − Romper con la burguesía! La única manera de barrer a los generales asesinos y sus escuadrones de muerte es la revolución obrera.

Este es el programa para la victoria en Centroamérica. Pero tan desesperados están los reformistas por evitar la mención de la palabra “revolución” que algunos han recurrido a la violencia física en sus vanos esfuerzos de silenciar a los trotskistas de la Spartacist League y Spartacus Youth League. En Los Angeles, hasta telefonearon a toda su lista de conocidos con la mentira de que se había “cancelado” una manifestación iniciada por la SL/SYL, la primera protesta en este país contra las deportaciones de los refugiados salvadoreños. Pero no permitiremos que tales provocaciones criminales obstaculicen las protestas contra la ofensiva de guerra fría del imperialismo norteamericano.

El 3 de mayo es el Día D. Si no movilizamos en una Fila Antiimperialista combativa, la política que se escuchará será la de los Teddy Kennedy y sus aficionados. Hacemos un llamado a todo aquel que quiera aplastar el terror sangriento de la junta salvadoreña, respaldada por los EE.UU., que marchen con nosotros el 3 de mayo en Washington y en San Francisco, exigiendo: “¡Triunfo militar a los insurgentes de izquierda en El Salvador!”

¡Unirse a la Fila Antiimperialista!

  

 ¡Alto a toda ayuda norteamericana a la junta salvadoreña!

EEUU/OEA i manos fuera de Centroamérica!

¡ Defensa de Cuba y la URSS comienza en El Salvador!

(Importantes críticas adjuntas)

“A lo largo de los años 80, la SL desarrolló una fuerte tendencia a reducir el trotskismo a la cuestión del defensismo soviético. Ese giro fue parcialmente reconocido en la época en que yo era miembro de la juventud de la Liga Espartaquista. Desde que pasó a ver la defensa de la URSS como la cuestión central en todos los lugares y ocasiones, desde Nicaragua hasta Alice Springs, Australia, surgió una tendencia para ver el mundo a partir del estrecho punto de vista de la pregunta ‘¿está bien así para Rusia?”

“Frecuentemente se escribía y se afirmaba internamente que la defensa de la URSS era la ‘brújula política’  de la SL, que iría a prevenir su degeneración, un tipo de talismán mágico para espantar los espíritus del antitrotskismo. En contraste, el Programa  de Transición declara que la Cuarta Internacional debe ‘basar su programa en la lógica de la lucha de clases’, lo cual es bien diferente a usar la defensa de la URSS como una brújula política.”

Grupo Internacionalista/ Liga por la IV Internacional:
Aun dando vueltas en torno de una ‘explicación seria’

17 de agosto de 2010

¡Por el triunfo militar de los izquierdistas salvadoreños!

¡Por el triunfo militar de los izquierdistas salvadoreños!

Durante el 24° congreso bienal del International Longshoremen’s and Warehousemen’s Union (ILWU — sindicato de estibadores y almaceneros de la Costa Oeste estadounidense), celebrado en abril 27 – mayo 2 de 1981, Howard Keylor, del Militant Caucus (tendencia clasista dentro del sindicato), presentó la siguiente resolución sobre El Salvador. Fue originalmente impresa (en inglés) en Workers Vanguard No. 286, 31 julio 1981. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 9 (1981).

Considerando que:

La política exterior de Reagan es de preparar una Tercera Guerra Mundial contra la Unión Soviética. En este camino hacia el holocausto nuclear los pasos son claro — primero El Salvador, luego Nicaragua, Cuba, Polonia y finalmente la URSS; y

Considerando que: 

El conflicto de El Salvador es una guerra civil. Los obreros y campesinos empobrecidos están en un lado. En el otro lado están los terratenientes, los barones del café, los escuadrones de la muerte derechistas, la junta militar, y el gobierno estadounidense. Cada uno de los locales sindicales ha sido bombardeado y destruido y la matanza continúa; y

Considerando que:

El ILWU y el resto del movimiento sindical norteamericano tienen muchos intereses en esta lucha y deben tomar partido con los obreros y campesinos. Sólo el triunfo militar de los insurgentes de izquierda puede evitar un baño de sangre. El movimiento laboral norteamericano debe emprender toda acción necesaria para ayudar en el triunfo de nuestros hermanos y hermanas de clase en El Salvador; y

Considerando que:

La política de la Internacional [del ILWU] de boicotear todo cargamento, militar destinado a El Salvador representa un primer paso hacia la solidaridad laboral internacional. Pero es necesario implementar el boicot militar en el puerto y extenderlo a los Teamsters [sindicato de camioneros] y a los marineros. Si Reagan, amante de la guerra, envía a los marines, el ILWU y el movimiento sindical deben estar listos a recurrir a la huelga para parar la intervención de los EE.UU.; y

Considerando que:

Un verdadero triunfo de los obreros y campesinos sólo puede ganarse a través de la lucha independiente para lograr sus propios intereses de clase. Esto quiere decir, la consecución de gobiernos obrero-campesinos en El Salvador y toda Centroamérica, para expropiar las fincas cafetaleras, las compañías y las haciendas, sin recompensa alguna; y

  

Considerando que:

La capacidad de realizar esta lucha de clases independiente significa romper políticamente con los capitalistas llamados progresistas que intrigan por conseguir una “solución política” negociada que mantendrá el capitalismo en El Salvador. Tal arreglo con la junta dejaría intactas las empresas y haciendas mientras las condiciones sociales de los obreros y campesinos siguen siendo las mismas. A los obreros salvadoreños la única alternativa que se les presenta es el triunfo o la muerte. Por lo tanto

Se resuelve: Que el ILWU

1. Llame por el triunfo militar de los insurgentes de izquierda de El Salvador;

2. Llame al movimiento sindical norteamericano a boicotear todo cargamento militar destinado a El Salvador y a los demás dictadores centroamericanos;

3. Inste a nuestros hermanos y hermanas de clase en El Salvador a romper políticamente con los capitalistas y a luchar por un gobierno obrero y campesino;

4. Exija el cese de toda ayuda militar y económica de los EE.UU. a la junta salvadoreña;

5. Exija a los EE.UU./OEA/capitalistas latinoamericanos — ¡Todas las manos fuera de El Salvador y Nicaragua!

¿Adónde va Polonia?

¿Adónde va Polonia?

 

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No. 279, 24 de abril de 1981. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No 9, julio de 1981.

 

Polonia se está deshaciendo. El movimiento sindical “Solidaridad” (Solidarnosc) se polariza. El partido comunista polaco está en caos. La economía hecha pedazos. Y el imperialismo estadounidense trata frenéticamente de provocar una intervención rusa. Reagan y Haig han decidido servirse de Polonia como peón en su sobrecalentada campaña de Guerra Fría contra la Unión Soviética. Y su meta final es derrocar las restantes conquistas de la Revolución de Octubre, baluarte principal del poder estatal proletario. Los revolucionarios y obreros conscientes debemos oponernos a esta provocación imperialista y defender incondicionalmente a los estados del bloque soviético contra ataques contrarrevolucionarios.

 

Washington azuza a sus “aliados” en Europa Occidental a reforzar su resolución antisoviética con cohetes nucleares dirigidos contra el “agresor ruso en Polonia”. El general Haig trata de convencer a los gobiernos miembros de la OTAN a romper relaciones económicas y diplomáticas con la URSS. Weinberger, el ministro de guerra norteamericano, amenaza con represalias terribles contra una intervención de la Unión Soviética. E incluso hace gala de la peligrosa “carta china” estadounidense, amenazando con librar armas a Pekín, probablemente con armamento nuclear capaz de atacar a ciudades soviéticas. Y los chinos están listos, más aun ansiosos: no sólo quieren cohetes nucleares, sino que ¡también quieren usarlos!

 

Desde la Segunda Guerra Mundial la burguesía norteamericana ha tratado de convencerse de que puede aplastar con bombas nucleares a la Unión Soviética y sobrevivir. Esta es la meta que proclama abiertamente hoy la administración Reagan. Richard Pipes, el experto en Rusia de la Casa Blanca, dice que los soviéticos enfrentan la alternativa de “cambiar su sistema comunista en la dirección del Occidente o hacer la guerra.” Reagan/Haig creen que una intervención soviética en Polonia eliminaría todos los obstáculos en sus preparativos para esta guerra.

 

Aun si no interviene el Kremlin, los EE.UU. han hecho de Polonia el foco central de su Guerra Fría con sus referencias constantes a una “invasión por osmosis”, “extensión indefinida de maniobras por tropas del Pacto de Varsovia”, etc. “Parece que [los EE.UU.] hacen alguna jugada con toda una nación,” exclamó un polaco enfurecido por las continuas alarmas desde Washington (New York Times, 6 de abril). En verdad, Reagan y Haig han puesto en claro que buscanuna intervención rusa a gran escala, y tratan a toda costa de desencadenarla. Quieren ver a obreros polacos tras el águila y la cruz tirando cócteles molotov contra tanques rusos. Quieren provocar un baño de sangre en Polonia para luego poder utilizar como grito de combate la “agresión rusa”, para empujar en todos los frentes su campaña dirigida a una Tercera Guerra Mundial.

 

Los políticos imperialistas y la prensa occidental hablan de una “invasión” Soviética a Polonia. En realidad, el ejército soviético expulsó a las fuerzas alemanas nazis de Polonia y liberó al país en 1944-45. Y han permanecido allí desde entonces. Hoy día hay dos divisiones rusas protegiendo las vitales vías de comunicación con Alemania Oriental y el frente OTAN. Exigir la retirada de las tropas soviéticas de Polonia es exigir que Varsovia abandone el Pacto de Varsovia. Es decir, equivale a llamar por el desarme unilateral del bloque soviético. No es una invasión de lo que se trata, sino de una intervención militar rusa en la vida civil y la lucha de clases polaca. Y estos procesos han sufrido cambios importantes en los últimos nueve meses de plena ebullición.

 

La ola masiva de huelgas en los puertos bálticos en agosto del año pasado puso a los obreros polacos ante una alternativa histórica: frente a la bancarrota evidente y dramática del dominio estalinista, sería ya o el camino de la contrarrevolución sangrienta enlazada con el imperialismo occidental, o el camino de la revolución política proletaria. A raíz de la influencia clerical-nacionalista en Solidarnosc y ahora con la aparición de una organización de masas del campesinado terrateniente, el peligro contrarrevolucionario sigue siendo grande. Pero se ha iniciado un proceso de diferenciación política. Ante todo, “Solidaridad” ha pasado a abarcar a la totalidad de la clase obrera polaca, con todas sus tensiones y contradicciones. Un millón de miembros del partido polaco han entrado a los nuevos sindicatos, y el partido está en apuros: los “duros” aislados, la dirección debilitada, la militancia alborotada. Y la iglesia se ha distanciado de Walesa y Cía., con la esperanza de mantenerse como un polo contrarrevolucionario estable frente a una intervención militar soviética.

 

Esta fluidez política no quiere decir de ninguna manera que ha habido un cambio fundamental en la relación de fuerzas, la cual es todavía claramente desfavorable desde el punto de vista revolucionario. Pero si surgiera una auténtica oposición leninista-trotskista, podría experimentar un crecimiento rápido y tener un tremendo impacto de polarización. Pero si el Kremlin, empujado por la provocación imperialista, entrara a restaurar el orden burocrático en Polonia, en el mejor de los casos congelaría el proceso de diferenciación política necesario para la única solución progresista a la crisis polaca: la revolución política obrera. Por eso, los verdaderos internacionalistas proletarios deben protestar airadamente una intervención militar rusa, que representaría una derrota para la causa del socialismo.

 

Pero mucho peor sería una resistencia violenta por parte de los polacos, lo que podría resultar en un baño de sangre. Sería ésta una catástrofe histórica. Una represión “fría” sólo postergaría la confrontación entre los obreros polacos y sus gobernantes estalinistas. Si hay un tanque soviético en cada esquina y los polacos pasan rechiflando, ¿qué ha cambiado realmente? Pero si hay una respuesta violenta, la represión resultante aplastaría a la clase obrera polaca políticamente y produciría una explosión de nacionalismo antiruso que costaría años si no décadas en superar. Además, enardecería la campaña bélica del imperialismo estadounidense; es por esto que a Reagan y Haig les gustaría un tal baño de sangre. Los revolucionarios proletarios por tanto debemos oponernos enfáticamente a toda resistencia violenta, ya sea acción de masas o terror individual, contra tal intervención militar soviética en Polonia.

 

La situación actual de Polonia es el producto de décadas de capitulación por los burócratas estalinistas ante las fuerzas capitalistas. Esto hace a todo revolucionario sentir el anhelo por una dirección trotskista en la URSS que solucionaría rápidamente la crisis polaca. Sólo la revolución política en toda Europa del Este bajo el yugo estalinista puede abrir el camino al socialismo. Y esto requiere partidos trotskistas internacionalistas que puedan tender la mano a la clase obrera soviética en la defensa de las conquistas de la Revolución de Octubre.

 

 

El estalinismo alimenta la reacción clerical-nacionalista

 

Las fuerzas armadas soviéticas que entraron en 1944 a la Polonia ocupada por los alemanes, fueron saludadas como libertadoras tanto en el sentido social como nacional. La expropiación de los grandes terratenientes y capitalistas a mediados y fines de los años 40 fue una medida ampliamente apoyada. Y sin embargo, tres décadas de dominio burocrático estalinista han puesto a gran parte de la población, y de la clase obrera industrial, en contra de lo que consideran el “sistema comunista impuesto por Rusia”. Y no se trata simplemente de una reacción a la supresión policíaca de los derechos democráticos y a los privilegios groseros y la corrupción de la burocracia “socialista”. La actual crisis polaca, sobre todo el peligroso incremento en sentimientos clerical-nacionalistas, tiene sus raíces en los fracasos y los compromisos incumplidos del estalinismo de reforma.

 

Cuando Wladyslaw Gomulka subió al poder en 1956 proclamando la necesidad de la más amplia democracia obrera, él gozaba de una autoridad popular enorme. Luego, se dio vuelta y suprimió los consejos obreros y los círculos de intelectuales disidentes que lo habían apoyado contra los estalinistas duros. Cuando Edward Gierek sustituyó a Gomulka en 1970 luego del levantamiento obrero de la costa báltica, muchos creyeron en su retórica prometiendo una prosperidad económica incomparable. Luego, hipotecó ruinosamente la riqueza de Polonia a los banqueros occidentales mientras otorgaba subsidios ruinosos a los campesinos terratenientes.

 

Así, cuando bajo la presión del alza de precios y escasez de alimentos y otros productos básicos de consumo popular se produjo el estallido obrero en julio-agosto del año pasado [1980], los obreros vieron a la poderosa iglesia católica como la reconocida oposición al despreciado régimen “comunista”. La Internacional fue sustituida por el himno nacional, “O Dios, que habéis defendido a Polonia”, y el nuevo líder obrero, Lech Walesa, aprovechó toda oportunidad para declararse un hijo leal de la iglesia polaca. Muchos de los “disidentes” que han surgido son abiertamente reaccionarios-nacionalistas virulentos, anticomunistas, antidemocráticos e incluso antisemitas (¡a pesar de que casi no queda ningún judío en Polonia!).

 

El auge del nacionalismo clerical está asociado con simpatías con el Occidente, que frecuentemente se expresan en llamados por “sindicatos libres” como en los EE.UU. y Alemania Occidental. Los obreros polacos harían bien en mirar a las ensangrentadas neocolonias norteamericanas antes de tragarse las historias de la Radio Europa Libre. Los rusos tendrían que matar a unos 150.000 polacos para igualar proporcionadamente el número de obreros y campesinos asesinados durante el último año por la junta militar auspiciada por Carter y Reagan en El Salvador. En Brasil, el popular líder sindical “Lula” ha sido condenado a tres años y medio de encarcelamiento por haber hecho mucho menos que amenazar con dirigir una huelga general política cada mes. Incluso John Christensen, un observador del sindicato automotriz norteamericano United Auto Workers, que presenciaba los acontecimientos en Brasil, comentaba:

 

“Me asusta que al comparar Brasil con Polonia, un país comunista, parece haber más libertad allí que acá. Walesa es más libre que Lula, Allí el gobierno accedió a dialogar con él, aquí no.”

—New York Times, 3 de abril

 

Pueda que una visita a El Salvador y Brasil por una delegación de “Solidaridad” les enseñaría algo sobre la realidad del “mundo libre” — si es que salen con vida.

 

Dada la fuerte influencia clerical-nacionalista sobre los nuevos sindicatos que se convirtieron en Solidarnosc, hemos advertido repetidamente contra el peligro contrarrevolucionario capitalista encabezado por la iglesia del papa Wojtyla. Al mismo tiempo, reconocimos que la emergencia de un poderoso movimiento obrero desafiando fundamentalmente el dominio burocrático estalinista también podría abrir el camino a la revolución política proletaria. Por lo tanto, hemos insistido en que la tarea estratégica clave para una vanguardia trotskista en Polonia sería hacer romper a la masa de los obreros de las fuerzas reaccionarias. Esto quiere decir luchar por una serie de demandas programáticas incluyendo la absoluta separación de la iglesia del estado, defensa de la propiedad colectivizada, defensa de los estados obreros degenerado/deformados del bloque soviético contra el imperialismo. Una vanguardia trotskista trataría de polarizar el movimiento obrero, atrayendo a aquellos que buscan una solución auténticamente socialista y que son contrarios al Vaticano y al capitalismo occidental.

 

 

Solidarnosc en apuros, el partido comunista polarizado

 

Hoy estamos experimentando los comienzos de la diferenciación política interna dentro de “Solidaridad” y del partido comunista. Por primera vez aparecen fuerzas que se oponen al dominio burocrático no en el nombre del águila y la cruz sino llamando por la “renovación socialista” e incluso el retorno a los principios del “marxismo-leninismo”. El New York Times (12 de abril) pronostica: “De no ocurrir una intervención militar soviética, la fase siguiente más probable en la revolución obrera en Polonia no será una lucha contra el Partido Comunista sino una lucha en el interior del partido.” Esto hace aún más urgente la cristalización de un núcleo de propaganda trotskista en Polonia, lo único que puede ofrecer una salida de las continuas y desesperadas crisis que devastan a Polonia.

 

El panorama político ha cambiado considerablemente desde la huelga general de agosto pasado concentrada en Gdansk. Walesa sufre ataques desde varios lados en el interior de Solidarnosc. Entretanto, muchos de los más de un millón de militantes obreros del Partido Obrero Unido Polaco (POUP) que ahora participan en “Solidaridad” deben darse cuenta de que su ideario socialista (no importa cuán deformado por la ideología estalinista) está en conflicto con las ideas reaccionarias de Walesa y sus hombres. La jerarquía de la iglesia, por otro lado, se ha distanciado, temiendo una intervención militar soviética. Pocos días antes de una programada huelga general de “Solidaridad” a fines de marzo, el cardenal Wyszynski publicó una declaración conjunta con el primer ministro Wojciech Jaruzelski instando a que “pueden ser eliminadas las huelgas pues resultan extremadamente costosas para la debilitada economía nacional” (Daily World, 28 de marzo).

 

Especialmente significativo es el impacto que han tenido las luchas obreras sobre el aparato estalinista del POUP. La última reunión del Comité Central a fines de marzo, se convirtió en un alboroto político. “Debemos reconocer que Solidaridad es en primer lugar la clase obrera en sí,” declaró el secretario del partido del puerto báltico de Szczecin. Sólo el temor a la reacción del Kremlin evitó que la reunión echara a “duros” como Stefan Olszowski fuera del Politburó. Una conferencia nacional reciente de grupos disidentes dentro del partido, llevada a cabo en Torun, reivindicó la información adecuada y completa, el voto secreto, candidatos múltiples. Un delegado protestó: “Las autoridades no deben presentar los cambios que están ocurriendo en nuestro país como el trabajo de fuerzas antisocialistas sino como la necesaria restauración de los principios marxistas-Ieninistas” (New York Times. 16 de abril).

 

Sin embargo, en forma general los disidentes del POUP no se orientan hacia el redescubrimiento del leninismo auténtico. Tienden más bien al estalinismo liberal, “el socialismo con cara humana”, como el reformador estalinista checo Dubcek lo llamaba durante la Primavera de Praga de 1968. Buscan una acogida favorable por parte de los actuales dirigentes de Solidarnosc. Además, según se informa, expresan prejuicios y sentimientos políticos antirusos ampliamente difundidos en Polonia hoy en día. Un delegado en la conferencia de Torun indicaba: “Nuestros amigos soviéticos tienen una historia que los ha acostumbrado al absolutismo gubernamental. Pero la historia de nuestra nación está íntimamente ligada a la democracia.” ¡¿Y qué hay del héroe nacional y dictador fascistoide Pilsudski, ex socialdemócrata de derecha quien defendió al capitalismo polaco contra el Ejército Rojo en 1920?! Como indicó Trotsky, la misma burocracia estalinista podría generar un ala fascista — él la llamó la “fracción Butenko” — la cual en la Polonia de hoy estaría impregnada de un virulento nacionalismo antiruso.

 

Si los liberales del POUP hablan de una “renovación socialista” en Polonia, el Kremlin advierte contra “la contrarrevolución trepante”. Los estalinistas brejnevistas no se atreven a atacar las bases reales de la contrarrevolución, la poderosa jerarquía católica, y en su lugar escogen como blanco grupos disidentes relativamente pequeños, especialmente el Comité para la Autodefensa Social (KOR) de Jacek Kuron, y la Confederación de la Polonia Independiente (KPN) de Leszek Moczulski. Por supuesto, los mandones del Kremlin denunciarían a todaoposición política, incluso y especialmente a los trotskistas, como “contrarrevolucionaria” o aun “fascista”. Pero no obstante las calumnias estalinistas, el KOR y la KPN son, cada uno a su manera, enemigos del socialismo.

 

La KPN es abiertamente clerical-nacionalista y antisocialista. No es lo mismo con el KOR de Kuron, sin embargo. En Occidente se considera a Kuron generalmente como una especie de izquierdista, incluso “marxista” — un reflejo de sus posiciones durante los años 60. Como hemos señalado en contra de sus entusiastas seudotrotskistas, él se ha movido muy a la derecha. Tamara Deutscher lo confirma en un importante artículo, recientemente publicado en el New Left Review (“Poland — Hopes and Fears”, enero-febrero de 1981). Ella recuerda que cuando fueron condenados a la cárcel en 1964, “Kuron y su camarada cantaron con brío la Internacional ante el tribunal. Hoy día este gesto por Kuron sería inconcebible. Se ha movido hacia la socialdemocracia, la iglesia y una posición nacionalista.”

 

 

Ante todo, un partido Internacionalista revolucionario

 

Que haya o no una intervención militar de Moscú en el futuro próximo, la crisis polaca está procediendo rápidamente hacia el punto de detonación. El caos económico asume proporciones desastrosas. Las reservas alimenticias disminuyen rápidamente; las exportaciones para divisas de moneda fuerte han caído en un 25 por ciento desde el año pasado, y la exportación del carbón ha disminuido en un 50 por ciento. Políticamente, la situación es anárquica. Debe haber entre los trabajadores de Polonia un tremendo sentimiento a favor de tomar el control de la sociedad, la economía, y dirigirla en su interés. Buscando apaciguar a las masas, los dirigentes estalinistas hablan ahora de otorgar más poderes al parlamento, el Sejm, la instancia gubernamental nominalmente más alta.

 

En la Polonia de hoy la consigna clásica de los Bolcheviques — todo el poder a los soviets, los consejos obreros democráticamente elegidos — tendría gran atractivo. Una vanguardia revolucionaria podría exigir que los supuestos poderes del Sejm fueran conferidos a un congreso de soviets como en la Revolución de Octubre rusa. Pero los soviets de por sí no garantizan una dirección socialista de la sociedad. Sobre todo en las condiciones actuales de Polonia, podrían sucumbir a la influencia de fuerzas nacionalistas reaccionarias buscando el respaldo imperialista contra la URSS. El elemento clave es un partido obrero auténticamente revolucionario capaz de organizar los impulsos socialistas de las masas trabajadoras alrededor de un programa internacionalista, marxista.

 

La vanguardia comunista debe ser de antinacionalistas combativos. Buscarían inspiración en la tradición del partido socialista de Rosa Luxemburg y Leo Jogiches de antes de la Primera Guerra Mundial. A diferencia del chauvinista Partido Socialista Polaco de Pilsudski, éstos denominaron a su organización la Socialdemocracia del Reino de Polonia y Lituania. Sostenían que la transformación socialista de Polonia estaba entrelazada de forma inextricable con la revolución proletaria en Rusia.

 

Uno de los líderes de la SDKPiL de Luxemburg/Jogiches fue Felix Dzerzhinski quien más tarde jugó un papel distinguido en la Revolución Bolchevique como jefe de la Cheka, el brazo policial del joven poder soviético. Dzerzhinski, cuyo acento polaco en ruso se acentuaba cuando estaba perturbado, fue elegido para esta posición difícil por ser un revolucionario de una rectitud moral extraordinaria. A un nivel histórico bastante menor está Konstanti Rokossovski, un joven socialista polaco que entró al Ejército Rojo soviético en 1919. Encarcelado durante las purgas de Stalín a fines de los años 30, reapareció para convertirse en uno de los más grandes comandantes soviéticos de la Segunda Guerra Mundial. El mariscal Rokossovski fue un oficial militar estalinista y no un revolucionario. Pero su aporte a la defensa de la Unión Soviética en contra del ataque imperialista es honroso — y él jugó un papel clave en la liberación de Polonia en 1944-45 de la horrenda ocupación nazi.

 

En su importante ensayo sobre la “Tragedia del Partido Comunista Polaco”, Isaac Deutscher enfatizó como su conclusión principal que: “… si la historia del PC polaco y de Polonia en general prueba algo, es cuán indestructible es el lazo entre la revolución rusa y la polaca.” Hoy en día es necesario hacer revivir la tradición de la unidad revolucionaria del proletariado ruso con el polaco. Ahora ésta debe ser dirigida contra las burocracias estalinistas, en defensa de las economías colectivizadas y del poder estatal proletario contra la amenaza del capitalismo imperialista.

 

La dirección de “Solidaridad” se opone directamente a estos principios. Walesa y sus colegas se consideran como los abanderados de la nación polaca en su totalidad contra el “comunismo” ruso. Esto se expresa más claramente en su apoyo activo a la organización campesina, Solidaridad Rural. De hecho, la reciente huelga casi general fue llamada fundamentalmente a favor de la organización campesina. Expresando los apetitos adquisitivos de los numerosos campesinos terratenientes polacos, la meta de Solidaridad Rural es el pleno reestablecimiento de las relaciones capitalistas en el campo. Sus demandas no económicas incluyen la construcción de más iglesias, no a la restricción de la educación religiosa y la eliminación de la instrucción obligatoria de la lengua rusa en las escuelas. No es de extrañar entonces que el mismo papa Wojtyla exigiera que el régimen de Varsovia reconozca a Solidaridad Rural, una base potente para la restauración capitalista. El régimen estalinista acaba de legitimar a esta organización campesina, revocando su posición previa, lo cual señala una concesión importante a las fuerzas de la reacción.

 

La respuesta socialista a Solidaridad Rural no es de mantener el statu quo en el campo, pues la actual situación es catastrófica. Los envejecidos e ineficientes minifundistas polacos constituyen una barrera importante a un desarrollo económico equilibrado. El subsidio alimenticio de unos 10 mil millones de dólares — o sea, la diferencia entre lo que el estado les paga a los campesinos y lo que les cobra a los consumidores urbanos — es de lejos el renglón más importante en el presupuesto gubernamental y constituye una parte significativa de la renta nacional total. Las granjas colectivas ucranias y rusas abastecen actualmente a Polonia con alimentos, a pesar de que el nivel de consumo, especialmente de carne, es mucho más alto en Varsovia y Gdansk que en Moscú y Kiev. Una tarea clave e inmediata para un gobierno soviético revolucionario en Polonia seria el promover la colectivización de la agricultura. Deben otorgarse créditos baratos y servicios sociales generosos a aquellos campesinos que combinan sus tierras y fuerza de trabajo. Los que quieren continuar siendo pequeños capitalistas agrarios deben someterse a impuestos más elevados y otras formas de discriminación económica.

 

En conjunto con la atrasada agricultura minifundista, una deuda exterior inmensa está a la base de la actual crisis económica polaca. Durante los años 70 el régimen de Gierek trató de comprar a los obreros y campesinos mediante préstamos masivos contratados en el Occidente. Sus sucesores han acelerado esta política desastrosa. ¡Sólo en los últimos siete meses la deuda polaca al Occidente ha aumentado en una tercera parte! El pago a los banqueros de Frankfurt y Wall Street va a absorber todas las entradas de divisas provenientes de exportaciones por muchos años (y no es pequeña la parte de las exportaciones soviéticas que son utilizadas para el pago directo o indirecto a los acreedores capitalistas occidentales de Polonia). La demanda por la anulación de la deuda imperialista es crucial en romper la camisa de fuerza capitalista que restringe la economía polaca. Pero esto sólo sería posible bajo un régimen soviético revolucionario que pudiera responder a las represalias económicas imperialistas llamando a los trabajadores de Europa Occidental a convertirse en sus camaradas en la planificación socialista internacional de unos Estados Unidos Socialistas de Europa.

 

Importantes como son los llamados a la clase obrera del Occidente capitalista, aún más importante para la revolución política proletaria en Polonia es la perspectiva hacia una tal revolución en la Unión Soviética. Si interviniera militarmente el Kremlin, la suerte inmediata de los obreros polacos dependería en gran medida de su capacidad de influir y ganar a los soldados conscriptos soviéticos — es decir, jóvenes obreros y campesinos rusos, ucranios y de Asia Central en uniforme. El nacionalismo polaco antiruso, y especialmente toda violencia dirigida contra los soldados y oficiales soviéticos, sabotearían la causa proletaria.

 

Aquí es importante anotar que las ilusiones sobre la “buena voluntad” y el pacifismo de las potencias capitalistas occidentales, muy comunes en Europa del Este y especialmente en Polonia, no se extienden a la Unión Soviética. Luego de perder a 20 millones luchando contra la Alemania Nazi, el pueblo soviético sabe muy bien que el arsenal nuclear de la OTAN está dirigido contra él. Esta comprensión ha sido reafirmada ahora por las abiertas amenazas de Washington de un primer ataque nuclear. El pueblo soviético tiene razones legítimas de temer la transformación de los países linderos de Europa del Este en estados hostiles, aliados al imperialismo.

 

Los burócratas del Kremlin explotan este temor legítimo para aplastar el malestar popular y las aspiraciones democráticas en Europa del Este, como en Checoslovaquia en 1968. Pero la situación en Polonia hoyes bastante diferente de la “Primavera de Praga”. El nacionalismo antiruso es de una virulencia magnificada, mientras que Washington y sus aliados en la OTAN actúan de forma mucho más provocativa, incluso con amenazas militares. Por estas razones, la cuestión de la defensa de la Unión Soviética contra el imperialismo tiene una importancia mucho mayor en la actual crisis polaca. Los obreros revolucionarios polacos no pueden esperar atraer a los soldados soviéticos a menos que les aseguren que defienden las conquistas sociales de la Revolución de Octubre contra un ataque imperialista.

 

Sólo al dirigirse a sus hermanos de clase soviéticos en nombre del internacionalismo socialista es que el proletariado polaco podrá liberarse de las cadenas de la opresión estalinista. Con esta perspectiva una vanguardia trotskista en Polonia podría a transformar la catástrofe pendiente en una gran victoria para el socialismo mundial.

El espectro del trotskismo en Nicaragua

El espectro del trotskismo en Nicaragua

[Traducido de Workers Vanguard No. 277, 27 de marzo de 1981. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No 9, julio de 1981.]

El trotskismo significa la revolución permanente, gobiernos obrero-campesinos y no la colaboración de clases frentepopulista, partidos bolchevique-leninistas independientes como vanguardia indispensable de la revolución proletaria. Pero ese no es el programa de muchos que se hacen pasar por trotskistas en torno a Nicaragua. El grupo más grande, el llamado Secretariado Unificado (S. U.), jura sobre un montón de Segundas Declaraciones de La Habana que no son sino puros sandinistas rojinegros. De acuerdo con la resolución mayoritaria de su XIº Congreso Mundial, los partidarios del S.U. “defenderán su programa mediante su trabajo leal para construir este partido”, es decir, el FSLN. Un año más tarde decían de nuevo: “La vanguardia reconocida de la revolución nicaragüense ha sido forjada en el Frente Sandinista” (Intercontinental Press, 24 de noviembre de 1980). Y si eso es cierto, ¿para qué sirven los trotskistas?

No es esta una pregunta retórica. Cuando el FSLN arrestó a la Brigada Simón Bolívar, cuyos dirigentes, supuestos trotskistas, formaban parte en ese entonces del Secretariado Unificado, una delegación de voceros del S.U. le comunicó en forma oficial al gobierno sandinista su aprobación de la expulsión ¡de sus propios “camaradas”! Y recuerden la carta de unos disidentes del S.U. en Nicaragua en la que acusaban a Peter Camejo, aquel gallo del SWP norteamericano, de ordenar al delegado del S.U. allí de entregar a los brigadistas bolivarianos a la policía del FSLN. Hemos publicado esta carta (Workers Vanguard No. 242, 26 de noviembre de 1979) y ni Camejo, ni el SWP jamás han negado la acusación, así que tenemos que suponer que es verdad. A eso lleva, pues, el seguidismo oportunista. El movimiento trotskista ha tenido que luchar contra los claudicantes que se arrodillan ante las presiones de la burguesía y las burocracias estalinistas. Pero esta gente no son claudicantes, ¡son soplones!

Como ya es de costumbre en el Secretariado no Unificado, hubo discrepancias entre la mayoría alrededor de Ernest Mandel – solíamos llamarle comandante Ernesto por ser guevarista tan entusiasta a principios de los años 70 – y una minoría encabezada por el SWP. Así, por ejemplo, la resolución presentada por el SWP al congreso mundial del S.U. llamaba al “gobierno” sandinista/ burgués de Nicaragua un gobierno obrero y campesino, término usado por primera vez por la Internacional Comunista como denominación popular de la dictadura del proletariado. ¡Buena dictadura proletaria ésta donde los representantes de los terratenientes y los banqueros se sientan en la junta de gobierno y en ministerios gubernamentales claves! Pero los mandelistas también querían seguir a la cola de los sandinistas – sólo que no son tan desvergonzados como los Jack Barnes y los Peter Camejo y en su última resolución la mayoría del S.U. sostiene que, desde mayo de 1980, Nicaragua es gobernada por un gobierno obrero y campesino. Ellos sólo buscaban un pretexto.

También hay la tendencia de Nahuel Moreno y su Brigada Simón Bolívar. Lejos de ser una oposición revolucionaria ellos trataron de disfrazarse con los colores sandinistas igual que el S.U. Pero pretendían empujar las cosas hacia la izquierda. A escala internacional forman parte de un bloque con la OCI francesa de Pierre Lambert, y acaban de cambiar su etiqueta de Comité Paritario a “Cuarta Internacional (Comité Internacional)”. Y, dicho sea de paso, las comillas son de ellos. Tienen un pequeño núcleo en Nicaragua que se designa LMR. Un pequeño grupo en Los Angeles llamado Sandinistas por el Socialismo se juntó a ellos cuando su batallón internacional llegó a Managua al día siguiente del triunfo del FSLN. (Les apodamos “los sandinistas que no pudieron”.) Hasta hace poco el Comité Paritario también tenía otro grupo en Nicaragua, el GRS, cuyo mentor era un tal Fausto Amador – desertor del FSLN que se presentó en la televisión somocista exhortando a los guerrilleros a rendirse. Pero luego de salir del S.U., Amador decidió separarse de Lambert y Moreno.

El Comité Paritario sacó una declaración en mayo del año pasado sosteniendo haber luchado siempre por “un gobierno del FSLN sin representantes de la burguesía” (Informations Ouvrieres, 3 de mayo de 1980). ¿Qué significaría un tal gobierno sólo sandinista? Sería como llamar por un gobierno del Movimiento 26 de Julio en los primeros días de la Revolución Cubana. Y lo hubo, empezando en agosto de 1959 luego de la renuncia del presidente Urrutia y la huida del comandante de la fuerza aérea, Díaz Lanz, anteriormente aliados burgueses de Castro. Pero eso no significó el derrocamiento del capitalismo que no se llevó a cabo sino hasta julio/noviembre de 1960 cuando se expropiaron el grueso de los bienes capitalistas. Más aún, un tal régimen todavía podría volver al dominio capitalista directo. Recuerden que Castro les está aconsejando a los sandinistas que eviten sus “errores”, que no se apuren en romper con los yanquis o el “sector empresarial”.

Aun en el caso de que, bajo la presión de Reagan, el FSLN sigue por el “camino cubano”, el resultado no sería un régimen internacionalista bolchevique sino otra burocracia nacionalista modelada sobre el estado obrero degenerado ruso de Stalin y sus herederos. Pero ¿qué se puede esperar de una seudo IV Internacional que tardó hasta 1979 en descubrir que Cuba es lo que llaman un “estado obrero burocratizado”? Hoy, para excusar su demora, los morenistas y lambertistas afirman que al principio nadie sabía qué decir sobre la cuestión cubana. Pero la tendencia espartaquista, desde nuestro origen como la Tendencia Revolucionaria del SWP, ha sostenido a partir de 1961 que la Cuba de Castro se había convertido en un estado obrero deformado. Así que los impostores también son mentirosos. Y hoy lanzan una consigna que equivale a prestar confianza política a los sandinistas.

Pero no es esto lo peor del caso. Al centro del programa de Moreno/Lambert para Nicaragua está su llamado grosero por “una constituyente soberana y democrática”. Ahora bien, inmediatamente después de la caída de Somoza, el llamado por una asamblea constituyente estaba al orden del día como medida para movilizar las aspiraciones revolucionarias de las masas por liberarse de la tiranía reaccionaria que las había oprimido durante décadas. Pero los elementos capitalistas de la coalición antisomocista estaban tan opuestos a esta demanda como lo estaba el propio ejército guerrillero sandinista. Temían que en medio de la conmoción revolucionaria, todo órgano democráticamente elegido bien podría “salir fuera de control” y exigir el juicio y ajusticiamiento inmediatos de los verdugos somocistas, o la expropiación de todas las grandes fincas, etc. Pero conforme el FSLN consolidaba su dominio, la burguesía comenzó a llamar por elecciones a una asamblea constituyente. Bajo tales circunstancias éste sólo puede ser un llamado por un poder parlamentario capitalista para llevar a cabo una contrarrevolución “democrática”. Así que gracias a su estalinofobia visceral, el programa de Moreno/Lambert no es sino socialdemocracia clásica. Los trotskistas auténticos, por el contrario, abogamos por órganos de democracia obrera, es decir, soviets.

Sandinistas contra el trotskismo

De manera que lo que se presenta bajo el nombre de IV Internacional en Nicaragua es misérrimo: un Comité “Paródico” que se arrastra tras la oposición burguesa, y un Secretariado (no muy) Unificado que aspira a ser el furgón de cola del Expreso Sandinista. En realidad, están en contra de todo lo que defendió Trotsky. Y sin embargo, un hecho altamente revelador: a pesar de esta perversión del trotskismo, los dirigentes del FSLN sí tienen buena idea de lo que es y se ponen rabiosos a la menor señal de su presencia.

De acuerdo a un boletín interno del SWP: “De vez en cuando han salido noticias de ataques contra el trotskismo por parte de dirigentes del FSLN. Recientemente aquí mismo en Nueva York, el comandante Víctor Tirado del Directorio Nacional del FSLN – azuzado por un portavoz de uno de los grupos sectarios – se refirió al trotskismo en términos despreciativos durante una conferencia de prensa” ([SWP] lnternational Internal Information Bulletin, septiembre de 1980). Lo que no dicen es que la tirada de Tirado se dirigió contra la Spartacist League. Y lo que le molestó al comandante fue nuestra pregunta: “¿Cómo justifica Ud. el encarcelamiento de militantes e izquierdistas que buscan extender la revolución en Nicaragua?”

Allá en Managua, el 6 de marzo del año pasado una manifestación contando varios miles de participantes encabezada por la Confederación Sandinista del Trabajo (CST) fue llamada para protestar la “desestabilización” por la CIA. Pero en lugar de marchar sobre la embajada de los EE.UU., tal como estaba previsto, la manifestación se dirigió a las oficinas del CAUS, el grupo sindical del PCN, estalinistas disidentes pro Kremlin. Las oficinas sindicales fueron saqueadas, documentos quemados y los ocupantes arrojados a la calle. El lntercontinental Press del SWP dijo que los manifestantes cantaron “¡Muerte a la CIA!” Pero no informó sobre la otra consigna importante de la CST, “¡Muerte al trotskismo!”

Bueno, los brejnevistas heterodoxos del PCN, como el grupo pro albanés Frente Obrero, no tienen nada de trotskista. Pero en las huelgas obreras durante enero y febrero de 1980 en los centros de construcción y fábricas textiles de Managua e ingenios azucareros, no se trataba tan sólo de una lucha por mejores salarios. Una consigna frecuente fue “¡Obreros y campesinos al poder! ¡Abajo la burguesía!” Y, quienquiera las cante, los dirigentes sandinistas muy bien saben que tales consignas no se cuadran con la “revolución democrático-nacional” o “antiimperialista”. Sólo los trotskistas tienen un programa coherente que daría sentido a las demandas por una ruptura con la burguesía y el gobierno obrero y campesino. Sólo los trotskistas y no los embusteros del SWP que denuncian tales consignas por “provocar deliberadamente una confrontación prematura con la burguesía” (resolución del SWP sobre Nicaragua presentada al congreso mundial de 1979 del S.U.)

Y los entusiastas del FSLN, compañeros de viaje estalinistas, ven también el peligro con toda claridad. El periódico radical-liberal Guardian (18 de junio de 1980) publicó un artículo titulado “La alianza delicada se mantiene en Nicaragua”, justificando la negativa a expropiar las tres cuartas partes de la economía que todavía se encuentran en manos capitalistas privadas: “La participación burguesa ha dado lugar a críticas por fuerzas de izquierda y ultra-‘izquierda’ tanto dentro como fuera de Nicaragua. El Frente Obrero [el FO] nicaragüense y pequeñas sectas como la Spartacus Youth League en los EE.UU. han condenado a lo que llaman el ‘gobierno sandinista burgués’. Acusan a los sandinistas de ayudar a revivificar al capitalismo nicaragüense. Tales críticas, responden fuentes sandinistas, no comprenden que la liberación nacional y la liberación social son cosas distintas, aunque es evidente que están íntimamente relacionadas.” Lo que tales críticas sí comprenden es que no habrá liberación nacional sin revolución proletaria. Eso es lo que todo tipo de estalinismo y nacionalismo ignora, y el resultado puede ser fatal.

Nicaragua al filo de la navaja

La “vía mixta” sandinista ― callejón sin salida

Nicaragua al filo de la navaja

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No. 277, 27 de marzo de 1981. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 9, julio 1981.

A continuación reproducimos la versión ampliada y revisada de la segunda parte de la conferencia dada por Jan Norden, director de Workers Vanguard y miembro del Comité Central de la Spartacist League/U. S., en Boston y Nueva York bajo el título “Por la revolución obrera en Centroamérica”.

  

El Frente Sandinista de Liberación Nacional (FSLN) tomó el poder en Nicaragua en julio de 1979, al derrocar al dictador Anastasio Somoza. Y si El Salvador es el ejemplo clásico del país sujetado a la oligarquía, Nicaragua es el régimen títere por excelencia. Pareciera retórica izquierdista, pero Somoza I fue instalado por Franklin Roosevelt ― dicho sea de paso, fue producto de la política apelada del “Buen Vecino”. Ustedes recordarán que el Secretariado de Estado de FDR, Cordell Hull, hizo el comentario notorio sobre Somoza ― puede que sea un hijo de puta, pero “es nuestro hijo de puta.” Y cuando Jimmy Carter comenzó a hablar de los “derechos humanos”, e hizo saber que los EE.UU. no iban a intervenir, Somoza III se desvaneció. Apenas tardó unos pocos meses y se fue. Así pues que era un verdadero títere y Washington el titiritero. Y no eran sólo los Somoza. La burguesía salvadoreña se enorgullece de que nunca ha necesitado que vengan los marines a su ayuda. Nicaragua, por el contrario, ha sido invadida cuatro veces por fuerzas estadounidenses desde 1855. Somoza III no era sino el último de un linaje largo.

Era también un dictador sanguijuela, casi en el sentido literal. Luego del terremoto de 1972 en Managua, Somoza decidió que era ésa su gran oportunidad para aumentar su prepotencia sobre la burguesía tradicional nicaragüense. Así expropió toda la ayuda humanitaria estadounidense, y les indujo a adquirir para la reconstrucción lotes pertenecientes a Somoza en los alrededores de las ciudades. Y se sirvió de todo medio a su alcance para enriquecer a su clan a costa no sólo de la clase obrera, sino también de los terratenientes, industriales, etc. Una de sus empresas fue una compañía llamada Plasmaféresis, la cual iba a solucionar la escasez de divisas para Nicaragua al agregar al café y algodón otro producto de exportación: la sangre. Así que procedió a iniciar exportaciones masivas de sangre a los Estados Unidos. Luego estaba Howard Hughes, quien se pasó los últimos años de su vida en el piso alto del Hotel Intercontinental de Managua, mientras seguían creciendo sus uñas. El embajador de los EE. UU. se asemejaba más a un procónsul. El enviado de Nixon, Shelton Turner, era amigo de Bébé Rebozo. Se convirtió en un compinche tan íntimo de Somoza que el tirano puso su retrato en un billete equivalente a US $3. Así que si buscan la clásica dictadura de sanguijuela, títere de los EE.UU., falsa como un billete de tres dólares, es la Nicaragua de Somoza.

Los sandinistas llegaron al poder al movilizar una auténtica insurrección nacional, a la que se sumó casi la totalidad de la burguesía criolla fuera de la familia Somoza y su ejército privado, la Guardia Nacional. Pero el poder real en la insurrección quedó en manos del FSLN pequeñoburgués, un movimiento que en sus rasgos generales se parece al Movimiento 26 de Julio de Fidel Castro. Es decir, es una fuerza bonapartista, un ejército guerrillero en el poder, pero no está aferrado a formas de propiedad específicas. Como enseña el marxismo, el capitalismo se basa en la propiedad privada de los medios de producción, y la clase obrera sólo puede ejercer su dominio sobre la base de la propiedad colectivizada. Pero la pequeñaburguesía no tiene un modo de producción característico. Como resultado, a menudo cuando llegan al poder o no saben adónde ir o son rápidamente derrocados. Como clase intermedia sin claros intereses de clase, que es sumamente contradictoria y desorganizada, normalmente la pequeña burguesía es incapaz de ser la fuerza dirigente en luchas políticas. Por regla general, se reduce a las fuerzas de la clase obrera o de la burguesía.

En ciertas circunstancias excepcionales, sin embargo, la pequeña burguesía puede llegar al poder a la cabeza de movimientos democráticos radicales. En este caso fue la debilidad de la burguesía criolla, la ausencia del proletariado como factor independiente, y la combinación de hostilidad y abstencionismo de parte del imperialismo. Pero lo que ocurre luego no está predeterminado; puede seguir uno de dos caminos. El caso argelino, por ejemplo, donde un movimiento de independencia nacional dirigido por fuerzas pequeño burguesas tomó el poder. En este caso, la antigua metrópoli colonial intentó comprarlos. De Gaulle ofreció pagar a todos los ex terratenientes coloniales, comprar todo el vino argelino, firmar contratos a largo plazo para la compra del gas y el petróleo argelinos. Finalmente, Argelia no era sino una neocolonia francesa. Al principio había un gobierno izquierdizante bajo Ben Bella, pero pocos años después fue reemplazado por el más dócil Boumediene. Es éste, por ende, uno de los posibles caminos.

También hay el camino cubano, que llegó hasta la expropiación de la burguesía, sentando las bases para un estado obrero deformado. Es decir, desde fines de 1960, Cuba tiene las formas de propiedad de un estado obrero, encima de las cuales se sienta una capa gobernante, una “casta” dominante, análoga a la burocracia estalinista en la Unión Soviética que expropió políticamente a los obreros rusos, al mismo tiempo que se basaba en las conquistas sociales y económicas de la Revolución de Octubre. En este caso, el imperialismo estadounidense tomó una actitud distinta, menos complaciente. Forzó a Castro entre la espada y la pared, haciéndole elegir entre la autodestrucción, por un lado, o el arrasamiento revolucionario de la clase capitalista cubana y no sólo de aquellos individuos más comprometidos en la dictadura batistiana. Ese es el segundo camino. Desde luego, no es el camino que Castro les está aconsejando a los sandinistas: recuerden su declaración inmediatamente después de la toma del poder por el FSLN indicando que Nicaragua no sería una “segunda Cuba”. Y tampoco es la única alternativa. Hay una posibilidad muy concreta de una contrarrevolución auspiciada por el imperialismo para reponer un régimen títere dócil. Y también hay nuestro camino, no el derrocamiento burocrático de las formas de propiedad capitalistas sino una auténtica revolución obrera dirigida por un partido trotskista.

Reagan ha dicho que Nicaragua ya ha “sucumbido al marxismo”. Pero, si trata de actuar a lo Eisenhower, podría obligar a la dirección sandinista pequeñoburguesa a ir más allá de lo que se proponían y expropiar a la burguesía. También podría llevar a una escisión del FSLN. La fracción dominante al momento del triunfo, los llamados terceristas, defendían una alianza estratégica con la “burguesía antisomocista”. Pero ¿qué piensa hacer Reagan? ¿Por qué no conciliar? Bueno, claro que no se propone renunciar ni un palmo de territorio a la revolución proletaria. Aparentemente, se proponen despachar a los sandinistas por medios militares, una vez que hayan aplastado las fuerzas obrero-campesinas y de izquierda de El Salvador, más radicales que el régimen nicaragüense. Y si en el caso de Cuba hubo un elemento de desacierto burgués, en el presente caso Washington se ha embarcado en una campaña a gran escala, concebida globalmente y dirigida contra su principal blanco: Rusia. No crean que aquí no pueda suceder. No es imposible en absoluto que una fuerza invasora respaldada por la CIA irrumpa en Nicaragua. Y los únicos preparativos capaces de enfrentarla los constituye la movilización revolucionaria.

Gobierno” sandinista/burgués

Nicaragua se encuentra, entonces, en una situación similar a la de Cuba a partir de 1959, pero sin saber necesariamente dónde va a terminar. Así que quisiera repasar la historia del último año y medio, desde el 19 de julio de 1979, para conocer qué se ha propuesto hacer el Frente Sandinista. Para empezar, en el período inmediatamente anterior a la caída de Somoza, a principios de julio de 1979, fue negociado un acuerdo con la burguesía antisomocista en San José, Costa Rica. Fundamentalmente, era un programa para preservar el capitalismo sin Somoza, dando cabida a un Consejo de Estado con mayoría burguesa y un acuerdo para mantener el ejército en alguna forma. Específicamente, oficiales y soldados “honestos” de la Guardia Nacional que no habían participado en masacres de ningún tipo serían integrados en el nuevo ejército. Y finalmente, incluía estipulaciones para una economía “mixta”, es decir, garantías para la preservación de la propiedad privada de los medios de producción. Sólo serían nacionalizados los bienes del dictador y sus esbirros.

Ese era el acuerdo que negociaban en vísperas de la toma del poder. En la secuela, sin embargo, hubo una modificación sustantiva e inmediata. La Guardia Nacional se desintegró tan pronto como Somoza abandonó el país. Hicieron un cálculo muy sencillo: murieron en la guerra 50.000 personas, y sólo habían 5.000 en el ejército. Lo cual quiere decir que por cada guardia había diez viudas o madres que lo querían ver muerto. Así que huyeron con toda prisa por la frontera hondureña. Esa fue la primera y más fundamental “modificación”: a partir de ese momento el poder real quedó en las manos del ejército sandinista y el acuerdo con la burguesía no fue cumplido a ese nivel.

Al nivel de la junta y el Gobierno de Reconstrucción Nacional, sin embargo, hubo desde el principio una coalición. Así, la junta de gobierno cuenta con cinco miembros, dos de los cuales son burgueses y no miembros del Frente Sandinista. Al principio, uno de estos dos fue Alfonso Robelo, el rey del aceite de cocina de Nicaragua, y la otra fue Violeta Chamorro, viuda del director del periódico burgués antisomocista, La Prensa. Pedro Joaquín Chamorro fue asesinado a principios de 1978 por asesinos “gusanos” entrenados por la CIA y en la paga de Somoza. Además, hay una serie de fuerzas, burguesas dentro del propio gobierno; así, por lo menos nueve sacerdotes son miembros del gobierno. Ernesto Cardenal por ejemplo es ministro de cultura, y Miguel D’Escoto, sacerdote Maryknoll, es ministro de relaciones exteriores. También hay una cantidad de tecnócratas burgueses de diversa índole, especialmente en el ministerio de economía. Así que al nivel del gobierno, al nivel de la implementación de la política gubernamental, hemos caracterizado a éste como un gobierno sandinista/burgués.

En este momento, sin embargo, no hay en Nicaragua un verdadero estado burgués en el sentido marxista ― es decir, una formación de clase comprometida a la defensa de la propiedad privada. Hay un régimen pequeñoburgués, fundamentalmente el ejército sandinista, y casi es necesario, usar el término “gobierno” entre comillas porque no tiene  poder real. Pero si representa el compromiso de los sandinistas de tratar de seguir lo que ven como una “vía intermedia”. Así estaba la situación en agosto de 1979, y continuó fundamentalmente sin cambios hasta mayo del año pasado cuando las fuerzas burguesas amenazaron con abandonar el Consejo de Estado. Como ya he mencionado, este consejo iba a tener una mayoría burguesa, pero entretanto, los sandinistas habían modificado las reglas del juego y ahora estaba compuesto por una mayoría de organizaciones encabezadas o dominadas por el FSLN, además el grueso de los sindicatos independientes, etc. Como resultado, los dos miembros burgueses de la junta, Chamorro y Robelo, dimitieron de sus puestos y los representantes capitalistas amenazaron con retirarse de la primera reunión del Consejo de Estado.

Fue un período de gran tensión, durante el cual el régimen se vio reducido fundamentalmente a su núcleo, un gobierno sandinista. Pero la respuesta del FSLN fue de escoger a otras dos figuras burguesas, Arturo Cruz y Rafael Córdova. Cruz era director del Banco Central y ex funcionario del Banco Interamericano de Desarrollo de los EE.UU.; Córdova era un miembro del Tribunal Supremo. Y ambos eran miembros del Partido Conservador Democrático, portavoz de los intereses de los terratenientes cuyo símbolo es un triángulo con la inscripción: “Dios-Patria-Orden”. Así que al nivel político, el FSLN ha tratado de mantener la misma situación que antes. Luego, en noviembre último, las fuerzas burguesas se retiraron del Consejo de Estado (pero no Cruz y Córdova). El supuesto motivo del boicot fue que el gobierno había anunciado (en agosto) que las elecciones serían postergadas hasta 1985. Mientras tanto, los partidos capitalistas llamaban por elecciones inmediatas para la asamblea constituyente a fin de desalojar a los sandinistas del poder.

Y había otros aspectos aún más siniestros. El boicot estaba ligado a un gran mitin antigubernamental anunciado por el Movimiento Democrático de Nicaragua de A. Robelo (MDN), quien antes de hacer una movida siempre consulta primero con el Departamento de Estado. Y se conjugaba con conjuras internas, enfocadas sobre el ejército sandinista, así como ataques armados a través de la frontera con Honduras. Dos días antes de la manifestación del MDN, el vicepresidente del gremio patronal CQSEP, Jorge Salazar, fue asesinado al resistir su detención por fuerzas gubernamentales bajo la acusación de conspiración contrarrevolucionaria. Al mismo tiempo, ex guardias somocistas hicieron una incursión contra un puesto fronterizo nicaragüense. Y apenas un mes antes, a principios de octubre, habían ocurrido protestas masivas superando a más de mil personas, dirigidas por reaccionarios, que por varios días paralizaron Bluefields, el pueblo más grande de la Costa Atlántica, de habla inglesa, una región con población predominantemente negra e indígena. Los manifestantes fueron encabezados por un movimiento separatista regional y protestaban la presencia de varias decenas de médicos y profesores cubanos.

¡No hay vía intermedia!

Así que políticamente el FSLN todavía busca un equilibrio, pero al mismo tiempo la burguesía se ha distanciado, llevando a una situación precaria en la cual los sandinistas pueden verse obligados a actuar. La economía nicaragüense, mientras tanto, se encuentra predominantemente en manos privadas. Se calcula que un 60 a 70 por ciento de la economía está en el sector capitalista privado, mientras que en sectores claves el porcentaje es aún más alto: 75 por ciento de la industria manufacturera y 80 por ciento de la agricultura. Eso fue in 1980, el “Año de la Reactivación Económica” cuando el razonamiento era que había que poner en marcha a la economía incluso reforzando a los capitalistas. 1981 debería ser el “Año de la Producción y la Defensa”, mientras Nicaragua se prepara para resistir una posible invasión contrarrevolucionaria. Y sin embargo, en un informe reciente sobre la economía el ministro de agricultura, comandante Jaime Wheelock, dice sin ambages que el patrón básico de propiedad de los medios de producción permanecerá el mismo en 1981.

Wheelock llamó a esta política en su discurso una “unidad nacional de nuevo tipo”. Este es el eje central de la política del FSLN. Hay una actitud de “todos somos patriotas nicaragüenses, todos luchamos contra Somoza,” ¿no es cierto? Un ejemplo que, me parece, capta la esencia de la “nueva Nicaragua” actual, es el de los periódicos. Hay tres diarios en el país. La Prensa, el diario de la oposición burguesa, cuyo director es otro Pedro Chamorro; luego está El Nuevo Diario, que le da apoyo crítico al régimen sandinista y cuyo director es Xavier Chamorro; y finalmente hay el periódico del FSLN, Barricada, cuyo director es… Carlos Chamorro. Es como quien dice, “entre la familia”. Pero no para rato.

Ahora bien, en términos económicos el año pasado salió muy bien para Nicaragua. El desempleo bajó de la tercera parte de la fuerza laboral a un 17 por ciento, y la producción aumentó en un 19 por ciento. El plan fue cumplido en un 99 por ciento ― bastante bien para un país que se está recuperando de la devastación de una guerra civil. En la agricultura, los niveles de exportación de café y algodón fueron más o menos las metas planeadas, y en cuanto a la producción de alimentos básicos, la cosecha fue la más grande en la historia del país. Un rendimiento notable. ¿Cómo se explica? Bueno, si el gobierno nicaragüense se ha sostenido económicamente durante el último período es porque han recibido una cantidad extraordinaria de ayuda extranjera. Mientras Washington estaba dando vueltas con sus 75 millones de dólares, la ayuda de Cuba, la Unión Soviética, y países europeos como Alemania y Suecia sumó un total de casi 500 millones de dólares durante el año pasado. E incluso contaban con banqueros “amistosos”. En septiembre pasado, un grupo de 13 bancos renegoció más de 500 millones de dólares de la deuda exterior de Nicaragua, otorgándoles tasas de interés bajas y un moratorio de cinco años con tal de que Managua aceptara pagar en forma comercial las deudas contraídas por la corrupta dictadura de Somoza.

En conclusión: mientras que Reagan ha adoptado una línea dura para con los sandinistas, no sólo el gobierno Carter, los soviéticos y los socialdemócratas pro-“distensión” se han orientado hacia un camino argelino, sino también las multinacionales y los grandes bancos imperialistas. Esto es, por supuesto, lo que esperaban los dirigentes del FSLN, la base para su esperada “vía intermedia”. Pero tan sólo demuestra cuán fino es el hilo del que están pendiendo sus esperanzas. Tal economía abiertamente capitalista es, por supuesto, una poderosa arma en manos de los imperialistas, a pesar de toda la palabrería sandinista sobre la “unidad nacional”. Porque en un enfrentamiento, la burguesía criolla no puede resistir las presiones de sus amos yanquis y obedecerá sus intereses de clase capitalistas comunes. ¿Ven? eso es lo falso en el mito estalinista de la revolución por etapas ― en esta época no hay una “burguesía nacional antiimperialista”, como el FSLN pronto va a descubrir, y por tanto no puede haber una “etapa antiimperialista”. Al dejar intacto el poder económico de la burguesía, los sandinistas han fortalecido las posibilidades de una eventual reestabilización del dominio capitalista.

Peor aún, no sólo están manteniendo la “economía mixta”, capitalista, sino que además la defienden contra todo ataque desde la izquierda. He aquí lo que dijo Jaime Wheelock, dirigente del FSLN, en su discurso ante 100,000 manifestantes en la Plaza de Sandino en Managua durante la ofensiva de presiones derechistas en noviembre del año pasado:

“Que si nosotros queríamos demostrarle a ellos la popular idea del sandinismo, de la Revolución, bastaba con decirles a los obreros y a los campesinos: ‘Son suyas desde hoy todas las haciendas y todas las fábricas de este país. Pónganlas a producir, y ustedes sabrán producirlas con sus manos, con su experiencia y con su fervor patriótico’.”

Qué buena idea, ¿no? Eso lo pensaron los manifestantes, porque según un periodista chileno escribiendo en elManchester Guardian Weekly [1 de febrero], “En ese momento, él fue interrumpido por una ovación tremenda, y tuvo que añadir apresuradamente”:

“Pero no era esa la posición de un dirigente revolucionario que tiene que comprender las cosas de la Patria por encima de las banderas y de los partidejos.”

El futuro es del pueblo, La burguesía reaccionaria jamás retornará al poder, 19 de noviembre de 1980

Así que en el interés de la “unidad nacional” y la Patria, no van a tomar todas las fábricas y haciendas y a ponerlas en las manos de los trabajadores. Son muy conscientes de su política.

Obreros contra los sandinistas

Así que esto ha llevado a una serie de incidentes durante los últimos dos años. Uno ocurrió poco después de que los sandinistas tomaran el poder ― se trata del enfrentamiento con la llamada Brigada Simón Bolívar, dirigida por un seudotrotskista llamado Nahuel Moreno. A quien hemos apodado el Cantinflas del movimiento trotskista, porque siempre anda cambiando sus disfraces. Saben, a veces se disfraza de peronista, otras veces de maoísta, y así sucesivamente, y en este caso particular trató de disfrazarse de sandinista. En realidad trató de combinar una táctica reformista de presión y una maniobra aventurera. Sea lo que sea, organizaron a varios miles de obreros en la zona de Managua para marchar frente al estado mayor del FSLN con grandes pancartas diciendo “Poder al Proletariado”. Y el mero hecho de que pudiera suceder algo semejante es altamente significativo. La respuesta de los sandinistas fue detener a los brigadistas, interrogarles y embarcarlos para el Panamá donde fueron apaleados por la policía burguesa del general Torrijos. Así que fue la primera respuesta de los sandinistas a una oposición de izquierda a su régimen.

Por aquel entonces clausuraron brevemente el periódico de un grupo ex maoísta, Frente Obrero (FO). El periódico El Pueblo fue clausurado por llamar por ocupaciones de tierras. Luego le permitieron reabrir pero [a fines de 1979] arrestaron al director de El Pueblo, además de miembros de un pequeño grupo nicaragüense que se reclama del trotskismo. La Spartacist League/U.S. protestó los arrestos. Luego de pasar unas semanas encarcelados fueron puestos en libertad, pero otra vez en enero fueron arrestados la dirección de Frente Obrero y el director de El Pueblo. El periódico fue clausurado de nuevo, esta vez aparentemente en forma definitiva. Las acusaciones fueron de “posesión no autorizada de armas” y “sabotear la producción”. Y eso, ¿qué significa en realidad? Para empezar, Frente Obrero participó en la lucha contra Somoza. Además, si no tuvieran armas serian prácticamente los únicos en el país. “Sabotear la producción” ― bueno eso ya saben de lo que se trata, huelgas. Así que cuatro dirigentes de Frente Obrero fueron sentenciados a varios años de trabajo forzado por la llamada justicia “revolucionaria” del FSLN.

En febrero de 1980 el FO dirigió una huelga en el ingenio azucarero de San Antonio, el principal ingenio de Nicaragua, produciendo un 70 por ciento de todo el azúcar del país. La respuesta del gobierno fue romper la huelga y detener a varios de los dirigentes de FO, aunque eventualmente fueron puestos en libertad. Los apologistas del FSLN proclamaban luego por todos lados como el conflicto había sido “resuelto en forma pacífica”. En el mismo ingenio San Antonio, sin embargo, estalló otra huelga en noviembre, con las mismas demandas, excepto que esta vez estaba bajo la dirección del sindicato demócrata cristiano. Y otra vez los supuestos “revolucionarios” del FSLN rompieron la huelga.

Luego hay otro grupo, el Partido Comunista de Nicaragua, o PCN, y su central sindical llamada CAUS [Centro para la Acción y Unidad Sindical]. Se escindieron del Partido Socialista de Nicaragua (PSN), el principal partido pro Moscú. Durante algún tiempo se inclinaba el PCN hacia Mao; pero fundamentalmente ha sido un grupo estalinista disidente pro Moscú. Controlaban la dirección de varios sindicatos textiles en la capital. Entretanto, el PSN, los principales moscovitas, controlaban a los obreros de la construcción a través de su central sindical, la CGT-i, o sea Confederación General del Trabajo-Independiente. Y en enero de 1980 los obreros de la construcción en Managua y 18 fábricas textiles entraron en huelga contra el gobierno.

La respuesta del FSLN fue detener a la dirección del PCN y del CAUS y romper la huelga. Los mantuvieron encarcelados por varios meses; eventualmente fueron puestos en libertad aunque algunos recibieron condenas de un año. Al PSN le fue mejor, quizás porque entró en una coalición de apoyo al gobierno llamado el Frente Patriótico Nacional.

Lo que quiero subrayar es que ha habido una inquietud considerable en la clase obrera de Nicaragua. La clase obrera no es muy numerosa, pero de lo que hay, parece que muchos de sus elementos más atrevidos no están bajo el control del movimiento sandinista. Y esto no es casual. Mientras en Cuba la lucha contra el ejército mercenario de Batista se limitó fundamentalmente a la sierra y las provincias orientales, y el único intento de huelga general fue un fracaso, en Nicaragua hubo repetidos paros generales e insurrecciones, no controlados completamente por los sandinistas. Las masas plebeyas jugaron un papel clave en la ofensiva final, lanzando luchas callejeras en Managua y otras ciudades mientras las tropas regulares del FSLN estaban embotelladas en el Sur. No es tan fácil sujetarlos cuando jugaron un papel activo en el derrocamiento del dictador.

Pero mientras que los obreros y sectores urbanos pobres estuvieron presentes en la lucha, fue como auxiliares a los guerrilleros sandinistas pequeño burgueses y su alianza con la “burguesía antisomocista”, y no como una fuerzaindependiente de clase obrera. Conforme se ve cada vez más claro que el programa de “unidad nacional” del FSLN es un camino sin salida, todavía falta el elemento clave para una revolución obrera. Ante todo es necesario un partido proletario leninista-trotskista, como en octubre de 1917. No es imposible que elementos del movimiento sandinista puedan romper con él y pasar al lado obrero de las barricadas en medio de una polarización aguda de clases. Pero no van a dirigir una tal polarización, y, como acabamos de ver, estos bonapartistas se han mostrado hostiles a toda forma de organización de la clase obrera que escapa de su control.

Más aún, al conservar la economía capitalista, le proporcionan a la reacción burguesa e imperialista una palanca poderosa. Por ejemplo, el año pasado fue un gran éxito al nivel económico. Pero eso aumenta la fuerza de la burguesía, porque en la medida en que recupere su poderío económico tendrá más control político sobre las masas. Si quieren ver un ejemplo donde fue aplicado este tipo de presión económica, basta con mirar a Chile. Lo que dijo Nixon a su embajador en Chile fue “haga gritar a la economía”. Ese fue el llamado “Carril I”, ¿se acuerdan? Y tuvieron éxito. A fines de 1972 y otra vez en 1973, por ejemplo, hubo la movilización de los pequeños camioneros para parar el abastecimiento, con el propósito fundamental de someter a la población al hambre. Apenas recortaban el transporte público, cuando comenzaba a escasear el arroz en las tiendas y llegaba la tasa de inflación al 300 por ciento, entonces comenzó a desesperarse la pequeña burguesía.

Es entonces que reconocemos el “Carril II”. Como nos ha enseñado la experiencia de Alemania e Italia, la pequeña burguesía desesperada es tierra fértil para la reacción. Y no se equivocan, Reagan ya tiene un “Carril II” para Nicaragua. El país vive de un día para otro y si los EE.UU. lo quieren, ellos pueden hacer que la economía grite al cielo. Por ejemplo, el paso más importante por Reagan en las últimas semanas no fue terminar la ayuda ―que los sandinistas ya habían dado por perdida― sino parar todo embarque de trigo a Nicaragua. Y punto. Es decir que a partir de marzo, nadie en Nicaragua va a comer pan. Ya se pueden imaginar qué clase de impacto eso tendrá sobre la “unidad nacional”.

¡Por la revolución permanente!

Así pues, en su tentativa de abrir una vía intermedia en Nicaragua, los sandinistas simplemente dejan la vía libre para que la subversión imperialista degolle a los obreros y campesinos con un sangriento terror blanco… Igual que en El Salvador, el programa para Nicaragua debe ser: romper con la burguesía, movilizar a los obreros tras un programa declase, expropiar a los explotadores. Es decir, confrontar no sólo las tareas “democráticas” de derrocar al tirano Somoza, etc., sino romper los lazos del imperialismo, y barrer con los latifundistas e industriales, que condenan a las masas a una vida de miseria, sea por la esclavitud del salario o el hambre de tierra. Y esto requiere una dirección comunista proletaria, un partido trotskista que luche por la revolución permanente, por gobiernos obrero-campesinos en toda la región y una federación socialista de México y Centroamérica.

¿Podemos detallar algunas de las demandas transitorias concretas que levantarían los trotskistas en este momento en Nicaragua que van en este sentido? Bueno, un elemento sería por supuesto el apoyo a las luchas de las masas trabajadoras contra sus explotadores, en lugar de tratar de reprimirlos o conciliar con la burguesía antisomocista, tal como han hecho los sandinistas. Simultáneamente, una oposición comunista al actual régimen pequeño burgués trataría de ampliar estas luchas en una ofensiva general contra el poder capitalista, reivindicando el control obrero en todas partes, dirigido a la expropiación de los capitalistas como clase por un gobierno obrero y campesino.

Bien, ¿qué más? Bueno, hay que recordar que estamos tratando desde lejos con la cambiante situación nicaragüense. Una cosa queda clara, sin embargo, y es que ha habido una multiplicación de organizaciones de masas de los trabajadores. En un principio eran los Comités de Defensa Sandinistas, grupos de vecinos modelados sobre los Comités de Defensa dé la Revolución cubanos. En las últimas semanas los dirigentes del FSLN han ampliado las milicias basadas en estas organizaciones de masas. También hay, por supuesto, los múltiples sindicatos, tanto la central sandinista, la CST, como los otros que hemos señalado. Así que una demanda clave sería unir a las organizaciones de masas en un consejo representativo ―asamblea obrera nacional o soviet― libre de toda tutela gubernamental y garantizando la democracia obrera a todos excepto las fuerzas directamente contrarrevolucionarias. Además, los trotskistas llaman a romper con los representantes de la burguesía, por un gobierno obrero y campesino basado en órganos soviéticos de dominio proletario.

Seguro que hay muchas otras demandas que levantaría un grupo trotskistas nicaragüense: contra el programa de austeridad capitalista de la falsa “unidad nacional” de los explotadores y explotados; o por el pleno armamento de milicias campesinas y obreras, por ejemplo. Pero lo más importante es el cuadro general y la meta: un partido bolchevique-leninista independiente de oposición intransigente, obreros y campesinos al poder, la revolución proletaria es el único camino.

Nicaragua, Cuba, Unión Soviética

Así que las cosas se están poniendo bravas en Centroamérica, especialmente en Nicaragua. Una anécdota que capta esto sucedió en enero en el aniversario de la muerte de Pedro Joaquín Chamorro, el director de La Prensa quien fue asesinado por matones somocistas. Esta vez hubo dos manifestaciones. Una por parte del FSLN bajo la consigna “Nicaragua venció, El Salvador vencerá.” y hubo una contramanifestación por parte de la oposición burguesa que tenía por consigna “Jamaica venció, Nicaragua vencerá.” Ahora bien, en Jamaica el gobierno populista de izquierda de Michael Manley fue derrotado en las elecciones de octubre pasado en parte porque, como gobierno burgués, no podía dar trabajo a las masas desempleadas. Pero también fue debido a la desestabilización de la economía por el Fondo Monetario Internacional de Washington, que rehusó refinanciar la deuda de Jamaica y con ello cortó toda importación. Fue efectivamente un bloqueo económico estadounidense. Así que Manley fue echado y reemplazado por Edward Seaga, conocido en Jamaica como CIAga. En otras palabras, los manifestantes burgueses estaban levantando consignas directamente contrarrevolucionarias.

Los dirigentes sandinistas se encuentran, pues, ante una encrucijada. La cuestión de qué camino seguir se presenta en forma aguda en Nicaragua hoy. Un asunto que la pone en forma tajante es el apoyo a los insurgentes de izquierda en El Salvador. Y no es sólo una cuestión estratégica, porque los salvadoreños hicieron un aporte importante al financiar (con los millones de dólares obtenidos en sus secuestros) muchas de las armas que hicieron posible el derrocamiento de Somoza por el FSLN. Así que también es una deuda revolucionaria. Pero a fin de cuentas los sandinistas siguen siendo fundamentalmente nacionalistas, y su actitud acerca de una revolución en el país vecino ha sido ― bueno, lo mejor que se le puede llamar es “contradictoria”. ¿Sabían que el gobierno nicaragüense saludó a la “junta militar de derechos humanos” instalada en El Salvador en octubre de 1979 por Jimmy Carter? y no rompieron con la junta ni permitieron ayuda para los guerrilleros hasta el asesinato del arzobispo Romero en marzo de 1980. Incluso se ha informado de que impidieron a izquierdistas nicaragüenses unirse a la guerrilla salvadoreña. ¡Los pararon en la frontera y los mandaron a casa!

Recientemente ha habido una avalancha de propaganda de Guerra Fría originada en Washington exigiendo del gobierno nicaragüense el cese del suministro de armas a los izquierdistas salvadoreños, o que se atenga a las consecuencias. ¿Y cuál ha sido la respuesta de Managua? Hace poco en la cadena de televisión CBS, uno de los miembros burgueses de la junta nicaragüense, Arturo Cruz, dijo que no querían apoyar ninguna actividad que coadyuvara a la Unión Soviética en Centroamérica. Parecía que el general Haig era el que hablaba. Quiso decir que para aquellas figuras burguesas que todavía están dispuestas a trabajar con los sandinistas, la ayuda a los guerrilleros salvadoreños es una cuestión de ruptura, allí es donde ponen el límite. Pero no son sólo los liberales. Se ha informado repetidamente de tensiones al interior del FSLN sobre esta cuestión, lo que no estamos en posición de verificar. Sin embargo, cuando el New York Times [15 de febrero] le preguntó a un alto funcionario sandinista, la respuesta fue: “El mensaje de Washington ha sido recibido con toda claridad. Hay reconocimiento del alto costo político para Nicaragua del envolvimiento en El Salvador.” No hay duda de que el costo político es alto. Pero si no ayudan a la extensión de la revolución a través de la región sería como cortarse la garganta.

¿Y qué van a hacer los sandinistas? Cuando se trata de cuestiones militares tienden a ser más realistas que cuando hablan de la “unidad nacional” y la “economía mixta”. Su respuesta inicial al gobierno Reagan ha sido aumentar las milicias e iniciar el entrenamiento de decenas de miles en el uso de armas. Han dicho que esperan un ataque respaldado por los imperialistas dentro de los próximos meses. En lo político, han indicado que bajo presiones pudieran eliminar a los miembros burgueses de la Junta de Reconstrucción Nacional para formar un gobierno sandinista puro. Tal gobierno, sin embargo, se basaría en la misma economía capitalista que existe actualmente, y sería susceptible al mismo tipo de presión imperialista como en el pasado. Es decir, sería igual a la situación inestable que existió en Cuba desde mediados de 1959 hasta mediados de 1960.

Extender la revolución a El Salvador, expropiar a la burguesía ― estos son los pasos indispensables simplemente para defender lo que ya ha sido conquistado. Incluso eso no es suficiente. Un estado obrero aislado, ocupando no más de una tajada del istmo centroamericano, no será viable por más que un instante histórico. Toda Centroamérica debe estallar en llamas para que la revolución triunfe en cualquier parte de la región. Y es lejos de ser imposible. Por primera vez, los guerrilleros en Guatemala han ganado el apoyo de la mayoría indígena, y desde hace mucho tiempo tienen apoyo obrero. Además, en los últimos meses han habido huelgas a gran escala de trabajadores bananeros en Honduras y Costa Rica. (Dicho sea de paso, en enero Nicaragua finalmente expropió las plantaciones bananeras ligadas a la Standard Fruit Company, integrante del conglomerado Castle & Cooke. En efecto, se ha convertido en el primer estado centroamericano que ha dejado de ser una “república bananera”. Pero a menos que se extienda esta conquista, pronto será una victoria hueca pues las multinacionales todavía controlan la comercialización.)

Una tal ofensiva retumbaría por toda América Latina. Las dictaduras del tipo Pinochet se verían amenazadas; habrían huelgas políticas, inmensas manifestaciones de masas, etc. Y también en los EE.UU., donde hemos llamado por el boicot laboral de todo embarque de material bélico a las dictaduras derechistas de Centroamérica. Hay que notar que durante toda la guerra de Vietnam no pasó nada por el estilo en los EE.UU., mientras en los últimos días del gobierno Carter el sindicato de estibadores de la Costa Oeste, el ILWU, decretó, al menos formalmente, el boicot [al envío de armas a El Salvador]. Militantes sindicales clasistas lucharán por hacer de tal boicot una realidad, lo que podría causar agudos enfrentamientos con el gobierno y con la burocracia sindical. Otro elemento clave sería la solidaridad combativa del movimiento obrero mexicano, incluyendo ayuda en el armamento de los rebeldes salvadoreños. López Portillo puede llamar a Fidel “mi comandante”, pero los obreros y campesinos en lucha contra una dictadura sangrienta armada por el imperialismo yanqui necesitan una ayuda más concreta. Y, exactamente como temen los capitalistas, las repercusiones de Centroamérica pueden originar una radicalización explosiva de la clase obrera mexicana, una de las más poderosas de América Latina. Lo que hace falta es una dirección trotskista que no llame por la “distensión” sino por la más enérgica lucha de clases internacionalista.

Y esto nos lleva a la cuestión de Cuba y la Unión Soviética. Ahora bien, en respuesta a las acusaciones del gobierno Reagan, tanto Castro como Brejnev han negado ayuda a los rebeldes de El Salvador. El 26 de febrero, un portavoz del Comité Central soviético, Zamyatin, dijo que “la Unión Soviética no ha enviado armas y no está enviando armamento alguno a El Salvador.” A partir de la información existente, y a pesar de las alegaciones del “Libro Blanco” del Departamento de Estado, parece que dicen la verdad. ¡Cómo quisiéramos que no fuera así! Pero es la lógica contrarrevolucionaria de la “coexistencia pacífica” con el imperialismo. Entretanto, por supuesto, los EE.UU. están enviando dólares, helicópteros y “asesores” militares a El Salvador, mientras acusa a Moscú de auspiciar el “terrorismo internacional”. Fidel Castro, por su parte, se encuentra directamente en la línea de fuego, enfrentando un posible bloqueo naval y quién sabe qué más, así que ha adoptado un tono más duro con Washington. Pero en Centroamérica, todos están de acuerdo en indicar que Cuba se ha juntado a los socialdemócratas europeos y los liberales latinoamericanos en instar a los izquierdistas salvadoreños a buscar un “arreglo político” con miembros de la junta asesina. Que sólo quiere decir que comenzará otra vez el ciclo de golpes.

Nuestra consigna, “Defensa de Cuba y la URSS comienza en El Salvador,” subraya el hecho de que Reagan está jugando a los dominós de Guerra Fría. Si puede acabar con los insurgentes salvadoreños, el paso siguiente será rumbo a Managua y de allí a La Habana, y así sucesivamente. Se trata de un combate a escala mundial. Y como ha repetido el general Haig una y otra vez, donde Washington realmente querría poner presión es en el patio delantero de Rusia ― Polonia. Así pues que en última instancia son las formas de propiedad proletarias logradas por la Revolución de Octubre de Lenin y Trotsky que son el verdadero blanco. Podemos afirmar, muy concretamente, que si se preocupan por la amenaza a la economía colectivizada en Polonia, dejen que Reagan aplaste a Centroamérica con sus botas y verán incrementarse la presión imperialista sobre Europa Central. La intención de los EE.UU., como dijo el prestigioso comentarista pro Reagan, William Safire, no es simplemente el “quebrar la cadena de triunfos comunistas”, sino el “voltear la marea global”.

Así que nos encontramos en la posición de advertir que “¡ya vienen los yanquis, vienen los yanquis!” Y lo que traen consigo no son los “derechos humanos”. Los hijos de puta del Pentágono buscan vengarse de la humillación que sufrieron en Vietnam y la masacre que preparan efectivamente va a hacer que Somoza parezca un “autócrata moderadamente represivo” por comparación ― esa fue la forma como calificó al derrocado dictador nicaragüense la nueva embajadora norteamericana ante la ONU, un “AMR”. Safire se preguntó sobre el significado de “ganar”: “¿Quiere decir apoyar a una junta militar que mata a la oposición pero que por su naturaleza represiva produce más oposición que luego es necesario matar?” Su respuesta: “Si es necesario, sí.” Recuerden la expresión de Rosa Luxemburgo, de que la alternativa es el socialismo o la barbarie. Bueno, he allí el Sr. Barbarie de 1981. Por lo tanto, si quieren evitar el holocausto en Centroamérica, si quieren evitar la gran explosión nuclear en Berlín, entonces toca parar a la banda de Reagan en El Salvador. Una revolución obrera en el “patio trasero” de los EE.UU. seguramente acercará el día cuando llame a la puerta delantera el futuro socialista para toda la humanidad.

El Salvador: ¿Un nuevo Vietnam?

El Salvador: ¿Un nuevo Vietnam?

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No 276, 13 de marzo de 1981. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 9, julio 1981

Durante la conferencia auspiciada por la Spartacist League en Nueva York el 28 de febrero, uno de los asistentes hizo notar: “En la prensa burguesa ha habido gran ruido sobre las palabras de Reagan de que no habrá otro Vietnam, y muchos supuestos izquierdistas manifiestan que no quieren volver a Vietnam. ¿Podría Ud. comentar las diferencias que constata entre la situación centroamericana y la de Vietnam, y… la idea de que vamos a repetir Vietnam y el movimiento antiguerra?” El camarada Norden respondió:

En cuanto a Vietnam, hay varias diferencias importantes que deben ser subrayadas. Como ya dije, la coalición en El Salvador es un frente popular burgués. Ahora bien, igual que en España, llamamos por la victoria militar de las fuerzas del frente popular contra los reaccionarios derechistas, porque si la junta vence sobre los rebeldes de izquierda, esto llevará al aplastamiento de la clase obrera y todos sus elementos vivos. En España, por ejemplo, 100.000 proletarios fueron matados después de la victoria de Franco. Así que desde el punto de vista de la clase obrera, aun dado que ambas fuerzas son burguesas, ésa es una diferencia cualitativa y por lo tanto llamamos por la victoria militar de un lado.

En Vietnam la cosa es un poco distinta. El Frente de Liberación Nacional survietnamita y los norvietnamitas tenían un programa de frente popular e incluso montaban algo que parecía un frente popular. Pero en realidad, todo lo que había en este frente popular fantasma era un par de monjes budistas y un arquitecto. La verdad era que por un lado estaba el estado obrero deformado norvietnamita enfrentándose con el imperialismo norteamericano; y el FLN en el sur estaba ligado fundamentalmente a los norvietnamitas. Así que en términos de las fuerzas de clase en pugna, la naturaleza de la guerra civil era distinta.

Lo que pasa con muchos de los grupos de izquierda es que tratan de presentarse de una manera suave para evitar tomar posiciones firmes. Y con respecto a los movimientos de protesta en los EE.UU. sobre El Salvador y Vietnam esto conduce a una situación parecida. Así, por ejemplo, una camarada mencionaba el CISPES, el Comité en Solidaridad con el Pueblo de El Salvador. Sus consignas son “Que decida el pueblo salvadoreño”, “Autodeterminación para el pueblo salvadoreño”, y “No intervención”. Ahora, la reacción natural ante tales afirmaciones sería “Nadie puede oponerse a eso.” Desde luego, ¿no debería permitírsele decidir al pueblo salvadoreño?

Pero presentar las cosas en esta forma, que “toda  persona decente” defendería, no es sino liberalismo burgués. Por ejemplo, el CISPES y la gente que lo apoya como el Partido Comunista y el Socialist Workers Party apoyan un proyecto de ley, HR1509, que prohíbe la ayuda militar a la junta salvadoreña. “No a la ayuda militar a la junta” quiere decir que ellos están a favor de la ayuda económica a la junta militar, que es lo que sustenta el funcionamiento del régimen castrense en El Salvador. Ese país está en bancarrota — su economía ha sido destrozada desde hace varios meses. Pero ellos proponen este proyecto que esencialmente aprueba la ayuda económica porque los liberales no se oponen a ella. Tan sólo no quieren darles armas a unos carniceros malos. Y como consecuencia defienden una política que en realidad está manteniendo a la junta a flote.

Y su programa global es por la “autodeterminación”. Había algo de eso también al principio de la guerra en Vietnam. Ellos decían: “No a las tropas extranjeras en Vietnam.” ¿Se acuerdan? “Autodeterminación para los survietnamitas.” Bien, ¿y qué querían decir? Querían decir no a las tropas norvietnamitas en Vietnam. Pero nosotros estábamos afavor de las tropas norvietnamitas en el Vietnam del Sur. En los últimos días de la guerra lanzábamos la consigna, “¡Adelante Viet Cong a tomar Saigón!” Ahora bien, al mismo tiempo nosotros advertíamos que éstos son los representantes de un estado obrero deformado, que si ellos ganan van a suprimir la democracia obrera. Pero llevarán a cabo una transformación social fundamental, la expropiación de la burguesía, y es deber de todo trotskista y proletario consciente apoyarles militarmente.

Dijimos que había que tomar partido, y la consigna que nos hizo más notorios en el movimiento antiguerra de Vietnam fue “¡Toda Indochina debe ser comunista!” Es decir, tomamos una posición de clase. Hoy abogamos por el triunfo militar de los insurgentes de izquierda en El Salvador. Pero también decimos de la situación en Nicaragua que es necesario ir más allá de su programa y expropiar a la burguesía, que no hay un camino intermedio. Todo el istmo centroamericano debe estallar en una erupción del volcán de la revolución obrera, para que arda el continente entero. Es especialmente importante en este caso. Y les voy a decir por qué.

En Vietnam, el SWP buscaba y lograba conectarse con el derrotismo burgués. Y una característica del derrotismo burgués es que no aparece a menos que la burguesía está siendo derrotada. Ahora, en Vietnam tenían ayuda soviética. Vino a través del Vietnam del Norte. Pero en las circunstancias actuales es bien cierto que Fidel Castro ha estado aconsejando “moderación” y una “solución política” y cosas por el estilo. Es evidente que reciben armamento de algún lado, pero la fuente principal, desgraciadamente, es el Departamento de Defensa de los EE.UU. porque la mayoría de esas armas parecen haber sido capturadas de las fuerzas gubernamentales salvadoreñas. Puede que [el Kremlin] les dé algunas armas, pero fundamentalmente los están privando de armas, igual que Stalin hizo con los obreros y campesinos españoles en los años 30. Y es debido a su programa político general.

Así que en términos globales, con respecto a la confrontación con Cuba y la Unión Soviética, a nivel de la política interna de El Salvador y Nicaragua, y a nivel de la lucha en los EE.UU., este tipo de programa frentepopulista, de colaboración de clases, es un programa para la derrota.

El Salvador: La Guerra Fría al rojo vivo

El Salvador: La Guerra Fría al rojo vivo

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No 276, 13 de marzo de 1981. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 9, julio 1981.

Reproducimos aquí la traducción de la primera parte del discurso de Jan Norden, director de Workers Vanguard y miembro del Comité Central de la Spartacist League/U. S., presentado recientemente en Boston y Nueva York bajo el título, “Por la revolución obrera en Centroamérica”, y publicada originalmente en Workers Vanguard No. 276, 13 de marzo de 1981. La segunda parte del discursó comienza en la página 14.

 

La hora decisiva ha llegado a Centroamérica. Todo el istmo arde, en plena erupción como la cadena volcánica que forma su espinazo. Una cadena de repúblicas bananeras, dictaduras títeres y tiranías oligárquicas han agotado sus fuerzas y se aproxima un momento histórico de decisión. El dominio burgués en la región, tal como se ha practicado en los últimos 50 años, se encuentra en una crisis generalizada; y en medio de esta situación explosiva, ha entrado a la Casa Blanca un nuevo gobierno resuelto a enviar un mensaje sangriento al Kremlin. El mensaje consiste en helicópteros Huey, bazucas de 105 mm, botes patrulleros PT y “asesores militares” norteamericanos. La sangre sería la de las masas centroamericanas. Reagan ha desafiado a Castro y Brezhnev a un tiroteo sobre El Salvador y Centroamérica se ha convertido en el foco de la Guerra Fría ― el punto en el cual se concentra toda la energía de la campaña de guerra antisoviética imperialista en la leña de la indignación pública. Y las llamas ya crepitan.

 

Para enfrentar este reto, la izquierda tanto en Latinoamérica como en los centros imperialistas, tiene que confrontar cara a cara las cuestiones fundamentales, tiene que tomar partido en el enfrentamiento entre el imperialismo rapaz y los estados obreros degenerados y deformados del bloque soviético. No sirven mansas súplicas a la “preocupación” liberal con el genocidio. En primer lugar, éste no es otro caso más de respaldo norteamericano a algún carnicero sangriento en su patio trasero. Cuando Teddy Roosevelt domaba brutalmente a estos diminutos países, el imperialismo norteamericano estaba ante todo preocupado con consolidar su hegemonía regional. La guerra hispano-americana y la diplomacia del dólar estaban dirigidas fundamentalmente a hacer una realidad de la doctrina Monroe. La construcción del Canal de Panamá le permitió a los EE.UU. poseer por primera vez una armada de dos océanos. Formaba parte de la división imperialista del mundo colonial en preparación para la Primera Guerra Mundial. Hace medio siglo, o sea la última ocasión cuando Centroamérica estuvo al centro de la mirada mundial, la cuestión era fundamentalmente regional. Esta vez lo que está en juego es muchísimo más importante.

 

Así que en las últimas semanas se ha armado un clamor sobre pertrechos soviéticos en El Salvador. Aquí tengo el “Libro Blanco” del Departamento de Estado. Supongo que tienen que llamarlo blanco porque su verdadero propósito es echar lodo en los ojos del público para que no vean lo que realmente está pasando. Así que lo primero por hacer es refutar estas mentiras imperialistas. En las palabras del presidente Reagan, de hace pocas semanas: ¿quién recorre el mundo sembrando la mentira, la estafa y el robo? Bueno, nuestro candidato predilecto es los Estados Unidos. En realidad es su segundo intento. El primero fue allá por enero, cuando decían tener la “prueba definitiva” de que Nicaragua era la “verdadera fuente” de armas para los rebeldes salvadoreños. Y la prueba no era sino un par de barcas en la Bahía de Fonseca. La madera, alegaron, es de un tipo que no se encuentra normalmente en El Salvador. ¡Y era esa la prueba de agresión nicaragüense! La acusación es obviamente ridícula, pero fue la base sobre la cual cortaron US$ 15 millones de ayuda a Nicaragua; y reanudaron el envío de otros US$ 5 millones de ayuda militar “letal” para El Salvador. Bueno, la operación fue un chasco ― los corresponsales, corrieron en busca de las pruebas y no encontraron ni trazas de armas ni nada. Así que ahora tenemos supuestos informes por el líder del Partido Comunista salvadoreño.

 

Pero los voceros no oficiales del imperialismo norteamericano dicen cosas todavía más fantásticas. Una de las más risibles fue publicada en la edición del 2 de febrero de Business Week. Según ellos:

 

“La llegada reciente de norcoreanos [según ellos para ayudar a los guerrilleros salvadoreños] fue descubierta cuando cuatro de ellos murieron en un accidente de tránsito en Nicaragua a principios de enero. Buenos Aires también ha identificado un número creciente de montoneros, guerrilleros izquierdistas argentinos. También ha sido reportado que howitzers 105 de manufactura norteamericana, capturados por los norvietnamitas en 1975, han sido desembarcados de un barco de bandera libanesa que los trajo desde Saigón, comisionado por la Organización para la Liberación de Palestina.”

 

¿Más? Mi primera reacción fue preguntar: “¿Y dónde entra Carlos en todo esto?” ¿Y la banda Baader-Meinhof? Pero como revolucionarios proletarios tenemos algo más que decir además de denunciar tales invenciones. La verdad es que, desgraciadamente, los insurgentes en El Salvador no reciben ninguna ayuda soviética útil. Porque si la hubiera, durante el año pasado no habrían muerto 12.000 personas a manos de los escuadrones de la muerte derechistas y el ejército de la junta. He allí la prueba. Ojalá hayan algunas armas de Cuba y la Unión Soviética allí. Pero el hecho es que no hay una protección adecuada para las masas que se enfrentan a los sangrientos dictadores. Así que el embajador soviético a los EE.UU. se levanta y dice, “somos inocentes.” Y, desafortunadamente, es la pura verdad. Si él mintiera, engañara y robara para avanzar la causa de la revolución mundial, nos sentiríamos mucho mejor. Pero no es así.

 

Ahora, lo que estamos presenciando es el intento por la principal potencia capitalista mundial de reestablecer su hegemonía mundial luego de haber sido gravemente herida en Indochina. El desmoronamiento de varias de las dictaduras de la región está íntimamente relacionado con la relativa debilidad del imperialismo norteamericano después de Vietnam. Luego vino la cruzada pro-“derechos humanos” de Jimmy Carter, que en América Latina no fue sino una fase pasajera de hipocresía burguesa. Pero, como dijimos desde el primer día, su verdadero blanco fue la Unión Soviética. En otras palabras, se trataba del rearme moral del imperialismo en preparación para la guerra. Y no iba a ser tan sólo una guerra fría, sino una guerra caliente. Y Reagan ha declarado que la guerra caliente comienza aquí y ahora. Centroamérica es el sustituto del Golfo Pérsico, Berlín o Polonia por ejemplo. Ese es el país que actualmente ocupa el primer lugar en el pensamiento de Washington. Al “cerrarle el paso al comunismo” en El Salvador, en realidad se están preparando para “echar atrás”, en la fraseología de Foster Dulles, las conquistas históricas de la revolución proletaria rusa.

 

En segundo lugar, como dijimos en el último número de Workers Vanguard, lo que los gobernantes norteamericanos buscan no es alcanzar la “estabilidad” en la región, o nada por el estilo. La única solución que plantean es una “solución final”. De todos modos Reagan quiere una lucha; quiere que la sangre corra en ríos. Y como es la potencia imperial más poderosa de esta época quien lo quiere, la sangre va a correr. Es un hecho. ¿De dónde, entonces, esta solución política de la que tanto se habla? Los regímenes populistas latinoamericanos, como México, y los socialdemócratas europeos la discuten. No son sino sueños de opio y más les vale sacar la yerba de la distensión fuera de sus pipas porque estova en serio. Pero el mismo tipo de utopías peligrosas son expresadas por las futuras víctimas: la dirección sandinista en Nicaragua y los portavoces de la izquierda salvadoreña. Ellos deberían sacar algunas conclusiones del hecho de que los EE.UU. les da la espalda. Reagan no abandona a sus carniceros.

 

Esta vez la junta salvadoreña no va a recibir un manotazo pro- “derechos humanos”, porque aquí se trata de una batalla de clases a escala internacional. Y por lo tanto las únicas respuestas que tienen sentido son las respuestas de clase ― el programa y la perspectiva de la revolución proletaria. Es por eso que decimos lo que al principio les pareció extraño a muchos de la izquierda: “¡La defensa de Cuba y la Unión Soviética empieza en El Salvador!” Y, compañeros, los sucesos de la última semana han confirmado enfáticamente nuestra advertencia. Un congresista liberal, por ejemplo, se quejaba del retorno a los días de la “diplomacia de cañonera” ― y tiene toda la razón. La radio española informó el martes pasado que actualmente hay más de 40 barcos norteamericanos en el Caribe tratando de parar los embarques de armas a Nicaragua y los izquierdistas salvadoreños. Reagan responde a los liberales temerosos de embrollarse en un “nuevo Vietnam” diciendo que esta vez se propone confrontar el problema en la “fuente”, según él: Cuba y la Unión Soviética. Ahora, eso es un absurdo evidente pero es la política de los EE.UU. Así que ahora Washington le está diciendo a Moscú que SALT [el tratado para la limitación de las armas estratégicas] depende en que gane la junta militar en El Salvador. E informan a La Habana de que a menos que paren los envíos de armas a los izquierdistas salvadoreños, ellos se verán enfrentados con un bloqueo naval.

 

¿Y después, qué? Recuerden lo que dijo sobre la crisis de los misiles en octubre de 1962 el diplomático soviético que negoció la retirada rusa: “Jamás permitiremos que esto vuelva a suceder.” Y el Kremlin no lo dijo en broma. ¿En qué lado estarán, entonces, los liberales y socialdemócratas en una nueva crisis de los misiles en torno a Cuba? Recuerdo muy bien cómo estuvieron las cosas la última vez. El Socialist Workers Party, el SWP, que había sido una organización trotskista hasta principios de los años’ 60, cuando se arrastró a la cola del castrismo, estaba impulsando un grupo pro-cubano llamado el Fair Play for Cuba Committee. Con la mirada puesta en los liberales, sólo se pronunciaban a favor de la “autodeterminación” y “manos fuera” de Cuba. Pero cuando aconteció la crisis de los misiles, al momento crítico, ¡oh sorpresa! los liberales simplemente se desvanecieron. Ya no se trataba de “fair play” para Cuba, sino de “¿en qué lado estás, compañero?” Era una cuestión de clase. Y el SWP capituló ante los pacifistas liberales rehusándose a criticar a Krushchev, aun cuando el mismo Castro, su gran ídolo, se oponía al arreglo, y las masas cubanas estaban indignadas con el negocio que les dejaba sin protección esencial contra el imperialismo norteamericano.

 

Ahí radica el problema con las coaliciones y la política de colaboración de clases involucrando a supuestas fuerzas revolucionarias y de izquierda. A la hora de la verdad, paralizan la acción efectiva de las organizaciones obreras porque buscan evitar las contradicciones fundamentales. Mientras que lo principal, lo que los marxistas siempre han señalado sobre la política, es que al fin de cuentas, todo se reduce a una división de clases: uno está en un lado u otro de la línea de piquete. En una guerra civil, se está en un lado u otro, o, en el caso de no haber una diferencia cualitativa desde el punto de vista del proletariado, se opone en forma revolucionaria a ambos lados. Pero estos reformistas tratan de ocultar esta distinción. Así que la pregunta que quiero poner aquí es: ¿qué pasa cuando se desarrolla una nueva crisis cubana? Aquellos liberales que hoy dicen, “Que decida el pueblo salvadoreño”, entonces ¿en qué lado estarán ellos y las coaliciones organizadas alrededor de esa política? La cuestión de clase es ineludible.

 

Así que Reagan ha escogido a El Salvador y Centroamérica como el eje alrededor del cual acelerar su Guerra Fría. Y la batalla política girará en torno a la cuestión de la Unión Soviética y los estados obreros degenerado y deformados. Y, como trotskistas, tomamos partido en esta batalla. Criticamos las ilusiones en la “distensión” por parte de un Brejnev o Castro. Fidel Castro, dicho sea de paso, apoyó a Carter contra Reagan en los comicios del pasado noviembre; pero ¿quién preparó el terreno para lo que hoy día está pasando en El Salvador, sino Carter? Llamamos por el derrocamiento de la casta estalinista que debilita los cimientos del régimen proletario con sus intentos por conciliar con el imperialismo. Y ese llamado es parte íntegra de nuestro programa político global por la defensa incondicional y extensión de las conquistas de la Revolución de Octubre. Así pues que para preparar al proletariado para sus tareas, son consignas claves: “¡Defender a Cuba y la URSS!” Basta de tanta palabrería sobre una “solución política” con la junta sangrienta: “¡Triunfo militar para los insurgentes de izquierda en El Salvador!” y “¡Romper con la burguesía!” No hay un camino intermedio en Nicaragua, el único camino es “¡Expropiar a la burguesía!” y “¡Que arda Centroamérica con la revolución obrera!”

 

El Salvador 1932

 

Bien, repasemos un poco los últimos 160 años de la historia de El Salvador, desde que ganó su independencia de España. Para empezar, El Salvador no es una república bananera, es una república cafetalera. Desde fines del siglo pasado, su principal producto de exportación ha sido ese diminuto grano verde que se transforma en oro para los barones del café. Pero ante todo, El Salvador es el ejemplo por excelencia de un país dominado por una oligarquía. La clase gobernante la constituye un reducido número de familias ―la más grande es la de los Hill, los Alvarez son otra. Son verdaderas dinastías que dominan todo. Son los terratenientes, los generales, los obispos, los presidentes, etc. En El Salvador la oligarquía es denominada las “14 Familias”. Pero hace poco se hizo un estudio al respecto y se descubrió que eran unas 60 familias. Bueno, si quieren hacer una distinción…

 

Si Uds. quieren ver un retrato verídico de lo que es El Salvador, les sugiero que alguna vez vayan a ver una película hecha hace algún tiempo llamada ¡Viva María! Las estrellas son Brigitte Bardot, Jeanne Moreau y George Hamilton. Satiriza las revoluciones latinoamericanas: Brigitte Bardot interpreta la hija de un terrorista del IRA que emigra a Centroamérica porque las cosas están demasiado tranquilas en Irlanda, y hay que tirar bombas en algún lugar. Y entonces organizan una revolución, esas mujeres preciosas vestidas en bandoleras, George Hamilton clavado en la cruz y Jeanne Moreau abrazándolo en la cárcel. Como se puede imaginar la película es un chasco, pero contiene todos los estereotipos de una sociedad latinoamericana típica dominada por una oligarquía. Hay campesinos amarrados a ruedas de tortura, lentamente dando vueltas en el viento; hay campesinos marchando descalzos por caminos polvorientos mientras guardias brutales trotan a caballo aliado de la columna armados con látigos y rifles. En fin, es que si van a lo largo y ancho de los caminos de El Salvador, verán precisamente eso.

 

Es una sociedad criminal, con muchas características semifeudales. Pero sólo semifeudales, porque ha estado produciendo para el mercado mundial desde hace más de un siglo. Es natural, entonces, ver en esas condiciones un profundo sentimiento a favor de ciertas demandas democráticas. Echar a esos carniceros, por supuesto. ¿Por qué deben tener 14, o si prefieren 60, familias el dominio sobre todo el mundo? La demanda de la tierra para el campesino que la trabaja. Y por la emancipación nacional del yugo imperialista ejercido por los EE.UU., tanto directamente como a través de sus representantes locales. En la América Latina de hoy las demandas democrático-burguesas son cuestiones revolucionarias candentes. Pero como trotskistas, no llamamos por consiguiente a una “revolución democrática” como lo hacen los socialdemócratas y los estalinistas. La Contribución fundamental de León Trotsky y la Revolución Rusa al marxismo es la comprensión de que en esta época imperialista no es posible tener una democracia real (particularmente para las masas oprimidas) a menos que los obreros la obtengan mediante el establecimiento de su propio dominio de clase.

 

La razón de esto es sencilla: si alguna de estas fuerzas capitalistas “democráticas” logra obtener el poder estatal, tendrá que llevar a cabo una represión que no sería muy diferente de la de los tiranos y patriarcas que la precedieron. ¿Por qué? Bueno, el que estos dictadores sean la norma en América Latina se debe a que una burguesía muy diminuta está sentada encima de una enorme población plebeya o proletaria y un campesinado oprimido cuyas condiciones miserables dan lugar continuamente al fermento revolucionario. Y la única forma de seguir sujetándolos es con una u otra clase de régimen bonapartista ― todos esos “hombres de a caballo”, dictaduras militares que en última instancia se reducen al terror de masas. Lo que me hace acordar, el otro día estaba haciendo unas traducciones, cuando se me ocurrió que en castellano hay gran número de palabras para golpe. Así que las conté, y hay 297 sustantivos para golpe; y si añadimos los verbos, ¡hay más de 580! Incluso hay más palabras de las que hay para nieve en esquimal. La explicación, por supuesto, es que hay un montón de nieve en el Ártico, y en América Latina hay un montón de golpes. Y luego, en El Salvador acaban de obtener su primer presidente civil en más de 50 años. ¿Su nombre? José Napoleón Duarte.

 

El Salvador, la tierra por excelencia de la oligarquía cafetalera, muestra esta tendencia al dominio bonapartista en forma dramática. El país ha padecido bajo la bota de gobiernos militares en forma continua desde 1932. Es el período de dominio militar más largo de todo el continente. Y no es un accidente. ¿Por qué? Bueno, El Salvador es la zona más productiva de Centroamérica, produciendo cultivos comerciales de una frontera a la otra ― el país es casi una sola plantación inmensa. Y cuando comenzaron a cultivar café, simplemente echaron a cientos de miles de campesinos de sus tierras; así que el porcentaje de campesinos sin tierra que se han convertido en trabajadores agrícolas en El Salvador es mucho más elevado que en el resto de América Latina. Las condiciones son muy similares a las existentes en el Morelos de Zapata al tiempo de la Revolución Mexicana, y por supuesto la Revolución Mexicana tuvo un impacto inmenso en esta parte del istmo centroamericano.

 

Así que cuando hubo el crack financiero internacional, el colapso económico capitalista de 1929, el terror tradicional fue levantado y los trabajadores sin tierra comenzaron a alzar la cabeza. La oligarquía vio la tormenta que se acercaba y decidió echar al reformista en funciones, reemplazándolo con un auténtico general-verdugo llamado Maximiliano Hernández Martínez. El Partido Comunista llamó a una insurrección a la que las masas rurales respondieron en forma masiva. Y el resultado fue una represión sangrienta. Treinta mil personas murieron en un país con poco más de 2 millones de habitantes. Sería igual a la masacre de 3 millones de personas en los EE.UU. Y desde entonces ése ha sido el tema predominante de la política salvadoreña. Todo el mundo sabe que si las cosas se desmandan, habrá un nuevo 1932. Es para eso que deben prepararse las organizaciones revolucionarias que se reclaman de la dirección del proletariado ― ¡por otro 1932, pero que esta vez ganen los obreros y campesinos!

 

Esta fue la primera insurrección en América Latina dirigida por un Partido Comunista, y fue aplastada por lo que resultó ser la dictadura militar de duración más larga en el hemisferio occidental. Hay una conexión directa entre estos dos hechos. Es que El Salvador expresa en forma concentrada las condiciones del dominio burgués en toda América Latina. Esto es el eje de la teoría trotskista de la revolución permanente, a saber, que en los países capitalistas atrasados la débil burguesía criolla no puede gobernar independientemente de y en oposición al imperialismo y los elementos semifeudales. Más aun, están íntimamente ligados y no pueden llevar a cabo una revolución democrático burguesa; la historia de las revoluciones francesa e inglesa no se repetirá aquí. La clase dominante no es mucho más que una burguesía sucursal. Todos los “experimentos” con la democracia burguesa han fracasado miserablemente en América Latina. Hace pocas décadas, el Uruguay era la supuesta Suiza de América Latina. O Chile, un pedazo de Europa trasplantado en Sudamérica. Y además, ellos contaban con la Alianza para el Progreso. Pero, echen una mirada al Uruguay y Chile hoy día.

 

¿Por qué sucede esto en todas partes? Eso es lo que comprenden los trotskistas mientras que los estalinistas y socialdemócratas siempre lo descubren con amarga sorpresa. Es que estos reformistas siempre sostienen que es factible alguna clase de etapa democrático burguesa, o una etapa antiimperialista, o una etapa antioligárquica, antifeudalista, antifascista, etc., etc. Cuando Uds. escuchen esta retórica, párense un momento y pregúntense: ¿qué hace falta aquí? Es anti-todo, y llena de terminología marxistoide pero no hay ninguna referencia a la revolución proletaria. ¿No es cierto? Entonces todo este lenguaje sofisticado sólo sirve para encubrir el hecho de que rehúsan luchar por la revolución proletaria. De hecho, lo que están tratando de hacer es instalar algún tipo de régimen capitalista “progresista” o simplemente más liberal, que eventualmente se dará la vuelta y reprimirá a los obreros igual que lo hicieron sus predecesores. Sólo los trotskistas dicen la verdad, o sea que para lograr las consignas clásicas de la revolución burguesa hoy en día es necesario que la clase obrera tome el poder y establezca su propio dominio de clase. Esta es la única alternativa a una contrarrevolución sangrienta.

 

El ejemplo clásico de América Latina es Chile. Ahora bien, es cierto que Chile tiene una estructura de clase más europea, y desde los años 30 ha tenido grandes partidos obreros reformistas e incluso centristas. Por consiguiente, también tuvieron su experiencia con el Frente Popular. Tuvieron una serie de frentes populares desde 1936 hasta fines de los años 40, y el último fue encabezado por un tal general González Videla, cuyo principal soporte fue el Partido Comunista. Entró en funciones en 1945, y ya para 1947 había encerrado a todo el PC en campos de concentración. Hay también la otra alternativa, la variante Pinochet, donde la Unidad Popular de Salvador Allende constituyó una barrera impidiendo que se fuera más allá de los límites del capitalismo. La UP fue llevada al gobierno por un auge de la clase obrera ―inicialmente muy entusiasmada― pero conforme fue agotando en forma gradual sus fuerzas, la reacción imperialista y la burguesía criolla contraatacaron. Cualquiera sea la variante, el frente popular es una barrera en el camino de la revolución.

 

¡Romper con la burguesía!

 

Volviendo al caso de El Salvador, hay otras limitaciones al desarrollo económico burgués y a la obtención de todo progreso social o prosperidad real en la región. Y es que toda el área está dividida en un sinnúmero de minúsculos países. Fundamentalmente, podemos decir que toda América Latina es en muchos aspectos una sola nación, con la excepción del Brasil. Pero en el caso de Centroamérica esto es todavía más extremo. Salió del dominio colonial como un estado federal, pero la burguesía estaba tan dispersa que pronto se escindió. Y como resultado tenemos hoy a Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua y Panamá, ninguno de los cuales puede considerarse económicamente viable. Por supuesto todos tienen su refinería de petróleo propia, y ¡cómo no! cada uno tiene una planta embotelladora de Coca Cola ―aunque estando ahora los republicanos en el gobierno, probablemente pasarán a ser de Pepsi Cola. (El New York Times remarcaba el otro día que bajo los republicanos todo va mejor con Pepsi.) Y todos tienen sus almacenes Sears Roebuck para la minúscula clase media que vive en barrios llamados Colonia Kennedy, Colonia Country Club o Colonia Sears; cuyos planos son todos idénticos a Levittown. Pero al mismo tiempo uno camina unos 200 metros más allá y se encuentra con tugurios en un estado de miseria increíble. ¡Donde aún hoy día es todo un avance conseguir un techo de lata! En otras palabras, las condiciones de vida para las masas, si han variado algo en los últimos 30 años, lo es para peor.

 

Ahora bien, parte de la explicación de tal pobreza, de una clase media tan ínfima, es que el estrecho marco nacional no permite un verdadero desarrollo económico. Y todo intento de desarrollo dentro del marco capitalista está condenado al fracaso, porque si uno pone una fábrica de conservas aquí, una fábrica Revlon allá, muy pronto ellas entran en competición y las burguesías locales se están agarrando de los pelos porque no hay mercados para sus productos. Déjenme darles un ejemplo, la llamada “guerra del fútbol” entre El Salvador y Honduras del año 1969. Esta fue una de las guerras más ridículas en la historia de América Latina, pero no tuvo nada que ver con el fútbol. Lo que pasó fue que se organizó un Mercado Común Centroamericano como parte de la Alianza para el Progreso; la idea era que alguien produciría una palanca en un país, un par de ruedas en otro, la cabina en el de más allá, y luego habiendo llegado a la hora del “despegue” Walt Rostow vendría especialmente para otorgarles un premio.

 

Esa era la teoría, pero como El Salvador era un poquito más avanzado, comenzó a industrializarse a todo vapor y pronto Honduras se quejó de que su mercado estaba siendo invadido. Por otro lado, un gran número de campesinos estaban cruzando la frontera porque en El Salvador la escasez de tierra es muy grande. Así que Honduras acusó a su vecino, conocido como el “pulgarcito de América”, de imperialismo y echó a miles de los colonos. Ambos países instigaban la histeria popular y luego de un disputado partido de fútbol en México, estalló la guerra. Pero el motivo fundamental fue la competición entre dos pequeños países no viables. Esta “guerra del fútbol” puso fin al Mercado Común Centroamericano y desde entonces no ha habido prácticamente ninguna industrialización. Por supuesto, si la clase obrera tomara el poder no sería como una diminuta “república socialista de El Salvador”, sino en el marco de una federación socialista enlazando a toda Centroamérica con México, que es potencialmente la verdadera locomotora industrial de la región. Y ese es el requisito necesario a todo desarrollo económico real.

 

Otro aspecto importante de la situación en El Salvador es la extrema polarización entre derecha e izquierda, reflejando el profundo abismo que separa a las clases. Otro ejemplo dramático: en América Latina hay un cierto código de conducta para las dictaduras. Por ejemplo, solía ser que cuando encarcelaban a militantes de izquierda eran relativamente bien tratados; porque todos, incluso los carceleros, sabían que una vez que se vendieran, cualquiera de ellos podía ser un próximo presidente o ministro. Todo ha cambiado ahora, luego de la Alianza para el Progreso, que llevó a la diseminación sistemática por el “ilustrado” imperialismo norteamericano de los métodos de tortura estilo nazi. Otra regla de juego es que estas cosas suceden en forma cíclica. Si se mantiene a las masas en la miseria absoluta, es inevitable que periódicas explosiones de protesta masiva sacudan al país. Y la regla es que cuando llega el punto culminante, se las deja pasar esperando un día más propicio. Pero no es así en El Salvador.

 

El año pasado, el 22 de enero, había una marcha de 200.000 personas por el centro de San Salvador. Allí está la tradicional plaza central con el palacio nacional y la catedral (dios bendice a El Benefactor); y luego hay el banco nacional (Mammón bendice a El Benefactor), y finalmente el ministerio de defensa (los fusiles bendicen a El Benefactor). En fin, la muchedumbre entra a la plaza central, pasando por la catedral y comienza a desfilar frente al banco nacional y al palacio nacional. Doscientas mil personas y ¿qué hace el gobierno? Pone francotiradores en los techos quienes ametrallan a la multitud. Mataron a 200 personas e hirieron a otras 300 más. Ahora, eso es jugar con fuego ― no aparece en las reglas de Dale Carnegie para dictadorzuelos de plomo latinoamericanos. Pero hay una lección en esto: la burguesía salvadoreña sabe que su situación ha sido muy precaria desde hace mucho tiempo. Es por eso que no ha habido verdaderos intentos de parte de elementos burgueses disidentes por desafiar el dominio militar durante cinco décadas. Y este tipo de masacre abierta es dada por sentada ― desde su punto de vista de clase es necesaria.

 

Hay una miríada de casos parecidos. El asesinato del arzobispo Romero, por ejemplo. Tampoco se permite matar arzobispos, sobre todo cuando tienen amigos aquí. Él era muy buen amigo del padre Drinan, el congresista de Massachusetts; pero el papa botó al padre Drinan del Congreso, y parece que ellos decidieron que ahora sí se podía matar arzobispos. El arzobispo Romero se enfadó con el presidente Romero (no emparentado) cuando el ejército comenzó a matar sacerdotes hace algunos años. Y cuando hizo lo mismo la junta militar de “derechos humanos”, instalada en el poder por Washington hace año y medio, él respondió con un lenguaje tomado del Libro Rojo de Mao Tse Tung. Todo basándose en el Evangelio, por supuesto ―Epístola de Pablo, capítulo 1, verso 13, “Y el Señor dijo, no matar. Así que cuando matan, rebelarse es justo.” Etcétera. Y al día siguiente de pronunciar estas palabras, fue asesinado mientras celebraba misa. Dicho sea de paso, parece que los asesinos fueron unos gusanos cubanos entrenados por la CIA ― así que si quieren hablar de exportación de terrorismo, he aquí un ejemplo textual.

 

Luego hay los dirigentes de la coalición opositora de frente popular, el FDR (Frente Democrático Revolucionario). Su principal dirigente, Alvarez Córdova, era vástago de una de las 14 Familias. Y normalmente no se asesina a miembros de la oligarquía. O las misioneras católicas: no se permite matar monjas, no es bien visto, recuerden Stanleyville y todo eso. O el embajador de Carter, Robert White ―luego de las elecciones norteamericanas en noviembre todos los asesores de Reagan le llamaban “reformador social” y él respondió acusándoles de incitar su asesinato. Fue lo que les pasó a los demás “reformadores sociales”, incluso cuando están relacionados con la CIA, corno los tipos de la reforma agraria que fueron acribillados a balazos en el restaurante del San Salvador Hilton.

 

¿Y cuál debe ser la respuesta a todo esto? Corno marxistas, corno comunistas, decimos que es necesario organizar a los oprimidos y explotados alrededor de la fuerza social que tiene los intereses de clase necesarios para barrer con el sistema que produce tales asesinos sádicos. Desgraciadamente, la izquierda salvadoreña ha sido formada por la herencia de décadas de ideología reformista estalinista y nacionalista. En consecuencia, ha dirigido sus esfuerzos a empapelar por encima el profundo abismo que separa a las clases en El Salvador ― en eso consiste, por lo esencial, su política frentepopulista. A nombre de la “unidad democrática”, comprometen a los obreros y campesinos a respetar la propiedad privada de los capitalistas, la “integridad” de las fuerzas armadas, la “dirección serena” de la iglesia, etc. y añaden un manojo de demócratas cristianos disidentes y un par de socialdemócratas flácidos ―en realidad liberales burgueses camuflados corno socialdemócratas― todo a fin de mantener a las masas bajo control. Así, supuestamente, la “burguesía progresista” no se asustará y entonces quizás se pueda arreglar las cosas con Washington.

 

Así que forman una coalición frentepopulista con unos cuantos liberales y sacerdotes y reformistas. Y las masas, llenas de alegría por la caída de la anterior banda de asesinos, dan inicialmente su apoyo. Ahora bien, en El Salvador ya han tenido una versión de esto con la llamada junta militar “reformista” instalada por Carter en octubre de 1979. Abarcaba militares liberales, civiles liberales; el Partido Comunista contribuyó un ministro del trabajo, y también cabían un par de coroneles de línea dura. ¿Y qué pasa entonces? Los liberales son dejados de lado, uno por uno, en un llamado “golpe trepador” y los gorilas militares lanzan el peor baño de sangre visto en décadas. ¡Ah! Y también tienen una “reforma agraria” diseñada y auspiciada por la misma gente que hace década y media llevaron a cabo el programa dé “pacificación” en el Vietnam. Esta reforma agraria consiste en repartir parcelas a los miembros de la organización fascista ORDEN, que está conectada con los militares y cuya misión es vigilar a los campesinos. Y el resto de la gente que allí vivía, los trabajadores agrícolas, etc., todos son expulsados, echados al monte, luego calificados de guerrilleros subversivos y ametrallados por el ejército. En El Salvador esto ha sido denominado la “Reforma por la muerte”.

 

Hoy hay una nueva edición de esta coalición colaboracionista de clases, el Frente Democrático Revolucionario. Al principio fue encabezado por el terrateniente Alvarez y ahora por el socialdemócrata Ungo, ambos ex-miembros de la “junta militar de derechos humanos” de octubre de 1979. Últimamente el FDR ha estado maniobrando por obtener un acuerdo con el coronel Majano, que también formaba parte de la junta militar pero que acaba de ser arrestado. Esta coalición se ubica un poco más a la izquierda, quizás más parecida a la UP de Allende. Pero ¿qué política defiende? ¿Qué hay de la cuestión de la tierra? por ejemplo. La junta militar tiene su “reforma agraria” ― ¿cuál es la respuesta de la izquierda? Ahora bien, los bolcheviques llamamos por la revolución agraria, no una reforma agraria. Los campesinos no van a pelear por un pedazo de papel que dice “título de propiedad”, de tal manera que continúan pagando la mitad de la cosecha, sólo que ahora ya no se llama aparcería sino redención de los bonos del banco agrario. La historia muestra que los campesinos sólo aceptan que ha habido un cambio cuando se levantan en una insurrección revolucionaria y queman la hacienda o casa grande, y con eso queman los archivos de tenencia de la tierra. Así sucedió en Francia en 1789, o en Rusia en 1917 y también en la derrotada revolución campesina de Morelos en México.

 

La razón es obvia. Además del “título” que se encuentra en manos de los campesinos, hay otro papel ¿no es cierto? en el registro nacional en la capital. Y cuando la ola reformista se agote, los terratenientes regresarán de Miami y entonces va a ser su papel sellado contra el papelito de los campesinos. Y ¡cosa más rara! su título está respaldado con más fusiles. Así que los campesinos tienen razón en mirar estas diversas reformas con escepticismo; mientras que si son movilizados alrededor de un programa de la tierra a quien la trabaja y bajo el liderazgo de la fuerza social que tiene el poder para imponerlo contra la burguesía, es decir, la clase obrera, ellos pueden ser una fuerza auxiliar poderosa o incluso ser el grueso de la base que apoya la revolución proletaria. Pero no tras un frente popular. El señor Alvarez está en la coalición, posee miles de hectáreas de tierra y representa a una clase social.

 

Más aun, no se trata de que por ese lado están algunos terratenientes malos y aquí unos industriales buenos, que la gente de allá es la reacción social mientras los de aquí están por el progreso social. Es la misma gente. En la típica familia oligárquica latinoamericana el primogénito hereda la hacienda, el siguiente es coronel en el ejército, el tercero entra en la política burguesa y el cuarto entra a la iglesia. Si hay cinco hijos, el último es un revolucionario. ¡Ah! y se me olvidó el que recibe la concesión de Coca Cola. Así que hay una división del trabajo pero todos vienen de la misma familia. En El Salvador se llaman Romero o Alvarez, y en Nicaragua todos son Chamorro, y no van a llevar a cabo una revolución agraria.

 

En el plano internacional es lo mismo. Así, recientemente la Segunda Internacional ha estado alborotando en el patio trasero de los EE.UU., aceptando a toda clase de partidos populistas y liberales burgueses como miembros de su internacional socialdemócrata. El perspicaz periodista Alan Riding, del New York Times, hace poco escribía una buena frase al respecto. Resulta que hay un grupito en El Salvador llamado el Movimiento Nacional Revolucionario, el MNR, que es un puñado de liberales encabezado por Guillermo Ungo, uno de los vicepresidentes de la Internacional Socialista. De esta forma, ellos están relacionados con el Partido Socialdemócrata de Alemania, el cual les manda deutschemarks y actúa en cierta medida como representante del gran capital alemán. Y Riding hacía notar que probablemente la totalidad de los socialdemócratas de El Salvador cabrían en un Volkswagen. Lo que están tratando de hacer es conseguir que Helmut Schmidt y Willy Brandt les saquen las castañas del fuego; por su parte, ellos prometen ser buenos muchachos, pagar todas las deudas a los imperialistas, etc. Pero, ¿qué creen Uds. que Schmidt y Brandt van a hacer cuando los cañoneros de Reagan aparezcan en el horizonte? No mucho.

 

Así pues, la cuestión del frentepopulismo está presente en todos los aspectos de la situación en El Salvador, incluyendo la reciente ofensiva fracasada. Anunciada como la “ofensiva final”, la revista Time citaba a un dirigente guerrillero diciendo que era “la ofensiva final, final. ¡Finalmente!” Bueno, parece broma y en parte es por razones de táctica militar, pero detrás de todas las ofensivas y retiradas intermitentes en El Salvador, hay un programa político. Bien, parece que ―y es difícil saber con seguridad debido a la autocensura en la prensa imperialista― hubo escasa acogida al llamado a la insurrección. Ciertamente fue el caso de la huelga general. Ana Guadalupe Martínez, una dirigente de los insurgentes de izquierda, cuya coalición se llama el Frente Farabundo Martí para la Liberación Nacional, o FMLN, dijo que “Las masas no creyeron tener el apoyo necesario para llevar a cabo la huelga en forma masiva, y en cuanto a las organizaciones político-militares, ésta fue demasiado débil como para poder transformarse en una insurrección… En ese momento el llamado a la huelga fue un error político.”

 

Pero no es la primera vez que ha acontecido un error de esta índole. La huelga general de agosto pasado también fue un fracaso, y por motivos parecidos. En aquel entonces trataban de negociar con varias fuerzas burguesas para ampliar su frente popular, pero el día previo a la huelga los dueños de autobuses se retiraron. Poco después de la huelga uno de los grupos más “moderados”, las FARN, abandonó la dirección militar de esta multifacética coalición de izquierda, la DRU, con esperanzas de negociar un acuerdo con el coronel Majano. El arreglo no prosperó porque faltan sectores significativos de la burguesía salvadoreña que estén dispuestos a formar parte de una coalición de izquierda. Pero lo fundamental es que ese esfuerzo constante por obtener un tal arreglo ha impedido movilizar a las masas con rumbo a una auténtica insurrección revolucionaria. Durante la reciente ofensiva final/general, por ejemplo, nunca se propusieron llevar a cabo un levantamiento en todo el territorio nacional. La acción en las ciudades siempre fue considerada como elemento auxiliar, y no porque sea una especie de guerrilleros maoístas tipo “guerra popular prolongada”.

 

Lo que buscaban era ganar un pedazo de territorio donde establecer al FDR como un gobierno alternativo. Entonces los Helmut Schmidt y López Portillo podrían reconocerlo y quizás con suerte llegaría a la ONU o la OEA. En otras palabras, la acción militar fue concebida fundamentalmente como una maniobra de presión sobre la burguesía internacional. Dadas las circunstancias del gobierno Reagan, sin embargo, una tal estrategia está condenada al fracaso. Y en cualquier caso, aun si tomaran el poder, sólo significaría que finalmente a los obreros y campesinos se les robaría su triunfo, por el cual han derramado tanta sangre. Y otra vez todo terminaría en las manos de la clase dominante. Así pues, mientras el grueso de la izquierda trata de esconder las divisiones de clases, los trotskistas sostenemos que es menester movilizar a la Clase obrera, apoyada por los campesinos, para derrocar a esta minúscula burguesía que cuenta, sin embargo, con el respaldo del imperialismo. Y en el nuevo contexto de Guerra Fría, las tareas que el diminuto El Salvador presenta se definen a escala global.

Intentona golpista en España

La amenaza de la Guardia Civil

Intentona golpista en España

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No. 275, 27 de febrero de 1981. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 10 , febrero de 1982.

El siguiente artículo fue escrito al momento del golpe de Tejero. Informaciones posteriores revelaban que la extensión del complot era más grande aun, abarcando a grandes sectores de la alta oficialidad de las FF.AA. españolas. Esto no hace sino reforzar la importancia de la línea política aquí elaborada de movilización obrera contra los golpistas.

23 DE FEBRERO DE 1981 — La dramática intentona de anoche en Madrid está siendo pintada como la aventura de un “coronel loco”. Claro que la banda de 200 guardias civiles y ultrafranquistas sin uniforme que secuestraron a todo el parlamento español eran elementos marginales con mínimas posibilidades de instalar un gobierno castrense. Pero el coronel Tejero y su aliado golpista el general Milans de Bosch cuentan con influencia y protección. Tejero fue el organizador del complot de 1978 para secuestrar el gabinete; aunque condenado a la cárcel por sedición, fue puesto en libertad y retornado al servicio activo. Esta vez irrumpieron en las Cortes sin encontrar obstáculos, tomaron la RTVE (televisora nacional) con tanques del ejército y pusieron a Valencia bajo control militar. Esto no se pudo hacer sin cómplices a alto nivel. El “golpe del coronel loco” fue una advertencia de un verdadero golpe militar si las exigencias de los generales — franquistas empedernidos casi todos (aunque no locos) — no se satisfacen.

El rey Juan Carlos, nombrado por el difunto dictador, es aclamado como salvador de la “democracia española”. Pero el hecho de que el golpe no fue desmantelado sino hasta después de la intervención del monarca confirma que él no es una simple figura decorativa, sino el máximo comandante en jefe de las fuerzas armadas. Esta vez ordenó a los altos mandos acatar al gobierno civil. En el futuro la autoridad del monarca para imponer o avalar un régimen de “estado fuerte” se verá reforzada enormemente. Ya en repetidas ocasiones el ejército ha lanzado insinuaciones tenebrosas o amenazas abiertas de barrer el débil parlamento si aumenta la fuerza de la izquierda o siguen activos los terroristas nacionalistas vascos. La “democracia española” fácilmente podría experimentar una transformación bonapartista, porque las fuerzas siniestras e instituciones antidemocráticas de la dictadura franquista nunca fueron verdaderamente eliminadas de raíz. ¡Ojo con reyes que cancelan golpes!

Quizás el aspecto más peligroso del extraño intento de golpe a las Cortes es que la clase obrera no actuó. El ejército se acuarteló mientras que la policía nacional — los “grises”, tan peligrosos como la Guardia Civil — rodeó el edificio del parlamento. Los sindicatos y los partidos obreros de masas, especialmente el PCE eurocomunista de Santiago Carrillo y el PSOE socialdemócrata de Felipe González, mandaron a las masas quedarse en casa. Arguyendo que la intentona no era sino “un incidente aislado que aparentemente no contaba con el apoyo de las fuerzas armadas”. ¿Qué deberían haber hecho entonces los obreros?… ¿esperar hasta que ocurriera un intento de golpe en serio para entonces enfrentarse a una muralla de fuego militar unida y decidida? Esta política de cretinismo parlamentario es un programa para una derrota sangrienta. ¡Recordad el 36!

La responsabilidad de la peligrosa situación actual la tienen los González y los Carrillo, quienes por su repetida negativa a llamar a acciones de huelga general durante la agonía de la era de Franco, permitieron a los franquistas conservar el máximo posible de sus posiciones de fuerza. La resultante “democracia reforzada” ha dejado a los obreros en el vacío político al mismo tiempo que se enfrentan con el creciente paro y una inflación desenfrenada. Ya comienzan a escucharse voces dentro de la pequeña burguesía llamando por el “retorno de Franco”, mientras decenas de miles de obreros decepcionados abandonan al PCE y al PSOE. Esta crisis también ha afectado a la llamada “extrema izquierda”, quienes iban a la cola de los reformistas del PCE y el PSOE y no presentaron ninguna alternativa al parlamentarismo sin salida. Es una ironía profunda el que entre los rehenes tomados por los asesinos estaban los principales traidores reformistas responsables de haberles reanimado.

Los obreros españoles odian a la Guardia Civil con un ardor y ferocidad que podrían abrir las puertas de la revolución.Aun un grupo revolucionario de propaganda de mediano tamaño habría utilizado el momento crítico que representó este golpe de advertencia, buscando movilizar centenares de miles de proletarios para lanzar su propia advertencia a los criminales franquistas. Una dirección trotskista habría llamado a una acción de huelga general para frustrar el golpe; a la formación de milicias obreras de frente unido basadas en los sindicatos para tomar los cuarteles y bloquear los transportes del ejército; por comités de soldados para polarizar al ejército; por una marcha sobre las Cortes para dispersar a los fascistas y golpistas. Unos comités de defensa proletarios sentarían las bases para órganos soviéticos que podrían barrer con las instituciones armadas que constituyeron la espina dorsal del franquismo, movilizando por la revolución obrera. En la ausencia de tal acción, será mucho más difícil incluso encarcelar a los guardias civiles torturadores que aterrorizan a la población vasca y representan una amenaza continua a toda la clase obrera.

Recuerden el putsch Kapp en Alemania en 1921, cuando la clase obrera alemana se levantó en masa para cerrarle el paso a un pequeño grupo de militaristas ultraderechistas, abriendo el camino para una nueva crisis revolucionaria pocos meses después. De haber habido una movilización  semejante en España en octubre de 1934 (cuando la ultraderecha entró al gabinete) en lugar de una insurrección aislada en Asturias, el curso de la historia española hubiera sido muy diferente y cientos de miles de vidas obreras habrían sido salvadas. Fue una falla clave que preparó el camino para el franquismo.

¡En guardia! La reacción sólo ha mostrado un diente roto, pero pronto mostrará otra vez sus colmillos. La formación de milicias obreras es una tarea urgente de autodefensa para el movimiento obrero español. La Guardia Civil y todos los cuerpos especiales de policía política bonapartista deben ser liquidados. Y esto no va a ser llevado a cabo por monarcas “democráticos” ni por parlamentos impotentes, sino mediante la lucha por la revolución proletaria.

¡Una Polonia obrera, sí, Polonia del papa, no!

¡Una Polonia obrera, sí, Polonia del papa, no!

— extractos de Spartacist (edición en Inglés) No. 30, otoño de 1980. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 9,  otoño 1981.

Todo el mundo pronosticó el estallido. Una clase obrera combativa y agitada, huelgas de campesinos, una deuda exterior inmensa, escasez de alimentos crónica y extensa, una iglesia católica poderosa y cada vez más pujante, proliferación de grupos opositores socialdemócratas y clerical-nacionalistas. Todos los elementos estaban presentes. Polonia a fines de la década de los setenta se debatía en una crisis cada vez más profunda rumbo a una explosión,una explosión que podría dar como resultado o la revolución política proletaria contra la burocracia estalinista o una contrarrevolución capitalista con la iglesia del papa Wojtyla a la cabeza.

Y cuando llegó el estallido captó la atención mundial durante dos semanas enteras. La huelga general en la costa báltica fue la movilización más poderosa del poder de la clase obrera desde mayo de 1968 en Francia. Pero, ¿fue una movilización para la clase obrera? He aquí la pregunta decisiva.

Ahora hay un acuerdo, al menos sobre el papel. Los obreros polacos han forzado a la burocracia a aceptar los “nuevos sindicatos autogestionarios” con la promesa de que ellos reconozcan “el papel dirigente” del Partido Comunista y no se dediquen a actividades políticas. En tanto el acuerdo aumenta el poder de los obreros polacos para luchar contra la burocracia estalinista, los revolucionarios pueden apoyar la huelga y su resultado. Pero sólo un ciego puede ignorar la influencia enorme de la iglesia católica así como la opinión favorable al Occidente entre los obreros huelguistas. Si el acuerdo fortalece organizativamente a la clase obrera, también fortalece a las fuerzas de la reacción.

El arreglo de Gdansk no puede durar. Ninguna burocracia estalinista -casta parásita que debe monopolizar el poder político para preservarse- puede tolerar una oposición obrera independiente. Y en Polonia hoy día, la idea de que tales sindicatos “se mantengan fuera de la política” es simplemente absurda. La situación en Polonia es de una dualidad de poderes fría. Nuevos enfrentamientos tendrán que ocurrir ya que el régimen, fuertemente endeudado a las instituciones financieras occidentales, no puede conceder el inmenso “aguinaldo” exigido por los obreros. Los fuertes aumentos salariales necesariamente acelerarán la inflación galopante o causarán una escasez aún más grave. Además, el Kremlin ya ha indicado su desaprobación al arreglo y una intervención militar soviética no puede ser descartada. El fin de la huelga general báltica no fue sino el principio de la crisis de la Polonia estalinista.

¿Democracia obrera o reacción clerical-nacionalista?

Ciertamente, los obreros están reaccionando contra la mala administración, los privilegios y abusos burocráticos. Las quejas de los obreros polacos son reales y justas. El despido pocos meses antes de su jubilación de una veterana militante, Anna Walentynowicz, que habría sido el detonante de la toma de los astilleros Lenin en Gdansk, debería enfurecer a todo obrero honesto. La existencia de almacenes especiales para uso exclusivo de los miembros del partido y los policías es una abominación, un rechazo de los principios más básicos del socialismo.

¿Y qué hay de las lealtades positivas y la visión política general de los obreros? Al comenzar la huelga hubo informes periodísticos de coros cantando la Internacional, indicando un elemento de conciencia socialista. Pero aunque los medios de comunicación imperialistas prestan especial atención y dan gran énfasis a todo apoyo dado a la ideología anticomunista en el bloque soviético, no hay duda alguna de que en un grado considerable los obreros bálticos y sus principales dirigentes se identifican con la poderosa oposición representada por la iglesia católica. No son sólo los signos externos -el cantar diario del himno nacional “Oh dios, que has defendido a Polonia”, los cientos de huelguistas arrodillados durante la misa, las ubicuas fotos de Wojtyla/Juan Pablo II, Lech Walesa repartiendo fotos de la Virgen María. Los asesores externos del comité de huelga son importantes miembros del grupo católico ZNAK y continúan sus funciones actualmente asesorando a los “nuevos sindicatos autogestionarios”.

Aún más siniestra es la demanda del comité de huelga pidiendo “acceso para todos los grupos religiosos [léase iglesia católica] a los medios de comunicación de masas”. Esta es una demanda antidemocrática que legitimaria el papel actual de la iglesia como la oposición reconocida al régimen estalinista. En realidad, los obreros de construcción naval del Báltico están pidiendo el reconocimiento de una iglesia estatal en un estado obrero deformado.

Pero esta iglesia no es leal al estado obrero. ¡Lejos de ello! La iglesia católica polaca (marcada por un antisemitismo virulento) ha sido un baluarte de la reacción incluso en el marco del catolicismo mundial. La iglesia polaca, especialmente a partir de 1976, ha ostentado cada vez más abierta y agresivamente su anticomunismo. A principios del año pasado el Wall Street Journal (2 de enero de 1979) observó: “Así, el sacerdocio se ha convertido en los hechos en un partido de oposición”.

El mencionado artículo también indicaba que el cardenal de Cracovia era especialmente responsable de la postura opositora más definida de la iglesia. Pocos meses antes, este prelado polaco se había convertido en el primer sucesor no italiano en cuatro siglos al trono de San Pedro. Karol Wojtyla es un peligroso reaccionario trabajando de la mano con el imperialismo estadounidense (en especial su compatriota Zbigniew Brzezinski) para poner en retirada al “comunismo ateo”, empezando en su tierra natal. Como dijimos cuando este anticomunista polaco fue hecho papa: “… él está ahora a la cabeza de millones de católicos practicantes en Europa del Este, una fuerza tremenda para la contrarrevolución” (“The President’s Pope?” Workers Vanguard No. 217, 30 de octubre de 1978).

El episcopado polaco, temiendo tanto una intervención militar rusa como su propia incapacidad para controlar una insurrección obrera, tomó una actitud cautelosa durante la huelga general báltica. Pero, sean cuales fueren los cálculos tácticos actuales de la jerarquía, la iglesia, bien organizada y con una base de masas, será -en un vacío de poder- una agencia poderosa para la contrarrevolución social.

Polonia tiene la clase obrera más combativa en el bloque soviético, con una historia de lucha por organizaciones independientes datando desde mediados de los años cincuenta. Polonia es también el país en Europa Oriental con una movilización de masas potencialmente contrarrevolucionaria alrededor de la iglesia católica. Así, a diferencia de Hungría en 1956 o Checoslovaquia en 1968, las alternativas en la actual crisis polaca no se limitan a la revolución política proletaria o la reestabilización estalinista. Al mismo tiempo, no es un Afganistán donde el Ejército Rojo soviético está jugando un papel progresista al aplastar una insurrección clerical-reaccionaria respaldada por el imperialismo. En cierto sentido, Polonia está situada entre la Hungría de 1956 y Afganistán.

Trotskismo y “sindicatos libres”

La principal demanda y concesión obtenida por el comité de huelga báltico fue el reconocimiento de “sindicatos libres”. Esta consigna concreta, propugnada desde hace muchos años por la Radio Europa Libre respaldada por la CIA, ha adquirido una connotación marcadamente anticomunista y orientada al Occidente. Recuerden la consigna del motín de Kronstadt de 1921 por “soviets libres”— es decir, libres de comunistas.

Una parte esencial del programa trotskista para la revolución política proletaria en los estados obreros degenerado/deformados es la lucha por sindicatos independientes del control burocrático. Los sindicatos y el derecho de huelga serían necesarios aun en un estado obrero gobernado democráticamente, como protección contra abusos y errores de administradores y gerentes. Pero no es evidente en lo absoluto que los “sindicatos libres”, propugnados desde hace mucho tiempo por los disidentes, serían libres de la influencia de elementos católicos y favorables a la OTAN que representan un peligro mortal para la clase obrera.

En cualquier caso, en la situación altamente politizada que vive Polonia hoy día, los sindicatos “nuevos y autogestionarios” no pueden limitarse y no se limitarán a cuestiones de escalas de salarios, condiciones de trabajo, seguridad de empleo, etc. Ellos o se verán atraídos inexorablemente a la poderosa órbita de la iglesia católica o tendrán que oponerse a ella en nombre de los principios socialistas.

Y en la determinación de ese resultado la presencia de un partido de vanguardia revolucionario sería crucial. Una tarea central para una organización trotskista en Polonia sería proponer en estos sindicatos una serie de demandas que separen las fuerzas clerical-nacionalistas del resto de los obreros y las aíslen. Estos sindicatos deben defender contra el imperialismo occidental la socialización de los medios de producción y el poder estatal proletario. En la Polonia de hoy la reivindicación democrática básica de la separación de la iglesia del estado constituye una línea divisoria entre la lucha por la democracia obrera y el peligro mortal de la restauración capitalista.

¡Romper la camisa de fuerza económica imperialista!

El abandono de la colectivización agraria en 1956 ha jugado un papel importante en contribución a la crisis política y económica actual de Polonia. Así el país se cargó de una economía rural parcelaria atrasada y groseramente ineficiente, incluso en el marco de comparación de la Europa del Este. Y la fuerza de la iglesia católica polaca está basada en el peso social de la pequeña burguesía rural. Hoy en día, más de la tercera parte de la fuerza laboral todavía trabaja en el campo, mientras que el 80 por ciento de la tierra arable es propiedad privada. Sólo mediante la  eliminación de la horrible pobreza y el aislamiento rural en que se encuentran las masas podrá ser roto el dominio que ejerce sobre ellas el oscurantismo religioso. Una tarea clave inmediata de un gobierno obrero revolucionario en Polonia es promover la colectivización de la agricultura.

En 1978 más del 50 por ciento de los ingresos de Polonia en divisas de moneda fuerte fue absorbido por el pago de la deuda exterior; en 1979 lo fue más del 80 por ciento y hoy la tasa es de más del 90 por ciento. Polonia ha evitado convertirse en la bancarrota más grande del mundo sólo mediante la aceptación de los programas de austeridad impuestos por sus acreedores imperialistas. Al mismo tiempo, temiendo una explosión popular si las masas polacas se sienten demasiado presionadas, la dirección rusa está pagando una gran parte de la deuda exterior de Varsovia. En un sentido Polonia se ha convertido en el intermediario a través del cual el capital financiero occidental saca plusvalía de los obreros y campesinos soviéticos (cuyo nivel de vida es mucho más bajo que el de los polacos).

Un gobierno obrero revolucionario en Polonia anularla la deuda exterior. Bueno, quizás exportaría al camarada Edward Gierek a Alemania Occidental para que él pueda pagar sus deudas trabajando en una mina de carbón del Ruhr. Excelente idea, diría algún obrero polaco, pero ¿olvidarán simplemente los banqueros de Frankfurt unos 20 mil millones de dólares con tan sólo un gesto de fastidio? ¿Y qué de las represalias imperialistas que vendrán, tanto económicas como militares? Ante esta reacción inevitable el proletariado polaco debe dirigir un llamado a los obreros de Europa Occidental: no queremos ser clientes de vuestros amos sino vuestros camaradas en una nueva tarea ¡la planificación socialista internacional en unos Estados Unidos Socialistas de Europa!

¡Por la unidad revolucionaria de los obreros rusos y polacos!

Todas las fuerzas organizadas de la vida política polaca -la burocracia estalinista, la iglesia y todas las alas del movimiento disidente- inculcan, cada uno a su manera, hostilidad a Rusia como el enemigo del pueblo polaco. El sello propio de un partido revolucionario en Polonia sería la orientación positiva hacia la clase obrera rusa y aquí no se trata simplemente de un internacionalismo abstracto, es cuestión de vida o muerte.

Los obreros revolucionarios polacos no pueden esperar atraer a los soldados soviéticos a menos que les aseguren que van a defender esa parte del mundo contra el ataque imperialista. Y una revolución política proletaria en Polonia debe extenderse a la Unión Soviética o, de una forma u otra, será aplastada.

¡Por sindicatos independientes del control burocrático y basados en un programa de defensa de la propiedad socializada!

¡Por la estricta separación de la iglesia del estado! ¡Contra la reacción clerical-nacionalista! ¡Vigilancia contra la restauración capitalista!

¡Promover la colectivización de la agricultura!

¡Por el control obrero de la producción, los precios, la distribución y el comercio exterior!

¡Por la revolución política proletaria contra la burocracia estalinista — Por un gobierno basado en consejos obreros democráticamente elegidos (soviets)!

¡Romper la camisa de fuerza económica del imperialismo — Anular la deuda exterior! ¡Hacia la planificación económica socialista internacional!

¡Por la defensa militar de la URSS contra el imperialismo! ¡Por la unión revolucionaria de los obreros soviéticos y Polacos!

¡Por un partido trotskista en Polonia, sección de una IV Internacional renacida!

Morenistas llaman por la contrarrevolución en la URSS

En el campo de Jomeini y la CIA

Morenistas llaman por la contrarrevolución en la URSS

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No. 249, 8 de febrero de 1980. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español no. 8 (1980). Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 8, agosto de 1980.  

De todos los grupos que se reclaman del trotskismo, la respuesta más grotesca a los acontecimientos recientes en Irán y Afganistán ha venido de la Fracción Bolchevique (FB) de Nahuel Moreno, el exilado dirigente del Partido Socialista de los Trabajadores (PST) argentino. Hace un año Moreno aclamó entusiasmado, como también hizo la mayoría de la izquierda, la victoria de la “revolución” islámica coránica de Jomeini sobre el carnicero sha. Hoy, el Comité Paritario por la Reorganización (Reconstrucción) de la IV Internacional – un bloque podrido entre la FB y partidarios de la Organisation Communiste Internationaliste (OCI) francesa de Pierre Lambert – se une a Jimmy Carter en demandar el retiro inmediato de las tropas soviéticas de Afganistán. Incluso llama por el apoyo militar a los rebeldes islámicos respaldados conjuntamente por Jomeini y el Pentágono.

Pero esto no basta para los morenistas. En el Secretariado Unificado seudotrotskista, la FB se postulaba como el ala de extrema izquierda, criticando fuertemente la capitulación ante el eurocomunismo y las causas respaldadas por la CIA en el Portugal y Angola. En torno a Nicaragua desfilan como guerrilleros heroicos jactándose de su ya extinta Brigada Simón Bolívar. Ahora, sin embargo, la banda de bandoleros políticos morenistas de repente llama por ¡la extensión de la contrarrevolución islámica estilo-Jomeini a la Unión Soviética! A continuación reproducimos lo que su grupo italiano, la Lega Socialista Rivoluzionaria (LSR), dice sobre la crisis en Afganistán:

“La burocracia contrarrevolucionaria del Kremlin se está desacreditando por una acción criminal contra el pueblo afgano, pisoteando su derecho a la independencia al intervenir en su territorio sin ninguna justificación. La defensa contra acciones externas no fue el motivo causante de la intervención por la URSS, sino por el contrario fue un intento obvio de reforzar su control, de mantener el statu quo en el área remecida por el fermento revolucionario. La posibilidad de extender la revolución iraní al interior de las fronteras de la URSS es lo que aterra a la burocracia del Kremlin. Las poblaciones fronterizas soviéticas, unidas a las de Irán y Afganistán por lazos religiosos, culturales y raciales, pueden ser contagiadas por la radicalización de la zona y pueden convertirse en protagonistas de una movilización antiburocrática al interior del estado obrero, preparando la base para una revolución política. Esto es lo que la burocracia teme, ésta es la razón de porqué la URSS intervino.”

Avanzata Proletaria, 12 de enero

¡Parece que Moreno y Cía. tratan de competir con los maoístas y el superhalcón de Carter, Brzezinski, en el intento de movilizar a los fanáticos musulmanes jomeinistas contra Rusia!

Este no es un “exceso” aislado de los morenistas italianos. La Declaración/Plataforma de la Fracción Bolchevique aclamó el triunfo de la reacción clerical islámica: “la revolución iraní (…) ha sido el ejemplo más espectacular de un auge que se ha visto en los años recientes”. Y el PST argentino proclamaba que la victoria de los mulahs en febrero de 1979 “ya ha ganado su lugar entre las grandes revoluciones de este siglo, comparable en importancia a la prolongada Revolución Indochina” (Opción, abril de 1979). En la prensa de la LSR esto se convierte en apoyo político explícito a los dirigentes religiosos musulmanes, cuya “profunda integración con el pueblo” los convierte en “el canal para la movilización, la dirección de la revolución”:

“Por sobre todo, los lazos que existen entre los ayatolás y las masas son favorecidos por el hecho de que la jerarquía chiita no es impuesta desde arriba sino elegida desde abajo y por lo tanto ampliamente reconocida por la población.”

Avanzata Proletaria, 25 de marzo de 1979

Estas declaraciones aparentemente estrafalarias (para autoproclamados trotskistas) reflejan en realidad una línea política constante. No menos siniestra que la estalinofobia de “socialista de Departamento de Estado” de los lambertistas, la línea antisoviética de los morenistas en Afganistán refleja la mentalidad de caudillo de su dirigente. Desde su apoyo político a Perón en Argentina, a Torrijos en Panamá, a Velasco Alvarado en el Perú y ahora al clerical-feudalista Jomeini en Irán, Moreno muestra una predilección singular por los regímenes bonapartistas populistas nacionalistas burgueses. Comparado con el pálido burócrata Brezhnev, gobernando mediante un aparato estatal omnipresente, Jomeini parece un líder dinámico, carismático – un verdadero hombre digno de respeto en los ojos del presunto “Imam trotskista” de Argentina.

Este incurable camaleón político ha burlado a muchos potenciales revolucionarios en su tiempo. Instamos a nuestros lectores a consultar el cuaderno Moreno Truth Kit (La verdad sobre Moreno) de la tendencia espartaquista con la verdadera historia de este desbocado peronista sin hábito. Y que consideren el hecho de que a los primeros tiros de una nueva guerra fría, los morenistas abandonan toda pretensión de defender el programa trotskista hacia los estados obreros degenerados/deformados: revolución política obrera para derrocar a la burocracia y la defensa incondicional contra el imperialismo. ¡Quién sabe si pronto nuestro empresario seudotrotskista sui generis forme una “Brigada Imam Jomeini” a fin de extender la “Revolución Islámica” clerical-feudalista a la Unión Soviética! No sería difícil eliminarlos con operaciones de limpieza-pero puede que sus aliados, los mulahs, lleven a cabo el, trabajo antes de que el ejército soviético se dé tiempo para hacerlo.

Hijo de Perón cohabita con hijo de Mitterrand

Moreno/Lambert: El bloque más podrido: 

Hijo de Perón cohabita con hijo de Mitterrand

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No. 247, 11 de enero de 1980. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 10, febrero de 1982.

Durante los últimos tres años el aventurero argentino Nahuel Moreno ha embestido constantemente al “Secretariado Unificado de la IV Internacional” (SU) en búsqueda de algún punto que sirviera de motivo para provocar una escisión en esta banda caótica de renegados del trotskismo. Después de romper con el Socialist Workers Party (SWP) norteamericano por su línea de “socialistas de Departamento de Estado” en Portugal en 1975, coqueteó durante casi un año con la mayoría del SU encabezada por Ernest Mandel, y luego decidió establecer su propia Fracción Bolchevique (FB) en 1978. Engalanado con una plataforma de izquierdismo abstracto acusando a Mandel de seguidismo tras el eurocomunismo y al SWP de neokautskismo, Moreno inició una campaña filibustera por toda América Latina, captando a puñados de, militantes en varios países con incursiones relámpago y expulsiones burocráticas. Luego partió para Europa con la esperanza de sacar tajada de las secciones en crisis perpetua del SU en el viejo mundo ― presentando un aparato eficaz, bien financiado, siempre en movimiento con una nueva campaña para atraer la atención de las masas. Recorriendo por todo el mundo en busca de zonas candentes, Moreno por fin encontró su vehículo: la lucha contra el tirano nicaragüense Somoza, dirigida por el Frente Sandinista de Liberación Nacional (FSLN).

Pero no resultó de acuerdo a lo esperado. Al principio Moreno ideó la Brigada Simón Bolívar (BSB) como aparato publicitario para la FB y como grupo de presión para empujar al FSLN hacia la izquierda. Pero poco después de la huida en julio del dictador títere Somoza, la BSB (dirigida por los morenistas) se vio en apuros con la cúpula sandinista. Bastó una semana durante la cual la BSB organizó sindicatos y urgió a las milicias locales a no rendir sus armas, para que la nueva junta se deshiciera de ella. El 17 de agosto, la BSB fue acorralada y despachada: en aviones a Panamá donde varios de los brigadistas fueron golpeados por la Guardia Nacional. Eso pudo haber sido el fin del episodio, si el SWP y los representantes mandelistas en Managua no hubieran apoyado públicamente las deportaciones. Quizás Moreno haya perdido la ocasión para una maniobra en gran escala en Nicaragua, pero sí logró su pretexto para escindir al SU. En una serie de diktats [mandos y desmandos], el Secretariado Unificado emitió órdenes a la FB de suspender sus actividades y expulsó a los dirigentes de la aliada Tendencia Leninista Trotskista (TLT); la FB y la TLT, por su lado, se marcharon con sus tropas ― ni siquiera molestándose en asistir al “XI Congreso Mundial” del SU para protestar las expulsiones.

Después de la ruptura del SU en octubre pasado, ha surgido ahora una nueva conglomeración internacional competidora que pretende representar “a la mayoría de organizaciones, corrientes y militantes que pueden legítimamente reclamarse de la IV Internacional”. Moreno se ha asociado con la Organisation Communiste Internationaliste (OCI) francesa de Pierre Lambert, con la TLT lambertista y los satélites de la OCI agrupados en el Comité de Organización por la Reconstrucción de la IV Internacional (CORCI) para formar el “Comité Paritario por la Reorganización (Reconstrucción) de la IV Internacional”. El Comité Paritario dirige sus ataques contra la política liquidacionista del SU sobre Nicaragua y particularmente contra la “dirección castrista” del SWP. Estos son comparados con la ofensiva revisionista de Michel Pablo en 1951-53, entonces a la cabeza del Secretariado Internacional. En su declaración conjunta fundando al Comité Paritario la CORCI/FB/TLT hacen un llamado a:

“… una discusión común e internacional de todos los elementos, fuerzas y organizaciones que se sitúan sobre el terreno del Programa de Transición, y en vista de la reconstrucción y de la recomposición de la Internacional y de sus organizaciones en una IV Internacional reunificada”

Cuarta Internacional, diciembre de 1979

Esta discusión será organizada alrededor de una “conferencia democrática abierta a todas las fuerzas que se reclaman del trotskismo”.

Carrusel seudotrotskista

Bajo el dominio creciente del reformista SWP norteamericano, actualmente dirigido por Jack Barnes, el SU ha cometido crímenes en contra de la causa obrera en Nicaragua ―inclusive han sido acusados (y no lo han negado) de haber actuado como soplones, entregando la Brigada Simón Bolívar al FSLN. Para organizaciones que se definen como trotskistas, la lista de traiciones cometidas por el SWP/SU es verdaderamente imponente: otorgando apoyo político a un gobierno colaboracionista de clases, pronunciándose por alianzas frentepopulistas con fuerzas capitalistas, pidiendo “ayuda” imperialista para la junta “revolucionaria” de gobierno, oponiéndose a nacionalizaciones “arriesgadas” y a reivindicaciones sindicales “irresponsables”, elogiando el desarme de las masas, aprobando la represión burguesa contra la izquierda y ordenando la disolución de los dos grupos simpatizantes del SU dentro del país. Esto no fue un accidente del cual se pueda hacer sólo responsable la perfidia de un Pedro Camejo o del desvergonzado SWP. Tal claudicación servil ante la bonapartista “dirección revolucionaria” sandinista es el resultado inescapable de las bases sobre las cuales se fundó el Secretariado Unificado.

El SU fue formado en 1963 por el SWP y los lugartenientes europeos de Pablo con un programa de apoyo político al supuesto “marxista natural” Fidel Castro y su estado obrero burocráticamente deformado en Cuba. Pero mientras ambos lados rechazaban el programa trotskista de la revolución permanente y la necesidad de una vanguardia proletaria independiente, las partes componentes del SU estaban divididas por impulsos oportunistas opuestos en terrenos nacionales muy diferentes. Así, esta falsa IV Internacional se ha desmoronado frente a cada auge en la lucha de clases. Una disputa sobre el guerrillerismo latinoamericano provocó una década de lucha fraccional a fines de los años 60 y principios de los 70. En 1974-76 el SU estaba al borde de una escisión en torno a Portugal y Angola, cuando la minoría SWP y la mayoría mandelista se encontraron en lados opuestos de las barricadas. Pero no obstante la disolución subsiguiente de las fracciones, y aunque Nicaragua era (por parte de ambos lados) más bien un pretexto que una causa, la campaña resuelta de Moreno logró arrancar un 25-30 por ciento de los miembros del SU.

Aunque en un solo punto, su política hacia el triunfante FSLN en Nicaragua, el Comité Paritario está a la izquierda del Secretariado Unificado, el nuevo bloque morenista/lambertista no ofrece ninguna alternativa para aquellos que aspiran al trotskismo. Es más, este matrimonio de conveniencia es aún menos compatible que el propio SU: la OCI es una organización socialdemócrata sosa con un caso pronunciado de estalinofobia, mientras que Moreno es un aventurero buscando construir una internacional personal con el programa de infiltrar toda clase de régimen nacional bonapartista “tercermundista”. Así que antes de la toma del poder por los sandinistas, el hombre de la OCI en Managua (Fausto Amador) atacaba al FSLN desde la derecha, tachándoles de “aventuristas” por organizar una segunda ofensiva para derrocar a Somoza, mientras que la BSB morenista se basaba en la sola consigna de “apoyar la lucha del pueblo sandinista”. Moreno, el camaleón político, pasó varios años haciéndose pasar por peronista en Argentina, luego cambió al castrismo, de ahí a la social democracia, y ahora anda de juerga izquierdista; a diferencia de estas andanzas el reformismo de Lambert es consistente ― igual al SWP, aclamó la campaña contrarrevolucionaria del Partido Socialista Portugués financiada por la CIA en 1975. He aquí el bloque seudotrotskista más podrido de la historia.

Tanto así que ¡hasta el SU considera que puede acusar al Comité Paritario justamente de ser una combinación sin principios! En respuesta, Stéphane Just, portavoz de la OCI/CORCI, se jacta de que “… no intentamos enmascarar las divergencias que existen entre nosotros.” Y aún después de la anunciada “conferencia abierta”, “… cada uno de nosotros conservará su fisonomía y posiciones políticas propias” (Informations Ouvrieres, 24 de noviembre – 1 de diciembre). Y en una entrevista publicada en otro número del periódico de la OCI, Moreno reconoce, refiriéndose al Comité Paritario, que “por el momento se trata de un frente único…”. Sin embargo, los dos, Just y Moreno, llaman a los componentes del Comité Paritario “a luchar por la construcción de partidos revolucionarios” ¿basados en cuáles posiciones? Evidentemente lo que buscan es que ambos lados sigan construyendo sus propios satélites, hasta que llegue la ruptura inevitable, cuando cada uno recoja sus peones y se marche. Entretanto la TLT está perdiendo rápidamente su “fisonomía propia” (sus posiciones políticas siempre fueron tomadas prestadas, primero del SWP y después de la OCI). La TLT francesa, organizada en la Ligue Communiste Internationaliste (LCI) desde su expulsión/salida del SU, ha establecido un “comité de contacto permanente” (Circular No. 1 de la LCI) con la OCI; y laLettre d’Informations Ouvrieres del 11 de diciembre informa que “la OCI y la LCI se consideran segmentos del mismo partido obrero revolucionario.”

La bancarrota de ambos lados en la escisión del SU se revela por el simple hecho de que de ella surgieron dos bloques, cada uno compuesto de un elemento reformista y otro centrista. Moreno y Lambert no son políticamente más cercanos que Mandel y Barnes. Es más, durante 1976- 77 fue Barnes/Lambert en contra de Mandel/Moreno, y antes de eso Barnes/Moreno/Lambert en contra de Mandel y Cía. en el perpetuo carusel seudotrotskista. En el caso de la OCI, ésta es una metodología constante que ya ha rendido frutos: la fórmula del Comité Paritario es idéntica al programa federalista en base al cual se construyó el malhadado CORCI… y debido al cual se hundió. Durante muchos años Lambert tuvo diferencias no resueltas con su socio mayor en el bloque, el POR boliviano de Guillermo Lora, en cuanto a la participación de éste en un “Frente Antiimperialista Revolucionario” con el general nacionalista [Juan José] Torres, y otras diferencias con los seguidores argentinos de Lora en Política Obrera por seguir tras la cola de Perón. Luego, en enero de 1979 la OCI rompió con la casi totalidad de sus aliados latinoamericanos. La acusación: capitulación al nacionalismo burgués, en particular al peronismo (¡qué sorpresa!). Ahora Lambert vuelve a lo mismo con una reedición del CORCI. Es la “unidad” del mínimo común denominador, y no la del programa bolchevique.

  

¿Y Cuba, qué?

En sus declaraciones desde la ruptura del SU, los dirigentes del Comité Paritario han hecho todo lo posible por pintarse como luchadores consecuentes contra el pablismo. Según Nahuel Moreno, “Aún si la revolución nicaragüense fue el detonador de la crisis actual”, sus orígenes se remontan a la “crisis terrible provocada en la IV Internacional por la desviación pablista de los años 1951-53” de decretar un entrismo profundo en los PCs leales al Kremlin. También acusa a Pablo/Mandel de cometer uno de los “crímenes políticos más grandes en la historia del movimiento obrero” por haber dado apoyo crítico al gobierno burgués boliviano en 1952. Y en una resolución presentada en la reunión decisiva del Secretariado Unificado el otoño pasado, la Fracción Bolchevique notó que la posición del SWP sobre Nicaragua era de “aplicar la táctica de Pablo frente al FLN argelino” (Lettre d’Informations Ouvrieres, 10 de octubre). No sólo apoyando políticamente al FLN, Pablo entró en su seno y él mismo se convirtió en consejero técnico del gobierno burgués de Ben Bella después de la independencia.

Para poder luchar en contra del programa político que originó la capitulación actual del SU al régimen sandinista en Nicaragua, es necesario analizar sus orígenes. El entrismo “sui generis” en los partidos estalinistas pro-Moscú, Bolivia 1952, Argelia 1964 ― todas son traiciones pablistas como es también la línea del SWP/SU hacia el FSLN. El dirigente de la TLT, C. Némo cita además el apoyo mandelista al “foquismo” (guerrillerismo guevarista), el seguidismo subsiguiente tras “nuevas vanguardias de masas” en Europa y el fomentar ilusiones en el eurocomunismo. Pero ¿por qué estos ejemplos específicos? ― ¿no han hecho caso omiso de algo? Lo que aquí vemos es la auto amnistía por medio de una presentación selectiva de la historia. Moreno pasa por alto un intervalo importante en su supuesta lucha implacable contra el pablismo ― la “reunificación” de 1963 y los años siguientes. Y hay un ejemplo que no cita ― en realidad, el más apropiado ― Cuba.

Los paralelos entre los acontecimientos actuales en Nicaragua y los primeros años del régimen castrista son inescapables. Las fuerzas fundamentales en juego son las mismas: un ejército guerrillero victorioso en una alianza inestable con liberales burgueses criollos, enfrentando a los Estados Unidos temporalmente poco dispuestos a intervenir directamente. (Pero mientras que Castro se vio forzado a tomar medidas cada vez más radicales frente al hostigamiento imperialista, Carter busca conciliar al nuevo régimen ― el cual, por su parte, dirige sus ataques contra aquellos que quieren ir más allá de los límites capitalistas que ha impuesto a la revolución antisomocista). El SWP tiene razón en recalcar la identidad fundamental de su línea anterior y actual. Hoy en día Barnes aprueba la expulsión de la BSB y brinda consejos al FSLN sobre la mejor forma de deshacerse de los “ultra izquierdistas”, mientras que Mandel va a la cola; Jaime Wheelock, el comandante sandinista de izquierda, sigue siendo el favorito del SU a pesar de sus invectivas antitrotskistas. Ya principios de los años 60, cuando el régimen castrista prohibió la publicación del periódico del POR cubano, encarceló a sus dirigentes y destruyó las placas de imprenta de La revolución traicionadade León Trotsky, mientras Guevara denunciaba al trotskismo como instrumento de Washington ― en ese entonces también el SWP (y Moreno) guardó silencio o incluso disculpó la represión burocrática.

Cuba es una cuestión clave para trotskistas porque allí por primera vez una dirección pequeñoburguesa radical sin previos lazos con el estalinismo (a diferencia de China, Vietnam o Yugoeslavia) tomó el poder y expropió a la burguesía prácticamente en su totalidad, estableciendo un sistema económico colectivista. Esto planteó interrogantes fundamentales para la teoría y el programa de la revolución permanente. La respuesta del SWP, y la base de la formación del Secretariado Unificado fue echar por la ventana al “viejo trotskismo”: el campesinado podía reemplazar a la clase obrera como la fuerza directriz, y donde anteriormente el partido leninista-trotskista era considerado indispensable ahora el “instrumento contundente” de una banda guerrillera bastaría. (El hecho de que haya resultado un régimen bonapartista contrario a la democracia obrera, que en su política exterior necesariamente seguía la línea nacionalista-estalinista de conciliación con el imperialismo, no era de importancia para los pablistas). Moreno también siguió este camino; de hecho, hasta 1968 él era un pro castrista aún más entusiasta que sus mentores en el SWP. Sin embargo, Lambert responde con una seudo ortodoxia irreflexiva, negando tozudamente que había ocurrido una revolución social en Cuba. Durante dos décadas la OCI calificó al régimen de Castro de “estado capitalista fantasma”.

Así que convergiendo desde direcciones opuestas los lambertistas y morenistas se vieron cargados con posiciones sobre Cuba que les dificultaban una lucha contra el SWP/SU sobre Nicaragua. (Barnes y Mandel al menos pueden reivindicar una línea consecuente en su oportunismo.) Como consecuencia, en los últimos meses tanto la OCI como la Fracción Bolchevique han sacado documentos en donde por primera vez caracterizan a Cuba como aproximando a un estado obrero deformado. Pero las dos han hecho el viraje furtivamente. La FB sufre de una oportuna amnesia temporal ―olvidando la adhesión anterior de Moreno a la posición del SU― declarando simplemente que Castro y Cía. son una “dirección con una política pequeño burguesa burocrática colocada al frente de un estado obrero que nunca llegó a degenerar porque nació deformado.” (“Resolución sobre América Latina”, septiembre de 1979). La OCI quiere, por un lado, mantener su antigua posición, calificándola como una variante ― “plausible al tiempo que fue formulada” ― que no se realizó. En su lugar, “Fue otra variante la que se materializó: la constitución de un estado obrero parecido a los estados obreros burocráticos desde sus inicios” (La Vérité No. 588, septiembre de 1979). ¡Sólo tardaron 19 años en darse cuenta!

El espectro espartaquista

La Tendencia Leninista-Trotskista había llamado a cambiar la posición del SU sobre Cuba desde hace algún tiempo, y así no podían desechar la importancia de la cuestión tan fácilmente como lo tratan de hacer la FB y la OCI. Pero su afirmación de que “La nueva dirección del Socialist Workers Party se alinea con la política castrista” (Tribune OuvrièreNo. 1, noviembre de 1979) es evidentemente absurda: ¡el apoyo del SWP al castrismo data de 1960! Esto es un intento descarado por parte de los dirigentes de la TLT de disculpar su propio papel como discípulos del dirigente del SWP Joe Hansen en la mal nombrada Fracción Leninista-Trotskista (FLT), que atacó al guerrillerismo guevarista/mandelista desde la derecha. Lo mismo en el caso de Moreno, quien formaba parte de la dirección de la FLT hasta su ruptura con ella en 1975. ¿Qué decir, entonces, del llamado de Moreno, a mediados de los años 60, por “desarrollar un aparato técnico estrictamente subordinado a la disciplina de OLAS”, la fracasada “internacional” de Castro? Y no olvidemos la afirmación por parte de Hansen, de que la consigna de OLAS por una guerra de guerrillas continental “hace eco a la tradición bolchevique” (véase “For Workers Polítical Revolution in Cuba”, Workers VanguardNos. 223 y 224, 19 de enero/2 de febrero de 1979).

Sobre todo, los varios componentes del Comité Paritario buscan evitar el confrontarse con el programa y la lucha de la tendencia espartaquista internacional. Sólo la TEI ha avanzado una posición trotskista coherente sobre la cuestión cubana, y desde su origen como la Tendencia Revolucionaria (TR) del SWP ha luchado consistentemente para destruir políticamente a los liquidadores pablistas. La TR fue única en analizar, ya en ese entonces, el origen del estado deformado cubano y su significado para el programa trotskista (véase “Cuba y la teoría marxista”, Cuadernos Marxistas No. 2). Oponiéndose a la resolución de la dirección del SWP, “Por una pronta reunificación del movimiento trotskista”, que luego sirvió de documento de fundación del Secretariado Unificado, la Tendencia Revolucionaria presentó una contrarresolución en el congreso del SWP de junio de 1963 que declara:

“13. La Revolución Cubana ha expuesto las múltiples infiltraciones que el revisionismo ha hecho dentro de nuestro movimiento…. Así los trotskistas son desde luego los defensores más militantes e incondicionales de la Revolución Cubana, así como del estado obrero deformado que nació de ella, contra el imperialismo. Pero los trotskistas no pueden poner su confianza en, o dar su apoyo político, por muy crítico que sea, a un régimen gubernamental hostil a los más elementales principios y prácticas de la democracia obrera, aunque nuestra orientación táctica no es la que sería hacia una casta burocrática endurecida.

“14. Lo que es cierto de la orientación de los revisionistas hacia el régimen de Castro es todavía más aparente en lo que respecta al régimen de Ben Bella que gobierna ahora en Argelia con el programa de una revolución ‘socialista’ en cooperación con el imperialismo francés…. Como revolucionarios, nuestra intervención en ambas revoluciones, como en cualquier estado existente, debe estar de acuerdo con la posición de Trotsky: ‘No somos un partido de gobierno; somos el partido de la oposición irreconciliable’ (En defensa del marxismo). Esto puede tan sólo dejar de aplicarse en relación con un gobierno genuinamente basado en la democracia obrera.

“15. La experiencia desde la Segunda Guerra Mundial ha demostrado que la guerra de guerrillas basada en los campesinos bajo una dirección pequeño burguesa no puede llevar más allá de un régimen burocrático antiobrero. La creación de tales regímenes ha sido posible bajo las condiciones de decadencia del imperialismo, la desmoralización y desorientación causada por la traición estalinista, y la ausencia de una dirección revolucionaria marxista de la clase obrera. La revolución colonial puede tener un signo inequívocamente progresista sólo bajo una tal dirección del proletariado revolucionario. Para los trotskistas el incorporar a su estrategia el revisionismo sobre la cuestión de la dirección proletaria en la revolución es una profunda negación del marxismo-leninismo, cualquiera que sea el beato deseo expresado al mismo tiempo de ‘construir partidos marxistas revolucionarios en los países coloniales’.”

― “Hacia el renacimiento de la Cuarta Internacional” (junio de 1963), Cuadernos Marxistas No. 1

He aquí un programa para luchar contra el pablismo que proporciona una orientación efectiva al armar a los comunistas para pruebas cómo Nicaragua. Y no fue escrito recién ayer.

Reforjar la IV Internacional 

Aquellos dentro o en los alrededores del SU que aspiran a ser trotskistas se encuentran frente a una decisión difícil. Si permanecen dentro del SU deben prepararse a soportar, aprobar y llevar a cabo más traiciones como la de Nicaragua, o aún peores ― incluyendo la entrega de sus propios compañeros. Si apoyan a Barnes, más vale que tengan principios lo suficientemente “flexibles” como para aguantar la “neutralidad” proimperialista del SWP durante la invasión sudafricana a Angola. Si siguen a Mandel, pueden terminar al lado de Jimmy Carter apoyando a reaccionarios islámicos contra las tropas soviéticas en Afganistán, tal como sucedió con el IMG [International Marxist Group] británico. Y bien sean mandelistas o partidarios del SWP, se encontrarán recitando “allah akbar” [Dios es grande] y aclamando al “progresista” Jomeini en Irán mientras los verdugos del ayatolá siegan a kurdos, árabes, trabajadores petroleros y mujeres (y desde luego sentencian a muerte a sus propios camaradas). Este es el salario común y corriente del pablismo;

¿Y qué fue de aquellos que le dieron la espalda al SU para seguir al Comité Paritario? Es cierto que hoy día en Europa, Moreno luce bastante izquierdista ―firme contra el eurocomunismo, por un “partido trotskista” en Nicaragua, “luchar contra el pablismo” ― y no hay duda que su Fracción Bolchevique ha atraído a genuinos izquierdistas repugnados por el historial de traiciones del SU. Pero más que nada Moreno es un charlatán. De reformista en Argentina, ahora aparenta ser centrista. De Moreno el peronista, el castrista, el maoísta, el socialdemócrata, ¡llegamos a Moreno el guerrillero heroico y el luchador atrevido contra el pablismo! Pero si se le ofrece un puesto ministerial dará la vuelta completa. Critica a Mandel/Pablo/Lora sobre Bolivia, pero el mismo Moreno apoyó políticamente a Perón contra guerrilleros de izquierda. En el Panamá, donde miles de estudiantes de izquierda protestan en contra del dictadura Torrijos (amigo no sólo de Fidel Castro, sino también del Chase Manhattan) cuyas tropas golpearon a miembros del BSB, los morenistas abogan por él apoyo a la lucha supuestamente “progresista” de éste contra el imperialismo. Y desde luego están los escándalos financieros ―por ejemplo, ¿qué pasó con el dinero destinado a apoyar las actividades de Hugo Blanco dirigidas a organizar a los campesinos en el Perú?

Moreno, el que critica a Mandel por su capitulación ante el eurocomunismo, hoy día se alinea con la OCI, políticamente algo a la derecha de Willy Brandt. ¡Júntense a Lambert y más vale que les guste servir de cubierta, ideológica de la CIA! En Francia los lambertistas votaron por el candidato del frente popular, el líder socialista François Mitterrand, para presidente. En Portugal, respaldaron al PS de Mario Soares cuando éste recibía dinero de la CIA y estaba en alianza con los fascistas que quemaban las oficinas del PC. En Alemania llaman por una “asamblea constituyente nacional” y la “reunificación incondicional” ―es decir, por la liquidación de las conquistas socioeconómicas de Alemania Oriental a través de una reunificación capitalista. La OCI es tan estalinofóbica que para ella el “eurocomunismo” no era sino un complot tramado en Moscú; el carácter de clase de la burocracia del Kremlin es definido simplemente como “burgués”, aunque esté basada en las formas de propiedad establecidas por la Revolución de Octubre; e internacionalmente la URSS es supuestamente parte de una “Santa Alianza contratada por la burocracia con el imperialismo”, la cual fue establecida en Potsdam y Yalta y no fue afectada por vicisitudes tales como la guerra fría.

El carácter sin principios del Comité Paritario es subrayado por su mismo nombre. He aquí lo que dijo Trotsky sobre tales combinaciones diplomáticas:

“La idea de ‘paridad de formaciones’, es decir, de tendencias, es intrínsecamente absurda y viciosa. Las tendencias no son iguales en efectivos; pero lo que es más importante es el distinto valor político e ideológico de las tendencias. Hay tendencias buenas y malas, progresistas y reaccionarias. Los aventuristas, para quienes nada es sagrado, bien pueden acomodarse a todas las tendencias posibles. Pero los marxistas están obligados a luchar despiadadamente contra las tendencias sin principios y a no hacer alianzas con ellas sobre bases de igualdad. La paridad de tendencias quiere decir la paridad del marxismo, centrismo, aventurismo, etc.”

― L.D. Trotsky, The Crisis of the French Section

En la versión contemporánea, estilo Lambert/Moreno, los componentes del bloque ni siquiera pueden ponerse de acuerdo en un nombre que exprese una meta común. No es del todo evidente cuales son las diferencias existentes entre la “reconstrucción” (OCI), “reorganización” (FB) y “reunificación” (LCI) de la IV Internacional. Claramente, el intento de las tres formulaciones es el de dejar campo para maniobras con elementos de la dirección del SU. Igualmente claro es el marcado contraste entre ellas y la perspectiva indicada por la consigna de la TEI, “Por el renacimiento de la IV Internacional”. Como dijimos en nuestra “Carta al CORCI ya la OCI”:

“Nuestra consigna implica la necesidad de pasar por un proceso fundamental; no es posible tan sólo encajar unos cuantos pedazos, picarlos un poco quizás, y con ellos reconstruir el edificio.”

Spartacist No. 4 (edición en español), mayo de 1977

También está la “conferencia abierta” anunciada por el Comité Paritario como un foro de debate de las cuestiones fundamentales que enfrentan los que se reclaman del trotskismo. Diversas organizaciones centristas europeas situadas a la izquierda del SU se agarrarán de ésta como de un salvavidas. Incapaces de elaborar por sí mismas un programa coherente sobre cuestiones tan fundamentales como los frentes populares, el carácter de clase de la Cuba castrista, el pablismo y la IV Internacional, algunas de ellas han puesto sus esperanzas en que el caudillo argentino pueda unirlas en forma bonapartista antes de que se sumerjan por última vez en el pantano seudotrotskista. Entretanto, la conferencia se ha vuelto aparentemente menos abierta. Ya a mediados de noviembre la OCI restringía la asistencia a “quienes se reclaman, con razón, de la continuidad de la IV Internacional”. Esto incluye explícitamente al SU (“El Secretariado Unificado de la IV Internacional es invitado a participar…”), y dejamos a nuestros lectores la tarea, de adivinar quién podría ser excluido por el “con razón” de la OCI.

Los lambertistas ya han dado una indicación en su manera acostumbrada de expresarse. El día 13 de noviembre en la entrada de una sala de reuniones en París, una guardia de orden de la OCI atacó físicamente a un grupo de militantes de la Ligue Trotskyste de France, sección simpatizante de la TEI, cuando se encontraban vendiendo su prensa. Poco después el dirigente de la LCI, Némo, dirigió su ataque contra “sectas… como los espartaquistas” que “no hacen nada sino mantener la división de nuestro movimiento para el solo beneficio de los aparatos burocráticos” (Informations Ouvrieres, 17-24 de noviembre)” Y en el segundo número de Tribune Ouvrière (24 de noviembre) la LCI defiende al SWP contra los “provocadores espartaquistas que caracterizan al SWP como reformista”. Para “justificar” sus calumnias y su gangsterismo los lambertistas han estado diciendo recientemente que la tendencia espartaquista está fuera del marco del movimiento obrero.

¿A qué expertos recurrieron para llegar a tal veredicto? ¿George Meany y Zbigniew Brzezinski? ¡Son ellos quienes inspiran la política de la OCI! Pero si la TEI debe ser descartada como “provocadores”, ¿de quién se supone que somos agentes? Según los lambertistas, lo somos del Kremlin, y subrayan nuestra oposición a la invasión china a Vietnam, nuestro apoyo a las tropas cubanas en Angola contra Sudáfrica, y nuestra negativa a hacer causa común con Jimmy Carter a favor de los disidentes soviéticos. Según el SWP, lo somos del imperialismo estadounidense, porque nos negamos a respaldar a Jomeini en Irán y apoyamos el derecho a la autodeterminación de los somalíes contra la Etiopía apoyada por Cuba y la URSS. ¡Qué curioso que no pueden ponerse de acuerdo! La práctica de tachar de agentes en base a posiciones políticas es una especialidad del estalinismo, pero en realidad común entre los reformistas es su manera preferida de tratar de descartar a los revolucionarios. Así, los mencheviques rusos repitieron la calumnia zarista de que Lenin era un agente alemán; y los verdugos socialdemócratas alemanes calificaron a Luxemburgo y a Liebknecht de agentes rusos.

La LCI dice que nos autoproclamamos la IV Internacional. Por el contrario, hemos declarado francamente que la TEI es una tendencia en lucha por reforjar el partido mundial del socialismo revolucionario. Y como componente importante de nuestra lucha para construir grupos de propaganda combativos, hemos utilizado la táctica de reagrupamientos revolucionarios a través de un proceso de escisiones y fusiones con fuerzas en ruptura con el revisionismo y en busca del camino al trotskismo auténtico. Luego del fermento revolucionario en Portugal en 1974-76, la tendencia espartaquista internacional presentó como base principista para tales reagrupamientos el proyecto de una declaración por trotskistas expulsados u obligados a salir del SU (ver “Reforge the Fourth Internacional!”, Workers Vanguard No. 143,4. de febrero de 1977). Concentrado en la lucha contra el frentepopulismo, por un partido leninista y por el poder soviético en Portugal, sus nueve puntos incluían:

• No a cualquier apoyo electoral o político a los frentes populares; por una oposición condicional a los partidos obreros en coaliciones explícitas o implícitas de colaboración de clases;

• Mantener la teoría trotskista de la revolución permanente; por una dirección proletaria de la lucha nacional/social;

• Apoyo militar a las fuerzas nacionalistas pequeñoburguesas en lucha contra el imperialismo, pero ningún apoyo político en absoluto a tales fuerzas; por partidos trotskistas en todos los países;

• Defensa incondicional de todos los estados obreros deformados/degenerados contra el imperialismo; por la revolución política contra las burocracias; ningún apoyo político a fracciones y camarillas estalinistas en pugna;

• Contra la violencia dentro del movimiento obrero;

• Por fracciones comunistas en los sindicatos, basadas en el Programa de Transición;

• Por la táctica comunista del frente unido desde arriba; por la táctica de reagrupamientos para unir a los revolucionarios subjetivos en el partido de vanguardia; por el desenmascaramiento intransigente del centrismo;

• Rechazo a las pretensiones de las “internacionales” pretendidamente trotskistas de representar la IV Internacional destruida por el pablismo en 1951-53;

• Reforjar una IV Internacional democrático-centralista que no se detendrá hasta alcanzar la dictadura del proletariado.

Hoy debemos agregar que fue este programa el que preparó a la TEI para presentar, en forma única, una perspectiva revolucionaria en Irán, exigiendo “Abajo el sha, abajo los mullahs” cuando prácticamente toda la izquierda alababa a Jomeini; e igualmente nos llevó a exigir la victoria militar para los insurgentes nicaragüenses encabezados por el FSLN al mismo tiempo que llamábamos, no por un régimen bonapartista sandinista (como lo hizo Moreno y como ahora hacen el SWP/SU), sino por un gobierno obrero y campesino y por un partido trotskista auténticamente independiente. Acontecimientos como la invasión china a Vietnam han mostrado la capacidad política marxista de la tendencia espartaquista, que hace una década previó la actual alineación antisoviética del régimen maoísta con el imperialismo. Nuestra presencia en la industria, modesta pero real, nos ha permitido llevar a cabo un trabajo comunista ejemplar en los sindicatos así como la reciente manifestación de 500 obreros negros y trotskistas en Detroit contra las provocaciones fascistas. E internacionalmente, la TEI pudo celebrar el año pasado su primera conferencia delegada, la cual mostró tanto la solidez política como la combatividad de nuestra tendencia.

Ni bloques podridos de traición pablista, ni “internacionales” personalistas de aventureros errantes. ¡Completemos la lucha anunciada por el entonces revolucionario SWP en 1953 en su “Carta abierta a los trotskistas a través del mundo”!: “Las líneas de división entre el revisionismo de Pablo y el trotskismo ortodoxo son tan profundas que no es posible ningún compromiso, bien sea político u organizativo.” ¡Por el renacimiento de la IV Internacional!

Polska robotników – tak!  Polska papieża – nie!

Polska robotników – tak!  Polska papieża – nie!

Z „Spartacista”, organu wówczas rewolucyjnej Ligi Spartakusowskiej, nr 30, 1980. 

Każdy przewidywał, że to nadejdzie. Twarda, bojowa klasa robotnicza, strajki chłopskie, ogromny dług zagraniczny, chroniczny powszechny brak dostaw żywności, silny i coraz bardziej pewny siebie Kościół katolicki, wyrastające socjaldemokratyczne i klerykalno-nacjonalistyczne ugrupowania opozycyjne. Wszystkie te elementy są tutaj obecne. Polska w końcu lat 70. znalazła się w pogłębiającym kryzysie stojąc naprzeciw wybuchu, który może przynieść albo proletariacką rewolucję polityczną skierowaną przeciw stalinowskiej biurokracji albo restaurację kapitalizmu kierowaną przez kościół papieża Wojtyły.

A kiedy w końcu się zaczęły, przykuły uwagę całego świata przez niemal dwa tygodnie. Strajki na Wybrzeżu były potężną mobilizacją siły klasy robotniczej od czasów wydarzeń Maja 1968 r. we Francji. Ale czy była to mobilizacja w interesie klasy robotniczej? Jest to zasadnicze pytanie.

Na papierze napisano porozumienie. Biurokracja zgodziła się na istnienie „nowych, samorządnych związków zawodowych” pozostawiając „przewodnią rolę” partii komunistycznej i zabraniając działalności politycznej. Do momentu, gdy porozumienie umacniało siłę polskich robotników w celu walki przeciwko stalinowskiej biurokracji, rewolucjoniści mogli udzielić poparcia strajkom oraz ich rezultatom. Ale jedynie ślepiec nie może dostrzec ogromnego wpływu Kościoła katolickiego i pro-zachodnich sentymentów wśród strajkujących robotników. Jeżeli porozumienie to umocni organizacyjnie klasę robotniczą to także umocni siły reakcji.

Porozumienie w Gdańsku nie może przetrwać. Stalinowska biurokracja – pasożytnicza kasta, która w celu własnego istnienia musi monopolizować władzę polityczną – nie będzie tolerować niezależności klasy robotniczej. Natomiast w dzisiejszej Polsce mówienie o związkach „stojących poza polityką” jest absurdalne. Sytuacja w Polsce jest sytuacją dwuwładzy. Dalszy konflikt doprowadzić musi do powstania reżimu, całkowicie zadłużonego u zachodnich instytucji finansowych, który nie spełni żądań robotników o „bezpłatne obiady”. Napływ gotówki doprowadzi albo do ogromnej galopującej inflacji albo do dalszego poważnego niedostatku. Więcej, Kreml z dezaprobatą odniósł się do porozumień a radziecka interwencja wojskowa nie została oddalona. Koniec strajku generalnego na Wybrzeżu stał się tylko początkiem kryzysu w stalinowskiej Polsce.

Demokracja robotnicza czy klerykalno-nacjonalistyczna reakcja?

W końcu robotnicy sprzeciwiają się złemu biurokratycznemu zarządzaniu, przywilejom i nadużyciom. Zmartwienie polskich robotników jest rzeczywiste i słuszne. Wyrzucenie z pracy długoletniej działaczki Anny Walentynowicz, na kilka miesięcy przed jej odejściem, które spowodowało protesty w Stoczni Gdańskiej, doprowadziłoby do wściekłości każdego przyzwoitego robotnika. Istnienie ekskluzywnych sklepów dla członków partii i milicji jest odrażające i stanowi zaprzeczenie najbardziej podstawowych zasad socjalizmu.

Jakie są wiec pozytywne żądania i polityczna wizja robotników? Na samym początku fali strajkowej raporty odnotowywały śpiewanie Międzynarodówki, które wskazywały na obecność elementów świadomości socjalistycznej. Jednakże, kiedy imperialistyczne media ciągle wspierają antykomunistyczną ideologię w bloku radzieckim, nie ma wątpliwości, że to co godzi robotników Wybrzeża i ich przywódców to jest umocnienie silnej opozycji Kościoła katolickiego. Nie są tylko nic nie znaczące sygnały – odśpiewywanie hymnu narodowego i „Boże coś Polskę”, klęczenie do modlitwy setek strajkujących, wszechobecne zdjęcia papieża Jana Pawła II czy noszony przez Lecha Wałęsę znaczek Czarnej Madonny. Doradcy komitetu strajkowego składają się ze znanych osobistości katolickiej grupy ZNAK i to oni kontynuują doradzanie „nowym, samorządnym związkom”.

Nie należy lekceważyć żądania komitetu strajkowego o „dostęp przez wszystkie organizacje religijne [czytaj Kościół katolicki] do mediów”. Jest to anty-demokratyczne żądanie, które może zalegalizować rolę Kościoła jako jedyną opozycję wobec stalinowskiej biurokracji. W rzeczywistości robotnicy budujący statki pytają o kościół państwowy w zdeformowanym państwie robotniczym.

Ale Kościół nie jest lojalny wobec państwa robotniczego. Jak najdalej od tego! Polski Kościół katolicki (faktycznie skażony antysemityzmem) stał się bastionem reakcji nawet w ramach światowego katolicyzmu. W szczególności od roku 1976 polski Kościół  coraz szerzej otwierał się na antykomunizm. Na początku zeszłego roku Wall Street Journal (2 stycznia 1979) zaobserwował: „Dzięki temu, księża stali się faktycznie partią opozycyjną”.

Artykuł ten także odnotował, że kardynał z Krakowa był osobiście odpowiedzialny za wzrastającą opozycję Kościoła. Kilka miesięcy wcześniej ten arcybiskup został pierwszym nie-włoskim następcą tronu Św. Piotra. Karol Wojtyła stanowi niebezpieczną reakcyjną pomoc dla amerykańskiego imperializmu (wraz ze Zbigniewem Brzezińskim) w celu obalenia „ateistycznego komunizmu”, która rozpocznie się w jego ojczyźnie. Jak napisaliśmy wtedy, gdy ten antykomunista został papieżem: „… teraz stoi on na czele milionów praktykujących katolików w Europie Wschodniej stanowiąc potężną siłę na rzecz kontrrewolucji” („The Presidents Pope?”, WV nr 217, 30 października 1978 r.).

Polski episkopat obawiając się rosyjskiej interwencji wojskowej i własnej niezdolności do kontrolowania powstań robotniczych był dość ostrożny podczas strajku generalnego na Wybrzeżu. Jednakże niezależnie od aktualnej taktycznej kalkulacji, w okresie braku władzy, dobrze zorganizowany Kościół z poparciem mas stanowi silną agencję dla społecznej kontrrewolucji.

Polska posiada najbardziej bojową klasę robotniczą w bloku radzieckim, z historią walki o niezależne organizacje sięgającą lat 50. Jest to jedyny kraj w Europie Wschodniej posiadający zaplecze dla potencjalnie kontrrewolucyjnej mobilizacji wokół Kościoła katolickiego. Przez to, co stanowi różnicę wobec wydarzeń na Węgrzech w 1956 r. czy Czechosłowacji w roku 1968, alternatywa dla polskiego kryzysu nie ogranicza się do proletariackiej rewolucji politycznej lub ponownej stabilizacji stalinizmu. W tym samym czasie, nie jest to Afganistan gdzie radziecka Armia Czerwona gra postępową rolę w zdławieniu wspieranych przez imperialistów, powstań klerykalno-reakcyjnych. W tym sensie Polska stoi gdzieś pomiędzy Węgrami w roku 1956 a Afganistanem.

Trockizm a “wolne związki zawodowe”

Głównym żądaniem komitetu strajkowego Wybrzeża było wezwanie o “wolne związki zawodowe”. To szczególne hasło, głoszone przez – wspierane przez CIA – Radio Wolna Europa, definitywnie otrzymało antykomunistyczną i pro-zachodnią konotację. Należy przecież przypomnieć tutaj wezwanie buntu kronsztadzkiego o “wolne rady robotnicze” – to znaczy wolne od komunistów.

Zasadniczą częścią programu trockistowskiego proletariackiej rewolucji politycznej w zdegenerowanych/zdeformowanych państwach robotniczych jest walka o związki zawodowe niezależne od biurokratycznej kontroli. Związki zawodowe i prawo do strajków będą konieczne nawet w demokratycznie rządzonych państwach robotniczych aby stać na straży przeciw nadużyciom i błędom administracji i zarządzających. Jest więcej niż jasne to, że “wolne związki zawodowe” promowane przez dysydentów nie będą wolne od elementów pro-katolickich i pro-NATOwskich, stanowiących śmiertelne niebezpieczeństwo dla klasy robotniczej.

W każdym razie, w bardzo upolitycznionej sytuacji w dzisiejszej Polsce “nowe, samorządne” związki nie mogą i nie będą ograniczać się do kwestii wielkości wynagrodzeń, warunków pracy, bezpieczeństwa pracy, itd. Albo znajdą się one w silnej orbicie Kościoła katolickiego albo będą mu przeciwne w celu obrony zasad socjalizmu.

Mając na uwadze taki wynik obecność rewolucyjnej awangardowej partii będzie krytyczna. Głównym zadaniem trockistowskiej organizacji w Polsce byłoby podniesienie w związkach zawodowych serii żądań, które oddzieliłyby siły klerykalno-nacjonalistyczne od robotników i odseparowałyby je. Te związki broniłyby społecznych środków produkcji i proletariackiej władzy państwowej przeciw zachodnim imperialistom. W dzisiejszej Polsce elementarnym demokratycznym żądaniem jest oddzielenia Kościoła od państwa, które stanowi linię podziału pomiędzy walką o demokrację robotniczą a śmiertelnym zagrożeniem dla restauracji kapitalizmu.

Komórki leninowsko-trockistowskiej opozycji w Polsce nie będą miały nic wspólnego z aktualnymi grupami dysydentów. Obnażyłaby ona rolę Komitetu Obrony Robotników (KOR) za udzielanie jej pomocy w celu związania robotników z imperializmem oraz antyradziecki nacjonalizm papieża i Piłsudskiego. Wśród buntujących się robotników muszą być tacy, którzy przeciwni biurokracji spoglądają wstecz w kierunku tradycji polskiego marksizmu, nie mając nic wspólnego z “demokracją” księży. Zadaniem rewolucjonistów musi być walka o zwyciężenie kadr w celu budowy autentycznej proletariackiej partii komunistycznej, zdolnej do otworzenia drogi do socjalizmu przez odsunięcie od władzy kasty biurokratycznej, która rządzi fałszywie w imieniu robotników.

Przerwać imperialistyczne dławienie gospodarcze

Rezygnacja z kolektywizacji rolnictwa w 1956 r. miała nie mały wpływ na aktualną sytuację gospodarczą Polski i polityczny kryzys. Stanowiła ona oparcie dla zacofania kraju i utrzymywania drobnej chłopskiej gospodarki w dużej mierze nieefektywnej porównując ją nawet ze standardami Wschodniej Europy. Siła polskiego Kościoła opiera się na chłopstwie. Dzisiaj częściej niż co trzeci pracuje w polu, a 80 procent gospodarstw stanowi własność prywatną. Tylko na drodze eliminacji tej odrażającej własności i chłopskiej izolacji można zerwać z wpływem religijnego obskurantyzmu na masy. Niezwłocznym, kluczowym zadaniem dla rewolucyjnego rządu w Polsce będzie promowanie kolektywizacji rolnictwa.

W odpowiedzi na gwałtowne strajki i protesty przeciw podniesieniu cen żywności w okresie 1970-71, nowy rząd Gierka obiecał robotnikom wysokie podwyżki płac, wyższe ceny skupu dla rolników oraz emerytury dla rolników a także gwałtowną modernizację polskiego przemysłu. Ten “gospodarczy cud” (termin używany aktualnie w oficjalnej propagandzie) miałby zostać osiągnięty dzięki ogromnym pożyczkom z Zachodu a także ze Związku Radzieckiego.

Ten gospodarczy manewr miał w błyskawiczny sposób przekształcić Polskę w coś na wzór Japonii we Wschodniej Europie, jednak spowodował wykolejenie się gospodarki ze względu na światowy kryzys w latach 1974-75, który spowodował załamanie się eksportu. Patrząc głębiej, gospodarczy hazard Gierka nie powiódł się z tego powodu, że reżim stalinowski nie był zdolny do zmobilizowania entuzjazmu i poświęcenia polskiej klasy robotniczej. Ta niekompetencja jest endemiczną cechą biurokracji, głównie ze względu na brak jej efektywnych powiązań niż jej materialnych przywilejów.

W 1978 r. ponad 50 procent dochodów w walucie krajowej zostało zaabsorbowanych w spłatę długu, w roku 1979 ponad 80 procent a obecnie ponad 90 procent. Polska stała się największym światowym bankrutem tylko dzięki temu, ze zgodziła się na program nędzy narzucony przez imperialistycznych kredytodawców. W tym czasie, radzieckie kierownictwo zaniepokojone powszechnymi wybuchami społecznymi, spłacało znaczącą część kredytu zagranicznego Warszawy. W jakimś sensie, Polska stała się pośrednikiem dzięki któremu zachodni kapitał finansowy wysysał zyski z radzieckich robotników i chłopów (których standard życiowy jest stosunkowo niższy aniżeli ten w Polsce).

Podczas, gdy fatalne zarządzanie przez polski reżim stalinowski jest jaskrawo widoczne, to jednocześnie historyczna wyższość kolektywnej własności i centralnego planowania, nawet w rękach pasożytniczej biurokracji, jest bezdyskusyjna. W okresie 1950 r. a 1976 r. gospodarki krajów zaawansowanych rosły około 4,4 procent rocznie, zacofane o 5 procent, natomiast centralnie planowane w Europie Wschodniej 7,7 procent (Scientific American, wrzesień 1980).

Polscy robotnicy nie mogą płacić za złe zarządzanie przez reżim Gierka, ani nie powinni wierzyć w żadne “gospodarcze reformy” biurokracji. Egalitarne i racjonalne planowanie gospodarcze jest możliwe wyłącznie przez rząd opierający się na demokratycznie wybranych radach robotniczych. W osiągnięciu tego rewolucyjnego, przejściowego kroku robotnicy muszą podjąć walkę o kontrolę nad produkcją, cenami, dystrybucja i handlem zagranicznym przeciw biurokracji.

Rewolucyjny rząd robotniczy w Polsce anulował by dług zagraniczny. Oczywiście, można by wysłać towarzysza Gierka do Niemiec Zachodnich, aby zrezygnował z własnych zobowiązań podjętych w kopalniach w zagłębiu Ruhry. Niektórzy robotnicy mogą stwierdzić, że jest to całkiem dobry pomysł, ale czy bankierzy z Frankfurtu zrezygnują z 20 miliardów dolarów poprzez wzruszenie ramionami? Jaki będzie odwet, gospodarczy czy wojskowy? Wobec takiej nieuchronnej reakcji polski proletariat powinien zaapelować do robotników Europy Zachodniej: nie chcemy być klientami waszych rządów ale waszymi towarzyszami w nowym przedsięwzięciu – w międzynarodowym socjalistycznym planowaniu w Socjalistycznych Stanach Zjednoczonych Europy!

O rewolucyjną jedność robotników polskich i radzieckich!

Wszystkie zorganizowane siły polskiego życia politycznego – stalinowska biurokracja, Kościół oraz wszelkie skrzydła ruchów dysydenckich – każde na swój sposób wyraża nieprzyjaźń wobec Rosji jako wroga ludzi w Polsce. Cechą rewolucyjnej partii w Polsce będzie pozytywny stosunek do rosyjskiej klasy robotniczej. I nie jest to kwestia abstrakcyjnego internacjonalizmu ale życia i śmierci.

Złudzenia o dobrej woli Zachodnich kapitalistów obecne w Europie Wschodniej nie mogą zostać przeniesione na Związek Radziecki. Tracąc 20 milionów istnień ludzkich w wojnie z nazistowskimi Niemcami, radzieccy ludzie rozumieją, ze arsenał nuklearny NATO skierowany jest w nich. Radziecka ludność wie także, że imperialistyczna wojna skierowana w ich kraj, militarna i zimna, zaczęła się wraz z Rewolucją Bolszewicką w październiku 1917 r.

Radzieccy ludzie pracy obawiają się przekształcenia Wschodniej Europy we wrogie, współpracujące z imperialistami państwa, na które rozszerzone mogłoby zostać NATO. Kremlowscy biurokraci wykorzystują te obawy w celu zdławienia niepokojów i demokratycznych aspiracji we Wschodniej Europie, jak w Czechosłowacji w roku 1968. Istnieje wiele wspomnień odnotowujących jak radzieccy żołnierze byli wstrząśnięci okupacją Pragi, której nie dotknęła faszystowska kontrrewolucja – jak im mówiono – ale protest komunistycznych robotników i lewicowo nastawionych studentów.

Rewolucyjni robotnicy w Polsce nie mogą tylko opierać się na apelach do radzieckich żołnierzy, póki sami nie zapewnią ich, że będą bronić tej części świata przed imperialistycznym atakiem. Dlatego proletariacka rewolucja polityczna w Polsce musi rozszerzyć się na Związek Radziecki, albo w ten bądź inny sposób zostanie zdławiona.

* O związki zawodowe niezależne od biurokratycznej kontroli, bazujące na programie obrony własności społecznej!
* O całkowity rozdział Kościoła i państwa! Walka z klerykalno-nacjonalistyczną reakcją! Obrona przed restauracją kapitalizmu!
* Promocja kolektywizacji rolnictwa!
* O robotniczą kontrolę nad produkcją, cenami, dystrybucją i handlem zagranicznym!
* O proletariacką rewolucję polityczną przeciw stalinowskiej biurokracji – O rząd oparty na wybranych demokratycznie radach robotniczych (sowietach)!
* Przerwać imperialistyczne dławienie gospodarcze – Anulować dług zagraniczny! O międzynarodowe socjalistyczne planowanie gospodarki!
* O militarną obronę ZSRR przed imperializmem! O rewolucyjną jedność klasy robotniczej w Polsce i Związku Radzieckim!
* O partię trockistowską w Polsce, sekcję odrodzonej Czwartej Międzynarodówki!

Truth or Consequences

Will the Real Political Bandits Please Stand Up?

Truth or Consequences

[First printed in 1917 #8, Summer 1980. Copied from http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no8/no08nrth.html ]

The following is a letter to Workers Vanguard, newspaper of the Spartacist League/US, responding to an article slandering the Bolshevik Tendency.

16 December 1989 Comrades:

In replying to a Workers Vanguard (WV) polemic against the Workers League for its conduct in the Mark Curtis case, the 14 July 1989 Bulletin repeats several charges leveled against the Spartacist League by the Bolshevik Tendency. In your rejoinder (’’Why Should Anyone Believe David North?,’’ WV, 13 October 1989) you seize upon this opportunity to lump the BT with the Workers League (WL), citing the Bulletin article as evidence of our supposed shared anti-Sovietism, hostility to the black working class, bloodthirstiness, appetite for provocation and ‘‘petty criminal mentality.’’ Our attitude toward the Workers League has long been a matter of public record. We regard this unsavory gaggle of Gerry Healy’s erstwhile American acolytes as one of the most perfidious examples of small-group psychosis and political banditry in the recent history of the U.S. left—exceeding even your own. Having considered all the available evidence, we concluded that Iowa SWP activist Mark Curtis was indeed the victim of a police frame-up. We endorsed his defense campaign a year and a half ago. The WL’s attempt to bolster the prosecutor’s case is one more episode in its decades-long, pathological crusade to destroy the SWP by any and every unprincipled means, including slander, cop-baiting and complicity with the capitalist courts.

Yet nothing prevents even the most unscrupulous political operators from deploying the truth against opponents when it suits their purposes. How many times during the 1930s did the social-democratic and bourgeois press make use of Trotsky’s writings to discredit the Soviet Union? And how many times did the Stalinists offer these citations from Trotsky in the bourgeois press as proof of his ‘‘hatred of Soviet Russia’’ and complicity with the imperialist powers? You now employ this same Stalinist technique of guilt by involuntary association against the Bolshevik Tendency because the WL, which is not particularly selective about the means it uses to discredit opponents, has found in our literature certain facts more damning to the Spartacist League than any lies it could invent. We will no more be deterred from publishing the truth about your organization because it can be cited by rightists, reformists or political bandits than Trotsky was from telling the truth about Stalinism because it could be used by the bourgeoisie for its own counterrevolutionary aims.

Your reply to the WL refers to the ‘‘Bolshevik Tendency’s grotesque slanders of the Spartacist League,’’ while studiously avoiding mention of exactly what ‘‘slanders’’ you refer to, let alone attempting to deny them. Indeed, the only specific charge which you take up is from an article in 1917 (not cited in the WL polemic) which compares the internal regimes of Gerry Healy and James Robertson (’’The Robertson School of Party Building,’’ 1917 No. 1). In this piece we noted that whereas Healy routinely had internal opponents beaten up, ‘‘This is something which the SL is not guilty of to our knowledge.’’ You wax indignant because we also noted that ‘‘intimations of such appetites are increasingly common’’ among your leadership, but you refrain from commenting on the examples of such impulses which we quoted from a former leading member of the Spartacist League/Britain. He asked: ‘‘Perhaps you could explain why Len told [a former member] to remember what the Provos do to ‘people like him.’ Or why Ed felt moved to tell [another member] that ‘if we were in [another country] we would beat you up.’’’ Reasonable people can only interpret remarks of this sort as intimating an appetite for the kind of violations of workers democracy which gave the Healyites such a deservedly bad name.

Your reply to the Northites is designed to give your readers the impression that the BT only makes vague insinuations about the SL. One would never suspect from your article that we have made a number of specific, concrete allegations concerning violations of Trotskyist principle, democratic centralism and proletarian morality on the part of your National Chairman, James Robertson, and his sycophantic clique. Several of these highly specific charges are repeated in the WL polemic. Yet you deliberately choose to ignore them. If these more specific accusations were false, you could justly indict us not only for making insinuations, but (what is far worse), for concocting outright lies about your organization. But such an indictment would necessarily involve answering our charges directly—something you are not prepared to do for one very compelling reason: they are true.

In recent years, the SL leadership has found it necessary to give its members multiple choice tests in order to upgrade their general knowledge. To enhance public knowledge about the Spartacist League, we invite you to take the following ‘‘true or false’’ test, consisting of the specific allegations from our journal, 1917, which were picked up by the Bulletin (14 July 1989):

1. ‘‘In 1984, the Workers Vanguard carried a black-bordered death notice for Yuri Andropov, the KGB chief who played a major role in the butchering of the 1956 Hungarian Revolution, claiming he ‘made no overt betrayals on behalf of imperialism.’’’

2.’’Some Spartacist members who participated in a 1982 anti-Klan demonstration in Washington, DC billed themselves as the ‘Yuri Andropov Brigade.’’’

We are certain that even you would have no difficulty answering ‘‘true’’ to the above two questions, since the answers can be verified by consulting the appropriate back issues of Workers Vanguard. Publicly unacknowledged to date, however, are the following allegations contained in the Bulletin concerning the internal life of the SL:

3. ‘‘…the leadership has posted photographs of General Jaruzelski in the national office.’’

4. ‘‘Spartacist founder James Robertson had a six-figure summer home built [we said ‘‘bought’’—BT] for himself on a marina in the San Francisco Bay Area, financed by a special one-time assessment on the membership. ‘Although the house is technically the property of the organization, it is clearly intended for the personal use of Robertson….’’’

5. ‘‘‘Adjoining his private office in the group’s New York headquarters is a plush-carpeted playroom specifically designed for the nocturnal escapades that occupy an ever-increasing share of the National Chairman’s attention.’’’

6. ‘‘‘Robertson has also had a hot tub installed in his extensive two-storied Manhattan apartment’.’’

Like many other present and former SL members, we have personal knowledge that the answer to all the above questions is ‘‘true.’’ We predict that you will not print this letter in its entirety. To do so would mean confirming or denying the above charges in print; to do either would be equally damaging to the reputation of the SL leadership. To deny them would contradict the direct experience of every SL member and sympathizer who saw the picture of Jaruzelski (clearly on display for months in the maintenance department of your New York headquarters), who contributed to Robertson’s house, who spent many hours constructing the playroom and installing the hot tub. A direct denial would expose your leadership as cynical, unmitigated liars in the eyes of all these members and sympathizers.

If, on the other hand, you were to confirm these allegations, and say that, as head of a supposedly Marxist organization, Robertson is fully entitled to enjoy a materially privileged lifestyle at your members’ expense, and that Jaruzelski deserves a place of honor on your walls, you would forever forfeit any claim to be taken seriously as a Trotskyist organization, and reveal yourselves to the world as the degenerate personality cult you have become. It would then be highly improbable that any rational human being would ever want to support or join the Spartacist League.

You therefore resort to the only dodge available to a culprit on the spot: to divert attention from the accusations by sowing confusion and defaming the accuser. An ordinary gangster might attempt to impugn the reputation of a witness against him by calling the latter a rapist or a drug addict; you respond to the testimony of the Bolshevik Tendency with a battery of epithets specifically designed to discredit us in the eyes of leftists and Trotskyists: anti-Soviet renegades, trade-union bureaucrats, racists, agent-provocateurs, etc. And just in case these specifically leftist terms of opprobrium do not have the desired effect, a few more ordinary accusations—e.g., ‘‘petty criminal’’—are thrown in for good measure. These tactics—all in the worst traditions of Gerry Healy and David North—should prompt the more thoughtful readers of Workers Vanguard to ask themselves: ‘‘Why should anyone believe James Robertson?’’

Yours for workers democracy,

Jim Cullen (SL Member 1981-86)

Dave Eastman (SL Member 1972-86)

for the Bolshevik Tendency

A Workers Poland Yes! The Pope’s Poland No

A Workers Poland Yes! The Pope’s Poland No!

[Originally published by the then revolutionary Spartacist League, in Spartacist n. 30, Autumn 1980. Transcribed by Revolutionary Regroupment from the scan available at marxists.org]

Everyone predicted it was coming. A restive, combative working class, peasant strikes, massive foreign debt, chronic and widespread food shortages, a powerful and increasingly assertive Catholic church, the burgeoning of social-democratic and clerical-nationalist oppositional groupings. Ali the elements were there. Poland in the late ‘70s was locked in a deepening crisis heading toward explosion, an explosion which could bring either proletarian political revolution against the Stalinist bureaucracy or capitalist counterrevolution led by Pope Wojtyla’s church.

And when it carne it gripped world attention for two solid weeks. The Baltic coast general strike was the most powerful mobilization of the power of the working class since France May 1968. But was it a mobilization/or the working class? That is the decisive question.

There is now a settlement on paper. The bureaucracy has agreed to allow “new, self-governing trade unions” with the pledge that these recognize “the leading role” of the Communist party and do not engage in political activities. Insofar as the settlement enhances the Polish workers’ power to struggle against the Stalinist bureaucracy, revolutionaries can support the strike and its outcome. But only a blind man could fail to see the gross influence of the Catholic church and also pro-Western sentiments among the striking workers. If the settlement strengthens the working class organizationally, it also strengthens the forces of reaction.

The Gdansk settlement cannot last. No Stalinist bureaucracy – a parasitic caste which must monopolize political power to preserve itself – can tolerate independent working-class opposition. And in Poland today the notion of such unions “staying out of politics” is plain ridiculous. The situation in Poland is one of cold dual power. On top of this, further clashes must come as the regime, massively in debt to Western financial institutions, cannot concede the enormous “free lunch” the workers are demanding. The big money wage increases will either fuel runaway inflation or even more severe shortages. Furthermore, the Kremlin has made disapproving noises about the settlement, and Soviet military intervention cannot be ruled out. The end of the Baltic general strike was only the beginning of the crisis of Stalinist Poland.

 

Workers Democracy or Clerical-Nationalist Reaction?

Certainly the workers are reacting against bureaucratic mismanagement, privilege and abuse. The Polish workers’ grievances are real and they are just. The firing of an old militant, Anna Walentynwicz, a few months before her retirement, which reportedly sparked the Lenin Shipyard takeover in Gdansk, should infuriate every honest worker. The existence of special shops exclusive to party members and cops is an abomination, a rejection of the most basic principles of socialism.

What of the workers’ positive allegiances and general political outlook? Early in the strike there were reports of singing the Internationale, which indicates some element of socialist consciousness. But while the imperialist media always plays up any support for anti-communist ideology in the Soviet bloc, there is no question that to a great degree the Baltic workers and their principal leaders identify with the powerful Catholic church opposition. It is not just the external signs –the daily singing of the national hymn, “Oh  God, Who Has Defended Poland,” the hundreds of strikers kneeling for mass, the ubiquitous pictures of Wojtyla-John Paul II, Lech Walesa tossing out pictures .of the Virgin Mary. The outside advisers to the strike committee consisted of prominent figures in the Catholic ZNAKgroup and these continue to advise the “new, self-governing unions.”

Even more ominous was the strike committee’s demand for “access by all religious groups [read Catholic church] tithe mass media.” This is an anti-democratic demand which would legitimize the church in its present role as the recognized opposition to the Stalinist regime. In effect the Baltic shipbuilders are asking for a state church in deformed workers state.

But that church is not loyal to the workers state. Far from it! The Polish Catholic church (virulently anti Semitic) has been a bastion of reaction even within the framework of world Catholicism. Especially since 1976 the Polish church has become increasingly open and assertive in its anti-Communism. Early last year the Wall Street Journal (2 January 1979) observed: “Thus, the priest hood has become in effect an opposition party.”

This article also pointed out that the cardinal of Krakow was especially responsible for the greater oppositional stance of the church. A few months earlier this Polish prelate had become the first non-Italian successor to the throne of St. Peter in four centuries. Karol Wojtyla is dangerous reactionary working hand in glove with U.S. imperialism (especially his fellow countryman Zbigniew Brzezinski) to roll back “atheistic Communism,” beginning in his homeland. As we wrote when this Polish anti Communist was made pope: “ … lie now stands at the head of many millions of practicing Catholics in East Europe, tremendous force for counterrevolution” (“The President’s Pope?” WV No. 217, 30 October 1978).

The Polish episcopate, fearing both Russian military intervention and its inability to control workers’ uprising, took a cautious tack during the Baltic general strike. But whatever the hierarchy’s present tactical calculations, in power vacuum the church, well-organized with a mass base, will be a potent agency for social counterrevolution.

Poland presents the most combative working class in the Soviet bloc, with a history of struggling for independent organizations going back to the mid-l 950s. It is also the one country in Eastern Europe with a mass, potentially counterrevolutionary mobilization around the Catholic church. Thus, unlike Hungary in 1956 or Czechoslovakian 1968, the alternatives in the present Polish crisis are not limited to proletarian political revolution or Stalinist destabilization. At the same time, it is not Afghanistan where the Soviet Red Army is playing a progressive role in crushing an imperialist-backed, clerical-reactionary uprising. In a sense Poland stands somewhere between Hungary in 1956 and Afghanistan.

 

Trotskyism and “Free Trade Unions”

The Baltic strike committee’s main demand and gain was “free trade unions.” This particular slogan, pushed for years by the CIA-backed Radio Free Europe, has acquired definite anti-Communist and pro-Western connotation. Remember the 1921 Kronstadt mutiny’s call for “free soviets” – free from Communists, that is.

An integral part of the Trotskyist program for proletarian political revolution in the degenerated/ deformed workers states is the struggle for trade unions independent of bureaucratic control. Trade unions and the right to strike would be necessary even in a democratically governed workers state to guard against abuses and mistakes by administrators and managers. But it is far from clear that the “free trade unions” long envisioned by the dissidents would be free from the influence of pro-Catholic, pro-NATO elements who represent a mortal danger to the working class.

In any case, in the highly politicized situation in Poland today the “new, self-governing” trade unions cannot and will not limit themselves to questions of wage rates, working conditions, job security, etc. They will either be drawn into the powerful orbit of the Catholic church or have to oppose it in the name of socialist principle.

And in determining that outcome the presence of revolutionary vanguard party would be critical. A central task for a Trotskyist organization in Poland would be to raise in these unions a series of demands that will split the clerical-nationalist forces from among the workers and separate them out. These unions must defend the socialized means of production and proletarian state power against Western imperialism. In Poland today the elementary democratic demand of the separation of church and state is a dividing line between the struggle for workers democracy and the deadly threat of capitalist restoration.

The nucleus of a Leninist-Trotskyist opposition in Poland would have nothing to do with the present dissident groups. It would denounce the social-democratic Committee for Social Self-Defense (KOR) for helping tie the workers to imperialism, the pope and Pilsudskiite anti Soviet nationalists. But among the rebellious workers there must be elements that are fed up with the bureaucracy and look back to the traditions of Polish Marxism, while having no truck with bogus “democracy” in priests’ cassocks. It is among this layer above all that revolutionaries must struggle to win the cadres to build a genuinely communist proletarian party, capable of opening the road to socialism by ousting the bureaucratic caste which falsely rules in the workers’ name.

 

Break the Imperialist Economic Stranglehold!

The abandonment of agricultural collectivization in1956 has played no small role in contributing to Poland’s present economic and political crisis. lt has saddled the country with a backward, smallholding rural economy grossly inefficient even by East European standards. And the strength of the Polish church is based on the social weight of the rural petty bourgeoisie. Today over a third of the labor force still toils in the fields, while 80 percent of farmland is privately owned. Only by eliminating their hideous poverty and rural isolation can the hold of religious obscurantism on the masses be broken. An immediate, key task for a revolutionary workers government in Poland is to promote the collectivization of agriculture.

Responding to the violent strikes/protests over food price increases in 1970-71, the new Gierek regime promised huge wage increases for the workers, higher procurement prices and state pensions for the peasants plus the rapid modernization of Polish industry. This “economic miracle”(a term actually used in official propaganda) was to be achieved through massive loans from the West and also the Soviet Union.

In an immediate sense this economic maneuver, aimed at transforming Poland into something like an East European Japan, was derailed by the 1974-75 world depression which sharply contracted the country’s export markets. At deeper level, Gierek’s economic gamble failed because the Stalinist regime is incapable of mobilizing the enthusiasm and sense of sacrifice of the Polish working people. This incompetence is endemic in a bureaucracy, more due to a lack of an effective feedback than to material privilege.

In 1978 over 50 percent of Poland’s hard currency earnings were absorbed by debt service, in 1979 over 80percent and today over 90 percent. Poland has avoided becoming the world’s biggest bankrupt only by agreeing to austerity programs imposed by its imperialist creditors. At the same time, the Russian leadership, fearing a popular explosion if the Polish masses are pushed too hard, is paying a good part of Warsaw’s foreign debt. In one sense Poland has become the intermediary through which Western finance capital sucks surplus out of the Soviet workers and peasants (whose living standards are substantially lower than those of the Poles).

While the Polish Stalinist regime’s economic mismanagement is today glaring, the historical superiority of collectivized property and centralized planning, even when saddled with a parasitic bureaucracy, remains indisputable. Between 1950 and 1976 the advanced capitalist economies grew at an average annual rate of 4.4 percent, the backward capitalist economies at 5 percent and the centrally planned East European economies 7.7 percent (Scientific American, September 1980).

The Polish workers must not pay for the gross mismanagement of the Gierek regime nor should they have any confidence in the bureaucracy’s “economic reforms.” Egalitarian and rational economic planning is possible only under a government based on democratically-elected workers councils (soviets). As a revolutionary, transitional step toward that, Polish workers must struggle against the bureaucracy for control over production, prices, distribution and foreign trade.

A revolutionary workers government in Poland would cancel the foreign debt. Well, it might export comrade Edward Gierek to West Germany where he can work off his a Socialist United States of Europe!

For the Revolutionary Utility of the Polish and Russian Workers!

Ali organized forces in Polish political life – the Stalinist bureaucracy, the church and all wings of the dissident movement-each in their own way inculcate hostility to Russia as the enemy of the Polish people. A hallmark for a revolutionary party in Poland is a positive orientation to the Russian working class. And this is not simply a question of abstract internationalism, it is a matter of life and death.

Illusions about the good will of the Western capitalist powers common in East Europe do not extend to the Soviet Union. Having lost 20 million fighting Nazi Germany, the Soviet people understand that NATO’s nuclear arsenal is targeted at them. The Soviet masses also know that the imperialist powers’ war against their country, hot and cold, began with the Bolshevik Revolution of October 1917.

The Soviet working people fear the transformation of East Europe into hostile, imperialist-allied states extending NATO to their own border. The Kremlin bureaucrats exploit this legitimate fear to crush popular unrest and democratic aspirations in East Europe, as in Czechoslovakiain 1968. There were numerous reports that Soviet soldiers were shaken when on occupying Prague they encountered not a bloody fascistic counterrevolution, as they had been told, but protests by Communist workers and left-wing students.

Revolutionary Polish workers cannot hope to appeal to Soviet soldiers unless they assure them that they will defend that part of the world against imperialist attack. And a proletarian political revolution in Poland must extend itself to the Soviet Union or, one way or another, it will be crushed.

  • For trade unions independent of bureaucratic control and based on a program of defending socialized property!
  • For the strict separation of church and state! Fight clerical-nationalist reaction! Guard against capitalist restorations!
  • Promote the collectivization of agriculture!
  • For workers control of production, prices, distribution and foreign trade!
  • For proletarian political revolution against the Stalinist bureaucracy – For a government based on democratically-elected workers councils (soviets)!
  • Break the imperialist economic stranglehold – Cancel the foreign debt! Toward international socialist economic planning!
  • For military defense of the USSR against imperialism! For the revolutionary unity of the Polish and Soviet working classes!
  • For a Trotskyist Party in Poland, section of a reborn Fourth International!

¡Una Polonia obrera, sí, Polonia del papa, no!

¡Una Polonia obrera, sí, Polonia del papa, no!

— extractos de Spartacist (edición en Inglés) No. 30, otoño de 1980. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 9,  otoño 1981.

Todo el mundo pronosticó el estallido. Una clase obrera combativa y agitada, huelgas de campesinos, una deuda exterior inmensa, escasez de alimentos crónica y extensa, una iglesia católica poderosa y cada vez más pujante, proliferación de grupos opositores socialdemócratas y clerical-nacionalistas. Todos los elementos estaban presentes. Polonia a fines de la década de los setenta se debatía en una crisis cada vez más profunda rumbo a una explosión,una explosión que podría dar como resultado o la revolución política proletaria contra la burocracia estalinista o una contrarrevolución capitalista con la iglesia del papa Wojtyla a la cabeza.

Y cuando llegó el estallido captó la atención mundial durante dos semanas enteras. La huelga general en la costa báltica fue la movilización más poderosa del poder de la clase obrera desde mayo de 1968 en Francia. Pero, ¿fue una movilización para la clase obrera? He aquí la pregunta decisiva.

Ahora hay un acuerdo, al menos sobre el papel. Los obreros polacos han forzado a la burocracia a aceptar los “nuevos sindicatos autogestionarios” con la promesa de que ellos reconozcan “el papel dirigente” del Partido Comunista y no se dediquen a actividades políticas. En tanto el acuerdo aumenta el poder de los obreros polacos para luchar contra la burocracia estalinista, los revolucionarios pueden apoyar la huelga y su resultado. Pero sólo un ciego puede ignorar la influencia enorme de la iglesia católica así como la opinión favorable al Occidente entre los obreros huelguistas. Si el acuerdo fortalece organizativamente a la clase obrera, también fortalece a las fuerzas de la reacción.

El arreglo de Gdansk no puede durar. Ninguna burocracia estalinista -casta parásita que debe monopolizar el poder político para preservarse- puede tolerar una oposición obrera independiente. Y en Polonia hoy día, la idea de que tales sindicatos “se mantengan fuera de la política” es simplemente absurda. La situación en Polonia es de una dualidad de poderes fría. Nuevos enfrentamientos tendrán que ocurrir ya que el régimen, fuertemente endeudado a las instituciones financieras occidentales, no puede conceder el inmenso “aguinaldo” exigido por los obreros. Los fuertes aumentos salariales necesariamente acelerarán la inflación galopante o causarán una escasez aún más grave. Además, el Kremlin ya ha indicado su desaprobación al arreglo y una intervención militar soviética no puede ser descartada. El fin de la huelga general báltica no fue sino el principio de la crisis de la Polonia estalinista.

¿Democracia obrera o reacción clerical-nacionalista?

Ciertamente, los obreros están reaccionando contra la mala administración, los privilegios y abusos burocráticos. Las quejas de los obreros polacos son reales y justas. El despido pocos meses antes de su jubilación de una veterana militante, Anna Walentynowicz, que habría sido el detonante de la toma de los astilleros Lenin en Gdansk, debería enfurecer a todo obrero honesto. La existencia de almacenes especiales para uso exclusivo de los miembros del partido y los policías es una abominación, un rechazo de los principios más básicos del socialismo.

¿Y qué hay de las lealtades positivas y la visión política general de los obreros? Al comenzar la huelga hubo informes periodísticos de coros cantando la Internacional, indicando un elemento de conciencia socialista. Pero aunque los medios de comunicación imperialistas prestan especial atención y dan gran énfasis a todo apoyo dado a la ideología anticomunista en el bloque soviético, no hay duda alguna de que en un grado considerable los obreros bálticos y sus principales dirigentes se identifican con la poderosa oposición representada por la iglesia católica. No son sólo los signos externos -el cantar diario del himno nacional “Oh dios, que has defendido a Polonia”, los cientos de huelguistas arrodillados durante la misa, las ubicuas fotos de Wojtyla/Juan Pablo II, Lech Walesa repartiendo fotos de la Virgen María. Los asesores externos del comité de huelga son importantes miembros del grupo católico ZNAK y continúan sus funciones actualmente asesorando a los “nuevos sindicatos autogestionarios”.

Aún más siniestra es la demanda del comité de huelga pidiendo “acceso para todos los grupos religiosos [léase iglesia católica] a los medios de comunicación de masas”. Esta es una demanda antidemocrática que legitimaria el papel actual de la iglesia como la oposición reconocida al régimen estalinista. En realidad, los obreros de construcción naval del Báltico están pidiendo el reconocimiento de una iglesia estatal en un estado obrero deformado.

Pero esta iglesia no es leal al estado obrero. ¡Lejos de ello! La iglesia católica polaca (marcada por un antisemitismo virulento) ha sido un baluarte de la reacción incluso en el marco del catolicismo mundial. La iglesia polaca, especialmente a partir de 1976, ha ostentado cada vez más abierta y agresivamente su anticomunismo. A principios del año pasado el Wall Street Journal (2 de enero de 1979) observó: “Así, el sacerdocio se ha convertido en los hechos en un partido de oposición”.

El mencionado artículo también indicaba que el cardenal de Cracovia era especialmente responsable de la postura opositora más definida de la iglesia. Pocos meses antes, este prelado polaco se había convertido en el primer sucesor no italiano en cuatro siglos al trono de San Pedro. Karol Wojtyla es un peligroso reaccionario trabajando de la mano con el imperialismo estadounidense (en especial su compatriota Zbigniew Brzezinski) para poner en retirada al “comunismo ateo”, empezando en su tierra natal. Como dijimos cuando este anticomunista polaco fue hecho papa: “… él está ahora a la cabeza de millones de católicos practicantes en Europa del Este, una fuerza tremenda para la contrarrevolución” (“The President’s Pope?” Workers Vanguard No. 217, 30 de octubre de 1978).

El episcopado polaco, temiendo tanto una intervención militar rusa como su propia incapacidad para controlar una insurrección obrera, tomó una actitud cautelosa durante la huelga general báltica. Pero, sean cuales fueren los cálculos tácticos actuales de la jerarquía, la iglesia, bien organizada y con una base de masas, será -en un vacío de poder- una agencia poderosa para la contrarrevolución social.

Polonia tiene la clase obrera más combativa en el bloque soviético, con una historia de lucha por organizaciones independientes datando desde mediados de los años cincuenta. Polonia es también el país en Europa Oriental con una movilización de masas potencialmente contrarrevolucionaria alrededor de la iglesia católica. Así, a diferencia de Hungría en 1956 o Checoslovaquia en 1968, las alternativas en la actual crisis polaca no se limitan a la revolución política proletaria o la reestabilización estalinista. Al mismo tiempo, no es un Afganistán donde el Ejército Rojo soviético está jugando un papel progresista al aplastar una insurrección clerical-reaccionaria respaldada por el imperialismo. En cierto sentido, Polonia está situada entre la Hungría de 1956 y Afganistán.

Trotskismo y “sindicatos libres”

La principal demanda y concesión obtenida por el comité de huelga báltico fue el reconocimiento de “sindicatos libres”. Esta consigna concreta, propugnada desde hace muchos años por la Radio Europa Libre respaldada por la CIA, ha adquirido una connotación marcadamente anticomunista y orientada al Occidente. Recuerden la consigna del motín de Kronstadt de 1921 por “soviets libres”— es decir, libres de comunistas.

Una parte esencial del programa trotskista para la revolución política proletaria en los estados obreros degenerado/deformados es la lucha por sindicatos independientes del control burocrático. Los sindicatos y el derecho de huelga serían necesarios aun en un estado obrero gobernado democráticamente, como protección contra abusos y errores de administradores y gerentes. Pero no es evidente en lo absoluto que los “sindicatos libres”, propugnados desde hace mucho tiempo por los disidentes, serían libres de la influencia de elementos católicos y favorables a la OTAN que representan un peligro mortal para la clase obrera.

En cualquier caso, en la situación altamente politizada que vive Polonia hoy día, los sindicatos “nuevos y autogestionarios” no pueden limitarse y no se limitarán a cuestiones de escalas de salarios, condiciones de trabajo, seguridad de empleo, etc. Ellos o se verán atraídos inexorablemente a la poderosa órbita de la iglesia católica o tendrán que oponerse a ella en nombre de los principios socialistas.

Y en la determinación de ese resultado la presencia de un partido de vanguardia revolucionario sería crucial. Una tarea central para una organización trotskista en Polonia sería proponer en estos sindicatos una serie de demandas que separen las fuerzas clerical-nacionalistas del resto de los obreros y las aíslen. Estos sindicatos deben defender contra el imperialismo occidental la socialización de los medios de producción y el poder estatal proletario. En la Polonia de hoy la reivindicación democrática básica de la separación de la iglesia del estado constituye una línea divisoria entre la lucha por la democracia obrera y el peligro mortal de la restauración capitalista.

¡Romper la camisa de fuerza económica imperialista!

El abandono de la colectivización agraria en 1956 ha jugado un papel importante en contribución a la crisis política y económica actual de Polonia. Así el país se cargó de una economía rural parcelaria atrasada y groseramente ineficiente, incluso en el marco de comparación de la Europa del Este. Y la fuerza de la iglesia católica polaca está basada en el peso social de la pequeña burguesía rural. Hoy en día, más de la tercera parte de la fuerza laboral todavía trabaja en el campo, mientras que el 80 por ciento de la tierra arable es propiedad privada. Sólo mediante la  eliminación de la horrible pobreza y el aislamiento rural en que se encuentran las masas podrá ser roto el dominio que ejerce sobre ellas el oscurantismo religioso. Una tarea clave inmediata de un gobierno obrero revolucionario en Polonia es promover la colectivización de la agricultura.

En 1978 más del 50 por ciento de los ingresos de Polonia en divisas de moneda fuerte fue absorbido por el pago de la deuda exterior; en 1979 lo fue más del 80 por ciento y hoy la tasa es de más del 90 por ciento. Polonia ha evitado convertirse en la bancarrota más grande del mundo sólo mediante la aceptación de los programas de austeridad impuestos por sus acreedores imperialistas. Al mismo tiempo, temiendo una explosión popular si las masas polacas se sienten demasiado presionadas, la dirección rusa está pagando una gran parte de la deuda exterior de Varsovia. En un sentido Polonia se ha convertido en el intermediario a través del cual el capital financiero occidental saca plusvalía de los obreros y campesinos soviéticos (cuyo nivel de vida es mucho más bajo que el de los polacos).

Un gobierno obrero revolucionario en Polonia anularla la deuda exterior. Bueno, quizás exportaría al camarada Edward Gierek a Alemania Occidental para que él pueda pagar sus deudas trabajando en una mina de carbón del Ruhr. Excelente idea, diría algún obrero polaco, pero ¿olvidarán simplemente los banqueros de Frankfurt unos 20 mil millones de dólares con tan sólo un gesto de fastidio? ¿Y qué de las represalias imperialistas que vendrán, tanto económicas como militares? Ante esta reacción inevitable el proletariado polaco debe dirigir un llamado a los obreros de Europa Occidental: no queremos ser clientes de vuestros amos sino vuestros camaradas en una nueva tarea ¡la planificación socialista internacional en unos Estados Unidos Socialistas de Europa!

¡Por la unidad revolucionaria de los obreros rusos y polacos!

Todas las fuerzas organizadas de la vida política polaca -la burocracia estalinista, la iglesia y todas las alas del movimiento disidente- inculcan, cada uno a su manera, hostilidad a Rusia como el enemigo del pueblo polaco. El sello propio de un partido revolucionario en Polonia sería la orientación positiva hacia la clase obrera rusa y aquí no se trata simplemente de un internacionalismo abstracto, es cuestión de vida o muerte.

Los obreros revolucionarios polacos no pueden esperar atraer a los soldados soviéticos a menos que les aseguren que van a defender esa parte del mundo contra el ataque imperialista. Y una revolución política proletaria en Polonia debe extenderse a la Unión Soviética o, de una forma u otra, será aplastada.

¡Por sindicatos independientes del control burocrático y basados en un programa de defensa de la propiedad socializada!

¡Por la estricta separación de la iglesia del estado! ¡Contra la reacción clerical-nacionalista! ¡Vigilancia contra la restauración capitalista!

¡Promover la colectivización de la agricultura!

¡Por el control obrero de la producción, los precios, la distribución y el comercio exterior!

¡Por la revolución política proletaria contra la burocracia estalinista — Por un gobierno basado en consejos obreros democráticamente elegidos (soviets)!

¡Romper la camisa de fuerza económica del imperialismo — Anular la deuda exterior! ¡Hacia la planificación económica socialista internacional!

¡Por la defensa militar de la URSS contra el imperialismo! ¡Por la unión revolucionaria de los obreros soviéticos y Polacos!

¡Por un partido trotskista en Polonia, sección de una IV Internacional renacida!

Morenistas llaman por la contrarrevolución en la URSS

En el campo de Jomeini y la CIA

Morenistas llaman por la contrarrevolución en la URSS

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No. 249, 8 de febrero de 1980. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español no. 8 (1980). Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 8, agosto de 1980.  

 

De todos los grupos que se reclaman del trotskismo, la respuesta más grotesca a los acontecimientos recientes en Irán y Afganistán ha venido de la Fracción Bolchevique (FB) de Nahuel Moreno, el exilado dirigente del Partido Socialista de los Trabajadores (PST) argentino. Hace un año Moreno aclamó entusiasmado, como también hizo la mayoría de la izquierda, la victoria de la “revolución” islámica coránica de Jomeini sobre el carnicero sha. Hoy, el Comité Paritario por la Reorganización (Reconstrucción) de la IV Internacional – un bloque podrido entre la FB y partidarios de la Organisation Communiste Internationaliste (OCI) francesa de Pierre Lambert – se une a Jimmy Carter en demandar el retiro inmediato de las tropas soviéticas de Afganistán. Incluso llama por el apoyo militar a los rebeldes islámicos respaldados conjuntamente por Jomeini y el Pentágono.

Pero esto no basta para los morenistas. En el Secretariado Unificado seudotrotskista, la FB se postulaba como el ala de extrema izquierda, criticando fuertemente la capitulación ante el eurocomunismo y las causas respaldadas por la CIA en el Portugal y Angola. En torno a Nicaragua desfilan como guerrilleros heroicos jactándose de su ya extinta Brigada Simón Bolívar. Ahora, sin embargo, la banda de bandoleros políticos morenistas de repente llama por ¡la extensión de la contrarrevolución islámica estilo-Jomeini a la Unión Soviética! A continuación reproducimos lo que su grupo italiano, la Lega Socialista Rivoluzionaria (LSR), dice sobre la crisis en Afganistán:

“La burocracia contrarrevolucionaria del Kremlin se está desacreditando por una acción criminal contra el pueblo afgano, pisoteando su derecho a la independencia al intervenir en su territorio sin ninguna justificación. La defensa contra acciones externas no fue el motivo causante de la intervención por la URSS, sino por el contrario fue un intento obvio de reforzar su control, de mantener el statu quo en el área remecida por el fermento revolucionario. La posibilidad de extender la revolución iraní al interior de las fronteras de la URSS es lo que aterra a la burocracia del Kremlin. Las poblaciones fronterizas soviéticas, unidas a las de Irán y Afganistán por lazos religiosos, culturales y raciales, pueden ser contagiadas por la radicalización de la zona y pueden convertirse en protagonistas de una movilización antiburocrática al interior del estado obrero, preparando la base para una revolución política. Esto es lo que la burocracia teme, ésta es la razón de porqué la URSS intervino.”

Avanzata Proletaria, 12 de enero

¡Parece que Moreno y Cía. tratan de competir con los maoístas y el superhalcón de Carter, Brzezinski, en el intento de movilizar a los fanáticos musulmanes jomeinistas contra Rusia!

Este no es un “exceso” aislado de los morenistas italianos. La Declaración/Plataforma de la Fracción Bolchevique aclamó el triunfo de la reacción clerical islámica: “la revolución iraní (…) ha sido el ejemplo más espectacular de un auge que se ha visto en los años recientes”. Y el PST argentino proclamaba que la victoria de los mulahs en febrero de 1979 “ya ha ganado su lugar entre las grandes revoluciones de este siglo, comparable en importancia a la prolongada Revolución Indochina” (Opción, abril de 1979). En la prensa de la LSR esto se convierte en apoyo político explícito a los dirigentes religiosos musulmanes, cuya “profunda integración con el pueblo” los convierte en “el canal para la movilización, la dirección de la revolución”:

“Por sobre todo, los lazos que existen entre los ayatolás y las masas son favorecidos por el hecho de que la jerarquía chiita no es impuesta desde arriba sino elegida desde abajo y por lo tanto ampliamente reconocida por la población.”

Avanzata Proletaria, 25 de marzo de 1979

Estas declaraciones aparentemente estrafalarias (para autoproclamados trotskistas) reflejan en realidad una línea política constante. No menos siniestra que la estalinofobia de “socialista de Departamento de Estado” de los lambertistas, la línea antisoviética de los morenistas en Afganistán refleja la mentalidad de caudillo de su dirigente. Desde su apoyo político a Perón en Argentina, a Torrijos en Panamá, a Velasco Alvarado en el Perú y ahora al clerical-feudalista Jomeini en Irán, Moreno muestra una predilección singular por los regímenes bonapartistas populistas nacionalistas burgueses. Comparado con el pálido burócrata Brezhnev, gobernando mediante un aparato estatal omnipresente, Jomeini parece un líder dinámico, carismático – un verdadero hombre digno de respeto en los ojos del presunto “Imam trotskista” de Argentina.

Este incurable camaleón político ha burlado a muchos potenciales revolucionarios en su tiempo. Instamos a nuestros lectores a consultar el cuaderno Moreno Truth Kit (La verdad sobre Moreno) de la tendencia espartaquista con la verdadera historia de este desbocado peronista sin hábito. Y que consideren el hecho de que a los primeros tiros de una nueva guerra fría, los morenistas abandonan toda pretensión de defender el programa trotskista hacia los estados obreros degenerados/deformados: revolución política obrera para derrocar a la burocracia y la defensa incondicional contra el imperialismo. ¡Quién sabe si pronto nuestro empresario seudotrotskista sui generis forme una “Brigada Imam Jomeini” a fin de extender la “Revolución Islámica” clerical-feudalista a la Unión Soviética! No sería difícil eliminarlos con operaciones de limpieza-pero puede que sus aliados, los mulahs, lleven a cabo el, trabajo antes de que el ejército soviético se dé tiempo para hacerlo.

Hijo de Perón cohabita con hijo de Mitterrand

Moreno/Lambert: El bloque más podrido: 

Hijo de Perón cohabita con hijo de Mitterrand

Traducido de Workers Vanguard No. 247, 11 de enero de 1980. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 10, febrero de 1982.

Durante los últimos tres años el aventurero argentino Nahuel Moreno ha embestido constantemente al “Secretariado Unificado de la IV Internacional” (SU) en búsqueda de algún punto que sirviera de motivo para provocar una escisión en esta banda caótica de renegados del trotskismo. Después de romper con el Socialist Workers Party (SWP) norteamericano por su línea de “socialistas de Departamento de Estado” en Portugal en 1975, coqueteó durante casi un año con la mayoría del SU encabezada por Ernest Mandel, y luego decidió establecer su propia Fracción Bolchevique (FB) en 1978. Engalanado con una plataforma de izquierdismo abstracto acusando a Mandel de seguidismo tras el eurocomunismo y al SWP de neokautskismo, Moreno inició una campaña filibustera por toda América Latina, captando a puñados de, militantes en varios países con incursiones relámpago y expulsiones burocráticas. Luego partió para Europa con la esperanza de sacar tajada de las secciones en crisis perpetua del SU en el viejo mundo ― presentando un aparato eficaz, bien financiado, siempre en movimiento con una nueva campaña para atraer la atención de las masas. Recorriendo por todo el mundo en busca de zonas candentes, Moreno por fin encontró su vehículo: la lucha contra el tirano nicaragüense Somoza, dirigida por el Frente Sandinista de Liberación Nacional (FSLN).

Pero no resultó de acuerdo a lo esperado. Al principio Moreno ideó la Brigada Simón Bolívar (BSB) como aparato publicitario para la FB y como grupo de presión para empujar al FSLN hacia la izquierda. Pero poco después de la huida en julio del dictador títere Somoza, la BSB (dirigida por los morenistas) se vio en apuros con la cúpula sandinista. Bastó una semana durante la cual la BSB organizó sindicatos y urgió a las milicias locales a no rendir sus armas, para que la nueva junta se deshiciera de ella. El 17 de agosto, la BSB fue acorralada y despachada: en aviones a Panamá donde varios de los brigadistas fueron golpeados por la Guardia Nacional. Eso pudo haber sido el fin del episodio, si el SWP y los representantes mandelistas en Managua no hubieran apoyado públicamente las deportaciones. Quizás Moreno haya perdido la ocasión para una maniobra en gran escala en Nicaragua, pero sí logró su pretexto para escindir al SU. En una serie de diktats [mandos y desmandos], el Secretariado Unificado emitió órdenes a la FB de suspender sus actividades y expulsó a los dirigentes de la aliada Tendencia Leninista Trotskista (TLT); la FB y la TLT, por su lado, se marcharon con sus tropas ― ni siquiera molestándose en asistir al “XI Congreso Mundial” del SU para protestar las expulsiones.

Después de la ruptura del SU en octubre pasado, ha surgido ahora una nueva conglomeración internacional competidora que pretende representar “a la mayoría de organizaciones, corrientes y militantes que pueden legítimamente reclamarse de la IV Internacional”. Moreno se ha asociado con la Organisation Communiste Internationaliste (OCI) francesa de Pierre Lambert, con la TLT lambertista y los satélites de la OCI agrupados en el Comité de Organización por la Reconstrucción de la IV Internacional (CORCI) para formar el “Comité Paritario por la Reorganización (Reconstrucción) de la IV Internacional”. El Comité Paritario dirige sus ataques contra la política liquidacionista del SU sobre Nicaragua y particularmente contra la “dirección castrista” del SWP. Estos son comparados con la ofensiva revisionista de Michel Pablo en 1951-53, entonces a la cabeza del Secretariado Internacional. En su declaración conjunta fundando al Comité Paritario la CORCI/FB/TLT hacen un llamado a:

“… una discusión común e internacional de todos los elementos, fuerzas y organizaciones que se sitúan sobre el terreno del Programa de Transición, y en vista de la reconstrucción y de la recomposición de la Internacional y de sus organizaciones en una IV Internacional reunificada”

Cuarta Internacional, diciembre de 1979

Esta discusión será organizada alrededor de una “conferencia democrática abierta a todas las fuerzas que se reclaman del trotskismo”.

Carrusel seudotrotskista

Bajo el dominio creciente del reformista SWP norteamericano, actualmente dirigido por Jack Barnes, el SU ha cometido crímenes en contra de la causa obrera en Nicaragua ―inclusive han sido acusados (y no lo han negado) de haber actuado como soplones, entregando la Brigada Simón Bolívar al FSLN. Para organizaciones que se definen como trotskistas, la lista de traiciones cometidas por el SWP/SU es verdaderamente imponente: otorgando apoyo político a un gobierno colaboracionista de clases, pronunciándose por alianzas frentepopulistas con fuerzas capitalistas, pidiendo “ayuda” imperialista para la junta “revolucionaria” de gobierno, oponiéndose a nacionalizaciones “arriesgadas” y a reivindicaciones sindicales “irresponsables”, elogiando el desarme de las masas, aprobando la represión burguesa contra la izquierda y ordenando la disolución de los dos grupos simpatizantes del SU dentro del país. Esto no fue un accidente del cual se pueda hacer sólo responsable la perfidia de un Pedro Camejo o del desvergonzado SWP. Tal claudicación servil ante la bonapartista “dirección revolucionaria” sandinista es el resultado inescapable de las bases sobre las cuales se fundó el Secretariado Unificado.

El SU fue formado en 1963 por el SWP y los lugartenientes europeos de Pablo con un programa de apoyo político al supuesto “marxista natural” Fidel Castro y su estado obrero burocráticamente deformado en Cuba. Pero mientras ambos lados rechazaban el programa trotskista de la revolución permanente y la necesidad de una vanguardia proletaria independiente, las partes componentes del SU estaban divididas por impulsos oportunistas opuestos en terrenos nacionales muy diferentes. Así, esta falsa IV Internacional se ha desmoronado frente a cada auge en la lucha de clases. Una disputa sobre el guerrillerismo latinoamericano provocó una década de lucha fraccional a fines de los años 60 y principios de los 70. En 1974-76 el SU estaba al borde de una escisión en torno a Portugal y Angola, cuando la minoría SWP y la mayoría mandelista se encontraron en lados opuestos de las barricadas. Pero no obstante la disolución subsiguiente de las fracciones, y aunque Nicaragua era (por parte de ambos lados) más bien un pretexto que una causa, la campaña resuelta de Moreno logró arrancar un 25-30 por ciento de los miembros del SU.

Aunque en un solo punto, su política hacia el triunfante FSLN en Nicaragua, el Comité Paritario está a la izquierda del Secretariado Unificado, el nuevo bloque morenista/lambertista no ofrece ninguna alternativa para aquellos que aspiran al trotskismo. Es más, este matrimonio de conveniencia es aún menos compatible que el propio SU: la OCI es una organización socialdemócrata sosa con un caso pronunciado de estalinofobia, mientras que Moreno es un aventurero buscando construir una internacional personal con el programa de infiltrar toda clase de régimen nacional bonapartista “tercermundista”. Así que antes de la toma del poder por los sandinistas, el hombre de la OCI en Managua (Fausto Amador) atacaba al FSLN desde la derecha, tachándoles de “aventuristas” por organizar una segunda ofensiva para derrocar a Somoza, mientras que la BSB morenista se basaba en la sola consigna de “apoyar la lucha del pueblo sandinista”. Moreno, el camaleón político, pasó varios años haciéndose pasar por peronista en Argentina, luego cambió al castrismo, de ahí a la social democracia, y ahora anda de juerga izquierdista; a diferencia de estas andanzas el reformismo de Lambert es consistente ― igual al SWP, aclamó la campaña contrarrevolucionaria del Partido Socialista Portugués financiada por la CIA en 1975. He aquí el bloque seudotrotskista más podrido de la historia.

Tanto así que ¡hasta el SU considera que puede acusar al Comité Paritario justamente de ser una combinación sin principios! En respuesta, Stéphane Just, portavoz de la OCI/CORCI, se jacta de que “… no intentamos enmascarar las divergencias que existen entre nosotros.” Y aún después de la anunciada “conferencia abierta”, “… cada uno de nosotros conservará su fisonomía y posiciones políticas propias” (Informations Ouvrieres, 24 de noviembre – 1 de diciembre). Y en una entrevista publicada en otro número del periódico de la OCI, Moreno reconoce, refiriéndose al Comité Paritario, que “por el momento se trata de un frente único…”. Sin embargo, los dos, Just y Moreno, llaman a los componentes del Comité Paritario “a luchar por la construcción de partidos revolucionarios” ¿basados en cuáles posiciones? Evidentemente lo que buscan es que ambos lados sigan construyendo sus propios satélites, hasta que llegue la ruptura inevitable, cuando cada uno recoja sus peones y se marche. Entretanto la TLT está perdiendo rápidamente su “fisonomía propia” (sus posiciones políticas siempre fueron tomadas prestadas, primero del SWP y después de la OCI). La TLT francesa, organizada en la Ligue Communiste Internationaliste (LCI) desde su expulsión/salida del SU, ha establecido un “comité de contacto permanente” (Circular No. 1 de la LCI) con la OCI; y laLettre d’Informations Ouvrieres del 11 de diciembre informa que “la OCI y la LCI se consideran segmentos del mismo partido obrero revolucionario.”

La bancarrota de ambos lados en la escisión del SU se revela por el simple hecho de que de ella surgieron dos bloques, cada uno compuesto de un elemento reformista y otro centrista. Moreno y Lambert no son políticamente más cercanos que Mandel y Barnes. Es más, durante 1976- 77 fue Barnes/Lambert en contra de Mandel/Moreno, y antes de eso Barnes/Moreno/Lambert en contra de Mandel y Cía. en el perpetuo carusel seudotrotskista. En el caso de la OCI, ésta es una metodología constante que ya ha rendido frutos: la fórmula del Comité Paritario es idéntica al programa federalista en base al cual se construyó el malhadado CORCI… y debido al cual se hundió. Durante muchos años Lambert tuvo diferencias no resueltas con su socio mayor en el bloque, el POR boliviano de Guillermo Lora, en cuanto a la participación de éste en un “Frente Antiimperialista Revolucionario” con el general nacionalista [Juan José] Torres, y otras diferencias con los seguidores argentinos de Lora en Política Obrera por seguir tras la cola de Perón. Luego, en enero de 1979 la OCI rompió con la casi totalidad de sus aliados latinoamericanos. La acusación: capitulación al nacionalismo burgués, en particular al peronismo (¡qué sorpresa!). Ahora Lambert vuelve a lo mismo con una reedición del CORCI. Es la “unidad” del mínimo común denominador, y no la del programa bolchevique.

  ¿Y Cuba, qué?

En sus declaraciones desde la ruptura del SU, los dirigentes del Comité Paritario han hecho todo lo posible por pintarse como luchadores consecuentes contra el pablismo. Según Nahuel Moreno, “Aún si la revolución nicaragüense fue el detonador de la crisis actual”, sus orígenes se remontan a la “crisis terrible provocada en la IV Internacional por la desviación pablista de los años 1951-53” de decretar un entrismo profundo en los PCs leales al Kremlin. También acusa a Pablo/Mandel de cometer uno de los “crímenes políticos más grandes en la historia del movimiento obrero” por haber dado apoyo crítico al gobierno burgués boliviano en 1952. Y en una resolución presentada en la reunión decisiva del Secretariado Unificado el otoño pasado, la Fracción Bolchevique notó que la posición del SWP sobre Nicaragua era de “aplicar la táctica de Pablo frente al FLN argelino” (Lettre d’Informations Ouvrieres, 10 de octubre). No sólo apoyando políticamente al FLN, Pablo entró en su seno y él mismo se convirtió en consejero técnico del gobierno burgués de Ben Bella después de la independencia.

Para poder luchar en contra del programa político que originó la capitulación actual del SU al régimen sandinista en Nicaragua, es necesario analizar sus orígenes. El entrismo “sui generis” en los partidos estalinistas pro-Moscú, Bolivia 1952, Argelia 1964 ― todas son traiciones pablistas como es también la línea del SWP/SU hacia el FSLN. El dirigente de la TLT, C. Némo cita además el apoyo mandelista al “foquismo” (guerrillerismo guevarista), el seguidismo subsiguiente tras “nuevas vanguardias de masas” en Europa y el fomentar ilusiones en el eurocomunismo. Pero ¿por qué estos ejemplos específicos? ― ¿no han hecho caso omiso de algo? Lo que aquí vemos es la auto amnistía por medio de una presentación selectiva de la historia. Moreno pasa por alto un intervalo importante en su supuesta lucha implacable contra el pablismo ― la “reunificación” de 1963 y los años siguientes. Y hay un ejemplo que no cita ― en realidad, el más apropiado ― Cuba.

Los paralelos entre los acontecimientos actuales en Nicaragua y los primeros años del régimen castrista son inescapables. Las fuerzas fundamentales en juego son las mismas: un ejército guerrillero victorioso en una alianza inestable con liberales burgueses criollos, enfrentando a los Estados Unidos temporalmente poco dispuestos a intervenir directamente. (Pero mientras que Castro se vio forzado a tomar medidas cada vez más radicales frente al hostigamiento imperialista, Carter busca conciliar al nuevo régimen ― el cual, por su parte, dirige sus ataques contra aquellos que quieren ir más allá de los límites capitalistas que ha impuesto a la revolución antisomocista). El SWP tiene razón en recalcar la identidad fundamental de su línea anterior y actual. Hoy en día Barnes aprueba la expulsión de la BSB y brinda consejos al FSLN sobre la mejor forma de deshacerse de los “ultra izquierdistas”, mientras que Mandel va a la cola; Jaime Wheelock, el comandante sandinista de izquierda, sigue siendo el favorito del SU a pesar de sus invectivas antitrotskistas. Ya principios de los años 60, cuando el régimen castrista prohibió la publicación del periódico del POR cubano, encarceló a sus dirigentes y destruyó las placas de imprenta de La revolución traicionadade León Trotsky, mientras Guevara denunciaba al trotskismo como instrumento de Washington ― en ese entonces también el SWP (y Moreno) guardó silencio o incluso disculpó la represión burocrática.

Cuba es una cuestión clave para trotskistas porque allí por primera vez una dirección pequeñoburguesa radical sin previos lazos con el estalinismo (a diferencia de China, Vietnam o Yugoeslavia) tomó el poder y expropió a la burguesía prácticamente en su totalidad, estableciendo un sistema económico colectivista. Esto planteó interrogantes fundamentales para la teoría y el programa de la revolución permanente. La respuesta del SWP, y la base de la formación del Secretariado Unificado fue echar por la ventana al “viejo trotskismo”: el campesinado podía reemplazar a la clase obrera como la fuerza directriz, y donde anteriormente el partido leninista-trotskista era considerado indispensable ahora el “instrumento contundente” de una banda guerrillera bastaría. (El hecho de que haya resultado un régimen bonapartista contrario a la democracia obrera, que en su política exterior necesariamente seguía la línea nacionalista-estalinista de conciliación con el imperialismo, no era de importancia para los pablistas). Moreno también siguió este camino; de hecho, hasta 1968 él era un pro castrista aún más entusiasta que sus mentores en el SWP. Sin embargo, Lambert responde con una seudo ortodoxia irreflexiva, negando tozudamente que había ocurrido una revolución social en Cuba. Durante dos décadas la OCI calificó al régimen de Castro de “estado capitalista fantasma”.

Así que convergiendo desde direcciones opuestas los lambertistas y morenistas se vieron cargados con posiciones sobre Cuba que les dificultaban una lucha contra el SWP/SU sobre Nicaragua. (Barnes y Mandel al menos pueden reivindicar una línea consecuente en su oportunismo.) Como consecuencia, en los últimos meses tanto la OCI como la Fracción Bolchevique han sacado documentos en donde por primera vez caracterizan a Cuba como aproximando a un estado obrero deformado. Pero las dos han hecho el viraje furtivamente. La FB sufre de una oportuna amnesia temporal ―olvidando la adhesión anterior de Moreno a la posición del SU― declarando simplemente que Castro y Cía. son una “dirección con una política pequeño burguesa burocrática colocada al frente de un estado obrero que nunca llegó a degenerar porque nació deformado.” (“Resolución sobre América Latina”, septiembre de 1979). La OCI quiere, por un lado, mantener su antigua posición, calificándola como una variante ― “plausible al tiempo que fue formulada” ― que no se realizó. En su lugar, “Fue otra variante la que se materializó: la constitución de un estado obrero parecido a los estados obreros burocráticos desde sus inicios” (La Vérité No. 588, septiembre de 1979). ¡Sólo tardaron 19 años en darse cuenta!

El espectro espartaquista

La Tendencia Leninista-Trotskista había llamado a cambiar la posición del SU sobre Cuba desde hace algún tiempo, y así no podían desechar la importancia de la cuestión tan fácilmente como lo tratan de hacer la FB y la OCI. Pero su afirmación de que “La nueva dirección del Socialist Workers Party se alinea con la política castrista” (Tribune OuvrièreNo. 1, noviembre de 1979) es evidentemente absurda: ¡el apoyo del SWP al castrismo data de 1960! Esto es un intento descarado por parte de los dirigentes de la TLT de disculpar su propio papel como discípulos del dirigente del SWP Joe Hansen en la mal nombrada Fracción Leninista-Trotskista (FLT), que atacó al guerrillerismo guevarista/mandelista desde la derecha. Lo mismo en el caso de Moreno, quien formaba parte de la dirección de la FLT hasta su ruptura con ella en 1975. ¿Qué decir, entonces, del llamado de Moreno, a mediados de los años 60, por “desarrollar un aparato técnico estrictamente subordinado a la disciplina de OLAS”, la fracasada “internacional” de Castro? Y no olvidemos la afirmación por parte de Hansen, de que la consigna de OLAS por una guerra de guerrillas continental “hace eco a la tradición bolchevique” (véase “For Workers Polítical Revolution in Cuba”, Workers VanguardNos. 223 y 224, 19 de enero/2 de febrero de 1979).

Sobre todo, los varios componentes del Comité Paritario buscan evitar el confrontarse con el programa y la lucha de la tendencia espartaquista internacional. Sólo la TEI ha avanzado una posición trotskista coherente sobre la cuestión cubana, y desde su origen como la Tendencia Revolucionaria (TR) del SWP ha luchado consistentemente para destruir políticamente a los liquidadores pablistas. La TR fue única en analizar, ya en ese entonces, el origen del estado deformado cubano y su significado para el programa trotskista (véase “Cuba y la teoría marxista”, Cuadernos Marxistas No. 2). Oponiéndose a la resolución de la dirección del SWP, “Por una pronta reunificación del movimiento trotskista”, que luego sirvió de documento de fundación del Secretariado Unificado, la Tendencia Revolucionaria presentó una contrarresolución en el congreso del SWP de junio de 1963 que declara:

“13. La Revolución Cubana ha expuesto las múltiples infiltraciones que el revisionismo ha hecho dentro de nuestro movimiento…. Así los trotskistas son desde luego los defensores más militantes e incondicionales de la Revolución Cubana, así como del estado obrero deformado que nació de ella, contra el imperialismo. Pero los trotskistas no pueden poner su confianza en, o dar su apoyo político, por muy crítico que sea, a un régimen gubernamental hostil a los más elementales principios y prácticas de la democracia obrera, aunque nuestra orientación táctica no es la que sería hacia una casta burocrática endurecida.

“14. Lo que es cierto de la orientación de los revisionistas hacia el régimen de Castro es todavía más aparente en lo que respecta al régimen de Ben Bella que gobierna ahora en Argelia con el programa de una revolución ‘socialista’ en cooperación con el imperialismo francés…. Como revolucionarios, nuestra intervención en ambas revoluciones, como en cualquier estado existente, debe estar de acuerdo con la posición de Trotsky: ‘No somos un partido de gobierno; somos el partido de la oposición irreconciliable’ (En defensa del marxismo). Esto puede tan sólo dejar de aplicarse en relación con un gobierno genuinamente basado en la democracia obrera.

“15. La experiencia desde la Segunda Guerra Mundial ha demostrado que la guerra de guerrillas basada en los campesinos bajo una dirección pequeño burguesa no puede llevar más allá de un régimen burocrático antiobrero. La creación de tales regímenes ha sido posible bajo las condiciones de decadencia del imperialismo, la desmoralización y desorientación causada por la traición estalinista, y la ausencia de una dirección revolucionaria marxista de la clase obrera. La revolución colonial puede tener un signo inequívocamente progresista sólo bajo una tal dirección del proletariado revolucionario. Para los trotskistas el incorporar a su estrategia el revisionismo sobre la cuestión de la dirección proletaria en la revolución es una profunda negación del marxismo-leninismo, cualquiera que sea el beato deseo expresado al mismo tiempo de ‘construir partidos marxistas revolucionarios en los países coloniales’.”

― “Hacia el renacimiento de la Cuarta Internacional” (junio de 1963), Cuadernos Marxistas No. 1

He aquí un programa para luchar contra el pablismo que proporciona una orientación efectiva al armar a los comunistas para pruebas cómo Nicaragua. Y no fue escrito recién ayer.

Reforjar la IV Internacional 

Aquellos dentro o en los alrededores del SU que aspiran a ser trotskistas se encuentran frente a una decisión difícil. Si permanecen dentro del SU deben prepararse a soportar, aprobar y llevar a cabo más traiciones como la de Nicaragua, o aún peores ― incluyendo la entrega de sus propios compañeros. Si apoyan a Barnes, más vale que tengan principios lo suficientemente “flexibles” como para aguantar la “neutralidad” proimperialista del SWP durante la invasión sudafricana a Angola. Si siguen a Mandel, pueden terminar al lado de Jimmy Carter apoyando a reaccionarios islámicos contra las tropas soviéticas en Afganistán, tal como sucedió con el IMG [International Marxist Group] británico. Y bien sean mandelistas o partidarios del SWP, se encontrarán recitando “allah akbar” [Dios es grande] y aclamando al “progresista” Jomeini en Irán mientras los verdugos del ayatolá siegan a kurdos, árabes, trabajadores petroleros y mujeres (y desde luego sentencian a muerte a sus propios camaradas). Este es el salario común y corriente del pablismo;

¿Y qué fue de aquellos que le dieron la espalda al SU para seguir al Comité Paritario? Es cierto que hoy día en Europa, Moreno luce bastante izquierdista ―firme contra el eurocomunismo, por un “partido trotskista” en Nicaragua, “luchar contra el pablismo” ― y no hay duda que su Fracción Bolchevique ha atraído a genuinos izquierdistas repugnados por el historial de traiciones del SU. Pero más que nada Moreno es un charlatán. De reformista en Argentina, ahora aparenta ser centrista. De Moreno el peronista, el castrista, el maoísta, el socialdemócrata, ¡llegamos a Moreno el guerrillero heroico y el luchador atrevido contra el pablismo! Pero si se le ofrece un puesto ministerial dará la vuelta completa. Critica a Mandel/Pablo/Lora sobre Bolivia, pero el mismo Moreno apoyó políticamente a Perón contra guerrilleros de izquierda. En el Panamá, donde miles de estudiantes de izquierda protestan en contra del dictadura Torrijos (amigo no sólo de Fidel Castro, sino también del Chase Manhattan) cuyas tropas golpearon a miembros del BSB, los morenistas abogan por él apoyo a la lucha supuestamente “progresista” de éste contra el imperialismo. Y desde luego están los escándalos financieros ―por ejemplo, ¿qué pasó con el dinero destinado a apoyar las actividades de Hugo Blanco dirigidas a organizar a los campesinos en el Perú?

Moreno, el que critica a Mandel por su capitulación ante el eurocomunismo, hoy día se alinea con la OCI, políticamente algo a la derecha de Willy Brandt. ¡Júntense a Lambert y más vale que les guste servir de cubierta, ideológica de la CIA! En Francia los lambertistas votaron por el candidato del frente popular, el líder socialista François Mitterrand, para presidente. En Portugal, respaldaron al PS de Mario Soares cuando éste recibía dinero de la CIA y estaba en alianza con los fascistas que quemaban las oficinas del PC. En Alemania llaman por una “asamblea constituyente nacional” y la “reunificación incondicional” ―es decir, por la liquidación de las conquistas socioeconómicas de Alemania Oriental a través de una reunificación capitalista. La OCI es tan estalinofóbica que para ella el “eurocomunismo” no era sino un complot tramado en Moscú; el carácter de clase de la burocracia del Kremlin es definido simplemente como “burgués”, aunque esté basada en las formas de propiedad establecidas por la Revolución de Octubre; e internacionalmente la URSS es supuestamente parte de una “Santa Alianza contratada por la burocracia con el imperialismo”, la cual fue establecida en Potsdam y Yalta y no fue afectada por vicisitudes tales como la guerra fría.

El carácter sin principios del Comité Paritario es subrayado por su mismo nombre. He aquí lo que dijo Trotsky sobre tales combinaciones diplomáticas:

“La idea de ‘paridad de formaciones’, es decir, de tendencias, es intrínsecamente absurda y viciosa. Las tendencias no son iguales en efectivos; pero lo que es más importante es el distinto valor político e ideológico de las tendencias. Hay tendencias buenas y malas, progresistas y reaccionarias. Los aventuristas, para quienes nada es sagrado, bien pueden acomodarse a todas las tendencias posibles. Pero los marxistas están obligados a luchar despiadadamente contra las tendencias sin principios y a no hacer alianzas con ellas sobre bases de igualdad. La paridad de tendencias quiere decir la paridad del marxismo, centrismo, aventurismo, etc.”

― L.D. Trotsky, The Crisis of the French Section

En la versión contemporánea, estilo Lambert/Moreno, los componentes del bloque ni siquiera pueden ponerse de acuerdo en un nombre que exprese una meta común. No es del todo evidente cuales son las diferencias existentes entre la “reconstrucción” (OCI), “reorganización” (FB) y “reunificación” (LCI) de la IV Internacional. Claramente, el intento de las tres formulaciones es el de dejar campo para maniobras con elementos de la dirección del SU. Igualmente claro es el marcado contraste entre ellas y la perspectiva indicada por la consigna de la TEI, “Por el renacimiento de la IV Internacional”. Como dijimos en nuestra “Carta al CORCI ya la OCI”:

“Nuestra consigna implica la necesidad de pasar por un proceso fundamental; no es posible tan sólo encajar unos cuantos pedazos, picarlos un poco quizás, y con ellos reconstruir el edificio.”

Spartacist No. 4 (edición en español), mayo de 1977

También está la “conferencia abierta” anunciada por el Comité Paritario como un foro de debate de las cuestiones fundamentales que enfrentan los que se reclaman del trotskismo. Diversas organizaciones centristas europeas situadas a la izquierda del SU se agarrarán de ésta como de un salvavidas. Incapaces de elaborar por sí mismas un programa coherente sobre cuestiones tan fundamentales como los frentes populares, el carácter de clase de la Cuba castrista, el pablismo y la IV Internacional, algunas de ellas han puesto sus esperanzas en que el caudillo argentino pueda unirlas en forma bonapartista antes de que se sumerjan por última vez en el pantano seudotrotskista. Entretanto, la conferencia se ha vuelto aparentemente menos abierta. Ya a mediados de noviembre la OCI restringía la asistencia a “quienes se reclaman, con razón, de la continuidad de la IV Internacional”. Esto incluye explícitamente al SU (“El Secretariado Unificado de la IV Internacional es invitado a participar…”), y dejamos a nuestros lectores la tarea, de adivinar quién podría ser excluido por el “con razón” de la OCI.

Los lambertistas ya han dado una indicación en su manera acostumbrada de expresarse. El día 13 de noviembre en la entrada de una sala de reuniones en París, una guardia de orden de la OCI atacó físicamente a un grupo de militantes de la Ligue Trotskyste de France, sección simpatizante de la TEI, cuando se encontraban vendiendo su prensa. Poco después el dirigente de la LCI, Némo, dirigió su ataque contra “sectas… como los espartaquistas” que “no hacen nada sino mantener la división de nuestro movimiento para el solo beneficio de los aparatos burocráticos” (Informations Ouvrieres, 17-24 de noviembre)” Y en el segundo número de Tribune Ouvrière (24 de noviembre) la LCI defiende al SWP contra los “provocadores espartaquistas que caracterizan al SWP como reformista”. Para “justificar” sus calumnias y su gangsterismo los lambertistas han estado diciendo recientemente que la tendencia espartaquista está fuera del marco del movimiento obrero.

¿A qué expertos recurrieron para llegar a tal veredicto? ¿George Meany y Zbigniew Brzezinski? ¡Son ellos quienes inspiran la política de la OCI! Pero si la TEI debe ser descartada como “provocadores”, ¿de quién se supone que somos agentes? Según los lambertistas, lo somos del Kremlin, y subrayan nuestra oposición a la invasión china a Vietnam, nuestro apoyo a las tropas cubanas en Angola contra Sudáfrica, y nuestra negativa a hacer causa común con Jimmy Carter a favor de los disidentes soviéticos. Según el SWP, lo somos del imperialismo estadounidense, porque nos negamos a respaldar a Jomeini en Irán y apoyamos el derecho a la autodeterminación de los somalíes contra la Etiopía apoyada por Cuba y la URSS. ¡Qué curioso que no pueden ponerse de acuerdo! La práctica de tachar de agentes en base a posiciones políticas es una especialidad del estalinismo, pero en realidad común entre los reformistas es su manera preferida de tratar de descartar a los revolucionarios. Así, los mencheviques rusos repitieron la calumnia zarista de que Lenin era un agente alemán; y los verdugos socialdemócratas alemanes calificaron a Luxemburgo y a Liebknecht de agentes rusos.

La LCI dice que nos autoproclamamos la IV Internacional. Por el contrario, hemos declarado francamente que la TEI es una tendencia en lucha por reforjar el partido mundial del socialismo revolucionario. Y como componente importante de nuestra lucha para construir grupos de propaganda combativos, hemos utilizado la táctica de reagrupamientos revolucionarios a través de un proceso de escisiones y fusiones con fuerzas en ruptura con el revisionismo y en busca del camino al trotskismo auténtico. Luego del fermento revolucionario en Portugal en 1974-76, la tendencia espartaquista internacional presentó como base principista para tales reagrupamientos el proyecto de una declaración por trotskistas expulsados u obligados a salir del SU (ver “Reforge the Fourth Internacional!”, Workers Vanguard No. 143,4. de febrero de 1977). Concentrado en la lucha contra el frentepopulismo, por un partido leninista y por el poder soviético en Portugal, sus nueve puntos incluían:

• No a cualquier apoyo electoral o político a los frentes populares; por una oposición condicional a los partidos obreros en coaliciones explícitas o implícitas de colaboración de clases;

• Mantener la teoría trotskista de la revolución permanente; por una dirección proletaria de la lucha nacional/social;

• Apoyo militar a las fuerzas nacionalistas pequeñoburguesas en lucha contra el imperialismo, pero ningún apoyo político en absoluto a tales fuerzas; por partidos trotskistas en todos los países;

• Defensa incondicional de todos los estados obreros deformados/degenerados contra el imperialismo; por la revolución política contra las burocracias; ningún apoyo político a fracciones y camarillas estalinistas en pugna;

• Contra la violencia dentro del movimiento obrero;

• Por fracciones comunistas en los sindicatos, basadas en el Programa de Transición;

• Por la táctica comunista del frente unido desde arriba; por la táctica de reagrupamientos para unir a los revolucionarios subjetivos en el partido de vanguardia; por el desenmascaramiento intransigente del centrismo;

• Rechazo a las pretensiones de las “internacionales” pretendidamente trotskistas de representar la IV Internacional destruida por el pablismo en 1951-53;

• Reforjar una IV Internacional democrático-centralista que no se detendrá hasta alcanzar la dictadura del proletariado.

Hoy debemos agregar que fue este programa el que preparó a la TEI para presentar, en forma única, una perspectiva revolucionaria en Irán, exigiendo “Abajo el sha, abajo los mullahs” cuando prácticamente toda la izquierda alababa a Jomeini; e igualmente nos llevó a exigir la victoria militar para los insurgentes nicaragüenses encabezados por el FSLN al mismo tiempo que llamábamos, no por un régimen bonapartista sandinista (como lo hizo Moreno y como ahora hacen el SWP/SU), sino por un gobierno obrero y campesino y por un partido trotskista auténticamente independiente. Acontecimientos como la invasión china a Vietnam han mostrado la capacidad política marxista de la tendencia espartaquista, que hace una década previó la actual alineación antisoviética del régimen maoísta con el imperialismo. Nuestra presencia en la industria, modesta pero real, nos ha permitido llevar a cabo un trabajo comunista ejemplar en los sindicatos así como la reciente manifestación de 500 obreros negros y trotskistas en Detroit contra las provocaciones fascistas. E internacionalmente, la TEI pudo celebrar el año pasado su primera conferencia delegada, la cual mostró tanto la solidez política como la combatividad de nuestra tendencia.

Ni bloques podridos de traición pablista, ni “internacionales” personalistas de aventureros errantes. ¡Completemos la lucha anunciada por el entonces revolucionario SWP en 1953 en su “Carta abierta a los trotskistas a través del mundo”!: “Las líneas de división entre el revisionismo de Pablo y el trotskismo ortodoxo son tan profundas que no es posible ningún compromiso, bien sea político u organizativo.” ¡Por el renacimiento de la IV Internacional!

Introduction (by Revolutionary Regroupment)

RETURN TO THE MENU

By late 2018, a comrade from Revolutionary Regroupment contacted members of Bolshevik East Asia, a split of the International Bolshevik Tendency (IBT), in an attempt to better understand some of their differences with the other two sides of the IBT three-way split. See: https://bolsheviktendency.org/2019/04/13/why-things-fell-apart/

Initially, Bolshevik East Asia sided with the grouping led by Tom Riley (former leader of the IBT and now in the “Bolshevik Tendency” split group) against the incorrect notion defended by Logan/Decker/Dorn that Russia had become an imperialist power qualitatively equivalent to the U.S. and the European imperialists. Later, they broke from Riley in face of his “neutrality” on the military coup d’état in Egypt in 2013 and the 2016 attempt in Turkey. They also proclaimed their fundamental disagreement with the IBT view on the 1978/1979 events in Iran.

We disagreed with the Bolshevik East Asia comrades rejection of the 1978/1979 Spartacist League position on the Iranian revolution (the SL is the organization from which the IBT originated and which legacy we claim in opposition to most of the degeneration of post-WWII Trotskyism). We thought that these comrades were responding in a confused way, but with a good instinct, to Tom Riley’s methodology of neutralism and “not taking sides” in conflicts between bourgeois forces in which there was a clear advantage for the workers to defeat an attempted reactionary coup d’état/movement.

Riley argued that revolutionaries should not “take sides” when two sides in a conflict were equivalent in terms of their rejection of bourgeois democracy. He reassessed the Marxist opposition to Gen. Franco’s coup and the subsequent civil war in Spain and the opposition to the coup against Salvador Allende’s Popular Front in Chile in 1973 as justifiable by one side being ahead of a bourgeois democracy and the other being dictatorial. Later, Riley’s grouping also took a “neutralist” position on the coup/impeachment in Brazil in 2016, analyzing that both sides were equally part of the game of bourgeois democracy. See: https://bolsheviktendency.org/2019/08/28/on-the-igs-2016-capitulation-in-brazil/.

To further confusion, Riley argued that his views derived from the Spartacist position in Iran in 1978/1979, in which the slogan “Down with the Shah, down with the Mullahs” supposedly meant revolutionists should not have “militarily sided” neither with Shah of Iran, nor with the Islamist forces. In general, he accused his opponents, including some now still in the IBT, of “support one gang of reactionaries against another in Turkey, Egypt and Iran”. See: https://bolsheviktendency.org/2019/04/12/marxism-islamic-reaction/

Tom Riley did a terrific job at discrediting both Trotskyism and the best elements of the Spartacist tradition. Let’s try to clarify those matters. Marxists oppose reactionary civil wars, violent attacks and coups d’état aimed at removing a government or regime when what is at stake is crushing working class resistance or working class rights (whether social or democratic). Often times, this is done by means of destroying bourgeois democracy and replacing it with an authoritarian regime, particularly common in neo-colonies. Very often, those movements receive logistical/indirect military support from imperialist powers. Sometimes, though, there is no complete destruction of a democratic regime, but a hiatus in its functioning for the re-arrangement of the capitalist forces. Other times, the neo-colonial regime is itself a semi-dictatorship and no less “democratic” than its adversaries. Should we be neutral in these cases?

Our criteria is guided by the historical interests of the workers, and we oppose “government change” when it has become clear that the victory of the opposition will mean a qualitative destruction of working class positions and gains. We do this without giving any political support to the status quo or the current leaders, but defend a proletarian revolutionary position. That is why we sided against the military junta in Egypt in 2013 (See: https://rr4i.milharal.org/2018/11/28/the-military-coup-in-egypt-and-the-scandalous-position-of-the-iwl-pstu-2013/) and against the gang of right-wingers who removed the Brazilian popular front in 2016 by a combination of street pressure and illegal parliamentary/juridical proceedings (see: https://rr4i.milharal.org/2013/07/19/brazil-down-with-the-putschist-government/). Riley’s neutralism would result in prostrating the workers’ movement in face of the destruction of their achieved positions in bourgeois society whenever it does not fit his abstract scheme.

On Iran, we believe Riley is simply confusing apples and oranges. There was a potential revolution developing in Iran, with left-wing guerrillas, strikes and struggles, but which by the lack of an independent proletarian revolutionary pole, was later engulfed by the reactionary pro-Khomeini forces. Many on the left saw this political predominance of Islamists as a minor element, believing the struggle would develop “objectively” into the interests of the workers. The defeat of the officer corps in February 1979 allowed the strongest political force – the Islamist mullahs –to fill the vacuum of power left by the destruction of the Shah regime and of his puppet Bakhtiar “conciliation government”. The ascension of Khomeini led to the subsequent “Islamic republic” and the destruction/abortion of any real possibility of a working class revolution against imperialism and capitalism, not to mention the suppression of left-wing organizations, independent unions, women’s rights, etc. See: https://rr4i.milharal.org/1979/09/24/iran-history-takes-its-vengeance/

To begin with, revolutionaries would have intervened in several strikes, mass demonstrations and other struggles against the Shah. Marxists don’t analyze things as if they themselves were detached from reality, picking sides abstractly. A potential revolution is a complex phenomenon with multiple events. In some we had “no side”. We would not have supported the Islamists in their own sectarian marches or any relevant aspect of their program. But we could have “militarily sided” with the Islamists against mass repression by the Shah’s political police, for example, or if there were a military intervention against the struggles (even those led by the reactionary Mullahs). That, to our knowledge, was also the Spartacist League position, as we quoted in one of our letters. On the issue #225 of their paper, the SL wrote:

“Had such a confrontation erupted into civil war, Marxists would have militarily supported the popular forces rallied by the mullahs against an intact officer caste, even as our intransigent political opposition to the reactionary-led movement sought to polarize the masses along class lines and rally the workers and lower strata of the petty-bourgeois masses around the proletarian pole.”

The comrades from BEA, however, gave a step further. They considered that the victory of the reactionary Islamists over the Bakhtiar/Shah regime was a “partial victory”, or rather a victory of both Khomeini and the workers together, and that the situation after the victory of the Islamists over the Shah regime was “much better” than before. These comrades tended to analyze the dynamic of the anti-Shah struggles the same way Riley did – an open-ended “confrontation of forces”. But instead of “not taking sides”, they saw the victory of Khomeini as the better side or the side “against imperialism”. Their rationale for this was to equate the ascension of Khomeini with the defeat of an imperialist invasion/attack embodied in the Shah regime. In our correspondence, they repeatedly compared it with the side the Fourth International took against Japan in its occupation of China in the 1930 and 1940s and other anti-imperialist positions we shared.

Trotskyists oppose all sections of the bourgeoisie and promote working class independence. We do not promote one wing of the capitalists as supposedly “anti-imperialist” or less pro-imperialist but instead show the falsehood of that claim. It is impossible to truly break from imperialism without defeating capitalism. When a conflict erupts in which the results could deepen the imperialist control over an oppressed nation or destroy a working class movement fighting imperialist interests, we take a side to defend current obtained positions.

Declaring that the results of Iran after February 1979 were a “victory” for the workers and the situation “much better” does not help defending any positions, except confuse the workers about the dangerous meaning of the Islamists’ ascension. While the BEA comrades never clearly formulated it, it would be consistent with this position to promote the victory of Khomeini from the get-go (as it would be a “partial victory”). In fact, at one point they wrote that the task from the beginning of the revolution until the toppling of the Shah/Bakhtiar was to “struggle with Khomeinites to overthrow the regime” and “after the victory of Anti-Shah struggle” (!) they would struggle for workers’ power:

From the beginning of the revolution on January 7, 1978, until the collapse of the military on February 11, 1979, we struggle with Khomeinites to overthrow the regime. At the same time, we unconditionally protect the political and organizational independence and warn the working class of the reactionary nature of the Khomeinites. After the victory of Anti-Shah struggle, we struggle to build the workers’ power (1 August 2019).

We agreed, for instance, that we considered the nationalization of certain American companies by the Khomeini regime a partial gain and should defend it. While we could side with the Khomeinites on a practical level on certain specific issues, we could not have a general orientation of struggling “with them” (as opposed to having an independent proletarian orientation) to overthrow the regime. In the big picture, we wrote: “we do not confuse the two because, much more important than a couple of anti-imperialist measures is the fact that the new regime was dedicated to destroying the revolution  and any chance of real, solid, anti-imperialism.” (12 June 2019).

It became clear that this was more than a “historical difference” when we realized their view also reflected on other events, such as the 2011 replacement of Egyptian dictator Mubarak by a junta of his generals and his former Prime Minister as a way of trying to contain the massive struggles and strikes against austerity and oppression. The BEA comrades also saw it as a “partial victory” and not a maneuver to distract the workers and the masses. We pointed this had many similarities to revisionist thinking (such as with the pseudo-Trotskyist Morenoites).

Discussions also involved the Spartacist slogans at the Iranian revolution, the meaning of the 1917 February revolution in Russia, other anti-imperialist positions such as the wars in Libya and Syria, and later the imperialist participation in the impeachment/coup in Brazil in 2016. From our letter of 9 July 2020 on, comrades from Bolshevik-Leninist in Australia took part in the written exchanges and in our online chat. Their political and technical help was very significant to the continuation of the discussions.

Despite a promising start, in which we agreed on significant issues, the discussions ended up in frustration, with the BEA comrades accusing us of being stubborn and of using a straw-man fallacy against them. They then chose to end discussions with us. In our last letter to them over a period of almost 2 years, we concluded:

“As for us being stubborn about our positions, we do not deny that in the least, but we are definitely not dishonest. To the very end we honestly tried to convince you to our best ability, in a language neither of our groups is fluent at. We viewed discussions with you as a serious opportunity of regroupment. We actively pursue discussions with groups and individuals internationally, in an attempt to build an international tendency on the basis of our positions. We will continue to stubbornly do that!

“One week before sending your letter on September 14, you showed desire to publicize the content of our exchanged letters, and asked if we were OK with the posting of our letters to you. This indicated to us that the discussions were over on your part, although you ignored our direct questions about it. We clearly stated to you: ‘We’re OK with making it public, but we’ll probably want to respond to your letter as well. Will it be added then?’ To our surprise, you chose to post only your side of the discussions. We will post the entire content of the discussions on our website (including your letters to us). We ask you do the same on your website for an honest representation of both sides’ views.” (September 28, 2020).

Now we make the letters from both sides available, in an attempt to help the clarification of the question to those looking for revolutionary politics.

RETURN TO THE MENU

RR to BEA (28 September 2020)

RETURN TO THE MENU

Revolutionary Regroupment reply to Bolshevik East Asia’s Letter

1. Clarification on imperialist interests in the Brazilian coup d’état of 2016

Comrades of Bolshevik East Asia, on our July 2020 letter to you, we had written:

“We have not researched Turkey in depth, but if we should take a side on this confrontation it wouldn’t be because Erdogan had less pro-imperialist connections than his generals who attempted the coup. Speaking of Brazil, we know for a fact the PT government was in excellent terms with the imperialist powers during its entire existence. The coup, which never got to a physical confrontation, was much more a result of internal questions than of imperialist meddling/intervention. This is because imperialist interests were never at stake (your emphasis). Still, we take a side in it because it was a conflict in which the removal of the government by a reactionary band of right-wing forces accelerated attacks against the workers and the poor. 
“Our take on events like this has nothing to do with the IBT neutralism, which uses a technical issue (the type of imperialist involvement) to declare themselves ‘not taking sides’ as quickly as possible. We are, instead, telling you that imperialist involvement on one side is a defining factor for Marxists, but not the only one. And also that on several occasions in which we should take sides in intra-bourgeois confrontations, this criteria alone may not be sufficient.”

A correction and clarification is necessary, since in your decision to end discussions with us, you took the underlined sentence as apparent “proof” of “how frivolously” we take political questions in Brazil:

“We are not fully aware of the specific situation of Brazilian history and social organizations. But at the very least, we know that the words ‘imperialist interests were never at stake.’ is dangerous word that is very likely to be wrong.

“Looking at the answers to this question like that, we got a glimpse of how naive and frivolously RR deals with the important question even in Brazil.”

In an article dated February 2017 concerning the results of the reactionary 2016 coup/impeachment of the Workers Party, we wrote:

“Another important rupture occurred in relation to the financing programs for the operations of a limited range of highly monopolized and internationalized mega-companies, considered Brazil’s ‘national champions’ (Odebrecht, OAS, Queiroz Galvão, Camargo Correia, JBS-Friboi, Grupo Eike Batista etc.). While the PT used the public funds (via the state-owned banks and pension funds) to finance part of the highly profitable operations of these companies, Operation Car Wash dealt a heavy blow to part of them, whose operations (especially in the highly profitable shipbuilding plan) is being absorbed by imperialist oligopolies.

“The coup government represents a break with the PT era also from the point of view of international politics. More specifically in relation to Brazil’s alignment in this period of troubled international relations that involve the gradual decline of exclusive American domination of the planet and the growth of Russian appetites in Asia and Europe, in addition to China’s commercial and productive weight. The choice of José Serra to head the Ministry of Foreign Affairs clearly indicated a willingness to collaborate more closely with the imperialist colossus in the northern hemisphere. The cooling of the relations with Russia and China shows to those countries that for different reasons partially escape the interests dictated by the great imperialists in the world, that they should have no expectation that the Temer government reflects their agenda.

“Dilma’s government in no way represented a brake or opposition to US imperialist interests. However, its diplomacy valued the construction of a multilateral approach to strengthen commercial interests with the BRICS, especially with China, which in the years of the PT became the country’s main trading partner, and with Mercosur. As for Mercosur, the coup makers’ agenda is also not promising. Serra endeavored to articulate Venezuela’s exclusion from Mercosur, not only as a way of strengthening the right-wing opposition that seeks to remove Nicolas Maduro from power, but to underplay this particular form of ‘regionalist’ capitalist configuration and return to the direct orbit of the United States.

“Here, once again, submission to imperialist interests is not exclusive to the coup makers. It was an agreement of the then Dilma government with the opposition led by Serra in the Senate that approved the law that allows the exploration of the Brazilian oil by foreign companies. In October, the coup makers in the House confirmed this law, which should open new profits for American, Canadian and European companies at the expense of Brazilian natural resources and the exploitation of our workers. Despite their different location in the international balance of forces, neither the coup makers nor the PT represent what workers really need and what the Brazilian people need, which is control over the wealth we produce.”

Brazilian political crisis and the need for a working class revolutionary program, February 2017.

Clearly, what we should have written for better clarity was that the imperialist involvement in the coup was not decisive or crucial, nor was the Workers Party (PT) government being anyhow “anti-imperialist” or in any particular confrontation with imperialism. The timing of the coup had to do with an internal dispute within the Brazilian bourgeoisie and how to best realize the attacks against workers in a moment of economic crisis.  As we previously wrote to you: “The fact that imperialists ‘have a part’ in what is going on does not change ‘the fact that a faction of the bourgeoisie was attempting to remove another from power to better repress and exploit the proletariat.’

The imperialist involvement was on a different level when we compare it to the recent coup attempts in Venezuela, the reactionary protests in Ukraine and Hong Kong, or the wars in Syria and Libya. Imperialists had interest in and supported the removal of the Workers’ Party popular front, but were not the main agents behind it. The Brazilian bourgeoisie of course is dependent of the imperialist powers, but it was the same capitalists who took part in the PT government who later removed them from office.

We could also correct that sentence in our letter by saying that under the PT government, imperialist interests were not at risk, although they were not met as easily (quantitatively speaking) as under Temer, or now under Bolsonaro, who is basically a grotesque imperialist stooge. You imply as if we thought the imperialist exploitation, interference, presence etc. in Brazil was not a relevant matter for us, which is in opposition to our beliefs. This conclusion seems to have been based on one poorly formulated sentence taken out of context. Had you asked for further clarification on this, this could have been easily solved.

Having made this correction, we want to point out that you have apparently chosen not to answer our question on Brazil, which would have clarified our different political approach and is crucial to understand where our difference lies:

“If today, amid Brazil’s reactionary government of Bolsonaro, there was a mass revolt with the PT playing a part in it and it ended up with them in power, protecting the bourgeois regime and its institutions, we might side with the PT on certain confrontations, but we would definitely not call the results a ‘partial victory’, neither say the outcome is ‘much better’ than before. The whole structure of the bourgeois state would be preserved because of the brake the PT ascending to power would mean. (All this is of course hypothetical since the PT is extremely legalist). If the PT succeeded in taking power over the government, would that count as a ‘partial victory’ to the Korean comrades? And if that is so, shouldn’t we be calling to vote for them?”

2. The Spartacist slogan on Iran

The slogan we claim from the Spartacist League on Iran in 1978/1979 is “Down with the Shah! No support to the Mullahs! Workers to power!”. This is the slogan that in our opinion best represents our position. The international Spartacist tendency itself made this correction to the original slogan of the American section. The fact that you confused it with “Break with the mullahs” was simply a sign of indifference or sloppiness towards what we were saying in our letter.

This slogan leaves no room for the sectarian interpretation that Marxists would take no part in the workers strikes, struggles and insurrection against the Shah in the course of 1978-79; that we would stand aside and “take no sides” as if we were no participants in the events. But it also makes clear we give no support to the Islamists and Khomeini. Their ascension to power was no “partial victory”. It was not the positive culmination of an anti-Shah revolution – it was its gravedigger, Kerensky and Kornilov fused in one single character. The Mandelites, Morenoites, Hansenites, all saw the events of February 1979 in Iran as a “victory” despite the pro-Khomeini forces griping power. We believe history fully confirmed the Spartacist assessment. See: https://rr4i.milharal.org/1979/09/24/iran-history-takes-its-vengeance/

3. The main difference

Your analysis of the fall of Mubarak in Egypt in 2011, who was replaced by a military junta and his former prime minister; of the fall of the Shah in Iran 1979, who was replaced by Islamist forces with many of the same repressive apparatus ahead of the bourgeois state; of the results of the Russian February revolution of 1917, which although it dismantled the monarchy, guaranteed the continuation of the interests of the landowners and the big bourgeoisie, all as “partial victories” and the situation being “much better” than before are serious political differences. We see the replacement of the previous governments/regimes by capitalist politicians and in some cases clearly reactionary forces as the pathway to the abortion and destruction of the potential revolutions if not overcome by the working class in time, not a progressive stage within them. This would clearly lead to opposed concrete views in future revolutions.

It seems you equate those situations with repelling of imperialist invasions – since you compare them with the side the Fourth International took in Japan’s war against China and in a hypothetical war of England against Brazil (positions which we are in full agreement with, but which are describing a whole different scenario). We see the equivalent of these in the case of an imperialist or Shah coup/invasion against Iran, in which we would take the other side despite the fact that Khomeini was persecuting communists, women, homosexuals, etc. As we quoted to show you, so would the Spartacists of 1978/1979.

We also conceded that a recently empowered capitalist government might be forced to make certain concessions/reforms to control the workers’ movement or a mass movement and we can regard those (such as the nationalization of certain imperialist companies or the opening of some democratic space) as partial gains which must be defended. But this cannot be said about the actual results in the realm of government/regime change.

4. Trotskyism and imperialism

Our opposition to your view on revolutions has little to do with not recognizing that “change has stages”, but with the actual meaning of one of those possible stages. There are many variants of “stageism”, not only the Stalinist one. Our early comparison of your interpretation with a left brand of Morenoism was drawn from our experience here in Brazil with this political tendency, which sees “victories” for the proletariat in events which cannot at all be interpreted that way. And by doing so, they tend to mesmerize the workers and see “progressiveness” in victories of reactionary forces. While you do not openly say it, this is clearly the direction your analysis leads to.

We translated our article on the 2013 events in Egypt to show you this. On that occasion, you had a correct position because you identified the removal of Morsi as a reactionary movement by the Egyptian generals and their imperialist backers (which the Morenoites did not). But when the ascending bourgeois force or party is not so blatantly pro-imperialist, or when it tries to pose itself as “anti-imperialist”, you seem to see the result of its ascending to power as progressive, even when the results are so clearly and so quickly fatal to the working class (as in Iran).

While we have our own critical assessment of the Spartacist tendency, we claim its legacy as an important exception to the almost complete degeneration and lack of principles among the “Trotskyist” organizations in the post-war period. We do not believe there was a tendency of capitulation to imperialism in the Spartacist group from the get-go. We proudly claim their defense of Algeria and Angola against the imperialists in the 1960s and 1970s as important examples. We have also analyzed their opposition to the right-wing pro-imperialist coups d’état against Allende in Chile in 1973 and Torres in Bolivia in 1971. But their subsequent degeneration has led to various capitulations to imperialism. From their 1983 position on Lebanon, in which they simply condemned and disregarded an attack against the US Marines occupying the country, to their 2001 rejection of calling for the defeat of US troops in Afghanistan and finally their shameful 2010 support to the American occupation of Haiti.

On Israel and the conflicts with groupings of neighboring Arab countries, the Spartacists changed their position in the 1970s to one of double defeatism to both sides in the wars of 1948, 1967 and 1973. They sided with Egypt against Israel and the British and French imperialists in the war of 1956 and the IBT also took a position siding with Lebanon against Israel in 2006. Their consistent call was to defend Palestine and smash the Zionist state by socialist revolution made by both Arab and Hebrew workers.

Their analyses of the wars did not ignore the imperialist interests, but seemed to point to the fact that both sides in the wars of 1948, 1967 and 1973 were struggling for imperialist favor and the predation of Palestine, not fighting to expel the imperialist forces from the Middle East or defend Palestine, despite the fact that the imperialists preferred the Zionists as their main support in the region. Their position on 1948 was shared by the then Palestinian section of the Fourth International at the time of the conflict, while it had opposed the partition of Palestine and creation of Israel sponsored by both the U.S. and the Soviet Union. See: https://rr4i.milharal.org/2011/06/19/the-trotskyist-position-in-palestine/

We do not uncritically follow every position the Spartacists have taken and are open to reviewing some of their views, but we must stress that to make a correct analysis of this issue one must define what the axis of the conflict was and the level of imperialist involvement on the Israeli side and the Arab countries side.

While capitulation in the face of imperialist attack/intervention or pro-imperialist “mass movements” has been a hallmark of fake-Trotskyists which we must fight (see our analyses on Libya, Syria, Ukraine, Hong Kong, etc.) we believe capitulation to popular-frontism, nationalism and bourgeois leaders posing as “anti-imperialists” has also played a significant role in leading to the swamp most “Trotskyist” currents are in. Often, these two forms of capitulation are found in the same tendencies. The destruction of the Fourth International by the Pabloists had the latter as its main feature. The betrayal of the 1952 Bolivian revolution by the FI involved their capitulation to a bourgeois government posing as “anti-imperialist”, which led to disaster. Same role was later played by revisionists in Algeria, Indonesia, Sri Lanka, Brazil, etc. etc.

Our recent position on Venezuela, entitled “Down with the imperialist threats against Venezuela! No trust in Maduro’s authoritarian regime!” is a testimony on how we are opposed to both “types” of degeneration of the Marxist perspective. See: https://rr4i.milharal.org/2019/01/30/down-with-the-imperialist-threats-against-venezuela-no-trust-in-maduros-authoritarian-regime

5. Farewell comment

As for us being stubborn about our positions, we do not deny that in the least, but we are definitely not dishonest. To the very end we honestly tried to convince you to our best ability, in a language neither of our groups is fluent at. We viewed discussions with you as a serious opportunity of regroupment. We actively pursue discussions with groups and individuals internationally, in an attempt to build an international tendency on the basis of our positions. We will continue to stubbornly do that!

One week before sending your letter on September 14, you showed desire to publicize the content of our exchanged letters, and asked if we were OK with the posting of our letters to you. This indicated to us that the discussions were over on your part, although you ignored our direct questions about it. We clearly stated to you: “We’re OK with making it public, but we’ll probably want to respond to your letter as well. Will it be added then?” To our surprise, you chose to post only your side of the discussions. We will post the entire content of the discussions on our website (including your letters to us). We ask you do the same on your website for an honest representation of both sides’ views.

Revolutionary greetings,
Icaro Kaleb
For Revolutionary Regroupment
28 September 2020

RETURN TO THE MENU

BEA to RR/BL (14 September 2020)

RETURN TO THE MENU

Published under the title “Imperialism, National Liberation and Permanent Revolution and also, a reply to the RR and BL”

This article is an answer to RR (9 July 2020, “RR and BL to BEA”). At the same time, for us struggling to establish the international leadership of the working class, the most important condition for overcoming the human crisis, we hope this article will contribute to the establishment of the right revolutionary program.

1. The repetition of straw man logic

Since the beginning of mutual dialogue in 2018, RR has argued that our position in Iran 1979 is to seek and support the rule of Khomeini. It is groundless and stubborn slander.

The position on Iran in 1979 is a very important programmatic point. For that reason, we have made our position clear several times.

The followings are the representative articles.

Summary of Our Thought on “Islam Revolution” in 1979 in Iran

Contributed in 29th May 2018 for the internal debate: Iran, nationalism and imperialism

Defend Iran against imperialist colonial aggression!: Promote the victory of the anti-imperialist liberation struggle to the socialist revolution!

This position is in full accord with Lenin and Trotsky’s position on the struggle for national liberation in colony. We just applied the lesson to the 1979 Iran situation.

In the face of the Iran-U.S. conflict in 2019, RR, BT, IBT, ICL, and IG fought to defend Iran. In other words, it supported the position of military alliance with the current Islamic leadership of Iran in the conflict against U.S. imperialism. We judge that this indirectly sympathizes with the anti-Shah, the stooge of the U.S imperialism, military alliance line in January-February 1979.

In our two replies in March and August 2019, we pointed out the straw man fallacy and asked for its grounds.

This sentence of comrades [“To support the ascent of Khomeini to power would have been a strategical, political form of support which would only sown illusions and false expectations in the results of the Islamists’ rise to power.”(RR to Bol EA)] is the creation of a strawman. We have never insisted on “helping or supporting” Khomeini’s ascension to power. We have consistently been wary of “infusing illusions and false expectations on the Islamists’ rise to power.” Lenin’s April thesis in this regard is a key example of our tactics. I want you to point out which part did we insist on “helping or supporting” Khomeini’s grip on power, or the part that could be interpreted as such. ―Aug 2019, Bol EA to RR

But now, a year later, as if there was no document from August 2019, RR endlessly distort and slander our argument with the straw man logic without giving any grounds.

In our view, calling Khomeini’s rise to power a “partial victory” (or in your particular wording a “victory for the left-wing guerrillas and the working people”) seems to be implicit of a call to power, albeit critically. ― 3 page, RR’s 9 July 2020

To call such a thing a partial victory amounts to critical support of Khomeini’s ascension to power, which would be by definition “critically” supporting Khomeini’s grip on power (albeit contradictorily for the purpose of positioning his overthrow). ― 3 page

But this position has stagist implications. It certainly sounds like you are calling to side with Khomeini until his ascension to power. ― 4 page, (every emphasis is of Bol EA)

RR only presents their sensory organs as the grounds.

To make an opponent prone to attack, use extreme expressions ridiculously frequently.

You have the claim that imperialist involvement in itself is the defining factor, so that Marxists should always just oppose imperialists on whatever side they choose as a question of just anti-imperialism. We agree taking this factor into consideration is crucial. But with such methodology you limit the issue to just imperialism. This methodology is very mechanical, imperialist presence helps us choose which side, but is not the sole determiner.…Even in neo-colonies, this of course helps us build the picture, but cannot be the absolute factor in itself. ―1page

This is a dishonest and obstinate attitude. With this dishonest and illogicality, Marxist science cannot be dealt with productively. 

2. The real slogan of the iSt: (a) Down with Shah! Break with Mullahs! vs (b) Down with Shah! Down with Mullahs!

This issue was analyzed and explained in detail in the August 2019 reply that ‘(a) is right and (b) is problematic.’

But RR still reiterates the argument that at that time iSt was no problematic and ‘(a)=(b).’, while we are wrong. In other words, future opportunistic interpretations of the iSt families are only a problem, and iSt’s position at that time was ‘(a)=(b).’

We see our analysis in the last letter as correct, but we may be wrong. We do not perfectly understand the internal circumstances and history of iSt at that time.

Let us leave this matter to our readers, including the iSt tradition (ICL, IBT, BT, IG).

They might answer these two questions.

1) what is right?

a: Down with Shah! Down with Mullahs!

b: Down with Shah! Break with Mullahs!

c: a=b

2) what is/was the real position of the iSt then and now

3. On the Brazil question

We, in August 2019, said to confirm each other’s commonality.

“But you comrades have a similar position with us in tactics in Egypt, Turkey, Libya, Brazil and Syria, which have been the big issues between IBT and us.”

Then, RR sent this opinion in July 2020.

“Speaking of Brazil, we know for a fact the PT government was in excellent terms with the imperialist powers during its entire existence. The coup, which never got to a physical confrontation, was much more a result of internal questions than of imperialist meddling/intervention. This is because imperialist interests were never at stake.”

RR is speaking of Brazil that “imperialist interests were never at stake [in the 2016 coup]”

* * *

We judge that Brazil is a neo-colony.

In other words, it was capitalized by the initiative of imperialist financial capital. The dominant capital, such as banks and key industries, was built for the super-profit of imperialist financial capital, and is directly and indirectly controlled by it. The national governance system, such as politics and military, was built around the interest of imperialist financial capital.

Exploitation is supported only by violence. Therefore, the army, the intelligence department, the police, etc. have a close relationship with imperialist financial capital. This is why there have been so many coups in the neo-colony, while there few in imperialist countries.

We think Brazil also shares these characteristics and history. And we need synchronic and diachronic studies on Brazilian capitalism.

RR says, “imperialist interests were never at stake. [on 2016 coup]”, but there are quite a few reasons not to say “never.”

“Michel Temer’s ties to the U.S. government, as revealed by WikiLeaks’ Public Library of U.S. Diplomacy, add to the growing body of evidence that the parliamentary impeachment of Brazil’s democratically-elected president, Dilma Rousseff, was supported by allies in Washington.”―WikiLeaks: Brazil’s Acting President Michel Temer Is US Diplomatic Informant, May 13th, 2016

“Instead of strengthening regional institutions, Temer’s policy promotes free trade, seeks to privatize state owned companies, and prioritizes economic relations with the United States and European nations.”―Council on Hemispheric Affairs, The Temer Administration and the Threat to the Southern Regional Integration Process, July 20, 2016

“We need class actions – not vague “movements,” but concrete measures – such as real, not symbolic, strikes and plant occupations to sink the budget cuts, the privatizations and the “reforms” ordered by big capital and imperialism, which is applying in Brazil the same program as in Greece.”―IG, Brazil: No to Impeachment!, April 2016

“LEAKED CONVERSATIONS BETWEEN Brazilian officials reveal the inner workings of a secretive collaboration with the U.S. Department of Justice on a sprawling anti-corruption effort known as Operation Car Wash. The chats, analyzed in partnership with the Brazilian investigative news outlet Agência Pública, show that the Brazilians were extremely accommodating to their U.S. partners, going out of their way to facilitate their involvement in ways that may have violated international legal treaties and Brazilian law.”—The Intercept, 12 March 2020, “KEEP IT CONFIDENTIAL” The Secret History of U.S. Involvement in Brazil’s Scandal-Wracked Operation Car Wash

“after NSA documents leaked by Snowden revealed that the US electronic eavesdropping agency had monitored the Brazilian president’s phone calls, as well as Brazilian embassies and spied on the state oil corporation, Petrobras.”—Guardian, 24 Sep 2013, Brazilian president: US surveillance a ‘breach of international law’

We are not fully aware of the specific situation of Brazilian history and social organizations. But at the very least, we know that the words “imperialist interests were never at stake.” is dangerous words that is very likely to be wrong.

Looking at the answers to this question like that, we got a glimpse of how naive and frivolously RR deals with the important question even in Brazil.

4. “Victory”

For RR, the key word in their last reply to us is ‘victory.’ The word ‘victory’ is repeated 37 times from beginning to end in a six-pages long document. And this word is evenly distributed throughout the text (3 times in 1page, 11 in 3page, 14 in 4page, 5 in 5page, 4 in 6page).

For RR, who never wants to lose, this question was perhaps the most embarrassing subject.

This ridiculous argument also began as soon as the conversation began. We explained that the resignation of Egypt’s Mubarak in 2011 and the fall of Iran’s Shah dynasty in 1979 were similar social phenomena to that of Russia’s Tsar in 1917. Then RR said:

“Their coming to power is never described as a “victory” or “partial victory” of any kind by Lenin or Trotsky, but as a maneuver of the bourgeoisie to fool the masses.”

We explained the ‘ambivalence of matters’ in two replies, in 7 Dec 2018 and 15 March 2019. And introduced the February Revolution to the references of Trotsky and Lenin, who call it “victory” and we expected that this ridiculous debate on whether we can call it partial victory or not, would finish.

* * *

However, this time again, RR mentioned only one side of its’ face, repeating, ‘We cannot call them victory.’

The RR presents the fate of the Bolsheviks after the provisional government took power and the Iranian communists after Khomeini, as the basis for the events not to be and should not be called victory.

You say “We do not agree to describe this conflict simply as a bourgeois internal struggle”, but the results of such a victory – mass repression against communists, shows that it really was definitely (though not “simply”) a struggle between two factions of the bourgeoisie, with once taking power they can turn their guns against the masses that brought them into power.―1page

The expropriation of certain American companies and other issues may have been partial victories, but the process that led them to jail cannot be considered a partial victory, which is why they were soon after reversed and also combined with very reactionary measures. ―4page

In July 1917, under Kerensky’s interim government, Bolshevik was outlawed and threatened to death, and the leadership, including Trotsky, was imprisoned. Nevertheless, when Kornilov staged a coup in August, Bolsheviks went on a military alliance with the interim government of Kerensky.

In “On the Sino-Japanese War (1937)”, Trotsky insisted on an united front with the Kuomintang against Japanese imperialism. Chang Kai-shek of the Kuomintang was the one who crushed the Chinese Communist Party and massacred communists in 1927. Trotsky proposed to the Communists to form a military alliance with the Kuomintang of Chang Kai-shek. Perhaps RR never understood the meaning of the tactic if RR had not known that the writer of it was Trotsky.

In “Anti-Imperialist Struggle is Key to Liberation,” 23 September 1938, Trotsky argued that if Britain and Brazil clash militarily, even if the Brazilian regime is semi fascist, it should stand on Brazil’s side against democratic Britain. So, should the Brazilian Communists participating in the military alliance be promised in advance by the Brazilian fascist to guarantee the revolutionary activities of the Communist Party and legalization of the Communist Party?

* * *

The fate of communists, does not depend on the tolerance of the capitalists, domestic or foreign. But it depends on the scientific understanding on the mechanism of class struggle, and relationship of forces, leadership, and success or failure of class struggle.

If one does not understand the dialectical nature of the development of events, such as the two faces of things and the change and development, it is difficult to understand the revolutionary dynamics from February to October in 1917.

Not understanding it means not understanding the revolution. Rather than a revolutionary, then, it would be more of what Trotsky said in “Ultra lefts in General and Incurable Ultralefts in Particular.”

It doesn’t matter whether you call the events “victory” or not. What’s important is that the overthrow of Egypt’s Mubarak in 2011, the overthrow of Iran’s Pahlavi dynasty in 1979 and the collapse of Russia’s Tsar in February 1917 brought considerable results to the working class, while causing fatal losses to the ruling class. And it provided a springboard for the socialist revolution.

The fate of the working class and communists does not depend on the springboard or name of it, but on how to use it. Will it be used as a springboard for the revolution or as a springboard for the gallows?

We call “a large animal with four legs, a mane (= long thick hair on its neck) and a tail. being used for riding on, pulling carriages, etc.” a ‘horse’ in English and ‘cavalo’ in Portuguese. But it doesn’t matter whether you call it ‘horse/cavalo’ or not. Regardless of your naming of it, the horse will be running on the meadow.

5. The Theory of permanent revolution and stagism

RR also charges us as stagists. Of course, the evidence is only in their sensory organs as well.

You say: “From the beginning of the revolution on January 7, 19, until the collapse of the military on February 11, 1979, we struggle with Khomeinites to overthrow the regime. At the same time, we unconditionally protect the political and organizational independence and warn the working class of the reactionary nature of the Khomeinites. After the victory of Anti-Shah struggle, we struggle to build the workers’ power”.

But this position has stagist implications. It certainly sounds like you are calling to side with Khomeini until his ascension to power, and after this stage of overthrow, then we would struggle to build workers power. If that is the case, it contains within it a nucleus of a stagist position.

Our tactics, “sounds like” a stagist theory to you, are the application of Bolshevik’s during the Russian Revolution of April, August and October in 1917 and Trotsky’s teachings to Iran. But RR takes issue with it. It is slandered by saying that it is a stagist theory reminiscent of Menshevik or Stalinism.

We cannot win over the partner who are struggling against their own imagination. And there is no gain to win.

However, the iSt tradition of succumbing to imperialism has rationalized its opportunistic neutral position by using the theory of permanent revolution, and has distorted it in the process. Therefore, an explanation of this question is needed, in order to defend the theory of permanent revolution from opportunism. As such, the letter of August 2019 has already well explained it, but it will be supplemented again.

1) No Stages? Change has stages.

Everything, always, changes/moves. However, it maintains a form of movement such in a certain period of time. This form of movement has a continuity with them of before and after, but at the same time is distinguished. This is a stage.

Stages are observed in both water changes, human growth and social development. In the Russian Revolution, the periods of February, April, July, August and October were distinct from those of the previous ones, respectively. Lenin and Trotsky’s internal struggles were devoted to getting Bolshevik to understand the very difference in timing. Differences in the objective situation, differences in relationship of forces, status of the ruling class, and changes in the conscious and organizational readiness of the working class.

2) The Problem of Menshevism and Stalinism

The problem of Menshevik and Stalinist stagist thinking is not in recognizing the existence of stage. But it is in reducing the stages of historical development of mankind as the stages of a nation. Thus, it is a mechanistic thought that believes that every country must go through all stages of historical development of mankind. In other words, they think that capitalism should first go through in underdeveloped countries including such as Russia, China etc., where capitalism has not developed enough yet. So, they succumb to the capitalist class. Falling into the popular front, class-collaborationism, they are later exposed defenselessly to the counterattacks of the capitalist class (with imperialism).

3) The Value of the theory of Permanent Revolution

The value of theory of permanent revolution lies in looking at the development of a country as a dependent condition of global development. In other words, the theory of permanent revolution identifies the world as an organic system, not a simple collection of each country. In the organic system of the world, the law of uneven and combined development penetrates in each country. Therefore, a country does not necessarily have to take the stage of capitalist development. A country’s deficiency can be overcome through the world revolution.

The working-class revolution overthrowing the imperialist rulers in advanced capitalist countries and the struggle for the national liberation of colonies against imperialism are two forces that promote and complement each other in the course of the transformation of the organism of the world into socialism.

Marx, Engels, Lenin and Trotsky understood this point, and explained it to us on several occasions. Here, we are quoting the representative sentences.

Marx and Engels:

“Now the question is: can the Russian obshchina, though greatly undermined, yet a form of primeval common ownership of land, pass directly to the higher form of Communist common ownership? Or, on the contrary, must it first pass through the same process of dissolution such as constitutes the historical evolution of the West?

The only answer to that possible today is this: If the Russian Revolution becomes the signal for a proletarian revolution in the West, so that both complement each other, the present Russian common ownership of land may serve as the starting point for a communist development.”―The 1882 Russian Edition, Communist Manifesto

Lenin:

“Social-Democracy…must utilize the struggle of the young colonial bourgeoisie against European imperialism in order to sharpen the revolutionary crisis in Europe.

“The dialectics of history are such that small nations, powerless as an independent factor in the struggle against imperialism, play a part as one of the ferments, one of the bacilli, which help the real anti-imperialist force, the socialist proletariat, to make its appearance on the scene.

“We would be very poor revolutionaries if, in the proletariat’s great war of Liberation for socialism, we did not know how to utilize every popular movement against every single disaster imperialism brings in order to intensify and extend the crisis.”―The Discussion On Self-Determination Summed Up, July 1916

“Hence, the socialist revolution will not be solely, or chiefly, a struggle of the revolutionary proletarians in each country against their bourgeoisie—no, it will be a struggle of all the imperialist-oppressed colonies and countries, of all dependent countries, against international imperialism…We said that the civil war of the working people against the imperialists and exploiters in all the advanced countries is beginning to be combined with national wars against international imperialism. That is confirmed by the course of the revolution, and will be more and more confirmed as time goes on. It will be the same in the East.

“It is self-evident that final victory can be won only by the proletariat of all the advanced countries of the world,…But we see that they will not be victorious without the aid of the working people of all the oppressed colonial nations, first and foremost, of Eastern nations. We must realize that the transition to communism cannot be accomplished by the vanguard alone.”―Lenin, Address To The Second All-Russia Congress Of Communist Organisations Of The Peoples Of The East, Nov 22, 1919

Trotsky:

9. The conquest of power by the proletariat does not complete the revolution, but only opens it. Socialist construction is conceivable only on the foundation of the class struggle, on a national and international scale. This struggle, under the conditions of an overwhelming predominance of capitalist relationships on the world arena, must inevitably lead to explosions, that is, internally to civil wars and externally to revolutionary wars. Therein lies the permanent character of the socialist revolution as such, regardless of whether it is a backward country that is involved, which only yesterday accomplished its democratic revolution, or an old capitalist country which already has behind it a long epoch of democracy and parliamentarism.

10. The completion of the socialist revolution within national limits is unthinkable. One of the basic reasons for the crisis in bourgeois society is the fact that the productive forces created by it can no longer be reconciled with the framework of the national state. From this follows on the one hand, imperialist wars, on the other, the utopia of a bourgeois United States of Europe. The socialist revolution begins on the national arena, it unfolds on the international arena, and is completed on the world arena. Thus, the socialist revolution becomes a permanent revolution in a newer and broader sense of the word; it attains completion, only in the final victory of the new society on our entire planet.―10. What is the Permanent Revolution? Basic Postulates

“In Brazil there now reigns a semi fascist regime that every revolutionary can only view with hatred. Let us assume, however, that on the morrow England enters into a military conflict with Brazil. I ask you on whose side of the conflict will the working class be? I will answer for myself personally—in this case I will be on the side of “fascist” Brazil against “democratic” Great Britain. Why? Because in the conflict between them it will not be a question of democracy or fascism. If England should be victorious, she will put another fascist in Rio de Janeiro and will place double chains on Brazil. If Brazil on the contrary should be victorious, it will give a mighty impulse to national and democratic consciousness of the country and will lead to the overthrow of the Vargas dictatorship. The defeat of England will at the same time deliver a blow to British imperialism and will give an impulse to the revolutionary movement of the British proletariat. Truly, one must have an empty head to reduce world antagonisms and military conflicts to the struggle between fascism and democracy. Under all masks one must know how to distinguish exploiters, slave-owners, and robbers!”―Anti-Imperialist Struggle Is Key to Liberation, Sep 1938

As such, the specifically established the theory of permanent revolution through Marx, Engels, Lenin and Trotsky looks at the imperialist world system as a single organism, and deploys a country’s revolution in international relations. On the other hand, the core of Menshevism and Stalinism, which we call stagism, is a one-national view of a country’s class relations by separating them from the world system and looking at them in isolation.

But from a one-national point of view, there is not just Stalinism, “socialism in one country.” The degenerated Trotskyists also shared the one-national point of view (“Capitalism in one country?”). Among the degenerated Trotskyists, there has been a tendency to remove imperialist and international factors from the class conflicts in a country or a region, especially in colony.

After Trotsky’s death, and after World War II, the Fourth International, whose main branches were mainly located in imperialist countries, began to be weighed down by imperialist pressure, and a programmatic degeneration occurred. Revolutionary continuity was inherited to some extent in the question of the degenerated/deformed workers’ states which was a hot point of struggle in Trotsky’s last years. It is undeniably significant contribution to Marxism. However, starting with the Israel-Arab war in 1948, a programmatic degeneration occurred in colonial-imperialist affairs.

The iSt camp was the most radical tendency within the increasingly regressive Fourth International. The iSt maintained a revolutionary line in the question of the degenerated/deformed workers’ states such as the Soviet Union, North Korea, China, Cuba and Vietnam. However, in the issue of imperialist-colonial conflict, the revolutionary attitude was not consistently maintained.

After taking a neutral stance in the Israel-Arab War in 1948, the tradition of looking at class struggles in certain regions or countries from a one-national perspective began without looking it internationally. It eroded a lot the so-called Trotskyist camp, including the iSt. In particular, it has frequently taken an inconsistent attitude toward the issue of imperialism especially in the Middle East. It took a frequent neutral stance, claiming that the struggle within the colonies was just a struggle between two bourgeois or two reactionary forces. Since then, such a neutral attitude has become chronic. Now, it takes a neutral stance on some complicated and difficult issues. Let’s check some remarkable examples. (We have been working on this long-term project.)

ICL: against Yeltsin in Aug 1991 in Russia

IBT: on Moscow coup in Oct 1993 in Russia

ICL, IBT, IG: Libya in Feb 2011, Syria in April 2011

ICL, (IBT), IG: Egypt in 2013

ICL, IBT, IG: Euromaidan in Ukraine in 2016

ICL, (IBT), IG: Turkey in 2016

ICL, (IBT): Brazil in 2016

* * *

Human society, which emerged at the end of the evolutionary process of things, is the highest level of complexity. The revolutionary movement is the act of scientifically understanding the highest level of complex objects and intervening in the process of their transformation. Marxism is the highest level of scientific analysis framework for society and its transformation. And it is possible to maintain Marxism only when you can withstand the pressures of this imperialist society.

However, there are those who want to understand society and revolution as black-and-white logic and the four arithmetical operations. They do not understand the basis of the dialectic of ‘unity and conflict of opposites’, relationship of matters and endless movement of things. To bring down and distort the essence of an object to their own level of understanding. It is also a kind of idealism.

Here’s the conclusion from the last two years of talks with RR. Further dialogue is unproductive, whether it is under pressure or because of a lack of intellectual sincerity to understand Marxism. But through that conversation, we have become more able to understand more specifically about one of the most important issues of this time. Hopefully this can contribute to the construction of an international revolutionary party in the future.

14 SEP 2020
Bolshevik EA

RETURN TO THE MENU

RR and BL to BEA (9 July 2020)

RETURN TO THE MENU

Dear Comrades of Bolshevik East Asia,

We are sorry for the late reply. We view your letter is a huge step forward towards a common international program and organization. Nevertheless, we think that there are still differences and misunderstandings. Our goal in this letter is to hopefully clarify and elaborate and hopefully reach common ground on the Iranian question so that we can focus on other areas of discussion we have not yet started.

“What is different?” or the role imperialism plays internationally

We welcome your statement that our position on Libya and Syria contribute to the reconstruction of the international socialist movement. However, we do not believe our line on Iran in 1979, derived from the Spartacist line at the time, is in contradiction with this. The SL repeatedly stated, as you yourselves are aware, it would side against an imperialist or Shah military reaction against the ongoing mass struggle, and against the Iranian people as a whole.

The fact that imperialists “have a part” in what is going on does not change “the fact that a faction of the bourgeoisie was attempting to remove another from power to better repress and exploit the proletariat or an oppressed nation.” (as you quote from us). It rather makes it clearer.  We never attempted to hide or deny the role of imperialist intervention in Syria/Libya or Iran.

You say “We do not agree to describe this conflict simply as a bourgeois internal struggle”, but the results of such a victory – mass repression against communists, shows that it really was definitely (though not “simply”) a struggle between two factions of the bourgeoisie, with once taking power they can turn their guns against the masses that brought them into power.

Let us examine our differences between our methodologies on determining whether or not workers should take a dispute on certain issues. You have the claim that imperialist involvement in itself is the defining factor, so that Marxists should always just oppose imperialists on whatever side they choose as a question of just anti-imperialism. We agree taking this factor into consideration is crucial. But with such methodology you limit the issue to just imperialism. This methodology is very mechanical, imperialist presence helps us choose which side, but is not the sole determiner. We say that the criteria is if the victory of one side over the other represents a qualitative change on the conditions of the working class for class struggle. That is when there are real concrete differences between the sides in which a victory of one would serve in the interests of the proletariat.

For example, on the hypothetical Fascist coup in Germany Trotsky discusses in his book, Schleicher vs. Hitler. We would take a side because it would be beneficial for the workers to avoid it, not because of the other side being more pro-imperialist – which your methodology implicitly upholds. Even in neo-colonies, this of course helps us build the picture, but cannot be the absolute factor in itself, especially since at times there won’t be much difference on which side is “more pro-imperialist”.

We have not researched Turkey in depth, but if we should take a side on this confrontation it wouldn’t be because Erdogan had less pro-imperialist connections than his generals who attempted the coup. Speaking of Brazil, we know for a fact the PT government was in excellent terms with the imperialist powers during its entire existence. The coup, which never got to a physical confrontation, was much more a result of internal questions than of imperialist meddling/intervention. This is because imperialist interests were never at stake. Still, we take a side in it because it was a conflict in which the removal of the government by a reactionary band of right-wing forces accelerated attacks against the workers and the poor.

Our take on events like this has nothing to do with the IBT neutralism, which uses a technical issue (the type of imperialist involvement) to declare themselves “not taking sides” as quickly as possible. We are, instead, telling you that imperialist involvement on one side is a defining factor for Marxists, but not the only one. And also that on several occasions in which we should take sides in intra-bourgeois confrontations, this criteria alone may not be sufficient.

On the slogans

When you say “This ‘Down with the shah Down with the mullahs’ was an ‘ultra-leftist’ and ‘sectarian (Feb. 10, 1979)’ slogan which was controversial within SL” I think there is some misunderstanding. In the quote you referred to they do not call their old slogan “ultra-leftist” or “sectarian”. Or consider this change in slogan a line change at all. The “Slogans on Iran” motion makes this explicit saying:

“The slogan ‘Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs’ expresses the strategic Marxist perspective for the outcome of the Iranian revolution: a life without the shah and without the mullahs”.

According to the motion, they had amended the slogan because it didn’t best display the position they had, and it could potentially be interpreted and used for sectarian purposes if it were to be allowed to – which the ICL and I/BT eventually went on to do, so their assessment in 1979 was quite correct. That shows the flaw of the slogan, yes. But it is not calling the slogan sectarian but it being not as precise enough to display their same line as before – in their words it “lacks a tactical element (but not a principled one!)” as it had an implication of “equivalency between the shah and the Mullahs”, as such adopting a new slogan which “cuts through the possible [our emphasis] misuse of either of the other slogans”.

On the reason it was hidden in future publications, this most likely occurred because the SL liked “angular” slogans (which they themselves addressed in the same motion complaining that this new slogan does its job “less angularly and forcefully”). It was also easy for the real SL leadership in New York to ignore a correction from the IEC of the iSt because it was a bureaucratic organization. We have no doubt that within time in the SL, this “abstentionist” view started to consolidate. That is valid for the IBT too, especially Riley. The motion prophetically predicted this, stating:

“In the hands of revolutionary Marxists the slogan was used to express the correct program; in other hands it could be used to mask a sectarian program”.

The original slogan certainly could be used for sectarian purposes, and it certainly did serve that purpose in the end for Riley, but was the slogan that way originally? We do not think so, and neither did this correction.

WV 219 loudly states “Down with the Shah! Down with the Mullahs!” in its title. Does this mean “ultra-left abstentionism”? Well when referencing the strikes that occur they acknowledge its limitedness in that is has subordinated itself to a common program as the Mullahs:

“However, the leftist students and striking workers seem united to the bourgeois liberals and Muslim clergy by a common “democratic” program directed against the shah: the end of martial law, freeing of political prisoners and replacement of the monarchy by a parliamentary regime.”

Yet, they explicitly call for “victory to the strikes”! This is quite the opposite of abstaining from the struggle in spite of having such a program. In fact the SL later in the article says this point blank:

“An Iranian Trotskyist party must join in the struggle for bourgeois democratic demands. But this is inseparable from an irreconcilable opposition to the mullahs’ reactionary drive. The struggle for a sovereign, secular constituent assembly, land to the tiller, women’s rights, smashing SAVAK and the monarchy and the right to self-determination for Iran’s oppressed nationalities are impossible without the independent mobilization of the working class”. [Our Emphasis]

These quotes, in no uncertain terms confirm that despite the SL having the old slogan, they still had the position of “Down with the shah! No support with the Mullahs!” and that both the old and updated slogan were not abstentionist, in fact quite explicitly for intervening in the struggles for bourgeois democratic demands.

Iran

The description of the regime after the ascension of Khomeini as “much better than the shah”, like a “partial victory”, just like the SWP, the Mandelites, and the Morenoites is our key difference. In our view it is rather an aborted revolution, due to prominence of Islamists, lack of independence of the working class and lack of revolutionary party. Its result ended up a maneuver of a section of the ruling class in order to maintain capitalism. Would you agree with this key issue? We view it is a foundational point of this whole question.

Let us clarify on where we think you “insist on ‘helping or supporting’ Khomeini’s grip on power, or the part that could be interpreted as such”. In our view, calling Khomeini’s rise to power a “partial victory” (or in your particular wording a “victory for the left-wing guerrillas and the working people”) seems to be implicit of a call to power, albeit critically. What else would this victory be? A victory we don’t call to happen (and admittedly aim to go beyond)? To call such a thing a partial victory amounts to critical support of Khomeini’s ascension to power, which would be by definition “critically” supporting Khomeini’s grip on power (albeit contradictorily for the purpose of positioning his overthrow).

We would participate with our own banner in popular insurrection even with the participation of followers of Khomeini. But we do not consider their consolidation of power, although unstable, in the hands of his political forces a partial victory. You say it is a victory for Khomeini and also the working class – that is a contradiction, these days you cannot have both. It cannot be a “victory for the Khomeinites. But at the same time, it was also a victory for the left-wing guerrillas and the working people”. It may seem like so to some (as it certainly did for the SWP, the Morenoites and the Mandelites too). But Marxists know class struggle in the time of imperialist decay cannot work like this.

We can recognize some partial victories (on the economic level, for example) that they were forced to concede, but the movement in itself, their grip on power, cannot be considered a victory, albeit partial, at all. The fact that a section of the bourgeoisie was able to take the grip of power means the change as a whole can’t be considered a partial victory or a victory for the working masses. Proof of that is that the Mandelites and the Iran CP were jailed – no partial victories would lead to that. The expropriation of certain American companies and other issues may have been partial victories, but the process that led them to jail cannot be considered a partial victory, which is why they were soon after reversed and also combined with very reactionary measures. Marxists are willing to recognize those partial progressive measures and defend them (even if they are taken by the most reactionary regime). But to call the movement which led to the ascension of the Khomeini group to power (although still unstable) a “partial victory” is different. It masquerades the meaning of his ascension.  That is the difference between Marxism and Mandelism, the SWP, Morenoism, etc.

While we are happy you agree with the line “Down with the shah, No support to the mullahs”, that shows an inconsistency in your argument. Calling for no support to the mullahs would not be calling their ascension a “partial victory”. No support to the Mullahs would mean we wouldn’t see their rise to power as a victory of any kind. You say that the working people “went beyond Khomeini’s control and toppled the military directly” which we think is a testament to the potential of the working people of Iran, and that confirms even more that a call “Down with the Shah, no support to the Mullahs! Workers to power!” could have great effect in exposing the reactionary nature of the Mullahs and help the Iranian masses move forward. But it does not change the fact that Khomeini had already taken over the lead and grip of power after this confrontation.

What position should have been raised? Permanent Revolution vs Stageism

You say: “From the beginning of the revolution on January 7, 1978, until the collapse of the military on February 11, 1979, we struggle with Khomeinites to overthrow the regime. At the same time, we unconditionally protect the political and organizational independence and warn the working class of the reactionary nature of the Khomeinites. After the victory of Anti-Shah struggle, we struggle to build the workers’ power”.

But this position has stagist implications. It certainly sounds like you are calling to side with Khomeini until his ascension to power, and after this stage of overthrow, then we would struggle to build workers power. If that is the case, it contains within it a nucleus of a stagist position. Marxists defend the need for workers’ power without the need of establishing any previous bourgeois regime (“with the Khomeinites”). That is the sole interpretation of Permanent Revolution for the defeat of reactionary regimes in backwards nations.

On this question, you appear to be using a similar methodology to Morenoites, and as such it may be worth drawing parallels with how the Morenoites saw Egypt in 2011, when the dictatorship of Mubarak was toppled. Would the ascension of the Muslim Brotherhood and other bourgeois forces to power in Egypt in 2011 be considered a “partial victory” after the fall of Mubarak? The democratic gains are partial victories, yes, but with the leadership and program, which can’t be ignored – we cannot consider this in general a partial victory just because the masses waged a mass struggle against the regime and it fell.

In WV 217, it explicitly details the problem the SL has with the Mullahs, that is, their program represented reaction. They correctly point out that the workers’ strikes that aroused from this period had a distinctly different character. It, in distinction from the Islamists led protests, had a sharply proletarian character. The urbanized and even secularized proletariat which reared its head were brushing against the Mullahs movement itself.

As the article said “The workers’ strikes are clearly seen as distinct from the mullah-led protests. This was made explicit when strikes by taxi drivers, government, airline, hospital and postal employees, among others, broke out and the merchants of Tehran unexpectedly opened the city’s main bazaar, which had been shut down in support of Khomeini and the mullah-led religious opposition. They wanted, said the merchants, “not to confuse the issue with the other strikes” (UPI dispatch. 8 October)” not to mention that “The airline strikers, for example, steadfastly refused to fly some 20,000 pilgrims to Mecca (the shah intervened to offer the pilgrims transport in air force planes in an attempt to refurbish his religious credentials.)” (WV 219) effectively acting as a strike breaker.

This posed the question of proletarian independence point blank. You cannot support the movement as a whole as well as supporting the strikes – it showed that a victory of the workers cannot be at the same time a victory of Khomeini. To join in certain struggles on a case by case basis with the Khomeinites, that is one thing. We take a side in certain confrontations, not just in general, “with the Khomeinites” for the fall of the Shah. One is concrete, the other is taking the side of the “anti-shah revolution”, which is abstract, doesn’t clarify the class character of the Shah defeat. But if Trotskyists were in Iran at the time, how could one reconcile the struggle of these workers with a general support to a movement politically dominated by the Islamists when they rose to power? Only by championing such a proletarian pole would Trotskyists be able to win the support of these workers, as such as opening an opportunity for the Islamist led movement to potentially have a split to the side of the workers.

You ask, “who will comrades fight against on whose side ‘temporarily’ when Rousseff and the rightists fight?” In our view, the struggle between PT and the rightists was not militarily based. Also, this is a different situation because the PT was the one already in power, not trying to obtain it. If today, in Brazil’s reactionary government of Bolsonaro, there was a mass revolt with the PT playing a part in it and it ended up with them in power, protecting the bourgeois regime and its institutions, we might side with the PT on certain confrontations, but we would definitely not call the results a “partial victory”, neither say the outcome is “much better” than before. The whole structure of the bourgeois state would be preserved because of the brake the PT ascending to power would be. (All this is of course hypothetical since the PT is extremely legalist). If PT succeeded in taking power over the government, would that count as a “partial victory” to the Korean comrades? And if that is so, shouldn’t we be calling to vote for them?

During the coup that removed the PT, we took a side when the rightists advanced but we did not call for the PT to “stay in power”. Defeating the coup would be a partial victory only in the sense of their not being removed by a reactionary movement, not because they stayed in power. We called for workers’ unity as a class against the rightist maneuver. The equivalent here would be a shah or imperialist coup against Khomeini after he had gotten to power. We state that we’d be on the side against American imperialism if they invaded Iran. But this is two different situations. As such, this example you have brought up does not seem to justify their call for the rise to power of Khomeini and calling that a “partial victory”.

The understanding of the February revolution and where it is similar and where it is different is crucial – the February revolution was a proletarian insurrection! But the proletariat was not ready to take power; its opportunist leaders gave the power to the bourgeoisie. The collapse of the Shah regime was not a proletarian insurrection, although it had an element of popular support, of course.  In 1979, the Islamists took over power, despite the fact they did it as part of a larger bloc of forces and therefore couldn’t immediately apply their full program. There were partial victories in 1917 – the creation of the soviets, the establishment of socialist cells in the army, the toppling of the monarchy by a workers insurrection. But we do not consider the process as a whole to be a “partial victory” either. To describe the 1979 movement as that is just WRONG. It was a movement with potential for revolution. But change in power led by the Islamists was NOT the path for that. It was the path for burying the movement. We know comrades here agree with us, but your position of “partial victory” betrays this.

Today SL, IBT and BT alike have all adopted “Down with the Shah, Down with the Mullahs” to, in the prophetic words of the German section of the iSt and later its IEC, “mask a sectarian program”. We think your instincts against that are correct. But you have inverted their formulation. We hope clarifying how the SL did not do a line change with their slogan change will show how the current abstentionism was not the original line of the SL. We again apologize for the delay in response. And we hope this letter shows our seriousness in working towards a common program.

9 July 2020

[R. Beiterin] on behalf of Bolshevik-Leninist of Australia
Ícaro Kaleb on behalf of Reagrupamento Revolucionário of Brazil

RETURN TO THE MENU

BEA to RR (1 August 2019)

RETURN TO THE MENU

Issue

Today, imperialism, culminating in the U.S., has extremely tensed the globe since the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991, invading Yugoslavia, Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Syria and Yemen, and provoking Russia, China, North Korea and Iran. Imperialism is mobilizing all its apparatus and propaganda machines to demonize its enemies and praise the war of aggression. Thus, they were able to mislead their own working class and turn the self-proclaimed “Marxist” into their heralds by intimidating them before the pressures of war. In this regard, RR comrades’ position on Libya and Syria, supporting the victory of Libya and Syria, must be an important contribution to the global socialist movement.

As you comrades know, we have separated from the IBT, which used to take a treacherous neutral position on imperialism and colonial affairs. Their theoretical basis derived from the neutral line of the Spartacus League on the 1979 Iran Revolution. We define it as an unscientific line deviated from Leninist tradition. RR comrades, on the other hand, express support for the 1979 SL line on Iran.

The common ground between RR and Bol-EA

But you comrades have a similar position with us in tactics in Egypt, Turkey, Libya, Brazil and Syria, which have been the big issues between IBT and us. And the conclusion reached by comrades through similar examples and quote of Trotsky is very scientific and completely consistent with our position. This is a very important point to let us know that our discussion is hopeful.

“For us, such a cases are analogous to the bloc with Kerensky against Kornilov, siding with China against the Japanese in the 1930s and 1940s, and siding with the Spanish republic against Gen. Franco‘s upheaval. one “classic” case often forgotten is the possibility of siding with German Bonapartist government of Papen/Schleicher against a fascist coup in the 1930s.”―RR, 12 June

“For Marxists, “militarily supporting one side against the other” takes the concrete meaning of defending the organization of an independent proletarian action, that is, with its own revolutionary perspective.”―Ibid

What’s different?

But comrades are showing flaws in analyzing the nature of the conflict that has taken place in these countries.

“The question at hand is about the correct relation between revolutionary strategy, which is based on Permanent Revolution, and revolutionary tactics, especially when it comes to taking a military side in inter-bourgeois conflicts such as coups d’état, imperialist interventions and civil wars.” ―Ibid

Who are the subjects of the conflict here? Are they the bourgeois of imperialist motherland and colonies? Or colonial bourgeois sects? Comrades say it is the latter in the next sentence.

“The political events discussed in the case of the coup d’état in Egypt and Turkey, or the civil war and later imperialist invasion in Libya and Syria can all be traced out to the fact that a faction of the bourgeoisie was attempting to remove another from power to better repress and exploit the proletariat or an oppressed nation. In these situations, Marxists have a duty to oppose defeat those attacks because their victory would mean the establishment of harsher conditions for the working class to fight for its revolution.”―Ibid

We do not agree to describe this conflict simply as a bourgeois internal struggle. In particular, all four countries are colonies. The political upheaval of these countries can be seen at some point (for example, from Libya until March 2011), on the surface, only through a struggle between the bourgeois sects. But the imperialism behind it is a much more decisive factor. Today, it has been revealed that the wars in Libya and Syria were long-term invasions of imperialism. Also, it is now clear who is responsible for the coup in the two countries, given Egypt, which has become more reactionary in the Arab world as an active tool of U.S. imperialism since the coup, and Turkey, which is in serious conflict with the U.S. after the failure of coup.

In fact, it was Riley’s analysis that the events in these countries were bourgeois internal struggle. Riley’s “Middle East Chaos” points out that Syrian “civil war” is actually a U.S.-led imperialist invasion, as shown in the table of contents such as “Syrian Jihad: CIA as Quartermaster,” “Imperialists Engineer ‘Salafist Principality” and “Imperialists Propose Partitioning Syria.”

But at the end, it concludes that the event taking place in Syria is a “civil war,” or bourgeois internal struggle, and draws the political conclusion that we take neither side.

“In Syria’s civil war, revolutionaries do not support either the brutal Baathist dictatorship or its reactionary Islamist opponents.” ―Middle East Chaos

“The international workers’ movement has no interest in the victory of either Syria’s Baathist dictatorship or their reactionary Islamist opponents” ―Ibid

Riley certainly analyzed the Syrian situation scientifically in this article. However, he betrays the scientific analysis that imperialism is the cause of conflict, and brings to the wrong conclusion that we should be neutral because it is a bourgeois internal struggle.

On the other hand, RR comrades have different attitude. Comrades have come to the political conclusion that if the interests of the working class are at stake, we should not be neutral and fight with a sect of bourgeoisie against the other sect. This is the right conclusion to be faithful to the cause of the working class. But correct political conclusion should be based on scientific cause analysis.

The case of Iran

RR comrades criticize us on the question of revolutionary tactics in 1979 Iran:

“We do not think it was possible to give such movement an abstract “military support” in general or defend their rise to power. Neither do we call the Islamists ascension a partial victory” ―RR, 12 June

Furthermore, comrades criticize us by quoting Workers Vanguard 223 and 225 published on Jan. 19 and Feb. 16 that military support for Khomeini is to help him rise. And later, citing conflicts between women, ethnic minority groups and Khomeinites which were sharpened after March 1979, comrades say, ‘We should not give military support’ to the latter.

On the other hand, however, the comrades also expressed the view that if anti-shah camp, including Khomeinites, engaged with shah and imperialism we would fight on the side of former (Military support).

“For instance, if the Shah tried to “solve” their existence through bloody military repression, we would see it necessary to call for their defense, or if the imperialists had invaded the country to maintain a regime which favored them, we would also defend a practical bloc with the Khomeinites to throw them out.” ―RR, 12 June

The reason why the positions are so inconsistent is that you have mixed up anti-shah struggle, began in January 1978 and ended in February 1979, with incidents that took place after the struggle. Therefore, we would like to summarize the events in Iran in a brief chronology from January 1978 to March 1979 so that there would be no mutual misunderstanding before refuting the main arguments.

The timeline of Iranian revolution and Workers Vanguard

Iranian revolutionWorkers Vanguard
1978
January 7 – Police launch a bloody crackdown on seminary students protesting shah’s propaganda slander on Khomeini.
late January to early August – Protests protesting regime’s violent crackdowns take place over several months and gradually subside.April 7, 1978 No. 200
August 19 – A big fire break out at the Rex theater in Abandan, 422 people fell a victim, SAVAK is suspected of being behind. Popular animosity towards SAVAK widely spreads.
September 4 – Troops fire at sit-ins in Jaleh square in Tehran, killing 64 people. (Black Friday) “Down with the shah” slogan becomes the main demand of struggleSeptember 8, 1978 No. 214
September 9 – Teheran oil workers go on strike in protest of the Black Friday incident, A wave of strikes spread to the other sectorsSeptember 22, 1978 No. 215
September to December – A nationwide general strike and demonstration involving millions of people takes place.
1979
January 4 – Shah appoints Bakhtiar as prime minister
January 4 to 15 – Widespread general strike and protest calling for the overthrow of shah and Bakhtiar takes place.
January 16 – Shah flees the country
January 17 to 31 –Continuing mass protest and general strike calling for the overthrow of Baktiar. Khomeinites and liberals initiate negotiations, regarding the transition of power, with the military under control of general Robert HuyserJanuary 19, 1979 No. 223
February 1 – Return of KhomeiniFebruary 2, 1979 No. 224
February 9 to 10 – A revolt supporting struggle breaks out at Tehran’s Doshan Tappeh Air Base, left-wing guerrillas join rebels to repel regular forces, rebels capture barracks, police stations, prisons and broadcasting stations.
February 11 – Military surrenders, victory of anti-shah struggleFebruary 16, 1979 No. 225
March 18 – Khomeinites assault on a rally advocating the rights of womenMarch 2, 1979 No. 226
March 18 to 21 – Provisional government and Khomeinites launch military campaign against autonomy seeking KurdsApril 13, 1979 No. 229

The meaning of military support

In addition, we will make clear what ‘military support’ is. That’s because comrades describe our military support as something “abstract.”

“We do not it was possible to give such movement an abstract “military support” in general or defend their rise to power.”

“But we would not give Khomeini an abstract ‘military support’”

Military support is not “abstract.” It is a very “concrete” tactic adopted in “concrete” situations. For example, who will comrades fight against on whose side “temporarily” when Rousseff and the rightists fight? Of course, both sides are enemies of the working class, and it would be perfectly good if we could overthrow both of them at the same time. But what will you do when you can’t? Didn’t the comrades take the line of striking the rightists and defending Rousseff “temporary”? Trotsky gives an excellent analogy to this problem.

“When one of my enemies sets before me small daily portions of poison and the second, on the other hand, is about to shoot straight at me, then I will first knock the revolver out of the hand of my second enemy, for this gives me an opportunity to get rid of my first enemy.” – For a Workers’ United Front Against Fascism, December 1931

Military support in 1979 Iran

Let me now reveal our opinions one by one on the arguments of RR comrades. First of all, comrades criticize us as follows, quoting Workers Vanguard No. 223 (19 January 1997):

“To “militarily” support the Islamists ascension to power (Instead of entering practical blocs with them on specific occasions or contexts) amounts to political support.”

On January 19, 1979, when this article published, there were fierce protests and general strikes in the streets and factories of Iran to overthrow the shah’s prime minister Bakhtiar. Three days ago, Shah fled, but the military loyal to him survived under the control of Robert Huyser, who was sent by the US government. Coincidentally, in 1953, Shah fled overseas after the failure of the first coup, but returned immediately thanks to the success of second coup directed by CIA. Although the situation was a bit different in 1979, due to this similarity, No. 223 treated the military coup as a serious threat.

The backbone of the Iranian colonial regime was not shah but the U.S.-led military. So, at the moment when the No. 223 was published, the military had not yet been overthrown. Therefore, the struggle to overthrow the shah regime at this point was not over yet.

Iran’s working class played a major role in the struggle through a general strike, but failed to dispel the illusion of Khomeini due to the absence of the revolutionary vanguard party and the line of people’s front raised by self-proclaimed Marxist organizations, Tudeh party and Fedayeen. The working class has yet to be politically and organizationally prepared to wipe out the military and bourgeois opposition represented by Khomeini at the same time. Therefore, we had to fight ‘temporarily’ with the former against the latter in a battle between the opposition, including Khomeinites, liberals and leftist guerrillas, and the military at the time of the No. 223.

Workers’ vanguard 223 went further to warn that Khomeini and the military could establish Islamist military dictatorship like the Zia regime in Pakistan. But the class instinct of the working people in the streets regarded the military as an enemy. Revenge on SAVAK, introduced in No. 223, and widespread support for the military revolt that took place a month later prove this. Thus, negotiations between the Khomeinites and the military did not dismiss the struggle against the military, only giving the revolutionary vanguard a chance to expose their essence in front of the working people.

So, what had to be done to deal with Khomeinites? We would never have been silenced for anti-shah struggle like Tudeh party, Fedayeen and Mujahedeen. Instead, we would have criticized the negotiations with the military and raised “the overthrow of the military and the execution of the firing officers.” And we would have helped the working class to defend their political and organizational independence against the Khomeinites trying to stop the general strike for negotiations. Finally, we would have criticized the Khomeinites’ mentions advocating the oppression on women and persecution on heterodox Bahais and warned the working class of their reactionary nature.

Such a policy would have promoted political armament of the working class and the oppressed people who will fight against Khomeinites in near future, while overthrowing the military, the worst enemy of Iranian working class.

Straw man fallacy

Next, comrades argue on the basis of Workers Vanguard 225.

“To support the ascent of Khomeini to power would have been a strategical, political form of support which would only sown illusions and false expectations in the results of the Islamists’ rise to power.”

This sentence of comrades is the creation of a strawman. We have never insisted on “helping or supporting” Khomeini’s ascension to power. We have consistently been wary of “infusing illusions and false expectations on the Islamists’ rise to power.” Lenin’s April thesis in this regard is a key example of our tactics.

I want you to point out which part did we insist on “helping or supporting” Khomeini’s grip on power, or the part that could be interpreted as such.

Flaw of Workers Vanguard

The situation analysis of No. 225 has serious flaws. First, the title begins with a huge headline “Mullahs win” at the front, and claims in the section cited by comrades that:

“This is not a victory of working masses. Today, Iran belongs to middle-class Islamic reaction in a bloody alliance with a section of the same officer corps……But his victory, assured by the capitulation of elements of the higher levels of the military.”

Workers Vanguard 225 describes the situation in Iran as if an alliance between Khomeini and the military had been forged, like the Zia regime of Pakistan exemplified in No. 223. But what about reality?

On Feb. 9, seven days before the No. 225 came out, a revolt erupted at an air base in Tehran supporting the struggle. Rebel forces defeated the regular army with military support from leftist guerrillas and enthusiastic support from the citizens of Tehran. The victorious rebels and left-wing guerrillas armed the Teheran people with seized weapons and captured barracks, police stations, prisons and radio stations. The regular army collapsed without a hitch because it had already been weakened by demoralization and agitation of soldiers.

Khomeinites and liberals were forced to stop negotiations with the military and support the revolt because of the unexpected revolutionary awakening of the working people. The embattled military gave up resistance and surrendered on Feb. 11. This ended the anti-shah struggle with the collapse of the colonial feudal dynasty-military dictatorship.

Khomeini established a provisional government under the premiership of liberal Bazargan to prevent the complete collapse of regular forces and state apparatus. But the provisional government was so weak that it had to share its power with local committees (Komitehs) which were guided by various clergymen, workers’ strike committees-factory committees (Showra), and autonomous bodies of national minorities. In addition, Komiteh’s Revolutionary Guard, Khomeini’s militia Hezbollah, leftist guerrillas such as Fedayeen and Mujahedeen, and militias of national minorities all remained armed after the victory.

After the collapse of the shah regime, Iran’s state apparatus was in a highly unstable situation, unable to monopolize armed force. In addition, the U.S. imperialism, which had supported Iran’s capitalist system by force over the past decades, now lost its influence as Iran’s military has been neutralized. Iran’s capitalism faced a serious crisis after the anti-shah struggle, considering the point that private property without the protection of state power is meaningless.

The victory of the anti-shah struggle on February 11, 1979 was a victory for the Khomeinites. But at the same time, it was also a victory for the left-wing guerrillas and the working people, who went beyond Khomeini’s control and toppled the military directly. As a result, the apparatus has been greatly weakened, creating a dynamic of forces in favor of the working class for some time. But from then until 1983, the left-wing and labor camps failed to defend and expand the achievements of victory. As a result, Khomeini, the savior of Iran’s capitalist system, won the final victory.

But because of this the victory of anti-shah struggle should not be equated with the Khomeinite Islamists’ grip of power. Responsibility should be given to those who rejected the socialist revolution after the anti-shah struggle and really helped the Khomeinites’ rise to power.

The true line of Workers Vanguard

Next, comrades say that then-Workers Vanguard’s line was not “Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs” but “Down with the shah, No support to the mullahs” express in No. 225. And the slogan of No. 225 illustrates the line of SL well.

If SL’s line was the latter, it is perfectly in line with our position. But the central position of Worker Vanguard in 1978-79 was “Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs.” The reason we criticize Workers Vanguard is that SL has almost consistently raised this slogan to Iran and the world’s working class as a guideline for the struggle.

However, SL didn’t call for “Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs” from the beginning. The line of SL expressed in the Worker Vanguard 200 on April 7, 1978, in the early days of the anti-shah struggle, were as follows.

“Down with the Shah! Smash SAVAK!”
“For full trade-union rights! For full legal equality for women!”
“For the right of self-determination for national minorities!”
“For constituent assembly based on universal suffrage!”
“For workers and peasants government!”

These demands have combined very well the strategies and tactics to advance into the socialist revolution, responding appropriately to the development of the anti-shah struggle. This line lasted until September 8, Workers Vanguard 214.

However, on September 22, 1978, Worker Vanguard 215 posted a “Down with the shah Down with the mullahs” in a banner headline. From that time on, SL adopted this slogan as a new line and consistently pushed it until No. 224, issued on February 2, 1979.

Decision of International Executive Committee, February 10, 1979

But the slogan was not found in No. 225. Of course, the same slogan could not have been raised because the shah regime was overthrown at this time, but there was no indication of “Down with the mullahs.” But the slogan “Down with the mullahs” was raised again in the next issue. Why did this strange thing happen?

On Feb. 10, 1979, SL’s German branch adopted “Down with the shah No support to the mullahs” as a revision, criticizing the slogan, “Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs.” And it was unanimously approved by the International Executive Committee, which was attended by representatives from French and British branches. Proposals of the amendment explained the reasons why this slogan should be amended:

“There is a weakness to the slogan in that it expresses a historical perspective but lacks a tactical element; also, at the time that the slogan was first promulgated the shah was still in power and the slogan implied an equivalency between the shah and the mullahs. In the hands of revolutionary Marxists the slogan was used to express the correct program; in other hands it could be used to mask a sectarian program.”

And they proposed to adopt the slogan, “Down with the shah, No support to the mullahs!” Perhaps this is why the slogan of “Down with mullahs” has disappeared at the No. 225, published on February 16th. This “Down with the shah Down with the mullahs” was an ‘ultra-leftist’ and “sectarian (Feb. 10, 1979)” slogan which was controversial within SL.

Of course, revolutionary organizations can also make mistakes. The important thing is to correct it as soon as possible.

Back to the sectarian slogan

So, has SL succeeded in correcting its errors? No. In No. 226, published after the correction of No. 225, SL says:

“their position was spelled out in a banner headline in the American SWP’s Militant (23 February): “VICTORY IN IRAN.” A victory for whom? Not for the guerillas, not for the Kurds, not for the oil strikers or the women who will now be pressured or ordered to put back on the chador… Meanwhile, Khomeini and his mullahs-the real victors-are preparing to strike down the “satanic” left “traitors”!”

If the victory of the Anti-Shah struggle was a victory only for Khomeini and his followers, not for the working class and the oppressed people, why on earth had SL adopted the slogan “Down with the shah, No support to the mullahs”? Eventually, SL returned to “Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs.”

Furthermore, “Iran and the Left”, printed on Worker Vanguard 229 (April 13, 1997), reaffirmed that the slogan “Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs” was correct.

“Workers Power argues that participation in the Khomeinite demonstrations amounted to “a de facto anti-imperialist military united front” (ibid.). But these demonstrations were not civil war, in which victory for shah’s army would mean obliteration of the popular forces, and thus a policy of revolutionary defensism on the side of the mullah-led forces would necessarily be posed. The demonstrations were essentially a pressure tactic for the Islamization of the existing state apparatus. The Khomeini leadership was clearly looking forward a coup against the shah by a Persian equivalent of Pakistan’s “soldier of Islam” General Zia. The demonstrations for an Islamic Republic were just that.”

In other words, the demonstrations that took place in 1978-79 were not “civil war” but merely “pressure tactics” of Khomeinites, so there was no need to defend them. I wonder if they could say so to the people who were shot to death by troops on the streets of Tehran during 1978~1979.

As such, SL did not correct its line and returned to the “Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs” line with enormous cynicism.

Now, are these inconsistences of SL normal to the comrades’ eyes?

What position should have been raised?

Comrades point out the Khomeinites’ suppressions on women and minorities, calling on us to answer the following question.

“From a tactical standpoint, it is necessary to delimitate when and where we could have sided with Khomeini and Islamists.”

It’s a very good point. We will therefore clearly state when, where and how we should have sided with Khomeinites: “From the beginning of the revolution on January 7, 1978, until the collapse of the military on February 11, 1979, we struggle with Khomeinites to overthrow the regime. At the same time, we unconditionally protect the political and organizational independence and warn the working class of the reactionary nature of the Khomeinites. After the victory of Anti-Shah struggle, we struggle to build the workers’ power. In this process, we fight uncompromisingly against the Khomeinites’ assaults on working class, women, and ethnic minorities. But when the military stages a coup or imperialist invasion takes place, we fight temporarily with the Khomeinites.”

I think this has been enough to answer the question. Furthermore, I think it can be the answer to the question of bourgeois democracy. Because the reason why the Khomeinites were hostile to bourgeois democracy was not just because “The core Islamists were always openly in favor of a theocratic regime(RR).” Aside from their “subjective preference,” Khomeinites had to repress democratic rights like fascists because of the “objective conditions”, the fact that the Iranian capitalism was in danger after the Anti-Shah struggle. Therefore, we should have fought intransigently to defend the bourgeois democratic rights against the Khomeinites. Only through this path we could have defended the present dynamics of class and proceeded to socialist revolution.

Khomeini, Shah and the US imperialism

Finally, you comrades remind the United States of choosing the former while weighing Shah and Khomeini, and raise two reasons for that.

“(1) they preferred him to Khomeini and (2) they had nothing to lose by doing so”

We agree with RR comrades that Khomeini was never a true “anti-imperialist” champion and was ready to join hands with the United States. And later history proved it. But the reasons suggested by comrades are too simple and inconsistent with facts.

First, why did the US imperialism prefer Shah? In the aspect of class, there was no difference between the two. However, Shah unconditionally served to defend American interests, and Khomeini was based on a popular movement that violates the US interests apart from his subjective intentions. This difference was a serious issue to imperial financial capital. Because in short-term, oil rights, loans, arms contracts and joint ventures were at stake, moreover there was a possibility of national-liberation movements and communist revolutions spreading all across the region like Afghanistan, Pakistan and Saudi Arabia etc.

Second, did they really have nothing to lose? By contrast, the US could have lost everything at the time and actually lost a lot. At the time, the Iranian communist revolution was a real threat to US. As a result, as the Islamic republic survived, US had partly lost what they could have lost all due to the communization. But the very fact that they lost something significant is undeniable. For example, they have lost oil rights and are constantly provoking Iran to reclaim them.

The 1979 Anti-Shah struggle, the so-called Iranian revolution, broke down the colonial regime. The people of Iran achieved the fruits of regaining its oil rights, which had been in the hands of Britain and US since 19th century, and driving the US forces out of Iranian territory. But the Iranian working class did not end the Iranian capitalist class, which hated them more than imperialists. As a result, a Turban wearing Bonaparte, called Khomeini, crushed the working class vanguard on the backs of the petty-bourgeoisie and the backward parts of working-class. As a result, the rights of the working class, women, and ethnic minorities have greatly degenerated, and a privileged group with turban appeared. At the same time, some of the excess profits that the imperialists used to pump up from Iranian oil wells were used to raise the average life expectancy and eradicate illiteracy after the revolution. This is why imperialists today abhor the Islamic Republic of Iran.

Permanent Revolution vs Stageism: 1917 Russia and 1979 Iran

Our position on Iran has been fully explained. What remains is whether the February Revolution or the 1979 Revolution can be called a “partial victory.”

The revolution clearly goes through a series of stages. These steps conform to the political consciousness, the degree of readiness and class dynamics of the masses, not arbitrary regulations. These steps are by no means just skippable. The masses can only leap to the next stage in a contradiction of each stage in where victory and setback intersect.

The February Revolution was also a stage where victory and frustration were combined. The revolution won the victory of neutralizing the Czar-Bourgeois state and building the Soviet. Thanks to this, workers, farmers and national minorities were free to organize, instigate, arm themselves and occupy land and factories.

At the same time, the February Revolution experienced a setback in which the Compromisers handed power to the bourgeoisie. The settlement of urgent issues such as the eight-hour labor system, land, peace and national self-determination has been postponed indefinitely and royalists, Black-Hundreds and officers have begun to run wild under the condolence of the Compromisers. Thus, the February revolution was both a victory and a setback for the Russian working class. Lenin and Trotsky’s Bolshevik Party could see through this contradiction and intervene in time to leap the February revolution into the October revolution.

The same was true of the Iranian revolution. The revolution won the victory of overthrowing the imperialist puppet regime and regaining oil rights. At the same time, the Iranian working class and the oppressed people had the opportunity to organize, instigate and arm themselves freely after 26 years since 1953.

But state power was passed on to Khomeinites and the Liberal Bourgeoisie, and an attack to restore capitalism ‘order’ began. The refusal of the nationalization of the means of production of the Shah and the large capitalists, the fascist violence of the Khomeini followers, the imposition of feudal lifestyle on women, and the bloodshed suppression of the ethnic minority came immediately after the revolution. This was a frustration of the Iranian revolution. Unfortunately, Iran did not have a Bolshevik party in 1979, so the contradiction of the revolution did not develop into a socialist path and eventually degenerated to the Islamic republic.

Finally, comrades hold the distinction between the February Revolution and the Iranian Revolution on the grounds that Khomeini was much more reactionary than Kerensky. But as we have seen, both Kerensky and Khomeini appeared at similar stages of revolution and mobilized all the reactionary means to stop the socialist revolution. Kerensky, however, had fewer means because of the correct guidance of the Bolshevik party. And decisively Kerensky was unable to show more of his reactionary nature because he was overthrown.

* * *

It is a pleasure for comrades to point out the reactionary nature of the Logan and Riley groups and to pursue a truly scientific path. But at the root of the groups’ claims is the line of SL, represented by “Down with the shah Down with the mullahs”, which February 10 1979 International Executive Committee points out to be “Sectarian.” This line was behind the neutral line in various imperialist-colonial conflicts, including Brazil.

We fully endorse the International Executive Committee’s resolution on February 10, 1979. Almost every sentence and logic in the resolution was our argument in the IBT internal debate. If so, then there is no contradiction between us in this matter.

The vanguard of working class should never be inconsistent in the analysis and the line. It is because the destiny of hundreds of millions of working classes is on our way. In 1978-79, SL analyzed the situation in a non-scientific way and stuck to the ultra-left-wing line with internal zigzags. As can be seen in the history of the revolution, this inconsistency grows more and more errors over time.

1 Aug 2019
Bolshevik EA

RETURN TO THE MENU

RR to BEA (12 June 2019)

RETURN TO THE MENU

Dear Comrades from Bolshevik EA,

When we raised criticisms in our last letter, we did not aim to put in doubt the revolutionary sincerity of the comrades, but to see if we could achieve a clarification on the political questions separating us. We expected this to be implicit in the fact that we sought to contact you even after having realized we had a different interpretation of the Iranian question.

We are happy to see that we seem to have the same position on Syria. On your question regarding Libya, we did not at the time recognize that the opposition leaders had received any significant material assistance from the US imperialists until March, although some US diplomats were speaking in their favor before that. That is why we did not take a general position in defense of the Libyan regime of Gaddafi but also did not support the opposition’s ascend to power (which we recognized as reactionary and could have sided against in some circumstances). In March, less than a month after the beginning of the conflict, such material support from the imperialists became apparent and we would have “taken the other side in the barricades” as a general approach. That is to say: defeating imperialists and their proxies became the number one priority.

We explain this in our article on Libya, originally published in Portuguese in 201 1 and that we are going to translate into English. We agree that if the IBT recognizes that the opposition was receiving material support from imperialists since the beginning, it should have taken a consistent position against it. We are open to correcting our position if there is sufficient evidence of this. What if, in reality, such assistance only started in March, as we analyzed at the time? Would you be willing to correct your position? The matter here seems to be simple, as well as minor, so we believe we can reach an agreement, even if we have small differences, because it is not a difference in methodology. What is important to us is the material/military assistance from the imperialists, not temporary diplomatic alignments, which may change really quickly when neither of the factions is really “anti-imperialist”.

To be quite honest, we were disappointed when your reply did not really engage with our position on the issue of Iran/February Revolution. We have to assume that our first email reply was not satisfactory in the objective of clarifying our political stance and the potential political programmatic differences which derive from your position of rejecting Spartacist position on Iran, and that therefore the comrades were unable to develop a proper counter to our arguments. This is, to an extent, to be expected, given that we both carry on a dialogue in a language which is not our own. Perhaps it was a fault of our own formulation. In any case, let us abandon abstract generalities and grasp the question by its roots.

Revolutionary tactics and revolutionary strategy

Upon reading your documents on the question and debating it with you, our opinion was that in fighting the passive sectarianism of the Riley faction, which fails to understand revolutionary tactics, the comrades from Bolshevik EA acquired some of Riley’s confused conceptions, but mostly inverted them. While your position is generally more correct from a political standpoint, it still suffers from abstractness in theory which can be dangerous in revolutionary politics. The question at hand is about the correct relation between revolutionary strategy, which is based on Permanent Revolution, and revolutionary tactics, especially when it comes to taking a military side in inter-bourgeois conflicts such as coups d’état, imperialist interventions and civil wars.

Marxists take a side in these conflicts when there is both a real conflict and real differences between the sides in regards to the interests of the proletariat. The political events discussed in the case of the coup d’état in Egypt and Turkey, or the civil war and later imperialist invasion in Libya and Syria can all be traced out to the fact that a faction of the bourgeoisie was attempting to remove another from power to better repress and exploit the proletariat or an oppressed nation. In these situations, Marxists have a duty to oppose defeat those attacks because their victory would mean the establishment of harsher conditions for the working class to fight for its revolution. For us, such cases are analogous to the bloc with Kerensky against Kornilov, siding with China against the Japanese in the 1930s and 1940s, and siding with the Spanish republic against Gen. Franco’s upheaval. One “classic” case often forgotten is the possibility of siding with German Bonapartist government of Papen/Schleicher against a fascist coup in the 1930s. Contrary to Riley’s words, the main issue here was not that one side had to be “democratic” and the other “authoritarian-Bonapartist”, but rather if, in context, there would be a significant difference for the working class organizations:

“By disregarding the social and political distinctions between Bonapartism, that is, the regime of ‘civil peace’ resting upon military-police dictatorship, and fascism, that is, the regime of open civil war against the proletariat, Thälmann deprives himself in advance of the possibility of understanding what is taking place before his very eyes. If Papen’s cabinet is a fascist cabinet, then what fascist ‘danger’ is he talking about? If the workers will believe Thälmann that Papen sets himself the aim (!) of establishing the fascist dictatorship, then the probable conflict between Hitler and Papen-Schleicher will catch the party napping just as the conflict between Papen and Otto Braun did in its time”. (Trotsky, Germany: the Only Road, September 1932)

Previously, in his famous pamphlet “What’s Next?”, Trotsky had explained a similar point in reference to the differentiation between the Bonapartist government of Bruning and Hitler, which the Stalinists failed to recognize. It does not need to be said that a Marxist intervention in an intra-bourgeois conflict is not the same as a petit-bourgeois intervention. For Marxists, “militarily supporting one side against the other” takes the concrete meaning of defending the organization of an independent proletarian action, that is, with its own revolutionary perspective. It is principled in as long as it leads to the political-organizational strengthening of the proletariat as an independent force. It is therefore a necessary implication that the Marxist organization preserves its independent political line during said conflict and does not take a side based on abstract notions of “democracy in general”.

For instance, fascists – a paramilitary organization aimed at destroying workers’ institutions under bourgeois democracy – are always a threat to the proletariat. Whenever there is real conflict, be it an armed demonstration or a physical attack, even between fascist forces and other bourgeois parties, Marxists have a side: it cannot be denied that the defeat of the fascists benefits us. While organizing counter demonstrations and resistance to fascists, Marxists would agitate the proletarian program, warning that merely defeating the fascists wouldn’t do: the only way to guarantee the rights of the workers would be fighting for a worker’s republic.

Sectarians generally do not deny that in those cases the defeat of one of the bourgeois factions would benefit the proletariat, but deny that Marxists should intervene in those conflicts, since that would entail working together with one of the bourgeois factions. As you mentioned, the now called BT (Tom Riley’s faction) did precisely this in regards to Turkey/Egypt.

The case of Iran

As we already said before, we consider the 1979 Spartacist line on Iran to be correct, but we do not identify it with how the IBT (and Riley’s group in particular) has attempted to depict it. That means, we do not think it is analogous to the coups d’état in Egypt and Turkey. By equating everything to a “conflict” in abstract and saying Marxists should “not take a side” or “defend dual defeatism” in them, Riley’s methodology seems to have led you to “take a side” in a situation in which it is not possible to do it in the same way we do in the above mentioned cases. When a tactical “military support” in intra-bourgeois conflicts is thrown in the whole development of the political crisis in Iran, it loses its content and meaning. “Military/practical support” cannot be given as a blank check to a bourgeois political force or movement, even if they were fighting a reactionary regime such as the Shah’s.

First of all, the Spartacists did not defend “abstentionism” in struggles led by Islamist fundamentalists and other political forces which contained progressive demands and which mobilized the workers against the regime in Iran in 1 978-79. The practical intervention of the SL in the Iranian question was basically to defend the democratic rights of oppositional forces while denouncing Khomeini’s program, putting forward a proletarian perspective. They also wrote denunciations of the opportunist support given by centrists to the Islamist leaders – from Stalinists and Maoists to Mandelites and Morenoites. They did what they could to pressure a split in the centrists – the only way through which they could have had an influence in the actual events.

We are not the IBT: for us there is no doubt we should have participated in a movement for workers’ demands instead of staying aside, which were still happening despite the Islamists’ gradual destruction of the potential of the movement with their religious fundamentalism. Our difference is on how to better propel such movement forward, beyond its reactionary leadership. The centrists and reformists tied to the existing leadership and to that movement “the way it was” and condemned it by giving the Islamists direct or indirect support. We do not think it was possible to give such movement an abstract “military support” in general or defend their rise to power. Neither do we call the Islamists ascension a “partial victory”.

In fact, in the issue 223 of WV, the Spartacist League called for socialists to defend propelling the masses towards a consistent organization of reprisals against SAVAK officers, when it was precisely Khomeini and his subordinates which were using their authority to stop the acts of popular vengeance, as they were hoping to reach a deal with this central agent of the Shah’s bloody rule. To “militarily” support the Islamists ascension to power (instead of entering practical blocs with them on specific occasions or contexts) amounts to political support. One thing is to defend proletarian positions in a specific correlation of forces. For instance, if the Shah tried to “solve” their existence through bloody military repression, we would see it necessary to call for their defense, or if the imperialists had invaded the country to maintain a regime which favored them, we would also defend a practical bloc with the Khomeinists to throw them out. This would make the case analogous to the situation in Turkey/Egypt or Libya/Syria. On the issue #225 of their paper, the SL wrote:

“Had such a confrontation erupted into civil war, Marxists would have militarily supported the popular forces rallied by the mullahs against an intact officer caste, even as our intransigent political opposition to the reactionary-led movement sought to polarize the masses along class lines and rally the workers and lower strata of the petty-bourgeois masses around the proletarian pole.”

But we would not give Khomeini an abstract “military support”. Khomeini couldn’t and didn’t solve any of the basic questions facing the Iranian proletariat. To support the ascent of Khomeini to power would have been a strategical, political form of support which would only sow illusions and false expectations in the results of the Islamists’ rise to power. The iSt wrote after Khomeini’s arrival to power:

“The working masses of Iran who took to the streets against the hated shah must not be tooled. This is not a victory for the working masses. Today, Iran belongs to middle-class Islamic reaction in a bloody alliance with a section of the same officer corps which has dealt out decades of death and oppression on behalf of the Pahlavis; they are prepared to do the same now. Khomeini pulled the masses of Iran behind his drive for power. But his victory, assured by the capitulation of elements of the higher levels of the military. It is this army and police that the ‘revolutionary Islamic republic’ will unleash against the workers, peasants and minorities whose demands for democratic rights, land reform and national equality will not be met by the cabal of clerical reactionaries and Bonapartist generals now in power.” (Workers Vanguard #225)

This is what “Down with the Shah, no support to the Mullahs! Workers to power!” means. While maybe at that time an independent proletarian policy could not have prevented the emergence of an Islamic regime headed by Khomeini, it would be the ONLY policy which would afford the workers any chance to not to stop at removing the Shah – the figurehead of the Iranian bourgeoisie – but to carry their demands to their logical conclusion: the struggle for a worker’s state, led by the proletariat in alliance with the peasantry.

The fact is that while Marxists can abandon neither their political independence nor their tactical flexibility. It is important to know when giving “military support” to a bourgeois force means politically supporting it. The main drive of a Marxist tendency had to be the unrelenting, consistent political denunciation of Khomeini, aimed at causing a split between the workers and the reactionary Islamists. That was the Spartacist position and is exactly analogous to the line of the Bolsheviks in Russia in 1917.

From a tactical standpoint, it is necessary to delimitate when and where we could have sided with Khomeini and the Islamists.

The struggle for women’s rights and the struggle against religious conservatism in general had to be a struggle against the conceptions of both Shah and Khomeini, both of whom relied on the backward religious conservatism which was primarily present amongst the petty-bourgeoisie. It would mean organizing the radical-democratic and proletarian women in a camp opposed to both the Shah and Khomeini. Same applies for Khomeini’s reactionary religious rallies around fundamentalist slogans.

Khomeini’s movement was also chauvinistic in relation to non-Persians, but especially in relation to non-Shiites, such as the Kurdish, Baluchistan and Turkish peoples, not to speak of other smaller ethno-religious minorities. WV also repeatedly mentions the strategically important Arabic core of the Iranian working class. So there was no ground for intersection of struggles there either. The proletariat had to organize independently. The fact is that at the time, once again, the best way for a Marxist circle in Iran to mobilize those workers and oppressed groups, bringing them to the forefront of the struggle against the Shah, would be through a sharp delimitation with the Shiite fundamentalists and a consistent criticism of the centrist socialists for their capitulation to Khomeini.

On the question of bourgeois democracy in its more specific sense, there is little ground for common action too. The core Islamists were always openly in favor of a theocratic regime. But in the occasions where the Spartacists could call for the defense of the democratic rights of the Islamist opposition against the Shah’s brutal regime, they did. Collaboration and unity of action with those sections of the movement in favor of democratic rights for workers’ organizations was not only possible, but a necessity.

The only occasions in which Marxists would have sided with the Islamists or had a unity of action would have been the opposition to the government’s tyranny and the defense of the national independence of Iran, a colonial nation. Therefore, one could have struggled side by side with them against the Shah’s repression of the opposition and the actions of his secret police, as well as for the expropriation of the property of American companies and expulsion of American troops from Iran. Obviously, even in these occasions, we would have denounced the farce of the mullahs’ “anti-imperialism”, which was not in any way genuine nor consistent. The Mullahs, including Khomeini, had once sided with the CIA in order to overthrow the bourgeois nationalist government of Mohammad Mosaddegh and to crush the Stalinist Tudeh party. Khomeini’s “Anti-imperialism” was a mix of the anti-American religious conservatism which resulted from their Islamic fundamentalism with the need to appeal to the genuine concerns of the Iranian masses.

The US tried supporting the Shah, but they were not willing to use their own soldiers to stop the regime change. On the other hand, Khomeini had no interest in a real revolution, in destroying the structures which were the touchstone of Shah’s regime. Khomeini used his mass support to render the Shah powerless by rendering the discipline in the army moot, and then pressured the Shah and his henchmen – including Bakhtiar, supported by the Shah and the US as a “conciliation” government to avoid the Islamic Republic – to surrender and bow before Khomeini.

While studying Khomeini’s ascension to power, it was most curious, but not surprising, to learn that within the American apparatus there was a debate where it was proposed to help Khomeini come to power, despite him being openly against the American interests in the region. The reason given: fear of instability. Any Marxist knows this means fear of the proletariat. So even the American agents knew that the only consistent anti-imperialism is proletarian anti-imperialism, and while this policy was soundly rejected at the time, they continued supporting the Shah because (1 ) they preferred him to Khomeini and (2) they had nothing to lose by doing so. Given a different relationship of forces – that is, given a real, realistic danger of proletarian revolution – they could have without a doubt changed gears to support a transition to Khomeini’s rule. It was mostly thanks to the “Communist” “friends of Khomeini” that there was no such danger.

Permanent Revolution vs. Stageism

The reason why we focused on criticizing your conception of the February Revolution is not only because of its historical importance, but because it is a constant feature of the debates between defenders of the Permanent Revolution and of Stageism. However, it is also not fully comparable to Iran in 1 979. Among the differences is the fact that at the forefront of the February insurrection were the Bolsheviks and the other workers and peasants’ organizations, not reactionary bourgeois forces. The Russian Cadets and Monarchists were able to grasp political power only through backroom deals and the support of the opportunist section of the workers’ organizations. From that point on, we can consider them analogous situations. The moment of the insurrection was very different in Russia and Iran, but the political power put in the hands of a bourgeois faction after the insurrection was very similar, as well as the maintenance of previous repression structures in the state. It is the street insurrection that Trotsky is referring to when he talks about victory in his History of the Russian Revolution. That is why both he and Lenin also described the results of the February Revolution as an attempt to divert the workers from revolutionary tasks or as a “maneuver”.

For the Mensheviks, supporting the government established in this process was their supreme goal, their “victory”. But in February, none of the actual tasks of the revolution had been accomplished. On the contrary: the bourgeoisie was trying to dismantle the soviets. While some democratic measures by the Provisional Government were undeniably a concession to the working class, they were aimed at diverting the proletariat from the struggle for state power and from the completion of the revolution, tying them to the bourgeoisie and demoralizing them to later allow the counterrevolution to destroy the soviets. We do not deny that concessions may have been given by Khomeini’s regime (mainly in opposition to U.S. imperialism), but we do reject any kind of support to it or recognition of his ascension as a “victory” instead of a maneuver of the bourgeoisie.

It is no surprise that all defenders of “stageist” conceptions always spent a significant amount of time praising the February Revolution or similar previous stages of revolutions which meant not an advance in working class organization, but instead the establishment of bourgeois regimes which would be “better” of “far superior” than the previous. Quite often, these “better” and “far superior” bourgeois regimes smash the revolutions that generated them as a side effect. This is exactly what happened in Iran, with the Islamists destroying the revolution and suppressing all proletarian forces and organizations (including the Tudeh and the Mandelites) once they got to power.

A late example of this methodology is Moreno’s conception of a “democratic” or “February” Revolution led by bourgeois or petty-bourgeois forces (from the Argentinean generals to Khomeini himself) which would “objectively” develop into a new October Revolution at a later moment. Obviously, comrades disagree with such stageist views. However, the logic you adopted in your polemics against the Rileyite-Loganite cliques has elements in common with it.  We do not need to support Khomeini’s ascension to power in order to critically defend certain practical measures taken by the Islamists against American imperialism. It is one thing to say that the expropriation of an American company or the expulsion of American troops from Iran is a partial victory. It is another thing to say that the Islamists getting to power is a partial victory. We do not confuse the two because, much more important than a couple of anti-imperialist measures is the fact that such new regime was dedicated to destroying the revolution  and any chance of real, solid, anti-imperialism.

The Spartacist position and activity towards the Iranian revolution was aimed at undermining the most powerful weapon of reaction against the future of the movement – the dissolution of the working class camp into the Islamist opposition; disorganization and apathy, caused primarily by the capitulation of the centrist organizations to the reactionary religious opposition, justified through the Iranian variant of the old Menshevik stageist conception. Precisely therein lies the difference between the Bolshevik (or Permanent Revolution) strategy for proletarian revolution, and the Menshevik-derived stageist conception: in the adoption or rejection of the struggle for Marxist-proletarian hegemony of the struggles of the popular masses and in their stance towards the ascension of the Islamists.

The destruction of the Iranian Stalinists, Mandelites and of the proletarian organizations by Khomeini is a tremendous example of what we mean. Khomeini’s regime, which you describe as “much better” than the Shah, effectively destroyed any chance of a victorious workers’ revolution by massacring thousands of conscious workers. That is why their ascension into power had to receive the ringing bell of warning by revolutionaries – not the deceiving chant of “partial victory”.

We agree that the question “Who will take power?” was still put just after Khomeini’s ascension. But it was also sharply put before that. The fact is that his ascension, while removing the Shah, maintained the structure of the bourgeois state (which we insisted so much in our last letter, as you correctly pointed) and prepared the “stabilization”. This means the apparatus was used to crush the workers’ opposition piece by piece. Trotsky once described the Chinese revolution (in his book “The Permanent Revolution”) as having its personification of Kerensky and of Kornilov fused into one individual: Chiang Kai-shek. The Iranian case is very similar in this aspect, with the difference that Khomeini was miles more reactionary than Kerensky could ever be.

* * *

We make this last significant attempt to present our views in an organized way to see if any prospect of a fusion discussion is possible with you, comrades, because we value your trajectory. We think you have a correct instinct against both other factions in the collapse of the IBT.

The Logan group, still calling itself the IBT, has approached the question of imperialism as an abstract manner, defined by stagnated criteria, reaching the utterly false conclusion that Russia is not qualitatively (only quantitatively) different from the U.S., Germany, France, Japan and other imperialist powers. We agree that the Riley group, now calling itself the BT, has a correct position on this stance, but has declined into sectarianism on the issue of defense tactics. Riley has used his particular “interpretation” of the Spartacist tradition to justify his neutrality in the face or imperialism and reaction. However, the bureaucratic degeneration of the IBT, which we still hope to be able to discuss with you, preceded their political bankruptcy, and in a sense led to it.

We have a distinct appraisal of the Spartacist tradition. We have been trying to express this to you from the beginning, when we showed that the SL itself, back in 1979, corrected its slogan to “Down with the Shah, no support to the Mullahs! Workers to power!” in order to make their position clearer. It was not “abstentionism”: it was fighting for workers’ demands and a proletarian program in the movement against the Shah, including having unity of action with other political forces when advantageous for the proletariat. But they did not side with Khomeini in his reactionary fundamentalist marches, his insurrection under the Islamic banner, nor did they deem his victory over the Shah, a victory achieved through maneuvers and a conciliation with a section of the reactionary bourgeois army, any kind of victory for the workers. We are in 100% agreement with the 1970s Spartacists on this.

We hope to hear from you soon and better understand which aspects of what we wrote you disagree with.

Gabriel Diaz and Icaro Kaleb,
On behalf of Revolutionary Regroupment

RETURN TO THE MENU

BEA to RR (17 March 2019)

RETURN TO THE MENU

Dear RR comrades

We have been happy to find one of the closest tendencies and to engage in political discussion with you.

In this letter we’d like to reply to your 26 Feb email, especially the preferential questions.

1. On Libya and Syria

We agree with your position on Syria.

“We definitely take “the other side of the barricades”when there are imperialist forces involved. Those forces have been active by means of financing, training and giving logistical military support to certain “rebels”fighting in the civil war.”

and

“What we are complaining about is the fact that the IBT did not seem to recognize this element of the civil war and declares to be “neutral”in conflicts between Assad’s army and rebel armies in general (even if those are financially and materially supported by U.S. imperialism).”

However, it still seems that you have slightly different view on Libya that only after the direct military involvement of imperialism (in March) you could side with the domestic force fighting against the imperialism or there had been no imperialist “financial, material or military support”from imperialism to the “rebel”force before March.

“We think that there was a very short period –namely between February and March 2011 — in which neither of the two contending factions of the bourgeoisie in Libya had yet been financially and militarily maintained or supported by imperialist powers (this would be the part we “agree with the IBT”)… However, it was not until March that major imperialist powers started preparations for an intervention to bring the opposition the opposition to power and that marked a qualitative change. When this happened, it was a duty of all socialists to take a general position of “fight on the other side of the barricades”, even if it was dominated by Pro-Qaddafi forces.”

You said that “between February and March 2011–in which neither of the two contending factions of the bourgeoisie in Libya had yet been financially and militarily maintained or supported by imperialist powers.”And you added that “this would be the part we “agree with the IBT”.”However, the IBT knew that from the beginning it was not a degenerated event, but was ‘imperialist regime change’using domestic agents which was receiving financial, military and logistic support from imperialism.

“This is a fair summary of events in Libya—“massive air power” destroyed the armed bodies loyal to Qaddafi and opened the door for local quislings to scramble to fill the vacuum.

“In both Libya and Afghanistan, the immediate result of “regime change” was the installation of new puppet leaders with strong American connections. Afghan President Hamid Karzai—who was appointed leader at a conference in Bonn, Germany in December 2001—had worked with the CIA as a fundraiser for the anti-Soviet mujahedin 20 years earlier. Libya’s new prime minister, Abdurraheem el-Keib, who holds American citizenship, attended school in the U.S. and taught at the University of Alabama before moving to the United Arab Emirates (UAE) to chair the Electrical Engineering Department at the Petroleum Institute, where his research was partially funded by the U.S. Department of Energy.

“The attack on Libya, like the earlier interventions in Serbia, Afghanistan and Iraq, was preceded by a barrage of lies—in this case focused on claims of a wholesale slaughter of civilians by the Qaddafi regime following the 17 February 2011 “Day of Rage”protest.…It is now clear that there was no more “genocide”in Libya than “weapons of mass destruction”in Iraq in 2003.

“After months of bitter conflict, the cumulative effect of the imperialist bombardment (supplemented by opposition militias aided by hundreds of foreign special forces) succeeded in decimating Qaddafi’s military.…For the most part, however, the “rebels”were not a major factor, apart from their value in drawing fire from Qaddafi’s forces, who thereby made it easier for NATO airstrikes to target them.

“In fact, it was not “a loose network of young activists”but rather the imperialist-linked National Conference for the Libyan Opposition (NCLO—subsequently subsumed by the TNC) that initiated the 17 February demonstrations, as the SWP subsequently admitted.”

―Libya & the Left: NATO, Rebels & ‘Revolutionary’Apologists

But the IBT concluded a hypocritical or at best illogical position.

“When NATO bombing commenced, the question of Libyan sovereignty was indeed clearly posed, and the nature of the conflict changed from being an intra-elite struggle to a fight between a neocolonial regime and a coalition of imperialists and their lackeys. The attitude of Marxists changed accordingly—from defeatism on both sides to military support for Qaddafi and his supporters against the imperialists and their TNC auxiliaries.”―ibid

Do you agree with this analysis and conclusion of the IBT?

2. On ‘Victory’question about February in Russa, and Egypt in 2011 and Iran in 1979

In the last December conversation, when we talked the “limited, contradictory and partial”victory and “two faces”of the results of the Egypt, Iran and February revolution, comrade Kaleb commented “Their coming to power is never described as a “victory”or “partial victory”of any kind by Lenin or Trotsky, but as a maneouvre of the bourgeoisie to fool the masses.”And we replied to that question in 7 Dec.

It seems that you still have same approach.

“From the point of view of state power, February was no more of a victory than Iran 1979 or Egypt in 2011. From the point of view of self-organization of the working class, February was way superior to Iran or Egypt, since there was no creation of organs of dual power in the latter cases. Any gains achieved in those situations (in terms of democratic rights or opening for revolutionary ideas) should of course be defended.”―26 Feb

You are adding “From the point of view of state power”and repeated the words several time. Does it mean the change of the class character of the state? And if there is no change of the class character of the state, it cannot be a victory?

And you talked and repeated that as if we argued that “the ascension of different bourgeois forces to state power (the Islamic fundamentalists in Iran, the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt) is ‘victory’. No, that was not our argument and not what we call ‘victory’and defend. We guess that you and we put different meaning in the term ‘victory’or you make a straw man argument.

“As you know what we call victory is that Czar’s old regime was overthrown, the army changed their loyalty from Czar to Soviet, workers’and soldier’s Soviet was built and it had real power, so dual power situation was risen, Bolshevik rapidly grown on the legal and mass base, and most of all it gave the subjective and objective situation to overthrow capitalist system as a whole.”―Bolshevik EA, 7 Dec

Most of all, the historical events gave the subjective and objective situation to overthrow capitalist system as a whole to the working class. In Russia which had the revolutionary leadership, they achieved the final victory, while Egypt and Iran could not. We believe that they were significant chances for us which never could be dismissed.

Then, can we call ‘victory’to the events Lenin and Trotsky explained below, if we follow your assumption of ‘victory’? In those event, was “state power”question involved or not?

“Every Socialist would sympathise with the *victory*of the oppressed, dependent, unequal states against the oppressing, slave owning, predatory ‘great’powers.”

―Lenin, Socialism and War

“If Mussolini triumphs, it means the reinforcement of fascism, the strengthening of imperialism, and the discouragement of the colonial peoples in Africa and elsewhere. The *victory*of the Negus, however, would mean a mighty blow not only at Italian imperialism but at imperialism as a whole, and would lend a powerful impulsion to the rebellious forces of the oppressed peoples. One must really be completely blind not to see this.”

—Trotsky, On Dictators and the Heights of Oslo

3. On Iran from 1979 to 1983

It seems that you describe the Iranian event in the period too simply, “the ascension of the Mullahs.”Shah was an imperialist stooge regime which had been installed by the imperialist backed coup in 1953. In the anti-Shah protest, there were not only radical Islamists(there were also significant layer of pro-Shah Mullahs too), but also organized working class with other layers of working people. And in the struggle the Iranian working class were rapidly radicalized. Working class built their own alternative organization, ‘Shuras’, like workers’Soviet in 1905 and 1917, directly controlling the key industries. They did not agree with ‘Islam republic.’What the Iranian working class lacked at the time was the revolutionary leadership while there were Stalinist or guerrillaist political tendencies, Fedayeen, Mujahedin and Tudeh.

After the abdication of Shah and the collapse of the old regime, in Feb 1979, the state power was not a monopolized one. The collape of the old regime raised the question: ‘which class rule the state?’like Russia after Feb in 1917. There were competition for the state power in which Iranian working class engaged through various political organizations. Finally about 1983, Khomeini, as the bonapartist leader of bourgeois class, won the game and became the final winner after serial crushes of secular left organizations one by one. Fedayeen in 1980, Mujahedin in 1981 and Tudeh in 1983.

***

We think that the question ‘who could take power?’is strongly related with the question ‘which political formation working class support’? We do not think the political tendency which abstain the struggle against Czar, Shah and Mubarak could not get the strong support from working class.

Bolshevik EA

RETURN TO THE MENU

RR to BEA (25 February 2019)

RETURN TO THE MENU

Comrades from Bolshevik EA,

First of all we want to apologize for our 2-month delay in answering your kind letter. This was not due to indifference or lack of interest on our part, but rather because of the preparations for our first national conference in January and the tasks immediately following it. From now on, we hope to be able to more promptly answer your e-mails as well as return to the chats, which we hope we can do on video format. This would save a lot of time and allow us to discuss a broader range of issues in a 2-hour session.

We too are seriously interested in political discussions with you and agree with the cultural and linguistic barriers that may exist. We too are willing to overcome them if that is necessary to guarantee unity on the basis of revolutionary program. We have shared and will continue to share the transcription of our chats and all our interactions with all Revolutionary Regroupment members. As opposed to the IBT, we have nothing to hide. We will now proceed to answer your questions.

1) Libya

We will soon make our largest article on the civil war and imperialist attack against Libya available in English (for now, it is only available in Portuguese, unfortunately). Only a short statement and a polemic with a Brazilian group that politically shielded Qaddafi are available in English. We think that there was a very short period – namely between February and March 2011 — in which neither of the two contending factions of the bourgeoisie in Libya had yet been financially and militarily maintained or supported by imperialist powers (this would be the part we “agree with the IBT”). The military and tribal reactionary leaders of the opposition to Qaddafi attempted to channel the popular revolt against the Libyan dictator for the benefit of their interests. The coup in Benghazi is in reference to this opposition taking over the city of Benghazi. It was the first place where the opposition defeated Qaddafi’s government. We would have opposed their intent on that occasion (“we did not support it”). However, it was not until March that major imperialist powers started preparations for an intervention to bring the opposition to power and that marked a qualitative change. When this happened, it was a duty of all socialists to take a general position of “fight on the other side of the barricades”, even if it was dominated by Pro-Qaddafi forces. Their defeat by the hands of imperialist predators Obama, Cameron and Sarkozy meant the imposition of double chains against the Libyan people.

2) Syria

The war in Syria took much more complex traits than in Libya. We suggest you read one major article on this issue that we have translated into English. With the sentence that you quoted, what we meant is that there has been imperialist intervention in Syria through various ways since the beginning of the civil war. We do not necessarily side with Assad/Russian forces on every confrontation of that complex war. However we definitely take “the other side of the barricades” when there are imperialist forces involved. Those forces have been active by means of financing, training and giving logistical military support to certain “rebels” fighting in the civil war, as well as temporarily collaborating with the Kurdish SDF. While it is difficult to generalize all cases due to the fragmentation of oppositional forces in Syria, in many of those cases revolutionaries should say that Assad’s military victory was the “lesser evil” in face of imperialist proxies. What we are complaining about is the fact that the IBT did not seem to recognize this element of the civil war and declares to be “neutral” in conflicts between Assad’s army and rebel armies in general (even if those are financially and materially supported by U.S. imperialism).

3) Russian February revolution, Iran 1979 and Egypt 2011

Comrade Mikl talks about the “two faces” of the February revolution, Iran and Egypt. By no means have we had an “all or nothing” approach to reality. We are able to recognize partial gains and also the lesser evil when it exists and is not simply a scam. On the Russian February revolution of 1917, it is very easy to see these “two faces”. The abdication of the Czar led to the formation of a government headed by Prince Lvov, with the political dominance of the Russian bourgeoisie and landlords, mainly represented by the Cadets. This was nothing but a maneuver of the Russian bourgeoisie to fool workers who had bravely fought the Czar and the war in the streets of Petrograd. That it was so can be seen in all subsequent events. The new government continued the war and repressed the masses (including the Bolsheviks), even after the SR were brought to the center of gravity of the farce, with the formation of Kerensky’s cabinet.

What was then the other, progressive face of the February revolution? It is rooted in the fact that Soviets achieved a higher level of organization and authority among the working masses, mainly in Petrograd and Moscow. You correctly point out that “the army changed their loyalty from Czar to Soviet, workers’ and soldier’s Soviet was built and it had real power, so dual power situation was risen, Bolshevik rapidly grown on the legal and mass base”. All progressiveness was rooted in the advance in the self-organization of the workers’, the distinct feature of every revolution, from which the victory in October was a continuation. This was the main accomplishment of the February revolution, however fragile. This is not to be confused with the victory of the ascending liberals in the re-shuffle of the regime, which was no victory for workers.

From the point of view of state power, February was no more of a victory than Iran 1979 or Egypt in 2011. From the point of view of self-organization of the working class, February was way superior to Iran or Egypt, since there was no creation of organs of dual power in the latter cases. Any gains achieved in those situations (in terms of democratic rights or opening for revolutionary ideas) should of course be defended. But the ascension of different bourgeois forces to state power (the Islamic fundamentalists in Iran, the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt) should not have been considered a “victory” from our point of view, but instead a maneuver of the capitalist class. This is the point that we have insisted with you. From the point of view of state power (the center of the revolutionary strategy for Leninists) no “victory” was achieved either by the Russian February revolution, Iran 1979 or Egypt 2011, no matter what other gains or possibilities were achieved in the arena of class struggle. That is why we defend the core of the Spartacist position on Iran, that the ascension of the Mullahs represented “no victory” for workers.

We are fine with recognizing certain temporary gains, but the source of those was the pressure of working class struggle, not the formation of a Mullah regime. Your comment that “everything has two faces, everything is the unity and conflict of opposites” is correct in abstract. Technically, even the most reactionary organs of the bourgeoisie may have internal contradictions and deformations as a reflection of class struggle and pressure from the working class. But this does not change their general class character, as well as the events in February 1917, Iran and Egypt did not change the class character of the state. You quote the February revolution being described by Trotsky as a victory since it triumphed over the Czar. There, Trotsky is talking about the spontaneous street insurrection by the workers of Petrograd, which was a practical victory, but whose organs were not yet ready to form a government (to a great extent due to opportunism and lack of political clarity of its vanguard). He is not discussing the general results of the process, like the ascension of liberals or the maintenance of power in the hands of the bourgeoisie. When we talk about whether or not those events can be called “victories”, we are discussing them from the point of view of state power. In the vacuum of power in Iran, we would have called for the construction of workers’ councils and the empowerment of a congress of workers’ and peasants’ councils. Only through this policy could any semblance of a February Revolution could be accomplished in Iran (if such a congress were formed but not conquered state power).

We have had many discussions with Brazilian Morenoites, for instance, about the transition of Latin American regimes from bourgeois dictatorships to bourgeois democracies in the 1980s. We have insisted that those did not represent “victories”, but a farce of the bourgeoisie to frustrate potential proletarian revolutions. The Morenoites have always argued that those were “victorious democratic revolutions”. We would like to ask your view on those events, as well as in what seems to us to be a similar situation happening in South Korea around the same time (transition from a bourgeois dictatorship to bourgeois democracy).

4) Quotations

Lenin on the establishment of the February regime: the liberals won their victory due to the weakness of the proletarian vanguard, which needs to achieve “real” or durable victory:

“The peculiarity of the situation lies in that the Guchkov-Milyukov government gained the first victory with extraordinary ease due to the following three major circumstances: (1) assistance from Anglo-French finance capital and its agents; (2) assistance from part of the top ranks of the army; (3) the already existing organization of the entire Russian bourgeoisie in the shape of the rural and urban local government institutions, the State Duma, the war industries committees, and so forth.”

“Comrade workers! You performed miracles of proletarian heroism yesterday in overthrowing the tsarist monarchy. In the more or less near future (perhaps even now, as these lines are being written) you will again have to perform the same miracles of heroism to overthrow the rule of the land lords and capitalists, who are waging the imperialist war. You will not achieve durable victory in this next “real” revolution if you do not perform miracles of proletarian organization!”

Trotsky on the contradictions of the victory of the street insurrection in February: it placed power in the hands of the bourgeoisie.

“To the question, ‘Who led the February revolution?’ we can then answer definitely enough: conscious and tempered workers educated for the most part by the party of Lenin. But we must here immediately add: this leadership proved sufficient to guarantee the victory of the insurrection, but it was not adequate to transfer immediately into the hands of the proletarian vanguard the leadership of the revolution.

“The insurrection triumphed. But to whom did it hand over the power snatched from the monarchy? We come here to the central problem of the February revolution: why and how did the power turn up in the hands of the liberal bourgeoisie?”

Trotsky discussing the possibility of the transition to bourgeois democracy in Fascist Italy (and what it would represent): not a victory, but the abortion of a revolution not fully matured.

“Does this mean that Italy might not again turn for a certain time into a parliamentary state or become a “democratic republic”? I consider – apparently in complete agreement with you – that such a perspective is not excluded. But it can manifest itself, not as the product of a bourgeois revolution, but as the abortion of the proletarian revolution, which had not fully matured and which had not been brought to its conclusion. In the event of a profound revolutionary crisis and mass battles, in the course of which, however, the proletarian vanguard proves as yet incapable of coming to power, the bourgeoisie might restore its rule on “democratic” foundations.

“Is it permissible to say, for instance, that the existing German [Weimar] Republic is the conquest of a bourgeois revolution? Such a characterization would be absurd. What took place in Germany in 1918–19 was a proletarian revolution which for lack of leadership was deceived, betrayed and crushed. The bourgeois counter-revolution, however, was forced to adapt itself to the situation created by the crushing of the proletarian revolution and to assume the forms of a parliamentary “democratic” republic.

“Is something similar (within certain limits, of course) excluded for Italy? No, it is not. The enthronement of fascism came as a result of the 1920 proletarian revolution which was not carried to its conclusion. The fascists can be overthrown only by a new proletarian revolution. Should this again not be carried to its conclusion (owing to the weakness of the Communist Party, the maneuvers and betrayals of the Social-Democrats, the Free Masons, the Catholics), then the “transitional” state which the counter-revolutionary bourgeoisie would be compelled to create after the foundering of the fascist form of its rule could not be anything else but a parliamentary and democratic state.”

Icaro,
On behalf of Revolutionary Regroupment

RETURN TO THE MENU

BEA to RR (7 December 2018)

RETURN TO THE MENU

Dear comrades of the Revolutionary Regroupment

We just started a political discussion with you by the active initiation of comrade Icaro Kaleb. Both organizations have similarity that we respect many parts of the iSt and the IBT’s politics. Therefore, we are seriously engaging in this meeting with you comrades with big hope.

However, both of us have grown in different culture, language and political situations. So those things might be source to obstruct our smooth conversation and to produce unnecessary misunderstandings. I think that we cannot avoid this rather natural process but only can overcome this by patient explanation and conversation.

Last Friday/Saturday I have talked with comrade Icaro about the history of both organizations and political viewpoints especially on Egypt, Turkey, Iran and Russia February revolution. After that, comrade Icaro added some more comments and I heard you comrades all know the conversation.

* * *

I’d like to ask some questions on the comments which are unclear to us and to explain different ideas on how to evaluate the results of Egypt, Iran and February revolution.

Questions:

1.

“We tended to agree with the IBT at the time as it became a civil war. But in terms of the coup in Benghasi, we did not support it.”

It is about Libya. Do you think when “it became a civil war” the character of the conflict was changed? And in the second sentence, we do not know what “the coup in Benghasi” and “it” in “we did not support it” means.

2.

“In Syria, it is amazing that the IBT was still neutral after so much imperialist intervention.”

What do you mean “imperialist intervention”? Could you give some examples of it?

3.

“Their coming to power is never described as a “victory” or “partial victory” of any kind by Lenin or Trotsky, but as a maneuver of the bourgeoisie to fool the masses.”

I talked “limited, contradictory and partial” victory and “two faces” of the results of the Egypt, Iran and February revolution. Then comrade Icaro commented above. I think it might be ‘all or nothing’ approach.

After the February revolution, Czar’s old regime was overthrown, the army changed their loyalty from Czar to Soviet, workers’ and soldier’s Soviet was built and it had real power, so dual power situation was risen, Bolshevik rapidly grown on the legal and mass base, and most of all it gave the subjective and objective situation to overthrow capitalist system as a whole. In Russia in which there was genuine revolutionary party armed with genuine Marxist program, working class could grip the chance and accomplished the final(?) ‘victory’, differently to other places.

Of course, the result of February revolution did not give us the final goal, socialism, but only the chance to achieve the goal. It was the reflection of the relationship of the forces at the time between the reactionary forces, ‘French and British imperialism, supporters of old regime and capitalism and Compromisers(Menshevik and Social revolutionary)’ and revolutionary forces, ‘working class supported by peasants and Bolshevik.’ That’s why it was limited and partial victory and had two contradict faces. And Trotsky described the February revolution using repeatedly the word “victory.” Everything has two faces. Everything is the unity and conflict of opposites.

I’d like to quote some comments that Trotsky described the February revolution with ‘victory’ from only one chapter “Chapter 9 The Paradox of the February Revolution” in the History of Russian Revolution

“The majority have already vanished. Such was the first reaction of the Duma, dissolved by the czar, to the victory of the insurrection.”

“However, even in those very first days of victory, when the new power of the revolution was forming itself with fabulous speed and inconquerable strength, those socialists who stood at the head of the Soviet were already looking around with alarm to see if they could find a real “boss.””

“But the situation changes the moment the victory is won and its political fortification begins. The elections to the organs and institutions of the victorious revolution attract and challenge infinitely broader masses than those who battled with arms in their hands.”

“This fact determined the political situation after the victory.”

7 Dec 2018
Bolshevik EA

RETURN TO THE MENU

[Iran:] History Takes its Vengeance

SWP/USec Criminal Tailism

[Iran:] History Takes its Vengeance

[Originally published in Workers Vanguard No. No. 239, 14 September 1979, by the then revolutionary Spartacist League. Transcribed by Revolutionary Regroupment from the scanned version available in marxists.org.]

 

They booed to their executioners.

As Ayatollah Khomeini rose to power in Iran following the overthrow of the bloody shah, the American Socialist Workers Party (SWP) emblazoned a headline hailing this event across the front page of its newspaper, a headline which will be immortalized in the annals of class treachery: “VICTORY IN IRAN!” (Militant, 23 February). So, whose victory now, SWP?

Every day since the fall of the Peacock Throne events in Iran have confirmed that the spoils of this “victory” are the savage repression of minorities, the execution of strikers, homosexuals, adulterers and others accused of “crimes against god”; the stoning of unveiled women, the suppression of all opposition parties and press. The current slaughter of hundreds of Kurds in northwestern Iran is only the most recent repressive measure of this Shi’ite theocracy in consolidating its victory.

The international Spartacist tendency (iSt) was unique on the left in telling the truth which every day receives confirmation in Khomeini’s “Islamic Republic”: the mullahs’ victory means a regime just as reactionary as the shah’s. In contrast, the SWP and its co-thinkers in the Iranian HKS (Socialist Workers Party) disguised and obscured at every stage the reactionary character of Khomeini’s Islamic fundamentalist regime. Today the HKS is experiencing the consequences of the “victory” it cheered only six months ago as it, along with other left and secular groups, has had its offices sacked and closed., its press suppressed, its members beaten, jailed and threatened with execution.

Despite the fact that brutal Islamic repression against the left, women, national minorities and homosexuals began on Day 1 of the mullahs’ regime, the egregiously misnamed “United Secretariat of the Fourth International” (USec), to which both the American SWP and Iranian HKS are “fraternally” affiliated, characterized the ayatollah as “progressive” and “anti-imperialist”. Even Khomeini’s attack on their HKS comrades brought forth a desultory response. The one thing the SWP did energetically was to exclude Spartacists from defense of the threatened Iranian socialists. Only now that it has finally dawned on these inveterate tailists, blinded by their opportunism, that they may actually have to pay for their treachery, has the USec belatedly sprung to life and begun screaming from the pages of their newspapers, “Stop Execution of Socialists in Iran!”.

In time-honored reformist fashion they are trying to cover their tracks by playing up the threat hanging over the arrested HKSers. The Stalinists used the same ploy following the 1973 Pinochet coup, trying to focus protests on freeing imprisoned Communist leader CorvaIan. The iSt, which defended Corvalan, also pointed out that the Chilean CP’s call for confidence in the “constitutionalist” officer corps paved the way for bloody counterrevolution. Again today we point the finger of guilt. The HKS present plight was prepared by their own criminal policy. The real story is: their comrades are not just martyrs, they are sacrificial victims of the USec’s support for Khomeini.

But these gentlemen socialists don’t like to talk about responsibility for crimes. Speaking recently in the United States, USec leader Ernest Mandel reacted angrily to Spartacist accusations that he and his organization had betrayed the working class with its support to popular frontism in Chile, Portugal and elsewltere:

“I don’t see any workers struggles betrayed by the organization I stand for […] The word ‘betrayals’ is completely out of order […] You can say it was a wrong policy, or a political mistake. But to speak about betrayals – you can’t put in the same category people who are responsible for the deaths of hundreds of thousands and millions of workers”.

For seminar socialists like Mandel, words do not have consequences. If the USec called for Latin American youth to go into the hills to follow Guevara’s bankrupt guerrilla strategy, if the SWP supported the counter revolutionary mobilization spearheaded by the ClA bankrolled Portuguese socialists – no matter, it’s just a “political mistake”.

No, it is a betrayal – of the proletariat, of Marxism, of anyone who follows your advice. And that is what has taken place in Iran. True, the USec is not influential enough to lead “hundreds of thousands and millions of workers to their deaths” – but at least 14 of its own supporters in the Iranian HKS are now facing life imprisonment or sitting on death row, jailed by the regime whose victory was greeted by these pseudo-Trotskyist tailists.

USec, SWP, HKS-Ernest Mandel, Jack Barnes and the rest: you have committed a crime, for which you will be held responsible before the court of history. You must live with it because your own comrades may die for it.

 

Cover-Up

After working for months to disguise the reactionary character of Khomeini’s Islamic regime, the USec is now desperately trying to shift its line without anybody noticing. Today Socialist Challenge (30 August), newspaper of the British International Marxist Group (IMG), proclaims in bold letters across its back page, “White Terror in Iran”, and announces “Khomeini has become the Shah of Iran”. The IMG neglects to inform us how this reactionary regime came to replace Khomeini’s “progressive” rule which it applauded only yesterday. Similarly, Rouge (24-30August), newspaper of the French Ligue Communiste Revolutionnaire, goes so far as to speak of Khomeini’s “coup de force”. Against himself?

For its part, the U.S. Socialist Workers Party is also moving (albeit more slowly) to dissociate itself from the bloody ayatollah. Today they write:

“Khomeini’s moves against the Iranian working people – aimed to protect the ill-gotten gains of the landlords and capitalists – lead him toward subordination to U.S. imperialism, in spite of the anti-imperialist posture he has tried to adopt up to now”.

— Militant, 7 September 1979

But it was the SWP which was the foremost con man on the American left for “Khomeini’s anti-imperialist posture”. Less than one year ago the SWP hailed Khomeini in the Militant (17 November 1978) as “progressive”:

“Although Khomeini subscribes to a religious ideology, the basis of his appeal is not religious reaction. On the contrary, he has won broad support among the Iranian masses because his firm opposition to the Shah and the Shah’s ‘modernization’ is progressive”.

The SWP is so ensconced in its cocoon of bourgeois-democratic illusions that it does not recognize the burning importance of the separation of church and state for backward countries. Khomeini’s religious ideology is his political program: i.e., an Islamic fundamentalist theocracy based on Great Persian chauvinism and the moral codes of desert bedouins.

When the iSt told the truth about what the victory of Islamic reaction would mean and raised the slogan: “Down With the Shah! Down With the Mullahs!” the SWP claimed we were “blinded by sectarianism” and “chauvinist”. But the real chauvinists were those who refused to do their internationalist duty and warn the Iranian toiling masses that Khomeini’s “Islamic Revolution” would prove no more progressive than the shah’s “White Revolution”. For many sections of the oppressed (e.g., religious minorities and women), it has already proven more repressive. This is even acknowledged in the SWP’s own publications.

A recent issue of Intercontinental Press (10 September 1979) contains a translation from a report made by a prominent Algerian lawyer who visited prisoners held in Karoun Prison located in Khuzistan which contains Iran’s Arab minority. Arab prisoners are reported as explaining:

“[…] that the Iranian revolution meant no change as far as they were concerned. For them the exactions of the old regime, based on the local feudal rulers, continues oppressing them both economically and socially. The same feudal rulers today are allied with the officials of the new regime, creating a continuity of repression”.

Where is the “victory” for the Arab minority of Khuzistan, criminal opportunists of the SWP?

 

Theocratic Parliamentary Cretinism

The HKS tried to present its credentials as a loyal social-democratic opposition to the dictatorship of the mullahs by running in the August elections for the so-called Assembly of Experts. But in a theocracy, social democracy doesn’t pay, even for short-sighted, narrowminded opportunists. According to the election statement in the last issue of the HKS paper Kargar (Worker) printed before its suppression and dated 8August:

“Three days from now, elections will be held for the Assembly of Experts. This body is to ratify a new constitution for Iran […] This constitution must defend the gains of the revolution and extend them. […] The new constitution must pave the way for the establishment of such a government of the oppressed majority”.

In fact, the Assembly of Experts was bound by Khomeini’s phony referendum for an Islamic Republic, which explicitly ruled out a constituent assembly. The Assembly of Experts would only amend Khomeini’s draft constitution consistent with institutionalizing the Islamic Republic and the political and social hegemony of the mullahs. The Assembly of Experts was no more a consituent assembly than is the college of cardinals. Nor was it any more democratically “elected” than that appendage of the papacy.

Given the predetermined outcome of a Shi’ite clerical dictatorship, many political parties of secular groups and minorities boycotted the elections, including all the Arab parties. Even the main liberal bourgeois party, the National Democratic Front (NDF), refused to participate as “a protest in principle against the revolutionary regime’s lack of attention to basic human rights”. In Iranian Kurdistan less than ten percent of the eligible voters cast ballots. Thus, the HKS presented the ludicrous spectacle of self-proclaimed “Trotskyists” running for a seat in the Assembly of Experts next to mullahs who were arguing over whether this or that clause was consistent with the Koran.

The 10 September issue of Intercontinental Press quotes long passages from the last issue of Kargar enthusing over the HKS participation in the elections of Islamic “experts”. But the SWP suppresses the existence of an article in the same issue of Kargar entitled “Last Minute Before Publication”, which states that: “There is a very important discussion in the party whether to boycott or participate in the elections of the Assembly of Experts”. Apparently, participating in the elections for the rubber-stamp “assembly” of the Islamic Republic was so unsavory that even a significant section of the mullah-tailist HKS balked. The Kargar article reports: “As is well known, three of our 18 candidates boycotted the elections”.

 

Fruits of Betrayal

In covering up for Khomeini’s reactionary regime and their own record on Khomeini, it is the SWP that has been forced to resort to deliberate lying. A typical piece of slanderous rubbish about that “irrelevant sect”, the Spartacist League, that has come to fill so many pages of the Militant lately, is a piece in the 6 July issue entitled “Spartacists Foiled in Attempt to Sabotage Defense”. According to the article, the SL was excluded from a picket to protest the jailing of the HKS because it brought “provocative signs”. Through partial quotation the SWP distorts the slogans on the signs: “Overthrow Islamic Reaction” and “Down with Khomeini”, instead of “For Workers Revolution to Overthrow Islamic Reaction” and “Down with Khomeini, For Workers Revolution”.

According to the SWP, these slogans “were a clear echo of imperialist propaganda against the Iranian workers and peasants” – from which one can only deduce that the SWP believes that the Carter administration is calling for workers revolution in Iran. The article states that the SL was “told by picket organizers that the protest was not open to opponents of the Iranian revolution” – i.e., Khomeini’s “Islamic Revolution”. Appropriately enough, according to SWP methodology, in order to “defend” the jailed HKS militants one must simultaneously defend their torturers, jailers and potential executioners – or at least not attack them openly!

The SWP’s international bloc partners in the so-called United Secretariat do not have a better record. In a heated exchange with supporters of the SL and its youth section, the Spartacus Youth League, at Boston University on July 17, Mandel defended the SWP’s “Victory in Iran” headline by stating:

“So some of our comrades are in jail but our organization is legal. Our paper is legal; it is sold in tens of thousands of copies like all other leftwing papers in Iran. Were they legal under the Shah? So what you have is a step from a reactionary dictatorship, which was bourgeois, towards what you could call partial bourgeois democracy […] We said that it is the beginning  of the process of permanent revolution […]”.

WV No. 237, 3 August

One month later the HKS, along with all other left and secular organizations, was illegal, its press banned, its leaders in jail. Is that what you call the next stage in the “process of permanent revolution”, Professor Mandel?

The national secretary of the pro-Mandel IMG in England, Brian Grogan, was so swept up in the “process of permanent revolution” when he was in Teheran that he joined the chador-covered women and the men carrying icons of Khomeini and chanted “allah akbar” (“god is great”). At a recent demonstration against Khomeini’s terror in front of the Iranian embassy in London, called by a Kurdish student association and endorsed by the IMG, Grogan’s disgusting action was not forgotten. As the IMG supporters present – a small fraction of their local membership, in the midst of the USec’s supposed “emergency campaign” – stood by, the 50-strong contingent of the Spartacist League/Britain chanted: “2, 4, 6, 8 – Does Grogan still think god is great?”. Another SL chant was: “Last Autumn You Said Khomeini’s Fine, It’s Kind of Late to Change Your Line”. The central slogan carried on the SL/B placards was: “USec/IMG Line Kills Arabs, Kurds, Leftists”. Other Spartacist signs included: “You Cheered for Khomeini, But You’re Not Cheering Now”, “Free the HKS and Fedayeen Supporters” and “Khomeini’s Revolution Means Massacre of Kurds”. On several occasions, when SLers and the Kurdish students jointly chanted “Down with the new shah” and “Down with Khomeini, For workers revolution”, the IMG tried to drown this out with slogans which did not attack the ayatollah. Not only do these fake Trotskyists refuse to directly denounce the mullahs’ rule, but they have sabotaged the defense of their own imprisoned comrades in Iran. The IMG waited a month to call its first defense demonstration (on July 7), and then sent only a handful of supporters to the protest.

On the face of it, the USec “defense” of their comrades would seem sectarian and defeatist – if one supposes that their concern was to defend imprisoned leftists. But then the USec at most gave lip service to defense of the Fedayeen, a far larger irritant to the Khomeini regime, when they came under attack. The HKS also abandoned the demand for the Kurdish right of self-determination when things got hot. No, their central aim is to defend Khomeini. And the ultimate price of their betrayal has not been paid by them – as of yet – but by the oppressed masses of Iran. But now they appeal for support.

Last fall as the mullah-led opposition gained force, the iSt warned that the Islamic clerics were as reactionary as the butcher shah. But when we said “Down with the shah, Down with the mullahs”, the USec/SWP replied that this is imperialist propaganda, that we were apologists for the shah. In February, when we said “Mullahs Win” the SWP proclaimed “Victory in Iran” and denounced the iSt position as “counterrevolutionary”. We said “Your comrades may die, but you support Khomeini”, and the fake Trotskyists physically expelled us from “private” picket lines defending the HKS, refusing to march with anyone who doesn’t swear fealty to the “imam”. You bowed to Khomeini and while you were kneeling the executioner comes along and is about to cut off your heads. So now you want sympathy for your plight.

All those concerned for democratic rights must demand freedom for imprisoned Kurdish partisans, Arab oil workers, HKS members and other leftists, and all victims of Khomeini’s reactionary terror. But the working class must never forget those fake-lefts who claimed Khomeini as a “progressive” alternative to the shah, who hoped to ride to popularity or power on the coattails of Islamic reaction. They are covered with blood.

Even Stalin criticized Chiang Kai-shek after the Shanghai massacre. The USec’s sudden discovery that Khomeini is not so progressive after all outdoes Stalin himself in hypocrisy. Chiang Kai-shek claimed to be a revolutionary nationalist and friend of the Russian Revolution when he was courting Stalin’s support. But Khomeini stated from the very beginning that he was a reactionary Islamic fundamentalist and Great Persian chauvinist who sought to crush the “satanic communists”. The criminal opportunism of the Used over Iran cannot be buried beneath its present (still half-hearted) criticisms and cries for international solidarity for its own supporters in Iran who are as much victims of its own wretched line as they are of capitalist terror. The rebirth of the Fourth International depends upon burning this betray and its consequences into the collective memory of the Marxist movement.

Another Cuba? What Next for Nicaragua?

Another Cuba? What Next for Nicaragua?

For Workers and Peasants Government – Not Bourgeois Sandinista Junta!

[Originally published in Workers Vanguard No. 23, August 1979, by the then revolutionary Spartacist League. Transcribed by Revolutionary Regroupment from the scanned version available in marxists.org.]

When 100.000 jammed Managua’s newly-named Plaza of the Revolution last month to cheer the Sandinista-led overthrow of the blood-drenched Somoza dynasty installed by the U.S. Marines 45 years ago, revolutionaries all over the world cheered with them. It was the first serious defeat for U.S. imperialism in Latin America since the Cuban revolutionary army annihilated the CIA-organized gusanos at the Bay of Pigs.

For two decades since the imperialist defeat on the Playa de Girón, the American ruling class and its local gorillas – haunted obsessively by the spectre of “another Cuba” – have taken a terrible vengeance against the workers, peasants and intellectuals of Latin America: the marines invading the Dominican Republic in 1965, the CIA hunting down and assassinating Che Guevara, the overthrow of bourgeois democracy in Brazil and Uruguay, followed by savage terror against the left, the murder of 30.000 workers and leftists in Chile in 1973, of thousands more in Argentina a few years later. But when West Point graduate “Tacho” Somoza fled to Miami along with the entire command of his National Guard, it had happened again – the first popular revolution against a right-wing dictatorship since Fidel Castro’s Rebel Army marched into Havana on New Year’s Day, 1959.

Would Nicaragua become another Cuba? No wonder this was the question everyone was asking – not only in the headlines of the Washington Post and the Pentagon’s war rooms, but among militants throughout Latin America. While syndicated cold-war columnists Rowland Evans and Robert Novak wailed that “Central America is going red”, most bourgeois journalists as well as the State Department maintain another Cuba is avoidable.

Nicaragua’s future political and economic course is, at least from afar, not categorically predetermined. (Unlike Iran, where the clearly reactionary religious character of the Khomeiniite opposition to the shah allowed revolutionaries to predict beforehand the nature of the new regime.)

The destruction of the Somoza regime has severely damaged the Nicaraguan bourgeois order. Somoza had more reason than Louis XIV to have said “L’état c’est moi”. Not only was the Somoza family a major component of the ruling class, owning a substantial chunk of key sectors of the economy; the state power had become reduced to Somoza’s personal praetorian guard. The civil war shattered it.

In bargaining with the revolutionary junta over the terms of Somoza’s ouster, the State Department was less concerned to add a few more conservative bourgeois figures to the future government than to preserve the National Guard. And the Sandinistas did agree that “honest and patriotic” Guard officers would be integrated into a new national army, with no reprisals against any of them.

What a cruel betrayal of the Nicaraguan people, who have seen their husbands, children and parents massacred by Somoza’s gangsters in uniform!

“They left the bodies here for 27 days, then they allowed them to be burned in front of the house. All that was left of my father was his head … they should kill every one of them. They shouldn’t let one of them live, but they shouldn’t kill them with just one shot, they should kill them so they suffer”

— The New York Times, 3 August

This cry of torment and vengeance is from a young woman who saw Somoza’s troops machine-gun her elderly father and mother. Later the Guardsmen’s wives came back and looted her home.

Somoza’s private army however did not trust the Sandinista leaders, whatever their promises to Jimmy Carter, to protect them against the blood fury of their victims. When their chief fled, the Guard crumbled into a mass of panicked refugees. The sight of Somoza’s troops abandoning their guns, stripping off their uniforms and piling into helicopters to escape recalls similar scenes during the fall of Saigon. Most of the Somoza Air Force, commandeered by fleeing troops, is now parked on runways in Guatemala and Honduras. Fishing boats were hijacked by desperate Guardsmen in a dash to El Salvador; others formed a ragtag column that hotfooted it over the Honduran border, while the more unlucky troops took refuge in churches, Red Cross camps and foreign embassies. Hopefully at least some of them will be tried for their atrocious crimes.

The country Somoza left behind is in ruins. Every major city was repeatedly bombed and Estelí, the scene of heavy fighting since last September, is practically a ghost town. Factories are destroyed, crops are lost. Transport services are in total disarray as many buses served as barricades during the fighting. Hundreds of thousands are returning from refugee camps to a country without housing or work. Tens of thousands have died in the fighting.

The power vacuum in Nicaragua arises both from the gravely disrupted condition of the bourgeois order and the weakness of the working class, lacking consciousness and organization. This vacuum gives the petty-bourgeois layers and their radical Sandinista representatives exceptional social weight and autonomy from the two counterposed decisive class camps of the proletariat and capitalism. The Sandinista guerrilla army is now the dominant military force. The decisive question is whether a new capitalist state apparatus will be reconstituted from among these petty bourgeois and bourgeois radical forces or whether the revolution will lead to a break with the capitalist-imperialist system.

The destruction of Somoza’s National Guard, just like the destruction of Batista’s Cuban army 20 years before, had opened up a period in which the class nature of the emerging state is not yet fundamentally determined. The Sandinista commanders pledge to respect private property – but so did the initial government of the Cuban Revolution.A s we wrote three years ago:

“ […] what existed in Havana following the overthrow of Batista was an inherently transitory and unstable phenomenon – a petty-bourgeois government which was not committed to the defense of either bourgeois private property or the collectivist property forms of proletarian class rule […] such a regime was temporarily autonomous from the bourgeois order – that is, a capitalist state, namely armed bodies of men dedicated to defending a particular property form, did not exist in the Marxist sense […]

— “Guerrillas in Power”, WV No. 102. 26 March 1976

 

The Lessons of Cuba

The Cuban Revolution therefore definitely casts its long shadow over Nicaragua, and not primarily because Castro has for many years supported the Sandinista guerrillas. Castro’s Rebel Army was a heterogeneous petty bourgeois force temporarily independent of the bourgeoisie. Generally such formations on coming to power have transformed themselves into new bourgeois bonapartist regimes integrated into the imperialist system. But in Cuba an exceptional development occurred leading to a break with the capitalist-imperialist order.

On first coming to power the 26th of July Movement guerrillas established a coalition government with old-time bourgeois politicians who in fact held the top posts: Manuel Urrutia as president, Jose Miró Cardona as prime-minister and Roberto Agramonte as foreign minister. But Castro’s initial reforms, especially the agrarian reform of June 1959, provoked a violent reaction from U.S. imperialism, which launched an economic boycott and encouraged domestic counterrevolutionaries. Castro in turn reacted with increasingly radical measures, which drove away all bourgeois support. Fearing the wrath of Yankee power, the Cuban bourgeoisie in large part fled to the U.S., expecting to return with the Marines.

To defend itself against U.S. imperialism and the Cuban bourgeoisie’s economic sabotage, in the summer-fall of 1960 the Castro regime expropriated capitalist property. In carrying out this social transformation the petty-bourgeois radicals of the 26th of July Movement also transformed themselves into a Stalinist bureaucracy of a deformed workers state, politically expropriating and oppressing the Cuban workers and peasants. As we pointed out:

“[…] the Russian Stalinist bureaucracy is in one of its central aspects – i.e., the transmission belt for the pressure of the world bourgeois order on a workers state – a petty-bourgeois formation. The decisive section of the Castroites could make the transition to the leadership of a deformed workers state because in the absence of the egalitarianism and proletarian democracy of a state directly won by the working people, they never had to transcend or fundamentally alter their own petty-bourgeois radical social appetites, but only to transform and redirect them”.

— Preface to Marxist Bulletin No. 8, “Cuba and Marxist Theory” (1973)

The chief actors in the overthrow Somoza have, each in their own way, drawn some lessons in seeking to avoid Cuba. About two years ago the largest grouping within the Sandinistas, the terceristas, decided that voicing support to socialism à la Cuba was a fundamental barrier to a broad alliance against Somoza. So they dropped their Castroism and adopted a purely bourgeois-nationalist program. The anti-Somoza bourgeoisie, a large majority of the Nicaraguan capitalist class, responded favorably and has since tried to domesticate the Sandinista guerrillas.

The social revolution from above in Cuba took place only because the bonapartist Castro regime faced exceptional historic conditions. Among them, a decisive factor was the belligerence of the U. S. toward the Cuban rebel government. U.S. imperialism also has learned a lesson from this experience, and in many Washington circles it is now recognized that the U.S.’ blind hostility to Castro in 1959 helped drive him toward the very expropriations it sought to forestall. In contrast, today the American rulers seem to have opted for the carrot instead of the stick in Nicaragua.

At first, fear of Castroite guerrillas coming to power caused the U.S. to support Somoza long after it was clear that his National Guard was fighting literally the entire Nicaraguan people. But when it became obvious that only direct military intervention could save Somoza, the Carter administration changed its tack and has since taken a conciliatory tone toward the revolutionary junta. When Sandinista leader Tomás Borge states he’s never said he is a Marxist, Washington is now willing to let him prove it. Even Castro remarked that Yankee imperialism has “learned something” and is not acting toward the Nicaraguan revolution as it did toward his.

Carter is trying to remove the onus of having backed Somoza until the eleventh hour. The new U.S. ambassador to Managua, Lawrence Pezzullo, strongly denounced any attempts by the defeated National Guard in exile to carry out counterrevolutionary actions. Washington is funneling funds to the new Nicaraguan regime via the Red Cross. And behind the scenes State Department men and CIA operatives are no doubt promising much more if the Sandinista commanders will play ball.

At the same time, the American rulers are not about to give the Sandinistas a blank check. Managua has requested that the U.S. supply it with weapons for the new People’s Army. Washington’s delay in agreeing to do so prompted the famous guerrilla chief and new deputy interior minister “Commander Zero” (Edén Pastora) to threaten that the revolution junta would go to the “socialist bloc” for arms, although this statement was later repudiated by Interior Minister Borge.

Despite the Sandinista regime’s repeated assertions that it wants good relations with Washington, U.S. diplomats are uneasy about the continuing anti-American rhetoric emanating from Managua. According to the Washington Post (7 August), Barricada, the official government organ and only newspaper currently published in the country, portrays the anti-Somoza revolution as a defeat for “U.S. imperialism” and refers to the Organization of American States as the “Department of State’s Ministry of Colonies”. The willingness of Yankee imperialism to deal with the Nicaraguan regime will strongly affect its course and may prove to be decisive in bringing about the reconsolidation of a state committed to defending capitalist property forms. But however shrewd the policy of Washington, the fate of the Nicaraguan regime will also depend upon the development of the class struggle within Nicaragua.

 

Castroite Guerrillas Govern with Millionaires

This government of “Marxist-Leninist” guerrillas and big capitalists will not easily master a country whose economy has been ruined, whose army has fled and whose masses expect more from the revolution than just slogans about “a new Nicaragua”. One doesn’t have to be a Marxist to figure out that the provisional government of national reconstruction is anything but a stable ruling group committed to a definite program. As the New York Times’ Alan Riding put it on 22 July:

“Anastasio Somoza Debayle was ousted last week because he succeeded in uniting almost all sectors of Nicaragua against him. In the heat of war, he even inspired the strangest of bedfellows to join a provisional government of national reconstruction. But can this potpourri of classes and ideologies work in government as it worked in opposition?

“In reality, the nearer the opposition came to power, the more fragile the coalition seemed. It was always easy to draft joint denunciations of the dictatorship, but it was less simple for conservative businessmen, Social Democratic intellectuals and Marxist guerrillas to agree on what should replace it.”

The Sandinista guerrillas seem to have given the bourgeois representatives the larger share of governmental power. Only two of the dozen or so ministers are leading Sandinistas; the rest are big capitalists, priests and technocrats. But this ministry is not where the real power lies. Castro, too, was not a member of the first post-Batista government; he just happened to be commander of the Rebel Army. If the Sandinista leaders have been generous in allowing their bourgeois allies ministerial portfolios, they have not allowed them to take command of the guns. The more sophisticated bourgeois press points out that the strongman in the Nicaraguan situation seems to be the Sandinista veteran Borge, who is both minister of the interior and one of the three commanders of the new People’s Army. It is Borge, not the minister of defense (an old veteran of the National Guard), who is calling the shots in the armed forces.

But to date the Sandinista commanders have been no less insistent than their bourgeois colleagues that the “new Nicaragua” will be capitalist. Borge, tagged as Nicaragua’s Castro”, protests: “’I’ve never said I’m a Marxist”, going on to substantiate this:

“That’s one thing we want to guarantee. Private property in this country will be respected. The only thing the revolutionary state has taken over to administer is the property of Somoza and his henchmen. The industrialists can keep calm.”

Washington Post, 25 July

One might think that Fidel Castro might be upset that the Sandinistas, whom he befriended when they were weak, now reject Cuba as a revolutionary model. But no, the Stalinist líder máximo has joined the chorus proclaiming that the Sandinistas stand for a social system unique to Nicaragua:

“To those who have said that Nicaragua will become a new Cuba, we respond to them in the way the Nicaraguans have responded, that Nicaragua will become a new Nicaragua – that is something very distinct.”

UPI dispatch, 27 July

 

The Future of the Nicaraguan Revolution

A decisive section of the Sandinista cadre along with their present bourgeois allies may reconstitute a bourgeois state under the sway of Yankee imperialism. But that is not the only possibility. An upsurge of militant social struggle from below (e.g., peasant land seizures, popular vengeance against Somoza’s Guardsmen), especially if it provokes a hostile reaction from the U.S., can pressure a section of the petty-bourgeois radical Sandinistas to the left, leading to bureaucratically-deformed social revolution. Alternatively such an upsurge, particularly in the absence of conscious revolutionary leadership, could well result in a bloody counterrevolution by the local bourgeoisie in alliance with the U.S. imperialists.

There is another road, along which lies the real hope for the victory of the Nicaraguan revolution: the emergence of the working class as an independent, conscious contestant for power. The creation of independent organs of workers power (e.g., workers militias, factory committees, soviets) would reciprocally lay the basis for the rapid development of a revolutionary proletarian (Leninist) party. The development of proletarian revolutionary forces would threaten the petty-bourgeois bonapartist appetites of all wings of the Sandinista leadership; a section of this petty-bourgeois movement would likely go over to the workers and its vanguard, while other elements would retreat into the camp of bourgeois reaction.

The present “unity” of the anti-Somoza revolution will be shattered, one way or another, by class conflict, the overthrow of Somoza in itself poses the radical redistribution of capitalist property in Nicaragua. This blood-sucking billionaire owned more than 30 percent of all the arable land in the country, along with a gigantic cattle herd. He had the controlling share of the national airline, owned the country’s biggest shipping company, its biggest meatpacking operation, some construction companies, and lots more – all now taken over by the new regime.

What is to be done with these vast holdings will be an area of major conflict between the different social classes now supporting the Sandinista/bourgeois junta. The peasants expect and will demand that the Somoza estates be the basis for a radical egalitarian agrarian revolution. The bourgeois politicians in Managua will try to transfer Somoza’s former wealth to their own pockets and those of their friends. The Sandinista minister of agrarian reform, Jaime Wheelock, proposes to turn most of the Somoza lands into cooperative farms, a proposal which must displease his bourgeois fellow ministers, who have a land-hunger of their own. Furthermore, bourgeois landowners must fear that takeovers may well extend beyond “Tacho’s” holdings to their own. It is possible that, as in Cuba in 1959, the scope and nature of agrarian reform may cause the first big blow-up between bourgeois ministers like Alfonso Robelo (Nicaragua’s cottonseed oil king) and petty-bourgeois radicals like Wheelock.

While the Sandinista/bourgeois junta in Managua preaches the virtues of reformed capitalism, the picture in the country’s second city, León, is rather different. This city fell to the Sandinista forces in June, and the more leftist “Prolonged People’s War” faction predominates. In what the Spanish magazine Cambio 16 terms “el León comunista”, food and other supplies are freely distributed through block committees, money has been taken out of circulation, commercial transactions are forbidden and labor is commandeered.

Given the near-total economic devastation caused by the civil war, rationing and other forms of “military communism” are not necessarily attacks on the capitalist system. But many of the Sandinista militants, workers and poor look upon “el León comunista” not as a post-war emergency measure, but as a model for socialist reconstruction of the country. The New York Times (29 Jluly) quotes one of León’s leftist leaders who criticizes the Managua regime as reformist and states, “there are a lot of people here who would like this to be a Marxist state”. He is unquestionably speaking the truth.

 

Workers to Power! For a Trotskyist Party!

The masses of Nicaragua cannot and do not want to live in the old way. But to produce a socialist revolution, the radicalized masses must be politically led and organized by a revolutlonary vanguard party, centrally based on the proletariat, and with an international perspective. In the absence of such a LeninIst (Trotskyist) party, Nicaragua can at best result only in another Cuba, in a deformed social revolution in which the working class is saddled with a narrowly nationalist, parasitic and oppressive bureaucracy. “Socialism in one banana republic” can only be an obstacle to the development of socialist revolution in Latin America.

But the fake-Trotskyist United Secretariat (USec) sees no need for a Leninist vanguard –because its entire perspective is to pressure the petty-bourgeois Sandinistas into making Nicaragua “another Cuba”. The USec’s 20 June declaration, “Solidarity with the Struggle of the Nicaraguan People” (Intercontinental Press, 9 July), never mentions the need for a revolutionary proletarian party. Instead, these revisionists declare the Sandinista National Liberation Front to be the “vanguard […] of the people of Nicaragua”. But the dominant tercerista faction has a purely bourgeois-democratic program, while the other two factions uphold the standard Stalinist “two-stage” revolution. Now in power, the Sandinistas have not only stated their intention to administer a capitalist Nicaragua, but have taken steps in that direction.

The immediate task facing a revolutionary party in Nicaragua is to oppose the efforts of the Sandinista/bourgeois junta to restore a capitalist state. The Sandinista leaders have already displayed the bonapartist desire to secure a monopoly of military power. One of the first acts of the revolutionary junta was to order all civilians to turn in the guns many acquired when the Guardsmen abandoned their weapons en masse. Given the revolutionary chaos, it is doubtful that this order has yet been carried out. An urgent demand a revolutionary party in Nicaragua must raise is that the toiling masses keep their arms, and that workers militias be established independently of the Sandinista/bourgeois regime.

A revolutionary party would agitate for popular tribunals to try the National Guard criminals hiding in the churches and Red Cross camps. It would demand a radical egalitarian agrarian revolution, the expropriation of industry and commerce and the reconstruction of the economy on a socialist basis. Expropriation must not be limited only to Somoza’s property. Above all, Trotskyists must agitate for a government excluding the anti-Somoza bourgeoisie and based on the democratic organs of the working class and its peasant allies. Such a revolutionary struggle obviously cannot be confined to Nicaragua alone, but must strive for a Socialist United States of Latin America.

Histeria imperialista sobre Afeganistão: viva o Exército Vermelho!

Originalmente publicado pela então revolucionária Spartacist League (EUA) em Spartacist n. 27-28, inverno de 1979-80. Traduzido a partir da versão publicada em Spartacist (español) no. 8, agosto de 1980. Contém apêndice de críticas da Tendência Bolchevique Internacional ao slogan “Viva o Exército Vermelho no Afeganistão”.

O governo dos EUA fala sobre a questão do Afeganistão como se estivesse prestes a lançar a Terceira Guerra Mundial. Em seu discurso presidencial sobre o “Estado da União” neste ano, Jimmy Carter ameaçou abertamente um confronto nuclear com a União Soviética no Golfo Pérsico. Como a URSS veio em auxílio de seus aliados em Cabul, Washington imagina que o exército soviético tomará os campos de petróleo no Irã e na Arábia Saudita e que o desajeitado Brezhnev promoverá a revolução entre os curdos, os turcomanos e, acima de tudo, os balúchis. Isso é um absurdo óbvio, mas o presidente americano acredita nisso. De verdade.

Por trás do atual delírio da Guerra Fria em Washington está o fundamental desejo imperialista de derrubar as conquistas sociais da Revolução Russa. No entanto, em comparação com a situação de 20 anos atrás, a posição internacional dos EUA foi grandemente enfraquecida, enquanto o papel dos seus aliados imperialistas aumentou consideravelmente. O fim da hegemonia americana foi sinalizado pela Nova Política Econômica de Nixon, anunciada em 15 de agosto de 1971, que destruiu as bases do sistema monetário internacional do capitalismo do pós-guerra. Agora os EUA encontram a indiferença da Europa Ocidental e do Japão quando exigem boicotes econômicos contra o Irã e a União Soviética. Não há dúvida de que Carter é capaz de lançar o mundo inteiro em um holocausto nuclear, mas resta saber se ele está em posição de mobilizar as pessoas em nível nacional ou os aliados imperialistas no exterior para continuar uma nova Guerra Fria.

O envio de milhares de tropas soviéticas ao Afeganistão constitui uma tremenda humilhação para o imperialismo norte-americano. O alto comando russo observava o Irã de Khomeini entrar em caos quase total, enquanto os porta-aviões dos EUA marcharam no mar de Omã, enquanto o governo de Cabul, aliado à URSS, se via ameaçado por uma jihad (guerra santa) islâmica reacionária. Vendo a paralisia de Washington diante da situação iraniana, os burocratas do Kremlin aproveitaram a oportunidade para esmagar a revolta dos mulahs e dos afegãos kanes e, também, estenderam seu perímetro de defesa a algumas centenas de quilômetros ao longo do flanco leste do Irã.

A opinião antissoviética em todo o mundo – da Casa Branca ao Grande Salão do Povo na China, das neocolônias “não alinhadas” como Zâmbia aos partidos comunistas da Espanha e Itália – lançou insultos contra o “expansionismo soviético” que supostamente “esmagou a soberania e a integridade nacional do Afeganistão”. A imprensa imperialista estava em pé de guerra, fazendo todo o possível para criar simpatia pelos “combatentes da liberdade” que enfrentavam tanques e aviões sofisticados com paus e pedras e cantos de “Allah Akbar”. Mas no confronto militar entre os soldados soviéticos que apoiam o Partido Popular Democrático do Afeganistão (POPA) e as forças feudais (e pré-feudais) apoiadas pelo imperialismo, os marxistas estão ao lado das forças que representam o progresso social; agora encabeçadas por tanques russos. É por essa razão que a tendência Espartaquista internacional (iSt) proclama em voz alta: Viva o Exército Vermelho! Estendendo as conquistas sociais da Revolução de Outubro aos povos do Afeganistão!

Mesmo que incorpore o país ao bloco soviético – o que seria um enorme passo adiante em comparação com as condições atuais no Afeganistão – hoje isso só poderia se dar com a formação de um Estado operário burocraticamente deformado. Somente os partidos trotskistas, armados com o programa da revolução permanente, podem levar as massas coloniais à sua libertação total – através de uma revolução política proletária na URSS ligada às revoluções socialistas, desde o Irã até os centros imperialistas. Mas a libertação das massas afegãs já começou!

Novamente a Guerra Fria

A presença das tropas soviéticas no Afeganistão foi usada pelo presidente dos Estados Unidos, Carter, e por seu consultor de “segurança nacional”, Zbigniew Brzezinski, como pretexto para implementar sua retórica antissoviética de “direitos humanos”. Washington está organizando um boicote ao trigo contra a União Soviética, na esperança de fomentar a agitação social. Eis a mensagem de Carter / Brzezinski para o povo soviético: morram de fome em prol dos “direitos humanos”! Mas duvidamos que as massas soviéticas, que sobreviveram ao cerco de Leningrado por Hitler, respondam favoravelmente a esta chantagem dos líderes imperialistas dos EUA.

E a comida está longe de ser a arma mais poderosa. As piedosas mentiras de Carter sobre o SALT (Discussões sobre a Restrição de Armas Estratégicas) pertencem à história agora que os EUA empreendem uma campanha armamentista maciça. Agora no oeste dos EUA haverá um estranho sistema subterrâneo massivo para transportar projéteis móveis MX, concebidos como uma arma de primeiro ataque. Carter exigiu que os aliados da OTAN, incluindo a Alemanha Ocidental, aceitassem 572 projéteis nucleares apontados para a URSS e prometessem aos EUA aumentar suas despesas militares em 5% ao ano nos próximos cinco anos. Tudo isso aconteceu antes da crise afegã!

Agora o palavreado sobre “distensão”, SALT, etc., com o qual os imperialistas procuravam negociar o desarmamento do Estado operário degenerado soviético, foi descartado. Naturalmente, essa farsa diplomática contrarrevolucionária não teria alcançado tal magnitude se não fosse pelas ilusões pacifistas da colaboração de classes pela burocracia do Kremlin.

Dando mais um passo em sua campanha belicista, Washington enviou o secretário de “defesa” Harold Brown a Pequim para intensificar a aliança antissoviética dos EUA com a China, que já foi testada duas vezes no terreno militar: durante a invasão sul-africana de Angola e depois com a invasão chinesa do Vietnã. Agora, o Pentágono quer que os stalinistas de Pequim forneçam armas aos rebeldes reacionários afegãos através do Paquistão, um cliente comum. Com uma beligerância francamente incomum, o brinde de Brown em um banquete oficial convocou a China a se unir ao imperialismo dos EUA “com ações complementares no campo da defesa, bem como da diplomacia”.

Os russos estão finalmente fartos do fortalecimento nuclear da OTAN, da “modernização” do arsenal da China, dos projetos para um comando de “desdobramento rápido”, do recrutamento militar e do orçamento estratosférico do Pentágono. Em uma reunião em Moscou com o presidente da Assembleia Nacional francesa, Jacques Chaban-Delmas, Brezhnev teria advertido que a Rússia “não toleraria” o armamento nuclear de Pequim pelos EUA, afirmando: “Acredite em mim, depois da destruição das instalações nucleares chinesas por nossos projéteis, não haverá muito tempo para os americanos escolherem entre defender seus aliados chineses e conviver pacificamente com a gente!”.

Desde que Carter fez dos russos o alvo de sua ira desenfreada de Guerra Fria – a anulação dos pactos de “distensão”, o bloqueio de aeronaves da Aeroflot e o trigo contratado; a tentativa de alguns controladores de tráfego aéreo de Nova York de derrubar um avião soviético transportando o embaixador da URSS para Washington – o ultimato Brejnev parece eminentemente razoável.

Na realidade, para um grande setor da opinião pública, Washington está agindo como um cão raivoso que escapou da coleira. George Kennan, um dos famosos arquitetos da primeira Guerra Fria, sem dúvida expressa o sentimento de uma parte considerável da burguesia quando repreende as “estridentes advertências públicas” de Carter sobre a ação militar:

“Não me lembro de nenhum exemplo na história moderna em que tal colapso da comunicação política e tal triunfo de desconfianças militares desenfreadas, como as que hoje marcam as relações soviético-americanas, não tenham terminado, no final, em um conflito armado.” – New York Times, 1 de fevereiro de 1980

Por sua vez, o Kremlin ainda procura uma acomodação com elementos “realistas e amantes da paz” da burguesia imperialista. Quaisquer que sejam as respostas defensivas russas ao delírio de Guerra Fria de Carter, a burocracia stalinista russa continua apegada à “coexistência pacífica” com o capitalismo mundial. Mas sua “coexistência pacífica” não trará a paz. Como afirmado pelo líder trotskista americano James P. Cannon durante a Guerra da Coreia:

“A luta de classes dos trabalhadores, fundindo-se com a revolução colonial numa luta comum contra o imperialismo, é a única verdadeira luta contra a guerra. Os stalinistas que pregam o contrário são mentirosos e enganosos. Os trabalhadores e os povos coloniais terão paz quando tiverem poder e usarem seu poder para ganhá-la e fazê-la por si mesmos. Este é o caminho de Lenin. Não há outro caminho para a paz.” – The Road To Peace  (1951)

Gritaria sobre o Afeganistão

Hoje, no Afeganistão, o imperialismo dos EUA conspira com os defensores do “preço da noiva” e do véu, da usura e da servidão e da miséria perpétua. A vitória dos insurgentes islâmicos no Afeganistão seria a perpetuação da escravidão feudal e pré-feudal. Por essa razão, reivindicamos a vitória militar do regime nacionalista de esquerda do PDPA. Agora, o posicionamento direto das tropas soviéticas e a confirmação dos laços imperialistas dos rebeldes islâmicos mudam os termos do conflito. Uma vez que os líderes stalinistas do Kremlin, por razões defensivas, adotaram uma postura genuinamente vermelha, a defesa da própria URSS é levantada diretamente. E os trotskistas permanecemos em nossas posições.

Muita importância tem sido dada ao “direito à autodeterminação” dos afegãos – uma questão obscurecida (e subordinada aos principais problemas de classe), já que o Afeganistão é um Estado e não uma nação. Mas se esse “povo islâmico ferozmente independente”, de acordo com Carter, está prestes a sofrer uma terrível opressão nacional nas mãos dos soviéticos, como se explica que Moscou pode utilizar tropas muçulmanas da Ásia Central soviética? Obviamente, porque eles sabem que as condições da Ásia Central soviética são muito superiores às do Afeganistão infestadas de mulahs. Em particular, a posição das mulheres constitui um índice-chave do progresso social. Como o New York Times reconheceu (9 de fevereiro de 1980), “foi a concessão de novos direitos às mulheres pelo governo revolucionário de Cabul que empurrou homens muçulmanos ortodoxos das aldeias pashtuns do leste do Afeganistão a pegarem em armas. Ao afegã custa uma vida inteira economizar o preço da noiva, ou ele se endivida para toda a vida com os credores que coletavam créditos de usura e davam aos mulahs sua parcela de doações. Representava a escravidão para mulheres e, para homens sem recursos, a inacessibilidade de relações sexuais com mulheres.

Do ponto de vista militar, a intervenção soviética pode ou não ter sido acertada, embora a oposição aos insurgentes reacionários islâmicos apoiados pelo imperialismo seja, naturalmente, profundamente justa. Não há dúvida de que os revolucionários neste conflito ficam do lado do Exército Vermelho. Além disso, apesar de desnecessário em termos militares, o desejo entusiasta de se alistar em uma brigada internacional para lutar contra os rebeldes reacionários ligados à CIA seria uma resposta natural por parte da juventude de esquerda em todo o mundo.

No entanto, escandalosamente, a maior parte da esquerda dos países ocidentais se harmoniza com Carter ou os maoístas, velhos cachorros de colo do Pentágono, aplaudem o embargo do trigo imperialista e pedem aos EUA para aumentar a ajuda aos insurgentes islâmicos. Sua histeria antissoviética chega a tal extremo que em Frankfurt (Alemanha Ocidental) eles se juntaram à direita afegã em uma tentativa de esfaquear um líder da Trotzkistische Liga Oeutschlands (seção da iSt) em 25 de janeiro. Até mesmo supostos trotskistas como o IMG (seção inglesa do Secretariado Unificado) juntam-se ao clamor imperialista. Eles publicaram em seu jornal a manchete “Tropas soviéticas fora do Afeganistão”. Seus camaradas da LCR francesa variam de semana para semana entre a oposição aos mulahs e a oposição ao exército soviético. E o SWP dos EUA finge que “a intervenção soviética não é a questão-chave” e que é mentira chamar as tribos de “rebeldes muçulmanos”. Enquanto isso, o “Comitê Conjunto” pseudo-esquerdista dos morenistas e lambertistas, pede apoio militar aos reacionários afegãos e até mesmo para estender a “Revolução Islâmica” à União Soviética!

Uma das causas da vergonhosa confusão desses pseudo-esquerdistas e seu apoio diretamente contrarrevolucionário aos rebeldes apoiados pelo imperialismo é que todos eles apoiam o movimento análogo do vizinho Irã – o regime teocrático clerical-feudalista de Khomeini. Mas no Afeganistão, a CIA e Khomeini estão do mesmo lado das barricadas, e o apoio massivo do Exército Vermelho para o regime de Kabul contra a revolta tribal islâmica apoiada pelos EUA e o Paquistão levanta a “questão Russa” à queima-roupa.

Ao dar apoio militar incondicional ao exército soviético e às forças do POPA, a tendência espartaquista de modo algum presta confiança política à burocracia do Kremlin ou a seus aliados nacionalistas de esquerda no Afeganistão. Somente uma revolução política proletária na URSS pode restaurar autenticamente o Exército Vermelho e o Estado soviético à sua missão revolucionária e internacionalista. Somente a derrubada dos Estados imperialistas pelas classes trabalhadoras, sob a liderança de um partido trotskista de vanguarda, pode assentar as bases para a ordem socialista mundial, que poderá retirar da miséria, do isolamento e do obscurantismo as regiões profundamente oprimidas e atrasadas com o Afeganistão, estabelecendo uma genuína igualdade social de todos os povos.

APÊNDICES

Críticas da IBT ao slogan “Viva o Exército Vermelho no Afeganistão!”

“O problema com o slogan ‘Viva o Exército Vermelho no Afeganistão’ é que ele falhou em distinguir entre apoio político e militar. O Exército Soviético (que oficialmente não se chama “Exército Vermelho” desde 1946) é o braço militar da burocracia do Kremlin. As políticas para o exército são as da burocracia. Seu papel, portanto, é contraditório, como o da própria burocracia. Enquanto o exército russo defender a União Soviética contra o imperialismo (e este foi o propósito de ir para o Afeganistão), estamos militarmente do lado dele. Se ele destruir as estruturas sociais opressivas e substituí-las por propriedades coletivizadas nas áreas sob seu controle (e essa foi, sem dúvida, uma das possibilidades da intervenção soviética), apoiaremos essas medidas. Mas  apoiar incondicionalmente o Exército Soviético (por exemplo, dar “vivas” a ele) nos colocaria na posição de ter que pedir desculpas quando os stalinistas se ajustarem ao status quo social ou fizerem uma retirada covarde. E, não surpreendentemente, isso é exatamente o que eles fizeram no Afeganistão.

“… a SL lançou essa formulação deliberadamente angular em meio a uma onda de antissovietismo que estava varrendo os EUA. Por mais louvável que esse impulso pudesse ter sido, não há como evitar o fato de que, tomado em si e literalmente, o slogan significa um apoio político pleno do papel soviético no Afeganistão.

… O chamado por ‘Vitória militar para o Exército Soviético’ correspondia à situação concreta no Afeganistão, porque nos colocava no lado soviético em batalha, mas sem assumir a responsabilidade pelas traições dos stalinistas.” – On the Slogan “Hail Red Army”. Bending the Stick Too Far. 1917 n. 5, inverno de 1988-89.

“A questão de dar ‘vivas’ às tropas soviéticas apareceu em 1939, durante a luta fracional histórica no SWP dos EUA, contra a oposição revisionista liderada por Max Shachtman, que não queria defender a URSS. Shachtman tinha uma agenda diferente da atual SL, mas ele compartilha seus mesmos interesses em apagar a linha entre o apoio político e militar à URSS em conflitos com os Estados capitalistas. Ele perguntou: se a URSS ainda é um Estado Operário, ‘porque a maioria não se propõe a dar vivas ao avanço do Exército Vermelho na Polônia”, como fizeram os revolucionários nos dias de Lenin. Em resposta, Trotsky explicou claramente por que a Quarta Internacional não propôs dar ‘vivas’ ao Exército Vermelho de Stalin:

‘O que há de novo na situação (comparado a 1920) é a falência da Terceira Internacional, a degeneração do Estado soviético, o desenvolvimento da Oposição de Esquerda e a criação da Quarta Internacional … E todos esses eventos explicam o porquê nós mudamos radicalmente nossa política em relação ao Kremlin, incluindo sua política militar.  (Em defesa do marxismo).” – On ‘Hailing’ Brezhnev’s Afghan Policy. 1917 n. 7, inverno de 1990.

Dictatorship of the Proletariat or NDP in Power?

Workers Government:

Dictatorship of the Proletariat or NDP in Power?

[Reprinted from Spartacist Canada Aug./Sept. 1979]

Picture for a moment New Democratic Party (NDP) leader Ed Broadbent kneeling before the Governor General, former NDP Manitoba premier Ed Schreyer, preparing.to be sworn in as prime minister. To connect this image with the seizure of state power by the working class is ludicrous. Yet during the past federal elections the fake-Trotskyist Revolutionary Workers League (RWL) proclaimed that “the road forward to a workers government” began with:

“stepping up the CL-C campaign to support NDP candidates, with the goal of electing a majority of NDP members. In Quebec, the unions could begin the task of building a mass labor party. —Socialist Voice, 21 May

The truth is that the election of a pack of career­ist social democrats to Parliament Hill has nothing to do with the fight for a workers government. But the miserable opportunists of the RWL deliberately try to equate the two in order to rationalize their “strategy” of promoting the NDP within the work­ing class. In this they follow the lead of the trade-union tops who have long advocated a “fight at the ballot box,” as a diversion from a fight on the pick­et lines.

THE WORKERS GOVERNMENT SLOGAN AND THE FOURTH CONGRESS OF THE COMINTERN

For. Leninists the call for a workers government is a call for a government based directly on organs of proletarian power (soviets, factory committees, trade unions), led by the revolutionary vanguard party and committed to the expropriation of the capitalist class. In short, it is a popularization for the dictatorship of the proletariat.

In a presentation to the Spartacist League/Britain last winter Joseph Seymour, Central Committee member of the Spartacist League/U. S. , explained  the motivation for introducing the workers govern­ment slogan into the propaganda of the Communist International at its Fourth Congress in 1922:

“It was an attempt to address the following real and important contradiction. Many social-demo­cratic workers wanted their own party to carry out a socialist programme, were open to a co­alition government with the Communists and were even willing to establish such a government on the basis of proletarian organs of power, not parliamentarism. In other words, many social-democratic workers accepted the essential pro­grammatic cqre of the dictatorship of the prole­tariat, while retaining illusions in their ~paders and distrusting` the ,C*tnmunistX -At th-64,joarni I time, the socW—democratic, leaders Wet , 6 – -de­monstrated counterrevolutionaries who in a revo­lutionary situation would sabotage proletarian state power and pave the way for bourgeois reaction.

Spartacist Britain May 1979

The discussion of the workers government at the Fourth Congress was conditioned by the disastrous experience of the Hungarian Soviet Republic of March-August 1919. Throughout the brief history of the Hungarian Soviet government, which was composed of a social-democratic majority and a communist minority, the social democrats system­atically worked to undermine proletarian power and prepared the way for the victory of the counter­revolution.

Especially in light of the Hungarian experience, Zinoviev, who wrote the resolution on the “work­ers government, ” correctly wanted to express the position that the social democrats could not and would not defend the dictatorship of the proletariat. However he did so by constructing a confusing terminological schema of “workers governments”:

“1. Liberal workers’ governments, such as there was in Australia; this is also possible in England in the near future.

2.Social-democratic workers’ governments (Germany).

3. A. government of workers and the poorer peasants. This is possible in the Balkans, Czechoslovakia, Poland, etc.

4. Workers’ governments in which communists participate.

5. Genuine proletarian workers’ governments, which in their pure form can be created only by the communist party. “

–Jane Degras, ed. , The Communist Interna­tional 1919-1943 Documents, vol. 1: 1919-19ZZ, (1956)

The first two were seen as phony workers governments. The third and fourth were considered weak or transitory workers governments because the social democrats would not defend them. In his summary remarks at the congress, Zinoviev cat­egorically stated: “Yes, dear friends, in order to erect a workers government one must first over­throw and vanquish the bourgeoisie. ” By Zinoviev’s criteria, the RWL is struggling for a phony “work­ers government.

Zinoviev’s famous list of “workers governments” has been seized on by virtually every ex-Trotsky­ist revisionist who wants to abandon the fundamen­tal principles of the Leninist party and the dicta­torship of the proletariat. Joseph Hansen used the label to justify political support to the Cuban Castroite regime. Ernest Mandel and Michel Pablo characterized Ben Bella’s Algeria as a “workers and farmers government. ” There was plenty of ambiguity in the discussion on the work­ers government slogan at the Fourth Comintern Congress. But it was just that–and-not the anti-Leninist program for a “workers government” that is neither bourgeois nor proletarian in its class character. All the participants in the dis­cussion categorically denied that the workers gov­ernment slogan was a call for the capitalists’ social-democratic lackeys to assume the task of administering the bourgeois state on behalf of the bosses.

During a revolutionary upsurge when the question of proletarian power is posed, but the proletariat still remains under the leadership of reformist and centrist parties, the “workers government” slogan can be concretized as a demand upon these parties. But this is precisely a demand that these parties break with class collaborationism and parliamen­tarianism and govern on the basis of organs of proletarian power. In Russia between February and October 1917, the Bolsheviks several times called on the Mensheviks and other-fake-socialists to dump their capitalist coalition partners in the Provisional Government and to take power in their own names on the basis of the soviets which they controlled. In 1934 in Spain it was imperative to call on the Caballero wing of the Spanish Socialist Party to form a workers (Soviet) government when it was leading an armed insurrection against the bourgeois government. But to call on the wretched, right-wing social democrats of the NDP to form a “workers government” in Canada in 1979 is a par­liamentarian cretinist caricature of that revolu­tionary slogan.

Perhaps the RWL revisionists think that workers in Saskatchewan already have “their own” govern­ment — led by NDP Commissar Allan Blakeney. Like every other social- democratic government this “workers government” serves the bosses by smash­ing strikes, slashing wages and cutting social services. Against the RWL’s social-democratic perversion of the Leninist Comintern’s slogan of the workers government, the Trotskyist League up­holds the model of the Bolshevik-led Soviet Republic.

THE RWL AND THE WORKERS GOVERNMENT

The slogan of the workers government has recent­.ly come into vogue within the United Secretariat (USec), the international coalition of fake-Trotsky­ists to which the RWL is affiliated. In line with its “turn to the class”–one hundred and thirty years after Marx wrote the Communist Manifesto — the reformist American Socialist Workers Party (SWP) has adopted the call for a “workers government” as another of its pseudo-orthodox trimmings. The SWP has rediscovered that the Russian Revolution is the “classical model”–a model which it claims has its most contemporary expression in the Islamic revolution of Ayatollah Khomeini and his reactionary muslim clergy. For the members of Ernest Mandel’s centrist ex-International Majority Tendency (IMT), who in the heady days of guerrilla warfare were the foremost champions of “armed struggle” as the “only road, ” the popular front has supplanted the vicarious Guevarism of yesteryear as the road to a “workers government.

Keeping up with the latest political fashion in the USec, the RWL has also adopted the workers gov­ernment slogan. Naturally there are differences within the RWL over the application of the slogan (as there are over everything else). Louis Paquette, representing a tendency in sympathy with the SWP wing of the USec, submitted a document to the RWL’s last convention which baldly stated that “the workers government is not the dictatorship of the proletariat” (Report on Governmental Perspectives and Our Strategy). Paquette stands on the ex-League for Socialist Action (LSA) tradition of abject subser­vience to the NDP codified in such slogans as “Build the NDP” and “Win the NDP to Socialism. “

In the pre-convention discussion a small minority of Mandelites led by ex-Groupe Marxiste Re”volu­tionnaire (GMR) honcho, M. Lafitte, scored Paquette for a position which “could potentially constitute a revision of the Marxist theory of the state. ” Lafitte oh-so-politely (“excuse me in advance if, at times, I polemicize against formulations which Paquette has since modified”) chides Paquette for substitut­ing electoralism for socialist revolution and elimi­nating the need for proletarian organs of power as the basis upon which the proletariat can become the ruling class. Lafitte goes on to say that for the RWL and its predecessor, the LSA:

“… the question of a workers government within the Canadian state has always since 1951 been raised in relation to our electoral policy and to our governmental slogans within the framework of bourgeois democracy, and without taking Quebec into account… “

–“On the Concept of a ‘Workers Government”‘

What Lafitte is referring to here is the 1951 liquida­tion of the Canadian Trotskyists into the Cooperative Commonwealth Federation, the predecessor of the NDP. To the LSA’s capitulation to the NDP, Lafitte counterposes the European Pabloist tradition of capitulating to Stalinism as well as social democ­racy and upholds Mao’s China, Castro’s Cuba and Ho Chi Minh’s Vietnam as models of “workers governments”.

However Lafitte’s real difference with Paquette is the latter’s challenge to Lafitte’s long-held Quebec Bundism: the necessity for the “indepen­dence” of the struggle of the Quebec working class. For Lafitte, the class struggle  is limited by the boundaries of “La Belle Province”:

“Paquette takes the fatal step. He proposes a strategic framework for the revolution in the Canadian state in which the formation of a single workers’ government is necessary to the creation of two workers’ states, one in Quebec, the other in Canada. “

It is all very well to oppose a common struggle to put the NDP and a few Quebec labor bureaucrats onto the government benches in the House of Com­mons. But the nationalist Lafitte opposes it for the wrong reason–because it violates the sacred “independence” of the Quebec working class from the rest of the North American proletariat.

Neither of the RWL’s two founding English-Canadian components, the reformist LSA or the right-centrist Revolutionary Marxist Group (RMG), ever had much use for the workers government demand. The LSA favored the call “For an NDP Government. ” The RMG, which originated as a left split from the LSA in 1973, initially recoiled from the LSA’s grovelling before the NDP. Yet in its 1974 federal election campaign the RMG explic­itly rejected the workers government slogan on the grounds that it would either be confused with an NDP government or it would be interpreted as the dictatorship of the proletariat (and thereby alienate the ex-New Leftists the RMG sought to attract).

The much-heralded fusion of the LSA and RMG (and the RMG’s sister group in Quebec, the GMR) to form the RWL did little to resolve their conflict­ing opportunist appetites. The “unity” between the LSA .and. RMG/GMR was achieved largely by paper­ing over factional differences. While the ex-RMGers accepted the LSA’s NDP loyalism in English Canada, they remained committed to petty-bourgeois nation­alism in Quebec. Thus when the RWL had to con­cretize its governmental slogan in time for the federal elections last May all the old factional hos­tilities reappeared. In the end the conflict between Quebecois nationalist and social-democratic appe­tites in the RWL was “resolved” by calling fortwo“workers governments “–one for each faction! The RWL’s election propaganda featured two contradic­tory governmental slogans: “For a Workers Repub­lic of Quebec–For a unitary Workers Government” (of NDP hacks and Quebec labor bureaucrats).

Thus each faction gets its own slogan and each its own national turf. The ex-RMG/GMRers can push “Independence and Socialism” for Quebec while the ex-LSAers campaign for votes to the English chau­vinist NDP in English Canada. With the transfer ­of the RWL’s national headquarters (and several leaders of the ex-RMG) to Montreal this fall, English Canada is abandoned to NDP loyalists of the ex-LSA.. Whereas the RWL has yet to win self-determination for Quebec, perhaps the warring factions and cliques within the RWL may accomplish their own “independence.”

A workers government without revolution?

British centrists search for halfway house

A workers government without revolution?

[Reprinted from Spartacist Britain #11, May 1979]

The following article discusses the positions of two centrist organisations, the Inter­national-Communist League and Workers Power, on the ‘workers government’ slogan. It is based on a presentation given to a Spartacist League national educational in London last December by comrade Joseph Seymour of the SL/US Central Committee.

Various centrist groups, currently among them the British International-Communist League (I-CL) and Workers Power group, have sought to exploit the confusions around the ‘workers government’ slogan at the Fourth Congress of the Communist International in 1922 in order to con­struct a halfway house between the dictatorship of the proletariat and the administration of the bourgeois state by reformists. These groups insist that a workers government is not the dictatorship of the proletariat, but can only be an intermediate form between a bourgeois and proletarian  state. Thus Workers Power leader Stuart King writes in his article ‘The Workers’ Government: Problems in the Application of a Slogan 1917-1977′:

‘Such a government could only be a temporary phenomenon, giving rise as it must to a civil war with the forces of the bourgeoisie. Although such a government was not the dictatorship of the proletariat, the Comintern allowed for the possibility of Communists entering such a gov­ernment under certain strictly laid down condi­tions….’ (Workers Power no 5, autumn 1977)

A few years ago the I-CL was in a short-lived international bloc with an Austrian group, the Internationale Kommunistische Liga, and repro­duced favourably an IKL document which similarly presented the workers government as a stage on the road to the proletarian dictatorship:

‘The workers’ government is not the same as the dictatorship of the proletariat. It is to the same degree and in the same way as the slogan of workers’ control is the same as socialism.’ (‘A Bold Tactical Compromise’, International Communist no 7., March 1978)

While the various centrist groups differ among themselves as to what a workers government signifies, they all insist that it is not the dictatorship of the proletariat. In this they follow the well-beaten path of the ‘big time’ centrists of the United Secretariat (USec). In a mid-1960s introduction to Leon Trotsky’s Tran­sitional Programme, USec gnome Pierre Frank bragged about how he and his revisionist friends had enriched Marxism:

‘… the key piece in the program is precisely the culminating slogan of the whole chain — the slogan for a workers’ and farmers’ government or for a workers’ government. Here again the Fourth International has both revived and enriched the teachings of the third and fourth congresses of the Communist International by using the slogan as a transitional governmental formula corres­ponding to the organizational conditions and consciousness of the masses at a given moment, and not as a synonym for the dictatorship of the proletariat.’ (International Socialist Review,May-June 1967, emphasis in original)

Far from ‘enriching’ the teachings of the early Comintern, Frank thoroughly distorts them, and stands in flat opposition to the position of Trotsky’s Fourth International. During the 1930s Trotsky insisted that the ‘workers government’ was a popular synonym for proletarian state power:

‘The important thing is that we ourselves under­stand and make the others understand that the farmers, the exploited farmers, cannot be saved from utter ruin, degradation, demoralization, except by a Workers and Farmers Government, and that this is nothing but the dictatorship of the proletariat, that this is the only possible form of a Workers and Farmers Government.’ (‘Conversation on the Slogan “Workers and Farmers Government”‘, Writings1938-39 [first edition])

The confusions at the Fourth Congress which centrist groups exploit arose because the Com­intern launched a new slogan with two different, though not contradictory, purposes. The ‘workers government’ was to be used as a popularisation for the concept of the dictatorship of the proletariat, which many social-democratic workers falsely identified with the dictatorial rule of a communist minority. It was also to be used as part of a united front offensive against the mass social-democratic parties, centrally in Germany and France, demanding that these parties break with the bourgeoisie and establish a workers government in alliance with the Communists.

The dual purpose of the ‘workers government’ slogan was expressed in the first paragraph of the Comintern resolution on the question. The first sentence states:

‘The slogan of a workers’ government (or a work­ers’ and peasants’ government) can be used prac­tically everywhere as a general propaganda slo­gan.’ (Jane Degras, ed, The Communist Interna­tional 1919-1943 Documents, vol I: 1919-1922 [1956])

In his report Zinoviev rightly noted that in the United States, for example, the ‘workers, government’ can be used for general socialist propaganda, but could not be posed as a demand upon a mass reformist party, which didn’t (and still doesn’t) exist:

‘Of course, even to-day in the United States good propaganda work can be done with the slogan of the Labour Government. We can explain to the workers. “If you want to free yourselves, you must take power into your own hands.” But we cannot say, in view of the present relationships of power in the United States, that the watch­word of the Labour Government is applicable to an existing fight between two parties….’ (Fourth Congress of the Communist International [1923])

Having indicated the general propagandistic use of the ‘workers government’ slogan, the Comintern resolution went on to emphasise the tactical applicability of the slogan in countries where the bourgeois order is highly unstable and mass reformist workers parties are contenders for power:

‘But as a topical political slogan it is of the greatest importance in those countries where bourgeois society is particularly unstable, where the relation of forces between the workers’ parties and the bourgeoisie is such that the decision of the question, who shall form the government, becomes one of immediate practical necessity. In these countries the slo­gan of a workers’ government follows inevitably from the entire united front tactic.’ (Degras, op cit,emphasis in original)

The confusions surrounding the ‘workers government’ slogan derive from its second usage, as a united front tactic in the struggle for proletarian state power. One can identify three areas of confusion. One, can a workers govern­ment take a parliamentary form or must it be based directly upon the organs of proletarian power (soviets, factory committees, trade unions)? Two, could a soviet government under social democratic leadership represent the dictatorship of the proletariat or does the proletarian dictatorship require a government of communists? And three, is the demand upon a mass reformist party to break with the bourgeoisie and establish a workers government to be made at all times in all countries or is it rather to be raised only in exceptional circumstances?

Workers government, dual power and parliamentarism

To address the first question, we do not call for a workers government based upon the bourgeois state, and therefore within a parliamen­tary framework. A reformist parliamentary government, even in a revolutionary crisis when it is actively supported by factory councils, workers militias etc, is not a workers govern­ment. When we concretise the ‘workers govern­ment’ slogan as a demand upon a reformist party, .we call for that party to take power on the basis ofproletarian organs.

Unfortunately, the Comintern theses do not address the question of the organisational basis of the workers government. Moreover, in the discussion a number of the delegates, among them Karl Radek, sharply demarcated a ‘workers government’ from a soviet government and from the dictatorship of the proletariat:

‘… if we keep alive the consciousness of the masses that a Workers’ Government is an empty shell unless it has workers behind it forging their weapons and forming their factory councils to compel it to hold on the right track and make no compromise to the Right, making that government a starting point for the struggle for the Proletarian Dictatorship, such a Workers’ Government will eventually make room for a Soviet Government. (Fourth Congress of the Communist International)

The implication here is of a parliamentary government actively supported by the mass workers organisations.

Radek’s interpretation of the ‘workers government’ slogan was implicitly opposed by the Polish delegate Michalkowski, who criticised the entire discussion for ‘too much empty specu­lation’. He pointed out that the slogan of a ‘workers government’ was first used by the Bolsheviks between February and October 1917 in association with the demand ‘All power to the soviets’. Thus, the slogan of the ‘workers government’ was a call upon the Mensheviks and Social Revolutionaries, who enjoyed a temporary majority, to break with the bourgeoisie and establish a soviet government.

Michalkowski then went on to generalise about, the use of the ‘workers government’ slogan:

‘When there is another revolutionary wave, when again the working masses pour into the streets, when workers councils are formed again, based upon our historic experience we shall in all probability again come forward with this slogan and call for: Governmental power into the hands of the workers councils’…. It can well come about that there is a great revolutionary movement at a moment when we have not yet con­quered the majority of the working class. The revolution comes — that is the most probable eventuality — at a moment when, through the revolutionary ferment, through the revolution itself, we will capture the majority much faster than at present. If in all probability we then come forward again with the same slogan, it will essentially be the same slogan that the [Comintern] Executive has already attempted to formulate in this or that fashion. It will essentially be the same government, but based on the mass movement. And if in this question the Executive has up to now been unable to find the correct form of the slogan, this in my opinion comes from our confusing two different things, from wanting to pose a slogan while simultaneously attempting to give it a form which we cannot at all do, because the form will be dependent upon the revolutionary conditions, in which it might well find a broader base than is now the case.’ (Protokoll des IV. Weltkongress der Kommunistischen Internationale (1972], our translation)

We agree with Michalkowski as against Radek and insist a workers government must be based upon the organs of proletarian dual power, although it is not possible to project the specific form of these organs in advance. Radek’s interpretation of the rather vague Comintern resolution opens the door to parlia­mentarist opportunism and revision of the Leninist position on the class nature of the state.

Workers government and proletarian dictatorship

Perhaps the most intractable source of con­fusion is the relation of the workers government as a united front tactic to the dictatorship of the proletariat. As previously indicated the Comintern also used the ‘workers government’ formulation as a propagandistic popularisation for the dictatorship of the proletariat. Prior to the Fourth Congress, Leninists had restored, ‘the dictatorship of the proletariat’ to pride of place in the living Marxist vocabulary. Why then in 1922 did the Comintern adopt a softer, more popular synonym for the dictatorship of the proletariat? The answer to this  question goes a long way towards resolving the confusions around the ‘workers government’ slogan.

In 1921 the Russian Communist regime outlawed the Mensheviks and Social Revolutionaries, who were engaging in counterrevolutionary agitation and conspiracy. The leaders of European social democracy made the defence of the Mensheviks and Social Revolutionaries a cause celebre in their campaign against Bolshevism and claimed that ‘the dictatorship of the proletariat’ really stood for the tyrannical rule of the Communist Party. Social-democratic workers identified ‘the dictatorship of the proletariat’ in general with the existing situation in Soviet Russia where the Communists exercised a monopoly of political power.

The adoption of the ‘workers government’ slogan at the Fourth Comintern Congress, in both its general propagandistic and tactical uses was designed as a counter-offensive against social democracy. It was an attempt to address the following real and important contradiction. Many social-democratic workers wanted their own party to carry out a socialist programme, were open to a coalition government with the Communists and were even willing to establish such a government on the basis of proletarian organs of power, not parliamentarism. In other words, many social-democratic workers accepted the essential pro­grammatic core of the dictatorship of the proletariat, while retaining illusions in their leaders and distrusting the Communists. At the same time, the social-democratic leaders were demonstrated counterrevolutionaries who in a revolutionary situation would sabotage prolet­arian state power and pave the way for bourgeois reaction.

For the participants of the Fourth Comintern Congress a soviet government under social-democratic leadership was not just an abstract theoretical possibility, but a bitter historical experience — the Hungarian Soviet Republic of March-August 1919. The discussion around the workers government was conditioned by the fate­ful experience of the Hungarian Soviet govern­ment, composed of a social-democratic majority and a Communist minority.

The military defeat and disintegration of the Hapsburg empire effectively shattered the bourgeois order in Hungary. The social-democratic­ led labour movement, centrally the trade unions, remained the only real source of political authority in the country. At first the social democrats formed a coalition government with a handful of liberals around Count Michael Karolyi and persecuted the fledgling Communist Party of Bela Kun. However, the continuing radicalisation of the masses and the attempt by the victorious Entente powers to dismember Hungary, a multi­national state, caused the social-democratic leaders to do a sharp tactical about-face. In March 1919 they released Bela Kun from prison, formed a coalition with the Communists and proclaimed the Hungarian Soviet,Republic as the dictatorship of the proletariat. This tactical turn was made to forestall the radicalisation of the workers, arrest the growth of the Communist Party and also to secure Soviet Russian military support to preserve greater Hungary against the Entente.

Throughout the brief history of the Hungarian Soviet Republic, the social democrats system­atically worked against the Communists and pre­pared the way for the victory of the counter­revolution. They secretly negotiated with the Entente to liquidate the Soviet regime. In the last phase of the Hungarian Soviet Republic, the social-democratic leaders even plotted an armed coup against their Communist coalition partners, but were not able to execute it.

Especially in the light of the Hungarian ex­perience, Zinoviev, who wrote the resolution on the ‘workers government’, correctly wanted to express the position that the social democrats could not and would not defend the dictatorship of the proletariat. However, he did so by con­structing a confusing terminological schema of a spectrum of ‘workers governments’:

‘1. Liberal workers’ governments, such as there was in Australia; this is also possible in England in the near future.

2. Social-democratic workers’ governments (Germany).

3. A government of workers and the poorer peasants. This is possible in the Balkans, Czechoslovakia, Poland, etc.

4. Workers’ governments in which communists participate.

5. Genuine proletarian workers’ governments, which in their pure form can be created only by the communist, party.,’ (Degras, op cit)

The first two were seen as phoney workers governments. The third and fourth were con­sidered weak or transitory workers governments because the social democrats would not defend them. Zinoviev defined the dictatorship of the proletariat as a strong workers government led by communists: ‘The complete dictatorship of the proletariat is represented only by the real workers’ government (the fifth on the above list) which consists of communists’ Ibid).

As a broad historical generalisation, the above statement is correct. Only a government led by the communist vanguard can defend the dictatorship of the proletariat, centrally through its international extension. Thus, the Stalinist bureaucracy in the USSR sabotages proletarian state power, strengthens capitalist imperialism and fosters restorationist forces internally.

However, as a definition of the dictatorship of the proletariat, Zinoviev’s statement is misformulated and has proven historically inad­equate. The proletarian dictatorship is cen­trally defined by the expropriation of the bour­geoisie as a class, not the party composition of the government. The Comintern rightly regarded the short-lived Hungarian Soviet Republic as the dictatorship of the proletariat, despite its treacherous and ultimately counterrevolutionary social-democratic leadership. Interestingly, in 1928 after Stalin had consolidated his rule, he revised the Comintern position on the Hungarian Soviet Republic, denying it had represented proletarian state power. This revision expressed the Stalinist dogma that the dictatorship of the proletariat is synonymous with a ‘Communist’ party state.

From another angle the post-World War II ex­pansion of Stalinist rule also illuminates the inadequacy of Zinoviev’s formulation on the re­lationship between the proletarian dictatorship and communist vanguard. Of course, no one in 1922 could have foreseen the overthrow of capi­talism by petty-bourgeois military-bonapartist formations as in China, Vietnam and Cuba. How­ever, post-1949 China and post-1960 Cuba are deformed expressions of the dictatorship of the proletariat. But they certainly are not govern­ments of communist parties nor even of reformist parties based on proletarian organs of power, ie workers governments.

Zinoviev’s famous list of 57 varieties of workers governments and Radek’s rightist commen­tary on the Fourth Comintern Congress theses have been seized on by virtually every ex-Trotskyist revisionist who wants to abandon the fundamental principles of the Leninist party and the dictatorship of the proletariat. Tony Cliff baptised the post-World War II Labour Cabinet a ‘workers government’ and Joseph Hansen used the label to justify political support to the Cuban Castroite regime. But while there was plenty of ambiguity on the workers government slogan at the Fourth Comintern Congress, it was just that — and not the anti-Leninist programme for a ‘workers government’ that is neither bourgeois nor proletarian in its class character.

Zinoviev repeatedly contradicted himself on the question of whether or not the workers government was the same thing as the dictator­ship of the proletariat. At a meeting of the enlarged Executive Committee of the Communist International in 1922, he said: ‘The workers government is the same thing as the dictatorship of the proletariat. It is a pseudonym for the soviet government.’ Then at the Fourth Congress in November 1922 he in effect said with his five-fold typology: sometimes it is, and some­times it isn’t. But in January 1924 he came back to his original position (with-a totally disin­genuous explanation for his wavering): ‘The workers’ government is either really nothing but a pseudonym for the dictatorship [of the prolet­ariat] or it is simply a social democratic opposition’ (quoted in Helmut Gruber, ed, International Communism in the Era of Lenin (1967]). Even in his Fourth Congress summary remarks, Zinoviev says: ‘Yes, dear friends, in order to erect a workers government one must first over­throw and vanquish the bourgeoisie.’ .

So all the centrists who try to cover them­selves with Comintern orthodoxy and the auth­ority of Zinoviev in arguing for a ‘neither-nor’ workers government might as well throw in the towel. Their claim is utterly and demonstrably fraudulent. If at the Fourth Congress Zinoviev misformulated the dictatorship of the prolet­ariat as only a government of communists it was in order to deny that the parties of Friedrich Ebert, Albert Thomas and Ramsay MacDonald had revolutionary potential. Those centrist groups today who want to separate the ‘workers govern­ment’ slogan from.the dictatorship-of the pro­letariat have exactly the  opposite motive from that of the Comintern leader. They want to minimise the distance between the communist vanguard and reformist parties by projecting a stagist conception of proletarian revolution.

Workers government and the united front tactic

The centrists’ misuse of the ‘workers govern­ment’ slogan is associated with the notion of the strategic united front, the policy of con­tinually demanding that the reformist leaders of’ the labour movement carry out the socialist programme. Thus, Stuart King of the Workers Power group writes:

‘the workers government slogan remains a tactic of central importance for revolutionaries in the present period because of the strength of reformism in the working class movement. It is not a simple slogan to be raised or dropped as appropriate. It is a difficult complex of tac­tics aimed at the problem of winning the mass organisations of the working class away from the reformist leaders in the-procees of win­ning state power for,the working class. As such it performs a central part, it is in fact “the crowning piece”, of the United Front tactic; it is the method by which revolutionaries counter-pose their programme and strategy, in strug­gle, to those offered by the reformists.’ (Workers Power no 5, our emphasis)

We reject any notion of the united front tactic as continual-political collaboration with the reformists (ie sworn opponents of revolu­tion) ‘in the process of winning state power for the working class’. A united front is a conjunc­tural agreement for common action. As we wrote several years ago in response to the French Organisation Communists Internationalists, the best-known proponent of the strategic united front:

‘The united front is nothing more than a means, a tactic, by which the revolutionary party, i.e. its program and authority, can in times of crisis mobilize and then win over masses (at that time supporters of other parties) by means of concrete demands for common action made to the reformist organizations. Any other inter­pretation must base itself on a supposed latent revolutionary vanguard capacity within the reformist or Stalinist parties themselves….’ (‘Letter to the OCRFI and OCI’, Spartacist no 22, winter 1973-74, emphasis in original)

At the Fourth Comintern Congress the associ­ation of the ‘workers government’ slogan with the united front wasconjunctural and confined to certain countries. If this is not so clear in the resolution itself, Zinoviev’s report pre­sents the relation of the ‘workers government’ slogan to the united front tactic quite well:

‘The tactics of the united front are almost universally applicable. It would be hard to find a country where the working class has attained notable proportion but where the tactics of the united front have not yet been inaugurated….”By no means can the same thing be said of the watchword of the Labour Govern­ment. This latter is far less universally applicable, and its significance is compara­tively restricted. It can only be adopted in those countries where the relationships of power render its adoption opportune, where the problem of power, the problem of government, both on the parliamentary and on the extra-parliamentary field has come to the fore.’ (Fourth Congress of the Communist International)

(When Zinoviev spoke of the ‘universal appli­cability’ of the united front tactic, he was talking about communist parties which were size­able relative to–the social democrats. There­fore.workers supporting social democracy might well be attracted to the communists’ united front proposals, because the latter had the forces to affect the outcome of joint struggles. For revolutionary propaganda organisations, united front overtures to mass reformist parties are generally not applicable.)

Stuart King’s statement that the workers government is always and everywhere ‘the crowning piece’ of the united front tactic is in a sense exactly wrong. The purpose of the united front and related tactics of the communist van­guard is to win over the base of the mass reformist parties before a revolutionary crisis erupts. If a revolutionary situation occurs and the reformists have leadership of the potential organs of dual power (factory committees, strike committees, workers militias) , this means that the communist vanguard has not succeeded in the prior period. If such a situation does arise, we do not throw up our hands in despair, but adapt our tactics and slogans accordingly. However, to define a workers government as-one led by reform­ists implies a defeatist attitude towards politi­cal struggle against social democracy and Stalin­ism in the present.

The same demand depending on the circum­stances can either destroy illusions in the re­formist leaderships or create them. To call upon the Largo Caballero wing of the Spanish-Social­ist Party in 1934, when it was engaged in an insurrection against the right-wing bourgeois government, to establish a workers (soviet) government is not only correct but imperative. To call upon James Callaghan’s Labour Party to fight for a workers government would be obscene and ludicrous. Would-be revolutionaries who, in normal bourgeois-democratic conditions, call upon the established reformist leaders to fight for proletarian state power foster illusions where none such exist and rightfully discredit themselves in the eyes of advanced workers.

During a major crisis when the normal con­ditions of bourgeois rule are disrupted, we are prepared to concretise the ‘workers government’ slogan as a propagandistic demand on the mass social-democratic or Stalinist parties. But this is precisely a demand that these parties break from parliamentarism and govern on the basis of organs of proletarian power. For example, during the 1974 British ‘winter crisis’, when the miners struck against the Tory government, we raised the demand of a Labour Party/Trades Union Congress government. The inclusion of the TUC indicated that the government we called for would be based o the organizations of the working class rather than the parliamentary institutions of the bourgeois democracy.

We of the Spartacist League/US developed our position on the workers government in good part through political struggle against the Healy/ Wohlforth Workers League, which continually cam­paigned for the violently anti-communist and racist Meanyite bureaucracy of the trade unions to form a labour party. The more advanced American workers, especially blacks, hate George Meany, who, except on a few narrow economic issues, stands to the right of Democratic Party liberals. Tell a black American steel worker to break with the Kennedys and fight to make George Meany build a labour party and he’ll think you’re some kind of strange right-winger

To summarise, we use the ‘workers government’ formulation in general as a propagandistic popu­larisation for the dictatorship of the prolet­ariat. Therefore we identify a workers govern­ment in general with a communist leadership, not an episodic, unstable coalition dominated by reformists. It is a historical possibility that a revolutionary upheaval might place reformists in power on the basis of proletarian organisations (Hungary 1919), but we do not call for a soviet government led by class traitors as a program­matic norm! Our programmatic model of a workers government is the Russian Soviet Republic of October 1917 not the Hungarian Soviet Republic of March 1919.

Trotsky’s Transitional Programme

Our use of the ‘workers government’ slogan conforms to Trotsky’s 1938 Transitional Pro­gramme rather than to Zinoviev’s 1922 Comintern resolution, which is vague, confusing and highly conjunctural in purpose. Trotsky’s presentation of the ‘workers government’ slogan has a very different weighting from that of the Fourth Con­gress resolution with its conjunctural emphasis on the united front offensive, especially in Germany.

For Trotsky the question of a workers govern­ment of or with the old reformist parties was an exceptional historical possibility and not at all the essential meaning of the slogan:

‘Is the creation of such a government by the traditional workers’ organizations possible? Past experience shows, as has already been sta­ted, that this is to say the least highly im­probable. However, one cannot categorically deny in advance the theoretical possibility that, under.the influence of completely exceptional circumstances (war, defeat, financial crash, mass revolutionary pressure, etc.), the petty-bourgeois parties including the Stalinists may go further than they themselves wish along the road to a break with the bourgeoisie. In any case one thing is not to be doubted: even if this highly improbable variant somewhere at some time becomes a reality and the “workers’ and farmers’ government” in the above-mentioned sense is established in fact, it would represent merely a short episode on.the road to the actual dictatorship of the proletariat.’

What Trotsky is referring to here is the situation if in mid-1917 the Mensheviks and Social Revolutionaries had expelled the ten capitalist ministers from the provisional government. This could only have been a fleeting episode before all effective power was in the hands of the soviets.

Having dismissed the perennial centrist proj­ect for a workers government of the old reform­ist parties as a most remote historical possi­bility, Trotsky then goes on to emphasise the value of the slogan as a popular expressioin for proletarian state power:

‘The agitation around the slogan of a workers’-farmers’ government preserves under all condit­ions a tremendous educational value. And not ac­cidentally. This generalized slogan proceeds en­tirely along the line of the political develop­ment of our epoch…. Each of the transitional demands should, therefore, lead to one and the same political conclusion: the workers need to treat; all traditional parties of the bour­geoisie in order, jointly with the farmers, to establish their own power’.

It is highly revealing that in his lengthy article on the ‘workers government’ slogan, Stuart,King omits any mention of the 1938 Tran­sitional Programme, the basic statement of Trotskyism. He limits his quotes from Trotsky on the ‘workers government’ to the 1922-23 period as if this was Trotsky’s last word on the sub­ject. This dishonest methodology is similar to considering Trotsky’s theory of permanent revol­ution solely based on his pre-1917 writings. Furthermore, King deliberately distorts Trotsky in 1922-23 by trying to present him as an apolo­gist for a ‘strategic united front’.

The document on the workers government by the Austrian IKL does deal with the Transitional Programme, but only by falsifying its meaning. Here is the IKL’s interpretation of the passage about the ‘traditional workers’ organisations’ cited above:

‘It must be seen as extremely improbable that the reformists or centrists could be forced to break with the bourgeoisie without coming under the pressure of a mass revolutionary party. Only the situation of a massive fight-back by the working class that in parts already bases itself on the revolutionary programme, of the united front of these workers with other sections of the class, could establish the preconditions for a transitional government.’ (‘A Bold Tactical Compromise’)

So according to the IKL, given the right pressure by a mass revolutionary party (maybe in the back of the neck), it ceases to be ‘highly improbable’ that the reformists will establish a workers government and perhaps even becomes probable. Trotsky clearly stated that it was ‘highly improbable’ that the established reform­ist parties would create a workers government at all, pressure or no pressure from a mass revol­utionary party. In opposition to centrism, Trotsky’s programme was not to pressure the re­formist parties into establishing a workers government, but to win over their base — pre­cisely in order to establish a workers govern­ment.

As against various centrist groups, Trotsky did not centrally define a workers government as a united-front ‘transitional’ government with the old reformist parties. We, as Trotskyists, take as our model of a workers government the Bolshevik-led Russian Soviet Republic of 1917.

Portrait of a Healyite Scab/Spy

Portrait of a Healyite Scab/Spy

[First printed in Workers Vanguard #231 11 May 1979. Copied from http://anti-sep-tic.blogspot.com/2009/07/portrait-of-healyite-as-scabspy-11-may.html ]

At the May 6 SL picket of the Workers League (WL) slanderers in Oakland, two Healyite goons roamed about seeking confrontations. One of these thugs was already known to us, one “Tim Nichols.”

Who is “Tim Nichols”? He says he dropped out from Princeton, one of the great universities for dumb bourgeois children, and that his father is a CIA intelligence officer. “Tim Nichols” claims the political history of a drifter: after allegedly participating in actions in defense of the Panthers in the 1970 New Left milieu, and in various SWP front groups in 1971, he is known to have joined the Healyite organization in 1972.

He was WL’s Oakland organizer in 1974, and claims to have left the WL during the Wohlforth Purge, but the WL’s San Jose organizer claims that “Nichols” was asked to resign in 1975 because he had committed racially provocative acts in the black community.

In 1977 “Tim Nichols” came around the Spartacist League intent on joining. But the SL did not take the bait. An SL member who was “Nichols’” roommate during the time they were both in the WL raised questions about him: “Nichols” had come straight from an SWP feminist front to join the anti-women’s liberation WL; he was full of questions about international travel; he got a job in the carpenters union by threatening to scab if they refused.

“Nichols’” subsequent conduct as a self-professed SL supporter certainly justified the suspicions about him – that he was irrational, possibly a cop, perhaps a WL penetration agent or maybe all three at once.

We drove “Tim Nichols” away from the SL after a reprehensible incident of crossing the class line, smacking of a provocation. The facts are these. During the 1977 Handyman warehouse strike in Northern California, a picketer was brutally killed. The ILWU in response organized a boycott of Handyman. This boycott was in effect when, in August of 1977, in flagrant disregard for elementary labor solidarity, “Tim Nichols” patronized a Handyman establishment. Since “Nichols” was accompanying a member of the SL on a sale of our press at the time this atrocity took place, the question was strongly posed that “Nichols” – in addition to exposing his own “socialist” pretensions – might be attempting to associate our party with his scabbing.

The SL reacted swiftly. On 21 August 1977 the Berkeley/Oakland SL passed the following motion:

“Whereas Tim N. acted with gross and cynical irresponsibility while on a sale in violating an organized boycott, there by endangering the political reputation of the organization and its trade-union friends, and furthermore that he appears to be erratic and unstable as evidenced by several recent incidents and a perusal of his political history, therefore we do not consider Tim N. a suitible candidate for membership in the common movement… comrades are instructed to keep him at arms length from the organization.”

Now “Tim Nichols” has surfaced as a prominent West Coast goon for the “security” obsessed WL. This provocateur/scab has again found his proper home – if indeed he ever left it. Whoever was running the operation that sent this man up against the SL should take note: if you hope to penetrate the Spartacist League, such low-grade material can’t fool our party.

___________________________________________

Workers Vanguard No. 232 (25 May 1979)

Correction: In our last issue (WV No. 231, 11 May) “Portrait of a Healyite as Scab/Spy” we attributed to the Workers League (WL) San Jose, California organzier the report that “Tim Nichols” had been asked to resign from the WL in 1975 for committing racially provocative acts. The article should have referred to the former WL San Jose organizer as the source of this statement.

For a Trotskyist perspective in Turkey

Enough of opportunism, adventurism, Bundism—

For a Trotskyist perspective in Turkey

[WSL’s Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 12, February 1978. Originally posted online athttp://www.bolshevik.org/Pamphlets/Kurds/kurd_a.html]

The following document was signed by two members of the Trotskyist Faction of the British Workers Socialist League (WSL) which fused with the London Spartacist Group in March 1978. This document originally appeared in the WSL’sPre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 12, February 1978, and was reprinted in Spartacist Britain (SpB) No. 1, April 1978.

“This is not a ‘perspectives document’ since perspectives for the work cannot be drawn up in the abstract in London but must be developed in the context of the living struggles in Turkey.”

—Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 6, p. 1

“By these few words, the international character of socialism as a scientific doctrine and as a revolutionary movement is completely refuted. If socialists (communists) of one country are incapable, incompetent, and consequently have no right to decide the vital questions of the struggle of socialists (communists) in other countries, the proletarian International loses all rights and possibilities of existence.”

—Trotsky, Writings 1933-34, p. 33

The work carried out by the comrades in Turkey is based on their experiences in working with the WSL in Britain. The WSL leadership has inspired and “guided” the work in Turkey; consequently this must be seen as a test of the WSL’s politics and programme. This hostility to the struggle for programmatic clarity coupled with a familiar posture of doing “mass work” [has] led to what must be called the crisis of the Turkish work. We seek to provide the political basis for a complete reorientation of this work while recognising that this cannot be accomplished without a radical reorientation of the WSL itself. We agree when the leadership says that “The problems of this work are the problems of the WSL” (Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 6, p. 1).

On the History of the Turkish Work

The WSL’s Turkish work was first developed when some comrades went to Turkey, where they had discussions with the leadership of the sympathising group of the United Secretariat there—the KOZ. The comrades then met four people in Istanbul who were linked to a small group of people who were close to the KOZ (Turkish Mandelites) and managed to have several meetings to discuss politics with these people. At this point Comrade H. intervened and suggested that the four people whom we met at first should begin to work with us. Contact with KOZ sympathisers was then dropped. What made this break very destructive and sectarian was that it was not made on the basis of political differences—even the people who were eventually recruited were not won to our political positions. And since no attempt was made to recruit these comrades politically, some have subsequently become demoralised and have left the group.

With the breaking off of contact with the KOZ sympathisers, the leadership then took up “mass work” as the main orientation of the group. This was in reality a liquidation of potential cadres into a series of stupid and adventuristic actions. One of the first of these actions is described in the leadership’s document as follows: “… we agreed [to] a joint one-day mobilisation around the polling stations, so we would fight along with the workers to defend democratic right” (p. 8). But what was this “mobilisation”? And how many workers were we fighting “along with”? In a letter written on 7 June ‘77 Comrade H. answers these questions:

“Though it was late, some comrades from this group and us organised a meeting and elected a committee to mobilise 20 comrades for defence of the polls and against violence. Some [special defence measures were] involved in the mobilisation. Though it was very weak it was useful for some youth comrades. But because of lack of practice inside the factories, the defence had not been really fought as a workers defence.”

It should be noted that with this isolated activity we managed to bypass completely the mobilisation of DISK, the main trade-union federation, to defend the polls.

Another example of WSL “mass work” in Turkey is described in the document produced by the leadership:

“When the comrades got jobs in another small factory, we were able to lead (!) another (!) unionisation fight. Again we fought the DISK bureaucracy, and we won the support of the workers we previously organised, who helped with pickets and money-raising. But the strike was isolated, was broken, and all the strikers were sacked. Though the battle was lost, our comrades were developed and new contacts won.”

Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 6, p. 9) [our emphasis—SpB]

We told these very young workers at a small factory that they should strike for union recognition. We had very little understanding of the Turkish trade-union movement and we had no means of giving a lead to such a strike beyond our experience with the WSL in Britain. We were totally ill-prepared to give even good trade-union leadership to back up our advice to these workers.

Besides the idiotic gloating over our small organisational gains at the expense of workers being sacked, we blamed the workers for the failure of the strike! In a letter to Comrade F., Comrade H. wrote:

“The biggest reason for this [the defeat of the strike] is not because we are wrong and because of our method of work but it is because the laws are against us, even in such a struggle, and that a very small group of workers do not have the power to change these laws. The other mistake made which is not our mistake is that it was the workers’ militancy, it was their going out early…. The struggle is defeated but as the method of the Transitional Programme signifies, we gained, first, the development of our own comrades, and, second, we had the opportunity to develop a couple of militant workers there!”

—23 Aug. ‘77 [our translation and our emphasis—SpB]

So the crisis of leadership is not the problem when we are involved: we blame the workers for their defeats.

But the dizziness with success has not lasted long. Posing the crisis of the Turkish group as disagreements on centralisation, and “secret visits” by an ex-comrade, the leadership’s document states that these things:

“… had political effects on one comrade in Istanbul and on a few comrades in Ankara. The comrade in Istanbul resigned from the group.

“At the last meeting we had in Ankara, comrades agreed to act again as a centralised group. But since then we have not received detailed information about the situation in Ankara.”

Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 6, p. 9

The truth is that, by failing to make political clarification the most important job for our Turkish comrades, the WSL has wasted its opportunities in Turkey. The WSL Turkish group is in a mess, and it is doubtful if its membership supports the WSL anymore. The crisis of the Turkish group and the demoralisation expressed by the above statement are linked to two causes: first, the cliquish (non-programmatic) basis on which the group has been built and, secondly, the stupid adventurism which could only discredit us in the eyes of any serious militants.

For a Trotskyist Propaganda Orientation

The only way in which the basis for a real Trotskyist party can be established is through abandoning all pretences of already acting as a mass party and concentrating on recruiting and training cadres who will form a future leadership. This task, primarily one of propaganda for Trotskyism, also involves an orientation towards discussion, debate and polemics against other supposedly “revolutionary” groups—most importantly the false “Trotskyists” of the KOZ, which is approximately 20 times as large as we are. Not only are there many subjective revolutionaries in this organisation who can be won to genuine Trotskyism, but its very existence makes it additionally an important obstacle to the formation and growth of a revolutionary organisation. The struggle against the KOZ can also play a part in the struggle to smash the Pabloite revisionists internationally. To a lesser extent we must orient our propaganda work to the various other “Marxist” formations—Maoist, Guevarist, “anti-Stalinists” (especially in the Revolutionary Youth where many elements are interested in Trotskyism). Any other strategy—like the leadership’s “mass work”—can only amount to a liquidation of the fight for a revolutionary leadership in Turkey.

In the early days of the formation of the International Left Opposition, Trotsky projected exactly this course:

“Our strength at the given stage lies in a correct … revolutionary prognosis. These qualities we must present first of all to the proletarian vanguard. We act in the first place as propagandists. We are too weak to attempt to give answers to all questions, to intervene in all the specific conflicts, to formulate everywhere and in all places the slogans and the replies of the Left Opposition. The chase after such universality, with our weakness and the inexperience of many comrades, will often lead to too-hasty conclusions, to imprudent slogans, to wrong solutions. By false steps in particulars we will be the ones to compromise ourselves by preventing the workers from appreciating the fundamental qualities of the Left Opposition. I do not want in any way to say by this that we must stand aside from the real struggle of the working class. Nothing of the sort. The advanced workers can test the revolutionary advantages of the Left Opposition only by living experiences, but one must learn to select the most vital, the most burning, and the most principled questions and on these questions engage in combat without dispersing oneself in trifles and details. It is in this, it appears to me, that the fundamental role of the Left Opposition now lies.”

—Trotsky, Writings 1930-31, p. 297

The United Front Slogan in Turkey

One of the most serious political errors in the Turkish work has been the entirely false and incorrect usage of the “united front” slogan. For revolutionaries the united front is a tactic which is useful in uniting the workers of various political tendencies for certain limited and concrete common actions (against the fascists for example) while at the same time providing an opportunity to expose the treachery and inconsistencies of the reformists and centrists to their followers.

Centrists attempt to use the slogan of the “united front” to cover their own capitulation to the reformists—or as some kind of magical short cut to mass influence. They try to present common blocs for propaganda with the reformists (or other centrists) as an alternative to or a first stage of building a revolutionary party. The Leninist formula for a united front is to “march separately—strike together” but the centrists always want to march together with the reformists under a common banner. This is exactly the strategy proposed by the leadership of the Turkish comrades of the WSL inEnternasyonal No. 5 (Sept.-Oct.-Nov. 1977).

“Such a [United] Front will approach the economic and political questions of the workers and labourers and be an alternative for power. The question is reduced to the establishment of a political and organisationally powerful combination where other wide labouring sections and members of the petty-bourgeoisie could have faith ….”

Or again in Enternasyonal No. 3 (July 1977): “The struggle should be advanced to establish the United Front with a socialist programme.” Such a proposal—for a strategic united front with the reformist and centrist traitors for socialism—is in reality an opportunist proposal to liquidate the revolutionary vanguard.

One of the results of the confusion introduced by the leadership over the question of the united front is that comrades logically wonder whether the revolutionary party could have united actions in which the mass-based bourgeois RPP might participate, without forming a popular front. If we were to accept the leadership’s definition of a united front as a strategic front—a coalition with a common programme—the involvement of the RPP would make it a popular front. However, if we accept Lenin and Trotsky’s definition of a united front as a temporary agreement for limited common actions within which the revolutionaries keep full freedom of criticism, it is clear that united actions at which the RPP appears do not constitute popular-front betrayals.

The Struggle Against Fascism

Today in Turkey, the existence and growth of the fascists pose a serious danger to the proletariat. The National Action Party freely uses its youth organisation to attack workers’ organisations and individual militants. While we have at present only very limited forces in Turkey, it is necessary for us to advance a correct political programme for crushing the fascists. Our group is not capable of creating an independent defence organisation. The task is to fight to create such a body within the trade unions. While this policy is counterposed to the absurd and potentially disastrous adventurism connected with the defending of the polling stations by our group, it is likewise counterposed to the opportunist call for a strategic united front of the existing workers’ organisations.

Trotsky’s call for the CP to form a united front with the SPD in Germany cannot be separated from the Left Opposition’s self-characterisation of itself as a faction of the Comintern. Therefore we do not call for a united front of the existing workers’ organisations as an answer to the fascist threat. Such a strategy amounts to telling the workers to place their faith in a bloc of the Stalinist and social-democratic class-collaborationists. Trotskyists must never teach the workers to rely on the unity of the reformists—rather one of the reasons that we call on the reformists to engage in united-front actions (with us) is so that we can better expose their treachery and cowardice to their base. In a historical sense the working class in Turkey as everywhere else is faced with two alternatives: socialism or barbarism (which might well take the form of fascism). The threat of fascism cannot be removed except through the victory of the socialist revolution—and that requires the leadership of a Trotskyist vanguard party.

The Question of the Labour Party in Turkey

Unlike Britain and other Western European countries, there are today no mass reformist workers’ parties in Turkey. Both the Turkish Labour Party (TIP) and the pro-Moscow Turkish Communist Party (TKP) are very small organisations (not much bigger than Tony Cliff’s SWP) with only a limited base in the unions. The party which does have a mass base in the unions (the RPP) is an out-and-out bourgeois party.

Thus a key task for revolutionaries in Turkey is to struggle to break the workers from the RPP and for the creation of a mass workers’ party as a means of building the class independence of the workers from the bourgeoisie. When we raise the call for such a party we must be clear that we are calling for a workers’ party based on a revolutionary programme—the Transitional Programme. We have no interest in fighting for a Turkish version of Britain’s reformist Labour Party. This is clearly Trotsky’s position in his discussions on the programme for a Labour Party in the United States: “We must say to the Stalinists, Lovestonites, etc., ‘We are in favour of a revolutionary party. You are doing everything to make it reformist!’ But we always point to our program. And we propose our program of transitional demands.” (“How to Fight for a Labor Party in the US,” The Transitional Program for Socialist Revolution, p. 124)

Only in two early issues of Socialist Press has the WSL called for building a Labour Party in Turkey, but in its Turkish language material the WSL’s Turkish group has never raised this slogan. Instead the policy of the leadership has been to offer support to the tiny ultra-reformist Turkish Labour Party (TIP). At the time of the last elections the TIP tried desperately to make an electoral bloc with the much larger bourgeois RPP. Only when the RPP refused the offer did the TIP stand candidates, and then they ran on a programme of class collaborationism—to try to force the RPP to form a popular front with the TIP and other small parties of the left. Despite the clear popular frontist basis of the TIP campaign our group shamelessly called for workers to vote for these traitors and even raised the opportunist and ridiculous call for the class-collaborationist TIP to fight for a revolutionary programme! The reformist “tactic” (which amounts to trying to build illusions among the masses about the TIP) is clearly copied from the WSL’s call to “Make the Lefts Fight”, and the WSL’s call for votes to Labour despite its coalition with the Liberals.

We call for a break from capitulation to the tiny group of class-collaborationist social-democrats in the TIP and for taking up the call for the political independence of the Turkish workers—for a Labour Party based on the Transitional Programme in Turkey!

For the Leninist Position on the National Question

Leninists uphold the basic democratic principle of the equality of nations and therefore recognise the right of all nations to self-determination—i.e., the right of all nations to set up their own political state. We do not put forward this policy to strengthen the reactionary ideology of nationalism among the proletariat but to weaken it, and hence strengthen proletarian unity across national lines. Whether or not we call for the right of self-determination in a particular situation depends on a variety of factors. As Lenin notes in The Discussion on Self-Determination Summed Up:

“The several demands of democracy, including self-determination, are not an absolute, but only a small part of the general-democratic (now: general-socialist) world movement. In individual concrete cases the part may contradict the whole; if so, it must be rejected.”

    —Collected Works, Vol. 22

In the following passage Lenin summed up the Bolshevik approach to national oppression and our hostility, to nationalism:

“The awakening of the masses from feudal lethargy, and their struggle against all national oppression, for the sovereignty of the people, of the nation are progressive. Hence, it is the Marxists’ bounden duty to stand for the most resolute and consistent democratism on all aspects of the national question. The task is largely a negative one. But this is the limit the proletariat can go in supporting nationalism, for beyond that begins the ‘positive’ activity of the bourgeoisie striving to fortify nationalism.

“To throw off the feudal yoke, all national oppression, and all privileges enjoyed by any particular nation or language, is the imperative duty of the proletariat as a democratic force, and is certainly in the interests of the proletarian class struggle, which is obscured and retarded by bickering on the national question. But to go beyond these strictly limited and definite historical limits in helping bourgeois nationalism means betraying the proletariat and siding with the bourgeoisie. There is a border-line here, which is often very slight and which the Bundists and Ukrainian nationalist-socialists completely lose sight of.”

Critical Remarks on the National Question, pp. 22-23

For the Right of Self-Determination

of the Kurdish People

The Kurdish people are an oppressed national minority who are divided among Turkey, Iran, Iraq, Syria and the Soviet Union. The largest portion of the Kurds (about one quarter) live in Turkey. A correct position on the Kurdish question is central to the orientation of a revolutionary group in most of the countries in which the Kurdish people now reside.

Although there have been numerous uprisings by sections of the Kurdish people against various oppressors over the past century, what the Kurds as a people desire is by no means definitely determined. The various struggles of the Kurds over the past century give no clear indication as to whether they desire simple equality or regional autonomy within a given state or independence.

The best known recent struggle of the nationalist Kurdish Democratic Party has been for regional autonomy within the state of Iraq. In a situation such as this where there is national oppression but in which the desire of the nationally oppressed people has not expressed itself clearly, we can only advance a solution which undermines national divisions among the proletariat of the region, i.e., the right of the Kurdish people to self-determination. This demand is negative—no forced solutions to the Kurdish question by the ruling bourgeoisies of the region—and leaves open the question of what the Kurds will decide—equal rights, regional autonomy or independence.

In taking up the Kurdish question in Turkey it is vital that Trotskyists ruthlessly expose the national chauvinist position of the Turkish Communist Party (TKP). In its attempts to tail the bourgeois RPP, the TKP essentially denies the right of the Kurds to self-determination and supports the “right” of the Turkish bourgeoisie to continue to oppress the Kurds who live within the present frontiers of Turkey. The WSL leadership’s position on the Kurdish question rejects the national chauvinism of the Stalinist TKP only to take up a nationalist programme.

The position of the leadership of the WSL Turkish group is unashamedly Bundist: “The political task of Trotskyists in Kurdistan must consist of the fight for an independent party and [of the] fight to gain and preserve working-class political independence from the bourgeois nationalists.” While the vanguard party in Turkey may have special organisations for work among the Kurds, these will only reflect a division of labour within the party. This division of labour is simply to carry out the organisation and mobilisation of the Kurdish masses. We stand with Lenin against the segregation into separate parties of proletarians of different nations living within the borders of a single-state power:

“The Great-Russian and Ukrainian workers must work together, and, as long as they live in a single state, act in the closest organisational unity, and concert, towards a common or international culture of the proletarian movement, displaying absolute tolerance on the question of the language in which propaganda is conducted, and in the purely local or purely national details of that propaganda. This is the imperative demand of Marxism. All advocacy of segregation of the workers of one nation from those of another, all attacks upon Marxist ‘assimilation,’… is bourgeois nationalism, against which it is essential to wage a ruthless struggle.”

Critical Remarks on the National Question, pp. 20-21

The leadership’s document projects a programme for work among the Kurds which is a two-stage conception:

“Such a programme will focus on democratic demands (national independence, a constituent assembly, the right to speak Kurdish, etc.) but must also point to the permanent character of the revolution.” [our emphasis—SpB]

This was even more clearly spelt out at the London aggregate on Turkey on Dec. 11 when Comrade H. stated that: “The task before the Kurdish nation is not to unite with the Turkish proletariat but to achieve its national unity first.” At the aggregate Comrade H. was just repeating what was said by him at a conference on Kurdistan held in London in November. We do not accept permanent revolution as an afterthought for internal documents while the real activity of the organisation focuses only on democratic demands. In the words of the Transitional Programme:

“Democratic slogans, transitional demands, and the problems of the socialist revolution are not divided into separate historical epochs in this struggle, but stem directly from one another. The Chinese proletariat had barely begun to organize trade unions before it had to provide for soviets. In this sense, the present program is completely applicable to colonial and semicolonial countries, at least to those where the proletariat has become capable of carrying on independent politics.”

—p. 137

To argue that the Kurdish proletariat has not become capable of carrying on independent politics (as a class) would be to ignore the important potential which was shown by the post-World War II struggles of the Kirkuk oil workers.

Finally, we stand for the Leninist slogan of the right of the Kurds to self-determination and against the capitulation to nationalism which is embodied in the leadership’s call for an independent Kurdistan. Lenin deals in particular with the question of advocating secession:

“The demand for a ‘yes’ or ‘no’ reply to the question of secession in the case of every nation may seem a very ‘practical’ one. In reality it is absurd—it is metaphysical in theory, while in practice it leads to subordinating the proletariat to the bourgeoisie’s policy. The bourgeoisie always places its national demands in the forefront, and does so in categorical fashion. With the proletariat, however, these demands are subordinated to the interests of the class struggle. Theoretically you cannot say in advance whether the bourgeois-democratic revolution will end in a given nation seceding from another nation, or in its equality with the latter; in either case, the important thing for the proletariat is to ensure the development of its class. For the bourgeoisie it is important to hamper this development by pushing the aims of its ‘own’ nation before those of the proletariat. That is why the proletariat confines itself, so to speak, to the negative demand for recognition of the right to self-determination, without giving guarantees to any nation, and without undertaking to give anything at the expense of another nation.”

The Right of Nations to Self-Determination, pp. 53-54

The National Question in Cyprus

While Cyprus is not part of Turkey, the sizeable Turkish population and the involvement of the Turkish state in the affairs of Cyprus make Cyprus a key question for Turkish revolutionaries. Up until 1974, the Turkish population of Cyprus was nationally oppressed by the Greek population—since the invasion by the Turkish army, the Greeks have been in the more oppressed position. Because the two populations have been thoroughly intermingled on this small island it is clear that the reality of “self-determination” for either people can only come at the expense of the other and thus “self-determination” is not applicable. We call therefore for the withdrawal of all foreign troops (whether Turk, Greek, UN, NATO or any other) and for the unity of Greek and Turkish working peoples of Cyprus to overthrow capitalism and establish a workers’ state under the leadership of a Trotskyist party. Only through a united workers’ revolution can national oppression be ended in Cyprus in a fashion which is just for both peoples.

The Importance of the Workers’ States

Because of’ Turkey’s strategic location, the question of the attitude of revolutionaries to the workers’ states is extremely important. The glaring omission of any mention of these questions in the leadership’s document is an indication of their inability to understand the tasks facing Turkish revolutionaries. We stand for political revolution in the workers’ states and for their unconditional defence against imperialist attack.

For Leninist Democratic Centralism

The internal organisational form of our Turkish group is far removed from democratic centralism. Rather it is cliquism in the form of a rigid centralism. In Britain Comrade H. the “General Secretary” of the Turkish Group, and Comrade I. act as a disciplined unit with the Executive Committee against the other comrades. This ridiculously rigid centralism reached its highest point in Turkey. In Istanbul, there was an area committee of three and a membership of two who were not on the area committee. In Ankara, formerly there were two area committee members and one comrade who was not on the area committee. The political consequence of this mode of organisation is that the membership has no participation in the discussion of the group—and therefore has its political education stunted. Real discussion takes place only in the “leading body”—the rest of the membership is simply presented with decisions which it must accept or launch a fight against the leadership.

The bureaucratic methods of the leadership cannot be separated from the way that members are recruited to our group in Turkey—not on the basis of agreement with the WSL’s political line but simply on an agreement to participate in the group’s activities and to accept the discipline of the group. We stand for the Leninist form of democratic centralism—the membership must be involved in discussing and forming the political line, and after a decision is democratically arrived at it must be carried out loyally by all comrades. Only in this way is it possible to correct the errors of the leadership and educate the members.

Leninist discipline is not just an agreement of vaguely sympathetic individuals to work together. James P. Cannon, the father of American Trotskyism, said the following:

 “It isn’t a question of 50 percent democracy and 50 percent centralism. Democracy must have the dominant role in normal times. In times of action, intense activity, crisis, … and swings of the party such as we took toward proletarianization after the split, and so forth, centralism must have the upper hand, as it had in the last few years.

“Now the Leninist method and form of organization flows from the program, the tasks and the aim that is set for the party, in complete harmony, a completely harmonious conception.”

  

—The Socialist Workers Party in World War II, p. 352 [emphasis ours]

For a Democratic-Centralist International Tendency! For the Re-Creation of the Fourth International!

While the beginning of the Turkish leadership’s document pays homage to the need to belong to a principled international movement, it is against being part of a democratic-centralist international tendency: “…. we propose to establish ‘Enternasyonal’ groups on a centralised basis in each area, as a preliminary step towards a Turkish Trotskyist party, autonomous of, though in political alliance with, the WSL.” (p. 10) We oppose the setting up of more groups like the Greek CIL or American SL(DC) with which the WSL can “ally” without taking any interest in or political responsibility for. This kind of “internationalism” is the loose federated “internationalism” of the centrist London Bureau of the 1930’s or of the United Secretariat today—it has nothing to do with [the] Bolshevik internationalism of the Left Opposition. We stand for the organising of a Leninist democratic-centralist international tendency which will struggle for the re-creation of the Fourth International. Such an international tendency cannot be a series of politically allied but organisationally autonomous groups but must function as the embryo of the world party of socialist revolution—the Fourth International.

The establishment of a democratic-centralist international revolutionary tendency is not simply an organisation question—it is primarily a political one. The revolutionary international, and all of its sections, must steadfastly uphold the basic programmatic positions of the Transitional Programme: opposition to all forms of class collaborationism; recognition of the validity of the strategy of Permanent Revolution; and a determination to lead a political revolution against the ruling Stalinist bureaucrats in the deformed and degenerated workers’ states combined with a policy of unconditional military defence of these states against imperialism. Before the WSL can undertake any principled revolutionary work in Turkey (or anywhere else) there must be a complete programmatic re-alignment of the movement in accordance with the positions presented in this document and the document “In Defence of the Revolutionary Programme” for which we hereby declare our support.

Forward to a Turkish Trotskyist Party, Section Of A Re-Created Fourth International, World Party Of Socialist Revolution!

E. (Turkish Group; Hackney Branch)

F. (Turkish Group; Hackney Branch)

28 January 1978

(We acknowledge help in preparing this document from Comrade Jim Saunders.)

The Rebirth of British Trotskyism

One Fifth of WSL Walks Out, Fuses with the iSt

The Rebirth of British Trotskyism

[reprinted from Workers Vanguard, No. 200, 7 April 1978. Originally posted online athttp://www.bolshevik.org/history/Other/Rebirth%20of%20British%20Trotskyism.html]

LONDON—When 24 supporters of the Trotskyist Faction (TF) walked out of the Workers Socialist League (WSL) at the WSL’s 18-19 February second annual conference they left declaring their opposition to the central leadership’s “Pabloite attachment to the Labour Party, their capitulationist attitude to nationalism, and in particular Irish nationalism, their all-pervading economism and minimalism and their parochialism” (“Statement of the Trotskyist Faction,” WV No. 194, 24 February). Its aim, said the TF, was to struggle for a British section of a recreated Fourth International. The first step toward this goal was the rapid merger of forces with the London Spartacist Group (LSG), at a conference over the 4-5 March weekend, to form the Spartacist League/Britain (SL/B) as a sympathising organisation of the international Spartacist tendency (iSt).

This fusion is one of the largest and most important in the 15-year history of the Spartacist tendency. The new organisation already has close on 50 members and a presence both in London and the Midlands. By its comprehensive Leninist programme and clear internationalist perspectives the SL/B is exercising a strong attraction on remaining dissident elements inside the WSL. The same will soon prove true as well toward the numerous small centrist organisations, which will find in the Spartacist League a solidly programmatically based unity—in striking contrast to the short-lived, politically promiscuous unnatural couplings which pass for fusions in the highly fragmented British Trotskyoid milieu.

The factional struggle in the WSL and the fusion with the TF also vindicate in a powerful manner the iSt’s policy of revolutionary regroupment. Recognising that many valuable militants are presently to be found in various pseudo-revolutionary organisations, we have fought to regroup the best of these potential cadres for the nucleus of an international vanguard party. It was essentially a process of splits and fusions, both in the U.S. and internationally, that enabled the Spartacist League/U.S. to break out of the national isolation imposed by our expulsion from Gerry Healy’s 1966 International Committee (IC) conference. But for the WSL leadership around Alan Thornett any polemical combat within the left is “petty-bourgeois”; consequently the WSL has been unable to develop any coherent perspective for international work at all.

The goal of our regroupment policy has always been to decisively split the cadre of centrist organisations, in the first instance the Pabloist pretenders to Trotskyism who are the principal obstacle to reforging the Fourth International. This is exactly what has happened in the WSL. Just over four years ago Workers Vanguard sent a reporter to cover the British miners strike. At that time the Spartacist tendency had just made its first isolated recruits in Europe. Only at the end of 1975 were we able to establish a Spartacist group in London, and it took nearly two years of dogged propagandistic activity to achieve the break-through represented by the fusion with the Trotskyist Faction. But today sections of the iSt outside the U.S. make up over one-third of the total membership of the tendency internationally.

Bob Pennington, a leader of the International Marxist Group (IMG—British affiliate of the so-called United Secretariat of the Fourth International [USec]), remarked last autumn that those who proclaim themselves Trotskyists will have to choose between two “mainstreams,” the USec and the iSt. By this he undoubtedly meant to suggest that the “re-united” USec would be “where the action is.” But the WSL split and subsequent formation of the SL/B, establishing the iSt as a direct organisational competitor with the USec on the British terrain, has certainly given no comfort to Pennington et a1. It indicates that there are those on the British “far left” who have had enough of chasing after whatever is popular and want to get on with the business of constructing a democratic-centralist, authentically Trotskyist International.

As for the workerist WSL, in its main reply to the TF documents the Thornett group initially referred to the oppositionists as “a small part of our movement.” From the tone of their subsequent public comments it is evident that they were surprised that nearly two dozen members took the step of walking out of the Workers Socialist League. The WSL will not easily recover from the loss of two National Committee members, three members of the Socialist Press editorial board, three out of four members of its Irish Commission, and several regional and local organisers. With the loss of one fifth of its active membership, the WSL reverts back to its original regional limitations—the celebrated car fraction at British Leyland’s Cowley plant in Oxford, the London grouping and a handful of shaky members in Yorkshire.

Moreover, Thornett’s response to the challenge presented by the Trotskyist Faction was positively pathetic, both before and after the split. Perhaps sensing that he is at his weakest debating politics, Thornett simply waved his Cowley credentials as a talisman to ward off all attacks. In his hour-and-a-half opening remarks to the WSL conference he attended only briefly to the programmatic issues which were about to rip 20 percent of the participants away from him. His allegation that the TF members were only interested in “exciting politics” was hardly an indictment in view of the WSL’s apolitical glorification of the “daily grind.” And the failure of the majority to present any political perspective certainly contributed to the fact that a relatively large number of the TF supporters were younger rank-and-filers. Rarely has a centrist leadership presided over the coming apart of its organisation so meekly.

The WSL from Womb to…

Prior to the split of the Trotskyist Faction the WSL was already an organisation in deep trouble, its haphazard “international work” come to naught and its domestic prospects cloudy at best. As the TF stated in its founding document:

“The WSL is in chaos. It has no clear idea of its tasks or direction.…

“This situation has a political origin—to put it bluntly the movement as yet lacks any programmatic basis for existence as a distinct political tendency. Every political tendency from Trotskyism to reformism is represented on the NC [National Committee] and among the membership.”

—”In Defence of the Revolutionary Programme” (INDORP), [WSL] Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 8, February 1978

Yet only three years ago Healy’s expulsion of the Thornett grouping from his Workers Revolutionary Party (WRP) made a big splash among ostensible Trotskyists throughout the world. Thornett’s orthodox-sounding defence of the Transitional Programme, his well-publicised industrial militancy and opposition to Healy’s sectarian practices promised to be an attractive combination. What brought about his demise?

In the mid-1960’s a large part of the leadership of the shop stewards committee at the Cowley assembly plant (then Morris Motors), including Alan Thornett who had been a Communist Party trade unionist, were personally recruited by Gerry Healy to the Socialist Labour League (SLL—predecessor of the WRP). “The Cowley Fraction” was Healy’s pride and joy and the major vehicle for the expression of his deformed brand of Trotskyism in the labour movement. But the first time Thornett crossed his godfather, Healy responded with vicious Mafia tactics, including physical intimidation.

The Thornett group, including the Cowley fraction was summarily expelled in December 1974 and a few months later became the core of the Workers Socialist League. The iSt assessed the split tentatively at the time:

 “At present the WSL is most clearly defined negatively…. While its future programmatic course is not definitely predictable, the WSL’s failure to develop the internal struggle against Healy much beyond the democracy issue, and its rejection of Healyite ‘ultra-leftism’ while maintaining some of the most rightist-revisionist aspects of the SLL/WRP, would seem to define the WSL as a split to the right from a badly deformed and characteristically English-centered version of fake ‘Trotskyism’.”

—”After Healy, What? WSL Adrift.” WV No. 69, 23 May 1975

The Trotskyist Faction, writing three years later, confirms this diagnosis: “The WSL’s break from Healyite maximalism was, in the final analysis, a break towards economism and minimalism” (INDORP).

While still inside the WRP, Thornett’s opposition (centred in Oxford) had linked up with another dissident clot in London at whose head stood Alan Clinton. Clinton was noteworthy for his rightist grumblings at the WRP’s decision to stand candidates against Labour during the 1974 general elections, while Thornett was more interested in resurrecting the transitional demand of workers control of production. The politically heterogeneous lash-up between Clinton and Thornett was an early expression of indifference to programme which in the WSL was later to harden into purposeful confusionism.

The combination of the glamour of an influential, although localised, industrial fraction and its claim to defend orthodox Trotskyism attracted to the WSL in its early period a series of leftward moving groups. The most importaint source for these regroupments came from former members of Tony Cliff’s International Socialists (I.S.—now Socialist Workers Party [SWP]) who were breaking from the I.S.’ social-democratic workerism in the direction of Trotskyism. The majority of these elements—out of which was to crystalise the core of the later Trotskyist Faction—passed briefly through the Revolutionary Communist Group (RCG).

The RCG at its formation in mid-1974 had also declaimed loudly on the importance of programme. The initial components of this group originated in the Revolutionary Opposition, expelled from the I.S. in 1973, and had seen at first hand the consequences of a mindless worship of spontaneity which produced an organization whose net caught everything and held nothing. They were joined in the first months of 1975 by nine members of the heterogeneous Left Opposition (also formerly of the I.S.), which had split in four directions in December 1974. Iconoclastically dismissing all past struggles to construct the Fourth International, the RCG under its guru David Yaffe was principally an academic debating society organised as study groups to write a new programme.

Lacking a shared programme yet requiring a minimum of common activity, the RCG was easy prey for a trio of supporters of the American SWP who elaborated a regimen of single-issue campaigns on women, on Ireland, solidarity work with Chile and subsequently South Africa. In reaction against this reformist single-issuism and attracted by Thornett’s credentials as a workers leader, roughly a third of the RCG left to join the WSL in 1975.

Even Alan Thornett, whose political horizons do not generally extend far beyond the shop floor at Cowley, recognised the importance of the recruitment of this layer of cadres, which enabled the WSL to establish branches in Birmingham and Coventry in the West Midlands and in Liverpool. Speaking at a WSL Midlands Aggregate meeting in 1976 Thornett accurately termed this recruitment “the biggest gain the WSL has ever made.” This would seem to fly in the face of Thornett’s denigration of any orientation toward other left groups, except that the WSL leadership did almost nothing to achieve this regroupment.

…the London Spartacist Group

In late 1975 the iSt established in London a small group of experienced cadres, thus fulfilling a long-held aspiration to begin systematic work in Britain. In addition to its intrinsic strategic importance, the presence of Healy’s SLL/WRP makes Britain one of the centres of ostensibly orthodox Trotskyist groupings. In the late 1950’s and early 1960’s the SLL’s theoretical journal, Labour Review, had begun to elaborate the struggle against Pabloist liquidationism which the American SWP had grievously neglected after the 1953 split in the Fourth International and which it was abandoning altogether by capitulating to the popularity of Castroism.

The SLL’s 1960 document, “World Prospects for Socialism,” moreover, was seen by the Revolutionary Tendency (RT—forerunner of the SL/U.S.) of the SWP as an articulation of its own anti-Pabloist views. The RT and later the Spartacist group sought to make common cause with Healy, but were blocked by the little despot’s insistence on squelching the slightest dissent (as Thornett was to discover years later). Following our bureaucratic expulsion at the 1966 London conference of the IC, Britain remained sealed off to the Spartacist tendency for some time.

Beginning in 1975 the London Spartacist Group set out to systematically probe and polemicise with the myriad of groups and grouplets which populate the asteroid belt to the left of the centrist Pabloist IMG and the left-reformist “state capitalist” I.S./SWP. The LSG’s fight for political clarity and authentic Leninism frequently upset the cosy chuminess of the British Trotskyoid left. Many were shocked to hear a group which refused to succumb to the charms of the left Labourite “club,” to embrace the green nationalism of the IRA or to go along with the charade of phony “mass work” which are common denominators in the intensely parochial and workerist “far left.”

There were plenty of evidences of crisis in the left-of-the-Communist Party “family.” The I.S. had been declining visibly from the time of the general election in February 1974 and suffered a haemorrhaging of cadre in 1975. The WRP had gone off the rails altogether, spending most of its efforts in slandering Joe Hansen (of the American SWP) and more recently in praising Libya’s fanatical Muslim dictator Qaddafi. The IMG could never decide how many factions it had, oscillating up towards five, nor whether it would be super-Mandelite or a bridge to the Hansenites.

Among the smaller groups the RCG was on the road to becoming a cult, which is currently tailing after the geriatric Moscow-loyal Stalinists. Sean Matgamna’s Workers Fight (ejected from the Cliffites in 1971) had just joined with the Workers Power group (a 1975 vintage I.S. expulsion) to form the International-Communist League (I-CL), while covering up differences on the Russian question (Workers Power is state capitalist), the Labour Party and Ireland. The Workers Fight/Workers Power marriage of convenience came apart shortly before its first anniversary, having discovered unbridgeable disagreements over… Ireland and the Labour Party.

The WSL was in many respects the most serious of the split-offs from the “far-left” Big Three (SWP, IMG and WRP). The harsh contradiction between its claims to Trotskyist orthodoxy and its economist practice clearly labeled the WSL as a group heading for an explosion. And it was initially open to political discussion with other avowed anti-Pabloists. Its October 1975 document, “Fourth International—Problems and Tasks,” sought to reevaluate the history of the post-war Trotskyist movement and to serve as a basis for discussions with other tendencies, “especially those expelled from the IC” (published in the “Trotskyism Today” supplements to Socialist Press Nos. 21-23).

The iSt responded to this invitation with a letter (dated 17 June 1976) pointing to the WSL’s softness toward social democracy and focusing on our analysis of the formation of the deformed workers states (particularly the methodologically key case of Cuba), as well as reviewing our relations with Healy’s IC. The letter also attacked the workerist view that the degeneration of the IC or any tendency could simply be ascribed to its petty-bourgeois composition. Although this was the only reply to the WSL’s offer of discussions, the iSt letter was not circulated even to the NC for over a year.

However, the aggressive propaganda work of the LSG made it impossible to simply seal off the WSL against Spartacism. The first fruit of these efforts was an amendment from the Liverpool branch to the international resolution at the WSL’s first annual conference in December 1976. Although flawed by its attachment to WSL workerism and hence hostile to the iSt’s regroupment perspective, it nonetheless demanded recognition of the principled approach to the Cuban Revolution taken by the Revolutionary Tendency in the American SWP. This was clearly counter-posed to the Thornett leadership’s position that there had existed only two views on Cuba: the Pabloists’ enthusing for Castro and Healy’s myopic denial that a revolution had taken place at all.

The leadership urged the conference delegates to reject the amendment, not because it was wrong (in fact they claimed to agree with it), but to prevent the resolution from turning into a book. But when the membership voted to include this amendment, the only successful motion against the platform during the proceedings, Thornett and his lieutenants simply buried it, so that the resolution as amended never saw the light of day. Although this issue had no immediate consequence, it was indicative of the WSL leaders’ frenzied reaction to anything smacking of Spartacism.

The CDLM and the Lib-Lab Coalition

However, the real catalyst for the amorphous left-wing opposition which was to result in the Trotskyist Faction was the WSL’s intervention in the British class struggle. A challenge to the Thornett leadership took shape around objections to the WSL-created Campaign for Democracy in the Labour Movement (CDLM) and to its failure to place the government question at the centre of WSL trade-union work. This failure was particularly glaring after the formation of the Labour Party’s parliamentary coalition with the Liberals in March 1977.

In response to the reappearance of this British version of the popular front for the first time since World War II, the international Spartacist tendency called for “a policy of conditional non-support to Labour in upcoming elections unless and until they repudiate coalitionism” (“Break the Liberal/Labour Coalition in Britain,” WV No. 152, 8 April 1977). But even though Callaghan & Co. had suppressed even the organisational independence of the Labour Party by openly tying it to the bourgeois Liberals—with, moreover, the acquiescence of every single “left” MP [member of parliament] from Tony Benn and Michael Foot on down—the Workers Socialist League simply concluded that the “lefts” “should have demanded and themselves set up a new leadership based on socialist policies” (Socialist Press, 25 March 1977).

Within the Workers Socialist League there was dissatisfaction with the persistently apolitical character of the WSL’s trade-union work. A first document, “The WSL and the Governmental Crisis” ([WSL] Internal Bulletin No. 19, 25 May 1977), submitted by Green, Kellett and Piercey, attempted to programmatically generalise the objections:

 “Although the toolroom strike objectively challenged the Social Contract and posed the removal of the anti-working class Labour Government, the consciousness of the leadership thrown up in the struggle, the subjective factor, did not correspond to those objective tasks.… Although the WSL alone recognised that the toolroom strike precipitated a major governmental crisis, Socialist Press failed to make the question of government a central programmatic issue during the strike.”

At this time Green-Kellett-Piercey had not decisively broken from the WSL’s accommodation to Labourism, and were searching to render the perennial Thornett slogan, “Make the Lefts Fight,” revolutionary. They called on the WSL to “place demands on the lefts to support the [toolroom] strike against the Social Contract and remove the right wing [of the parliamentary Labour Party].”

The Campaign for Democracy in the Labour Movement, founded in 1976, was an uninspired imitation of the WRP/SLL’s All Trades Union Alliance. In practice it turned out to be nothing but a forum for tedious recounting of shop-floor struggles. As it became clear that the rank and file would not flock to the CDLM simply because it put “democracy” in its name, it soon turned into an arena for mutual accommodation between the WSL and other left groups (specifically the IMG and I-CL). Most importantly, the platform of this pan-union propaganda bloc—like Alan Thornett’s campaign for president of the Transport and General Workers Union—did not seek to break the mass of British workers from their Labourite traditions and consciousness.

The CDLM programme comes down to opposition to wage controls and spending cuts and calls for more democracy in the unions. It even limits the call for nationalisation to those firms threatened with bankruptcy or large-scale redundancies. It does not contain any demand for the expropriation of all capitalist industry, thus placing the CDLM to the right of the maximum programme of the Labour Party on this question. There is no mention of opposition to the presence of the British imperialist army in Northern Ireland or to the Labour “left’s” chauvinist call for import controls, much less of the need for a revolutionary workers government.

Describing the reformist CDLM, an LSG leaflet noted that it embodied the central weakness of the British left: “… glorification of spontaneous ‘rank and file’ trade union militancy and… political capitulation to British social democracy” (“CDLM: WSL’s ‘Short Cut’ to Nowhere,” 27 March 1977). A parallel criticism was raised in the Green-Kellett-Piercey document:

“Our failure to make the question of programme and government central was not confined to the pages of Socialist Press. It was evident at the CDLM recall conference….

 “Although a special resolution was passed by the conference on the Lib-Lab coalition, the vital political question facing the conference on government was relegated almost to a side issue, discussed separately from the wages struggle and the fight for leadership in the trade unions….”

The LSG leaflet also attacked the WSL’s justification for its adaptation to shop-floor militancy: “For a small grouping, like the WSL, to decide to ‘shake off propagandism’ in order to proceed directly to ‘conquering the masses’ is profoundly anti-Leninist. A revolutionary organisation only acquires the ability to lead whole sections of the proletariat as it assembles a cadre trained through hard principled struggle for communist politics” (“CDLM: WSL’s ‘Short Cut’ to Nowhere”).

The Green-Kellett-Piercey document touched on the WSL’s policy of shunning polemical combat with centrist groups, although the criticism was largely empirical and put in the mildest terms: “We also showed political weakness in not taking up the IMG adequately at the conference… their argument that the CDLM shouldn’t (politically) counterpose itself to the Stalinists’ ‘diversionary’ initiatives was part of their left cover for Stalinism. The difference between us and the Pabloites was not that they had differences of where and how to fight for programme…; but they are not prepared to fight at all for programme.” Neither, it turned out, was the Thornett leadership, which responded:

 “We are told by the comrades that we did not take up the IMG adequately at the conference. That we should have made a clear statement on their role as a left cover for the Stalinists. Such a course of action would have been a disaster. It would have been certain to drive the IMG out of the CDLM.”

—”Reply to ‘The WSL and the Governmental Crisis’,” by Alan Thornett, [WSL] Internal Bulletin No. 21

Workers Government and “Make the Lefts Fight”

The French municipal elections and Irish general elections, which both took place in the spring of 1977, renewed the debate inside the WSL on the question of popular frontism, in particular on the question of votes to the workers parties of a popular front. At the WSL’s summer school in July this issue was debated both at the session on Ireland and at the National Committee meeting. It was indicative of the scant importance given to such “abstract” subjects prior to this time that even Socialist Press editor John Lister, backed by Alan Thornett, could consider it a rightist notion that any self-proclaimed revolutionary would even consider voting for the workers parties of a popular front.

At the NC meeting spokesmen for the opposing positions—Steve Murray for voting for workers parties in a popular front and Mark Hyde and Jim Short against—were directed to submit documents defending their respective positions. Without waiting for the resolution of the debate, however, Socialist Press went into print on 17 August declaring that it would continue to call for votes to Labour until such time as there were actually joint Lib-Lab slates. And as the faction fight developed, for the first time drawing hard lines on programmatic questions in the WSL, Thornett, Lister & Co. became far more cautious in toying around with positions which had been branded “Spartacist.”

In the course of the discussions over the question of voting for candidates of a popular front, some individuals switched positions and the battle lines began to be drawn. A document, “The Coalition, ‘Make the Lefts Fight’ and the Workers’ Government Slogan” ([WSL] Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 2, January 1978), was written during late autumn by Green, Holford, Kellett, Murray, Quigley and Short which called for a position of “no vote for the candidates of workers’ parties (like the Labour Party) which are in a Popular Front combination” (Thesis 2 of the conclusion). On the question of the slogan of a workers government the document took the position of Trotsky, who spelt this out in discussions with leaders of the then-revolutionary American SWP: “…the dictatorship of the proletariat, that is the only possible form of a workers’ and farmers’ government.” Thus point 7 of the conclusion states:

 “The WSL advances the slogan of ‘a workers’ government’ as a pseudonym for the dictatorship of the proletariat. Its essential content—a government that rules in the interests of the working class and bases itself, not on the bourgeois state, but on the independent organisations of the working class—remains, whether or not it is advocated as a propaganda or an agitational slogan.”

Concerning the question of voting for popular front candidates the document states forcefully that this is no tactical or technical matter. This question is today the dividing line between those who give “critical” support to the popular front, seeking to place it in power, and the Bolshevik policy of proletarian opposition to coalitionism. But this is far from a passive or abstentionist position. The authors of the document wrote:

“…We call for the unions nationally to withdraw union sponsorship from all MPs who support the coalition….

 “We must develop a fight in local Labour Party constituencies for the removal of sitting MPs and the selection of candidates who stand on a revolutionary programme opposed to the coalition.… In bye-elections at present we can give no support to LP candidates who defend the coalition and will have to consider critically supporting in some cases centrist or revisionist candidates if they make opposition to the coalition and wage control central to their platform.”

—”The Coalition, ‘Make the Lefts Fight’ and the Workers Government Slogan”

Whereas in the past the WSL had not taken a clear position on the question of voting for popular front candidates, its capitulation to social democracy was clearly expressed in the standing demand to “make the lefts fight,” the alpha and omega of Thornett’s policy toward the Labour Party. This policy came under sharp attack in the oppositionists’ document:

 “The present unity of Heffer, Benn, Foot, Healey, and Callaghan in jointly defending the coalition reveals theessential programmatic agreement between the ‘left’ and right.…

“…we should in no way create a false distinction between them and their right-wing bed fellows when the ‘lefts’ are in no way distinguishing themselves from the right wing by their actions…. To place demands exclusively on the ‘lefts’ when they are unified with the right wing in opposing the struggles in the working class developing on the two decisive issues of wage control and the coalition, means that the WSL argues that the ‘lefts’ do fundamentally differ from the right-wing. When the ‘lefts’ have made no break from the right, not even verbally allied themselves with the wages struggles, the demand that they ‘kick out’ Healey, Callaghan et al acts in practice to strengthen illusions both in the ‘lefts’ as an alternative leadership and in reformism.

 “This present orientation of the movement, summed up in the slogan ‘Make the Lefts Fight’, elevates the tactic of the united front and critical support into a strategic orientation.

 “The League places these demands on the lefts because it makes its starting point a preconceived desire to secure unity with the left against the right, and from an ahistorical perspective that the task is to take the working class through a fresh stage of reformist betrayal.” [emphasis in original]

    —Ibid.

The Formation of the Trotskyist Faction

Around the time of the WSL 1977 summer school, some of the emerging oppositionists began to realise that fidelity to Trotskyism required a full scale programmatic combat against Thornett’s workerism. In a letter dated 13 July 1977, Green wrote to Holford:

“I have been re-reading some of the Spartacist’s material over the last couple of days, including some of their basic documents (declaration of principles, intervention at the 66 IC conference), their letter to the OCI and their letter to the [Spanish] LCE, and the founding document of their French section, the Ligue Trotskyste de France. What has struck me is the absolute consistency with which they have fought for their positions since the early 1960’s, and through the period subsequent to their foundation they have been able to build in a real way both in American andinternationally on the basis of democratic centralism.

 “Politically they seem to me to represent the only revolutionary current in existence. They have understood the revisions of Pabloism and the complementary errors of the IC in a very complete way, have analysed and fought all the petty bourgeois radicalism that has been prevalent since the late 60’s (feminism, New Leftism, guerillaism) and in a complementary fashion have stood out against the capitulation of the so-called Trotskyists of the USFI (both wings) to Popular Frontism and to the widespread economism that has afflicted the left since the working class began to break out into struggle in a big way over the last decade. This political independence and consistency has been reflected in a very precise and conscious understanding of the tasks that face small groups of revolutionaries in the present conditions, summed up in their formulation of the fighting propaganda group. The value of their positions has been apparent again and again in facing the problems that actually confront the WSL (syndicalist approach, obscuring of the need for a new revolutionary party opposed to the Labour Party, misuse of resources, neglect of the left groups and the lack of a consistent political line which is clearly before the membership as it carries out its work, question of inner party democracy and leadership). I have come to the conclusion that their approach to the Labour Party has the virtue of at least according with the real situation in the working class, and the fact that the Labour Party is losing support very rapidly—they see work directed at the LP as having the purpose of splitting and winning advanced workers through grappling with the turns in the objective situation and the manoeuvres of the reformists, while maintaining clearly the necessity for a Trotskyist party in front of the working class. On the trade unions their idea of the trade union caucus seems to provide the possibility of a genuine growthand the serious training of a new leadership without liquidation or opportunism, which the CDLM to me represents. Again on Ireland they have seriously confronted the problems presented by the particular form which the national question takes (not a new position incidentally, and indicative of their ability to confront major theoretical questions concretely and in relation to the world political situation).

 “I saw…at Grunwicks on Monday. They asked me if I had any questions on their politics or things I couldn’t understand. I was in the uncomfortable position of having to say that I could quite see the logic of their positions…. This was the only formulation that I could come up with to actually forestall a discussion over points which I agreed with any way. That made me realise that I have a responsibility to face up to their existence and my essential agreement with them. From now on I intend to fight for their politics inside the WSL.”

As the document on “The Coalition, ‘Make the Lefts Fight’ and the Workers Government Slogan” went through successive drafts over two months, the discussions within what had been an amorphous left wing of the WSL showed a growing political differentiation. By the time the jointly written document was submitted it was apparent that the signatories were on the verge of a parting of political paths. The majority (represented by Green, Holford, Quigley and Short) were coming to the conception that, while it was conceivable that much of the WSL membership and even a section of the leadership could possibly be won to the revolutionary programme, this could only be done through the process of insurrecting against the WSL’s Healyite-derived practice and tradition, which had to be destroyed.

Murray and Kellett, however, pulled back sharply and went on to play a dishonourable role as a left cover for the WSL leadership, sharing many of the programmatic positions of the Trotskyist Faction but subordinating these to their desire not to break with Thornett. This political differentiation was extremely important because it ruptured the personal ties between the ex-I.S./RCGers, establishing unambiguously that programme comes first. Within a short period after this break with the Murray clot the TF had produced its comprehensive political statement, “In Defense of the Revolutionary Programme.”

INDORP provided for the first time what the WSL had lacked from the beginning, a coherent Trotskyist programme and perspective. It took up many of the questions raised by the iSt letter of June 1976 (Cuba, history of the IC, trade-union policy, “make the lefts fight”) and other key issues facing a revolutionary vanguard in Britain, notably the Irish question (see more below). It also drew a sharply critical balance sheet of the WSL’s incompetent and opportunistic international work:

 “Unable to build an anti-revisionist, democratic centralist international tendency on the basis of a clear programmatic attitude to the basic tasks of revolutionaries in this epoch and the decisive issues of the class struggle internationally (opposition to popular frontism, defence of the deformed workers’ states, political struggle against nationalism and the necessity to re-create the Fourth International), the central leadership has led the WSL into a world of rotten blocs, cover-ups, diplomacy and intrigue—masquerading as the fight to ‘reconstruct’ the Fourth International.”

In the WSL, “international work” is mainly an extra-curricular activity, and at least some of its international connections have been made without directives by the NC by one comrade who uses his holidays to make political contacts outside this tight little island. Mostly the WSL should just be embarrassed by its international “co-thinkers,” the contemptible Socialist League (Democratic-Centralist) [SL(DC)] of the U.S. (referred to in INDORP as “lower-than-reformist wretches who stand in the tradition of one Albert Weisbord against Cannon and Trotsky”) and the Pabloist Greek Communist International League (CIL), which last year was engaged in “unity” manoeuvres with the local USec section.

However, the WSL is not content with such small fry and is quietly stalking the big game of “the world Trotskyist movement.” With his reputation and history, Thornett reasons, he should be able to reach an accommodation with Mandel & Co. or someone in the big time. Currently the WSL is entertaining leading representatives of the French Organisation Communiste Internationaliste (OCI). (Thornett’s documents inside the WRP contain sections which closely parallel the OCI conception of a strategic united front.)

While the WSL is not attracted by the total liquidation into the Labour Party of the Blick-Jenkins (British pro-OCI) group—since this would eliminate the independent cheerleading squad to hail Thornett’s work at Cowley—their natural resting place in the ostensibly Trotskyist milieu would most likely be as part of an ex-IC conglomeration within the USec, centring on the American SWP. Confirmation of appetites in this direction can be seen in the Socialist Press (8 March) article on the recent French legislative elections, which replicates the OCI position of calling for votes to the Communist and Socialist Parties (part of the popular front Union of the Left) not only on the decisive second round of voting but on the first round as well.

A contribution to the pre-conference discussion by the WSL leadership purported to offer its orientation to “the world Trotskyist movement.” The document, entitled “The Poisoned Well” [WSL] Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 1, January 1978), presents a version of the degeneration of the Fourth International heavily flavoured by the WSL’s workerist perspective. But the key, as the TF pointed out, is that:

 “The entire thrust of the document ‘The Poisoned Well’ despite the promised amendments is to attempt to straighten out what the leadership sees as ‘methodological’ weaknesses of the thoroughly reformist American SWP so as to better equip it for the fight against the centrist ex-International Majority Tendency wing [of the USec]. If agreement can be reached on the uncontentious theses at the end of the document then the ‘reunification’ (sic) discussions can begin. The EC [Executive Committee] of the WSL is taking the organisation down the road to liquidation into the United Secretariat.” [emphasis in original]

—”In Defence of the Revolutionary Programme”

At the February conference the WSL central leadership tried to claim that the most egregiously capitulationist references to the SWP and the USec were “slips of the pen,” and submitted amendments to sanitise their document. Alan Holford of the TF dismissed this by pointing out that four single-spaced pages of amendments hardly constituted “slips.” In the debate Socialist Press editor Lister said that while he was not opposed in principle to characterising the USec as centrist, to say so in writing would preclude an invitation to the USec congress, thereby rendering the WSL’s prospects “very small.” Some prospects!

The WSL’s attitude towards the Pabloist United Secretariat was accurately captured by Holford in a quote from Tristram Shandy which he included in his presentation as minority reporter: “Courtship consists in a number of quiet attentions, not so pointed as to alarm nor so vague as not to be understood.”

A Class Line vs. Left Republicanism on Ireland

One of the consequences of the blinkered Cowley-centred economism of the Thornett leadership was that for the first three years of its existence the WSL has not had a position on the Irish question—of crucial importance for any organisation with pretensions of providing revolutionary leadership to the workers of the British Isles. In order to plug this rather embarrassing gap in its programme, the leadership established an Irish Commission which was charged with developing a position for the WSL. In the course of the political struggle within the WSL three members of this four-man commission came to agreement on a class-struggle programme for Ireland paralleling the unique position of the iSt. This was presented as the Trotskyist Faction document “No Capitulation to Nationalism: For a Proletarian Perspective in Ireland!” ([WSL] Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 13, February 1978).

In recoiling from the anti-sectarian, proletarian position of the Spartacist tendency, the WSL wholeheartedly embraced the kind of pseudo-socialist “Republican” position on Ireland common to most of the British fake-Trotskyist groupings. The Thornett leadership’s document attempted to step around the difficult problem posed by the existence of the separate Protestant people (who comprise 60 percent of the population of the six counties of Northern Ireland and a quarter of the population of the island as a whole) by simply ignoring it and putting forward a call for “self-determination for the Irish people as a whole.”

The TF document pointed out that such a call “is meaningless precisely because there is no sense in which we can speak of the [Irish] people as a whole,” and challenged the vicarious green nationalists of the WSL leadership to “face up to the implications of such a programme. It is in effect a call for the forcible unification of the whole island by the Irish bourgeoisie irrespective of the wishes of the Protestant community,” a move which “could only precipitate a bloody communal conflict offering nothing for the proletariat.” The majority document clearly confirmed the WSL’s alignment with mainstream petty-bourgeois Irish Republicanism:

 “We do not argue as such for a united capitalist Ireland. But it must be clear that were such an unlikely development brought about in the course of struggle it would represent an historically progressive development.” [emphasis in original]

—Outlines of a Programme for Ireland,” ibid.

The Trotskyist Faction document rejected the leadership’s open support to Catholic Irish nationalism, stating that:

 “We are AGAINST THE FORCED UNIFICATION OF IRELAND UNDER BOURGEOIS RULE.” Instead it raised the algebraic call for an Irish workers republic as part of a socialist federation of the British Isles. The TF stated clearly that the struggle to unite the Protestant and Catholic working people across sectarian lines must be premised on inflexible opposition to the continuing oppression of the Catholic minority in Northern Ireland, and also on a fight for the immediate and unconditional withdrawal of British troops from Ireland. However, the TF document added:

 “… the removal of the troops, unless a class-conscious proletariat led by a revolutionary party is able to intervene, may well be the occasion for enormous sectarian slaughter (as occurred in India after independence) but as Marxists we must reject out of hand the reformist proposition that imperialist troops can ever be a fundamental guarantee against barbarism. The continuation of British imperialism’s military occupation of the north is even more inimical to the prospect for socialism than the slaughter which might follow its departure.”

    —”For a Proletarian Perspective in Ireland!”

In the debate on Ireland at the conference one Thornett supporter after another rose to speak in defence of the majority’s sketchy but clearly Catholic nationalist document, yet felt it necessary to preface their remarks by admitting they knew little about Ireland. In contrast, the position of the Trotskyist Faction, drawing on the considerable collective experience of its members in the struggle in Ireland, was presented by Paul Lannigan, a former member of the Irish National Committee of Healy’s SLL from 1968 to 1970. Lannigan, who had first-hand experience in recruiting Protestant shop stewards in Derry to the SLL, opposed the leadership’s “socialist” green nationalism, which effectively denies the possibility of revolutionaries being able to win Protestant workers to an anti-sectarian socialist programme.

Mass Work Fakery, Menshevism and Bundism in Turkey

With the exception of its loose ties to the Greek CIL and the American SL(DC), the WSL’s only work outside Britain has taken place in Turkey. Beginning with a few Turkish members recruited from the WRP, the WSL recruited a handful of raw militants and established two small branches in Turkey. In every respect the Turkish work was a criminal fiasco as a minuscule grouping of politically uneducated militants attempted to translate the WSL’s “mass work” approach from chummy England into the harsh reality of Turkish society where labour and leftist militants are regularly set upon and often murdered by fascist thugs.

The Trotskyist Faction recruited two members of the WSL’s Turkish group in London who recounted the bitter experience of a strike (for union recognition) sparked by the Turkish WSLers: “We were totally ill-prepared to give even good trade union leadership to back up our advice to these workers” (“Enough of Opportunism, Adventurism, Bundism: For a Trotskyist Perspective in Turkey,” [WSL] Pre-Conferenee Discussion Bulletin No. 12, February 1978). The WSL leadership wasn’t taken aback. True, the majority document admitted, “…the strike was isolated, was broken, and all the strikers were sacked.” However, “Though the battle was lost, our comrades were developed and new contacts won” ([WSL] PreConference Discussion Bulletin No. 6, February 1978)!

Having experienced the dead end posed by the WSL’s economist activism, these two militants came to fundamental agreement with the Trotskyist Faction’s insistence on the centrality of programmatic clarity and the struggle to educate and recruit cadre as key to building the revolutionary party. Thus the TF Turkish document attacked the leadership’s Bundist approach to the national question as applied to the Kurds (a national minority presently divided among Turkey, Iraq, Iran, Syria and the USSR). According to the WSL majority the Kurds must achieve “national unity first,” i.e., the establishment of a bourgeois Kurdistan; consequently Kurdish workers living in Turkey must be organised into a separate Kurdish party. Recognising the Kurds’ right to self-determination, the TF document attacked this Bundist organisational norm and Menshevik two-stage strategy.

On the thorny Cyprus question the faction took a clear internationalist position:

 “Up until 1974, the Turkish population of Cyprus was nationally oppressed by the Greek population—since the invasion by the Turkish army, the Greeks have been in the more oppressed position. Because the two populations have been thoroughly intermingled on this small island it is clear that the reality of ‘self-determination’ for either people can only come at the expense of the other and thus ‘self-determination’ is not applicable. We call therefore for the withdrawal of all foreign troops (whether Turk, Greek, UN, NATO, or any other) and for the unity of Greek and Turkish working peoples of Cyprus to overthrow capitalism and establish a workers state under the leadership of a Trotskyist party.”

    —”Enough of Opportunism, Adventurism, Bundism….

  

Thornett “Counterattacks”

For the longest time the Thornett leadership sought to ignore the international Spartacist tendency. After a year’s procrastination, the WSL’s sometime resident literary dilettante, Alan Westoby, finally produced a draft reply to the June 1976 iSt letter. This work was so blatantly unserious that the WSL NC rejected it in summer 1977. Since Westoby had left the organisation to pursue his “theoretical” activity, the job of drafting a new reply was commissioned out to someone else—whose work was rejected for being too soft on the iSt. Finally leadership loyalists like John Lister and Tony Richardson produced their own reply—with a little help from their friends in the Murray clique. This shoddy document laconically remarks in the introduction: “In compiling this material we have drawn on notes supplied by cdes. Steve Murray and Julia Kellett, though neither comrade has seen the completed document.”

(Having rejected the Trotskyist Faction’s comprehensive political critique of the hardened right-centrist Thornett leadership, the Murray group slid into ignominious disarray at the national conference, with faction members splitting their votes and one even voting for a TF document. With a chronology reminiscent of the career of the vile Tim [“I was a hatchet man for Healy and Hansen”] Wohlforth, Murray’s fence-straddling and unprincipled bloc with Thornett earned him only the political contempt of some of his own factional partners [and no doubt of the Thornett supporters as well].)

The Lister-Richardson-Murray “reply” is a broken record stuck on the single refrain that the iSt is “sectarian” because we recognise that “a currently embryonic party organisation must necessarily constitute itself in the form of a ‘fighting propaganda group’” and we frankly state that the character of our trade-union work must be “exemplary,” rejecting the workerist notion of intervening in every daily struggle of the masses. “What type of forces will such a stand attract?” the Thornett group asks rhetorically, answering: “Talkers, debaters, and those disillusioned with struggle for leadership within workers’ organisations…” ([WSL] Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 5, February 1978). At another point they wax indignant: “Your refusal to fight to recruit workers… means that your role is reduced to that of political vultures, preying on other tendencies on the left.”

This absurd charge—reminiscent of Wohlforth at his nadir, when sputtering for lack of anything to say he would charge that Spartacists “hate the workers”—is consummate dishonesty coming from authors who are not unfamiliar withWorkers Vanguard. But at least the Thornett supporters make clear what it is they object to: the authors complain that the London Spartacist Group interventions in WSL public meetings “seem determined to cut across any dialogue with [workers who attend these meetings] and drive them away from the WSL, turning every meeting into a debate on the most abstract level.”

And just what are these “abstract” topics of debate? The same points that were the axis of the TF faction fight: the need to break from Labourism and illusions in the Labour “lefts”; the need for a proletarian strategy in Ireland, to draw the class line against popular frontism. This is too “abstract” for the Thornett group because they seek to recruit politically raw workers at their present level of consciousness, i.e., militant trade unionism. We, however, aspire to recruit workers who despise the IMG’s line of Menshevik “unity” or the SWP’s refusal to defend the gains of the October Revolution.

The authors of the leadership “reply” to the iSt get carried away with their self-righteous rhetoric about how the Spartacists would be repelled by the “action of thousands and millions of workers mobilised in practical struggles around its [the Transitional Programme’s] demands.” We are anxiously waiting to hear how the WSL has managed to mobilise these “thousands and millions of workers” around even its reformist minimum program for the unions. In fact, at the conference Thornett admitted that the WSL had been unable to play much of a role in the firemen’s strike because the much larger Cliffite SWP stood in the way. What the WSL did not do in this situation is polemicise against the SWP. As for trade-union implantation, the WSL has no significant fraction outside Cowley. This compares to the SL/U.S. which gives political support to active groups of class-struggle unionists among dock workers and warehousemen, steel workers, car workers, phone workers and seamen.

The one issue which seems to have stung the WSL central leadership into something resembling a political defence is the question of voting for popular front candidates and the nature of a workers government. John Lister’s document, “What the Fourth Congress of the Comintern Really Decided” ([WSL] Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 3, February 1978), is really just an attempt to institutionalise the confusion sown by Zinoviev and Radek in that discussion. If the WSL really wants to say that it considers a Labour Party cabinet resting on a majority in Parliament to be a “workers government”—this is one of Zinoviev’s five variants—they are free to do so. We would only remind them of the company they are travelling in. One Pierre Frank, in a commemorative article on the Transitional Programme(International Socialist Review, May-June 1967), congratulated the Pabloist United Secretariat in having “revived and enriched” the concept of workers government to mean something other than the dictatorship of the proletariat. As for the Spartacist tendency, it stands on the “unrevised” programme of Trotsky’s Fourth International, which states:

 “This formula, ‘workers’ and farmers’ government’, first appeared in the agitation of the Bolsheviks in 1917 and was definitely accepted after the October Revolution. In the final instance it represented nothing more than the popular designation for the already established dictatorship of the proletariat….

 “When the Comintern of the epigones tried to revive the formula buried by history of the ‘democratic dictatorship of the proletariat and peasantry’, it gave to the formula of the ‘workers’ and peasants’ government’ a completely different, purely ‘democratic’, i.e., bourgeois content, counterposing it to the dictatorship of the proletariat. The Bolshevik-Leninists resolutely rejected the slogan of the ‘workers’ and peasants’ government’ in the bourgeois-democratic version.”

The Death Agony of Capitalism and the Tasks of the Fourth International

A slightly more serious attempt to deal with the question was made by Clinton, Hyde and White (a trio whose opening shots in the political struggle in the WSL were their arguments that the police deserved a “sliding scale of wages”). Their document (“Strategy and Tactics—A Reply to Our Petty Bourgeois Critics,” [WSL] Pre-Conference Discussion Bulletin No. 10, February 1978) prints pages of citations to argue that Trotsky in the 1930’s did not take an explicit position against voting for the workers parties in a popular front.What these scholastic “theoreticians” ignore is that Trotsky faced situations in France and Spain which were pre-revolutionary, with parliamentary and electoral tactics quite secondary in the context of massive factory occupations and direct military struggle with the fascists. In France Trotsky urgently and repeatedly called for the formation of committees of action (in the context of a strike wave) as the vehicle for breaking the workers from the popular front and splitting the reformist parties.

Our snide academics don’t mention this, nor does the WSL present any programmatic axis for struggle against the reformist parties and against bourgeois coalitionism. On the contrary it makes a ritual denunciation of the Lib-Lab coalition…and then promises to vote for Labour anyway. If ever there were a case of sterile propagandism, this is it. The French Pabloists were consistent, at least, in refusing to characterise the Union of the Left as a popular front; should they do so, said the Mandelites, “This would lead logically to abstention in the [1977] municipal elections” (quoted in International, Summer 1977).

The WSL’s own policy—refusing to vote for coalitionist candidates only if joint Liberal-Labour slates are presented—is a purely juridical conception of the bloc, which implicitly or explicitly denies the essential fact: that the popular front is abourgeois political formation. The left oppositionist document on the workers government slogan answered this subterfuge in advance with a quotation from Trotsky:

 “The question of questions at present is the People’s Front. The left centrists seek to present this question as a tactical or even as a technical manoeuvre so as to be able to practice their little business in the shadow of the People’s Front. In reality the People’s Front is the main question of proletarian class strategy for this epoch. It offers the best criterion for the difference between Bolshevism and Menshevism….”

 —”Letter to the RSAP,” Writings of Leon Trotsky, 1935-36

The heart of the Clinton-Hyde-White document is unadulterated class baiting: e.g., “They appeal to tired petty bourgeois members who prefer academic debate to the class struggle.…” Etc. What drives these three (who, by the way, are themselves teachers) into a frenzy is the Trotskyist Faction’s rejection of the guilty workerism which passes for politics in the WSL. Attempting to be condescending, they only articulate their own philistinism. Moreover, when they finally get around to justifying their all-purpose slogan “make the lefts fight,” their mystical glorification of the “daily grind” spells itself out in the language of frank opportunism:

“Until such time as significant sections of workers look to alternative revolutionary leaders, we must take the workers through the experience of trying and testing the alternatives that exist.”

—”Strategy and Tactics…”

Just as revolutionaries begin with the objective needs of the proletariat rather than its present consciousness in formulating their program, we do not “take” the proletariat through the experience of reformism. If they have not yet broken from the Stalinist and social-democratic misleaders we must indeed accompany them through the experience of exposing these betrayers. But the WSL does indeed mean to take British workers through a new experience of reformism—first the Callaghans and Healeys, then the Foots and Benns, and then…

Results and Prospects

In describing the loss of 20 percent of its active membership as “A Step Forward” (Socialist Press, 22 February), the Workers Socialist League declares its firm intent to continue in its ostrich-like position. As a result of the split by the Trotskyist Faction it has been reduced to a national network of supporters of Alan Thornett’s activities at the Cowley Leyland plant (reverently dubbed “The Factory” by the WSL leadership). The loss of a sizeable number of younger comrades has clearly stung them, as has the departure of a layer of experienced cadres; and the haemorrhaging of the WSL has not stopped yet.

For the international Spartacist tendency, the fusion with the comrades of the TF greatly increases the authority of our Trotskyist programme, in Britain and internationally. In Britain today there is one—and only one—organisation which intransigently fights coalitionism, opposes all brands of nationalism and is part of a democratic centralist international tendency: the Spartacist League.

One parting reply to the WSL’s embarrassingly empty class baiting: we do not wish to begrudge Alan Thornett his unstinting dedication to defending the interests of the Cowley workers as he perceives them. Under the proper leadership of a disciplined Trotskyist party such mass leaders can perform a crucial role in preparing the working class for revolutionary struggle. But such a party will be far different from the support apparatus for one or a group of trade unionists (the most degenerated example of the latter being the Ceylonese “section” of the USec, which is nothing more than an appendage of a conservative white collar union run by the corrupt Bala Tampoe). It must be a party whose Marxist programme is formulated and tested through the kind of political struggle which the WSL has systematically avoided, whether in the factories, in mass demonstrations, public meetings or the party itself.

Yes, the WSL conference was indeed a step forward—for Trotskyism and the international Spartacist tendency. It was a savage blow, however, to the pretensions of the parochial workerists from the South Midlands of little England.

Student Struggles Engulf Brazil

Pitched Battles Against Police-State Regression:

Student Struggles Engulf Brazil

[First printed in Young Spartacus #56, July/August 1977]

June 25-In a continent known for the unbridled savagery of its many military dictatorships, the Brazilian regime of “president” Ernesto Geisel has earned- a reputation for its wanton recourse to police-state terror.

Long the darling of imperialist investors and their academic braintrusters, the ruling camarilla of army generals is notorious throughout Latin America for its brutal repression and the systematic torture and “disappearance” of political opponents of the Brazilian regime. But in recent weeks the Brazilian gorilas have been confronted with an eruption of popular discontent that has shaken their ironheel “law and order.”

For the first time since 1968, a major upsurge of student protest against the military regime has sparked a series of courageous confrontations with the brutal armed forces of the state. Despite vicious beatings at the hands of the police and mass arrests, student strikes have continued to defy the authorities, demanding the release of political prisoners and the granting of full democratic rights-most notably, freedom of assembly and speech.

First Tremors of Protest

The first tremors of the current upheaval occurred On March 30, when students staged a demonstration in the industrial center of Sao Paulo. In response to a government announcement of a 40 percent reduction in the Universidade de Sao Paulo budget, widespread layoffs among faculty and campus workers and a price rise in the university restaurants, students took to the streets and distributed an “open letter, ” which in part declared,

“Our struggle is not ours alone; it is that of the whole population, of all who struggle against a hard life, for better wages, for more schools, for university restaurants, for the freedom to demonstrate” ,”

-reprinted in Informations Ouvrieres, 2 June 1977

Although this protest remained geographically isolated and politically limited to campus-parochial concerns, it nonetheless represented a tentative step toward a broader mobilization against the Geisel regime.

On April 28 the current wave of protest began when police seized eight students and workers (apparently members of a left-wing organization) as they were distributing leaflets calling for a “Day of Struggle” on May Day. Protests quickly escalated after students and trade-union oppositionists from the Sao Paulo metalworkers issued leaflets demanding the release of the imprisoned leftists.

To the dismay of Geisel, May 5 brought 10,000 students (supported by the metalworkers) into the streets of Sao Paolo in what was the largest protest rally since 1968. The demonstration- which electrified the entire spectrum of Brazilian political life – witnessed the issuing of a second “Open Letter to the Brazilian People,” which in a more political fashion demanded “that the authorities respect the freedom to demonstrate and the right of expression and organization of all oppressed sectors of the population” (quoted in Intercontinental Press, 13 June).

The open defiance of the authorities exhibited in Sao Paulo on May 5 intersected the pervasive disgruntlement of Brazilian working people with the continued arbitrariness and repression of the regime. Under the impact of the collapse of the “Brazilian miracle” (which impressionistic bourgeois economists such as Walt Rostow had taken as proof of the “take-off stage” in anti-Marxist theories of industrial development) rifts have become apparent even within the ruling bonapartist cabal. Increasingly isolated, Geisel was forced to dissolve Congress in April, and he has come under increased pressure from the fake-opposition Movimiento Democratico Braileiro (MDB) and from renewed stirrings of discontent among junior officers in the military.

Strike activity broadened, and by the May 19 “National Day of Struggle” at least ten campuses were shut down. Demonstrations spread to 16 cities, including Rio de Janeiro, Belo Horizonte, Salvador and Brasilia (where the entire student population of 15,800 struck).

Police around the country assaulted protesters with what eyewitnesses termed the most vicious repression since 1968. 77,000 police and troops were placed on alert in Sao Paulo as an estimated 8,000 students rallied at the University medical school. As the police closed in to arrest demonstrators, they beat reporters who had – despite a government ban – covered the earlier protests.

National Student Meeting

In the aftermath of the “National Day of Struggle,” “May 1 Amnesty Committees” began to spread across Brazil as students sought to create national bodies to press their struggle for democratic rights. In Sao Paulo freely elected Student Central Directorates were created. In the words of the student organizers, these bodies “are free because we do not abide by the laws imposed by the authorities that do not permit direct, free elections and that restrict our freedom to demonstrate and organize.” Over 16,000 of the 30,000 Sao Paulo students participated in the Central Directorate elections.

Meanwhile, an attempt was made to revive the National Student Union, the banned organization which led Brazilian student protest during the 1960’s. A call was issued for a student “National Meeting” on June 4 in Belo Horizonte – the capital of the industrial state of Minas Gerais with the aim of electing a delegated leadership body on a nationwide scale.

Police repression once again intensified as the government tried to halt the protests by arresting known strike leaders. In Rio de Janeiro 30 students suspected of being delegates to the Meeting were rounded up, interrogated and released only after it was too late to travel to Belo Horizonte. In Sao Paulo, the police were unable to round up the delegates, but according to the newsweekly Veja (8 June), “the Sao Paulo police have in their hands the names of a good number of the delegates to the Meeting – the score will be settled upon their return to Sao Paulo.” When the Meeting was staged as planned, the police attacked and arrested over 800 students en masse; 98 are to stand trial under the draconian National Security Law.

“SWAT”- Brazilian Style

The stage was set for a major confrontation on the second “National Day of Struggle” called by student leaders for June 15.

Activity centered in Sao Paulo, where 32,000 police were mobilized – 2,000 occupying a central square where a demonstration had been called for the evening rush hour. The head of “public security,” Colonel Erasmo Dias, arrived on the spot and took the opportunity to display his new anti-demonstrator “novelties” to the assembled press: a “flash-light” which projects a high-intensity beam capable of blinding demonstrators for several minutes, pocketsize tear gas cannisters (which he “playfully” set off among the reporters and a display of M-16 rifles (very popular among the Brazilian military after the introduction of the American television series “SWAT”). Wildly waving his favorite 9-millimeter Browning revolver, top-cop Dias blustered, “Nobody’s going to get through here” (quoted inVeja, 22 June).

Despite the police vigilance, a daring group of students managed to hold a brief rally in the square. Avoiding police scrutiny, approximately 50 students (in a square which regularly holds 500,000 during the evening rush hour) began to chant “freedom, freedom.” As it turned out, the chanting was a cue. Dias and his stormtroopers gaped in stunned amazement as the square suddenly became alive with chanting demonstrators. What appeared to be mere passers-by and shoppers turned out to be student protestors awaiting the cue to emerge from bus queues and cafes.

As the police gave chase with trained dogs and began savagely beating protestors with clubs and belts, onlookers cheered the’ students, and the streets were flooded with confetti thrown from overhead balconies. Even neighborhood storeowners solidarized with the students; Sao Paulo movie theaters opened their doors free the next day in a gesture of solidarity.

As we go to press, the strikes continue. Ten universities are completely shut down either by student protest or administration retaliation. Meetings of the Universidade de Brasilia student body continue to vote unanimously to remain on strike – and the rector closed the school for the entire period through the July recess. (Moreover, a Third Student National Meeting had been scheduled for Sao Paulo on June 21.)

Down with Geisel!

Despite the manifest courage of the student radicals, the campus centered protests lack any strategy for the revolutionary overthrow of the Geisel dictatorship. Banners proclaiming “Workers and Students Unite” appear at demonstrations, but far more prevalent is the moralistic slogan, “To be silent is to be complicit” (the Brazilian equivalent of the New Left dictum, “If you’re not part of the solution, you’re part of the problem”). The “Open Letters” to the Brazilian people were followed by an open letter to Rosalynn Carter during her stopover in Brazil – replete with appeals for the enforcement of “human rights” in Brazil. To top it off, the Economist (28 May) carried a photograph of students blindfolding a bust of John Kennedy in order to “shield his eyes” from the police onslaught – as if Kennedy had not been responsible for training torturers in Latin America and lending a helping hand to tin-pot tyrants and military dictators through his so-called” Alliance for Progress.”

Furthermore, student demonstrators have on several occasions not only joined forces with the MDB – which in itself is not incorrect – but expressed illusions in the MDB’s democratic pretenses. With the growing fissures in the military government, everyone in Brazil is paying lip service to “democratic” populist demagogy – from Geisel on down. When Geisel last spring arbitrarily altered the Brazilian constitution in such a way that appointment of state governors was firmly in the hands of his lackeys, he dashed the hopes of the MDB politicians who had expected to come to power in several states at the next election. Consequently, the MDB was driven into a mock “opposition” to Geisel. The MDB’s ultra-democratic utterances have gone so far as to call for “a Constituent Assembly [that] will be the synthesis of the struggle for democratic legality and the restoration of juridical dignity to the country” (Jornal do Brasil, 19 June).

But, its pseudo-democratic rhetoric aside, the MDB can be counted on to oppose the students the moment their struggles were to pose a serious challenge to the regime. The MDB was formed in 1965 by the military junta to provide a tame “electoral opposition” to the military’s captive National Renovating Alliance (ARENA). The MDB, which included formations such as the bourgeois “Labor” Party of former military strongman Getulio Vargas, has been complicit in the murderous activities of the Brazilian dictatorship throughout its thirteen-year reign of terror. Students must not rely upon any section of the Brazilian bourgeoisie to oppose continued military terror. The military seized power in 1964 to prevent former president Goulart from carrying through his proposal to implement the most minimal land reform (far less “reform” than was enacted by bourgeois governments in Italy and Guatemala in the post-World War II period), and to grant restricted democratic rights for soldiers and non-commissioned officers. The fear of arousing the masses’ was so intense among all sections of the bourgeoisie that there was no significant opposition to the coup -despite the knowledge that the military government would monopolize political power in its hands. Thus, even at the height of its “opposition,” MDB parliamentary leaders took pains to denounce the student demonstrations in June (Veja, 22 June).

In the epoch of capitalist decay, the tendency for bonapartist regimes generally based upon the military mounts in countries where imperialist domination and modern industry often stand alongside near – feudal land conditions. The “democratic” populist pretensions of junior officers and domesticated house oppositions are nothing but the demagogy of would be petty bonapartes out of power. These are the “oppositionists” who stood by and watched while the Brazilian generals have done for a period of thirteen years what the Argentine Anti-Communist Alliance has done for the last few: murder, torture and ruthless oppress.

For a Workers and Peasants Government in Brazil!

In the context of uneven and combined development in Brazil, what began as student protests has flourished and intersected a reservoir of generalized hatred for the dictatorship: “The “Brazilian miracle” has fizzled and in its wake remains the same mass poverty, police terror and imperialist plunder. The modern skyscrapers and technologically advanced factories coexist with sprawling shantytowns and the abject misery of plantation-worker peonage. This provides dramatic proof that in the epoch of imperialism, so long as the bourgeoisie holds state power, backward countries such as Brazil can neither reach the level of imperialist industrial development nor qualitatively raise the standard of living of the working masses. At the same time, a working-class centered revolutionary upsurge against the military rulers would clearly elicit mass popular support – including large sectors of the urban petty bourgeoisie.

Nowhere is this clearer, and nowhere is it more important to lay the basis for united actions between the working class and radicalized students than in Sao Paulo – the classic boom town of Brazil. In this modern industrial center there are as yet no sewage or sanitary facilities for many of its 11 million inhabitants. The average worker-whose subsistence ages are quickly eroded by the 44 percent annual rate of inflation spends six hours a day simply traveling to and from work. Unemployment, which is endemic among the unskilled masses, has been sharply rising among the skilled with 5,500 auto-workers as well as electrical and construction workers recently thrown on the street.

The social emancipation of the hideously oppressed and impoverished Brazilian masses awaits the seizure of power by the proletariat and the formation of a workers and peasants government. The student protests of today must be linked to the strategic power of the proletariat in the industrial zones of Sao Paulo, Rio de Janeiro and Minas Gerais.

The urban and rural masses must be mobilized around a revolutionary program which includes democratic demands including – for the immediate freedom of all victims of right-wing repression; for full trade-union rights; for a sweeping agrarian revolution; for freedom of political association, press and speech; and for a genuine constituent assembly based upon universal suffrage. The struggle for democratic freedoms, the overthrow of the Brazilian generals and the expropriation of the rapacious imperialists demand above all else the building of a Brazilian Trotskyist party, section of a reforged Fourth International.

La OCI resucita el Buró de Londres

Traducido de Workers Vanguard no. 95, 6 de febrero de 1976. Esta versión fue impresa en Spartacist en español No. 4, mayo de 1977.

La encarnación internacional de la Organisation Communiste Internacionaliste (OCI) francesa ha proclamado orgullosamente el abandono de sus antiguas pretensiones mínimas de mantener como base de su existencia política el programa trotskista. Los grupos latinoamericanos afiliados a la OCI han proclamado con bombos y platillos su llamado reciente a una conferencia “para organizar la unidad antiimperialista”, que sería abierta a todas las tendencias latinoamericanas que reconocen “la independencia de clase de las masas trabajadoras”; y en su propio terreno francés la OCI se ha involucrado en un romance floreciente con la organización castigada por Trotsky como la expresión acabada del centrismo, el POUM español.

En un comunicado del 6 de noviembre de 1975 se informó de los resultados de la Segunda Conferencia Latinoamericana, que se realizó entre el 1º y el 6 de noviembre, bajo el auspicio del Comité de Organización por la Reconstrucción de la Cuarta Internacional (CORCI), encabezado por la OCI. El comunicado proclamó que se había llegado a un “acuerdo global” refiriéndose a “las tareas que implica el combate por la construcción de partidos revolucionarios en cada país, integrados a la lucha por la reconstrucción de la Cuarta Internacional”.

Mas lo que en realidad están haciendo el CORCI y sus adherentes latinoamericanos (el POR boliviano, Política Obrera de Argentina, la LOM mexicana, el POMR peruano, el POMR chileno y un grupo venezolano), no es reforjar la Cuarta Internacional sino la inauguración de otro “Buró de Londres” ― un bloque podrido del mismo tipo que Trotsky combatió en los años 30, considerándolo el impedimento centrista más peligroso en la lucha por la Cuarta Internacional.

El verdadero eje de esta Conferencia Latinoamericana se presenta en la enumeración en este comunicado dé las condiciones políticas proyectadas para una conferencia futura “de todas las organizaciones, tendencias y corrientes que en América Latina se pronuncian por los tres puntos siguientes”:

“1) Por la organización de la unidad antiimperialista;

“2) Por la independencia de clase de las masas trabajadoras y de las organizaciones obreras;

“3) Por la organización de las luchas antiimperialistas y anticapitalistas, de acuerdo con la divisa de la Internacional Obrera [de Marx): ‘La emancipación de los trabajadores será obra de los trabajadores mismos’.”

Correo Internacional, diciembre de 1975

Lo que aquí se propone no es otra cosa que un Kuomintang a escala internacional, simplemente una versión más fraudulenta de las alianzas “antiimperialistas” de colaboración de clases con nacionalistas burgueses y pequeñoburgueses que constantemente enarbolan los estalinistas, sean seguidores de Mao, Castro o Brezhnev.

Pero las fuerzas burguesas evidentemente no estarán de acuerdo con “la independencia de clase de las masas trabajadoras y las organizaciones obreras,” nos respondería sin duda la OCI. Por el contrario los demagogos burgueses de izquierda no sólo están dispuestos a firmar tales declaraciones, sobre todo si no están en el poder, sino que uno de ellos, el General Juan José Torres, ex presidente de Bolivia, ya ha sobrepasado a la OCI al firmar un documento llamando por la “hegemonía del proletariado”.

Fue en la declaración del Frente Revolucionario Antiimperialista (FRA), del cual la OCI se debe acordar pues escribió refiriéndose al FRA que, “Aún Chiang Kai-shek y el Kuomintang se integraron a la Tercera Internacional” (La Vérité no. 557, julio de 1972). A esa época la OCI criticaba implícitamente las alabanzas del POR boliviano a las virtudes trascendentales del FRA; no obstante, hoy en día la OCI está a la caza de sus propios Torres y Chiang y evidentemente ya ha contratado al MIR venezolano.

La Conferencia Latinoamericana ha puesto de acuerdo la retórica de la OCI con su práctica oportunista, terminando con sus antiguas pretensiones verbales de ortodoxia trotskista. Anteriormente la OCI insistía con razón (pese a su formalismo) que el Programa de Transición es primordial. Luego de romper con su antiguo compinche británico Gerry Healy, en 1971, la OCI puso énfasis en la necesidad de:

“cimentar estos elementos, grupos y organizaciones auténticamente trotskistas, por pocos que sean…. Al mismo tiempo sabemos que no es cosa fácil lograr un reagrupamiento organizacional en el campo de los principios… pero precisamente por ser difícil sólo debe ser emprendido con aquellos [trotskistas] que quieren continuar fieles al programa y no temen romper con el liquidacionismo pablista.”

Correspondance Internationale, junio de 1972

Acercamiento OCI-SWP

Es divertido constatar que, según el acta de una reunión entre la OCI y el Socialist Workers Party (SWP) norteamericano en octubre de 1974, Pierre Lambert (de la OCI) habría declarado:

“Si no hubieran lazos con la Cuarta Internacional fundada por Trotsky, cada uno de nosotros [es decir el CORCI y el Secretariado Unificado (SU) al cual el SWP está ligado políticamente] no seríamos más que unos Burós de Londres. Como reclamamos la autoridad de Trotsky, no somos Burós de Londres.”

Por supuesto invocar la autoridad de Trotsky es insuficiente como criterio para definir el trotskismo auténtico. Pero la Conferencia Latinoamericana ha formalizado la práctica sin principios de la OCI con una claridad sin precedentes. Ha sobrepasado sus vacilaciones y capitulaciones de antaño, abogando hoy francamente por un conglomerado de “antiimperialistas” sin siquiera referirse al trotskismo. Por sus propios criterios, entonces, el CORCI simplemente está promoviendo otro Buró de Londres.

La OCI suplantó su hostilidad de larga data contra el SWP, descubriendo súbitamente en 1973 que el SWP es “trotskista” y “no centrista”. La OCI se lanzó de cuerpo entero a correr tras Joseph Hansen y Cía., sin importarle las aspiraciones socialdemócratas en pleno florecimiento del SWP, que lo sitúan en el ala derecha del SU. En el período antes del Décimo Congreso del SU en 1974, la OCI aconsejó a sus partidarios presentes y/o futuros dentro del SU que se integren a la oposición derechista de la minoría encabezada por el SWP, la Fracción Leninista-Trotskista.

Aún antes del encuentro de octubre de 1974 entre el SWP y la OCI, el afiliado argentino de la OCI, Política Obrera (PO), declaró su disposición para entablar discusiones extensas con el PST argentino de Moreno/Coral, que estaba en ese entonces en pleno acuerdo con el SWP. Las relaciones entre PO y el PST parecen haber mejorado considerablemente; recientemente el PST propuso incluso una fusión entre las respectivas juventudes para el mes de marzo (Avanzada Socialista, 30 de diciembre de 1975).

Curiosamente, mientras que la OCI y el PST están en pleno noviazgo, noticias de desacuerdos entre el PST y el SWP, sobre Portugal y Angola, han circulado en Europa. Ahora estos han sido confirmados en cuanto a Angola: el Militant (23 de enero de 1976) del SWP dice que el PST está de acuerdo con la posición de la mayoría del SU de apoyo al MPLA, al contrario de la “neutralidad” del SWP. Si el reagrupamiento dentro del SU continua, la OCI ―que al principio sólo expresaba desprecio por el PST, mientras que adulaba de manera escandalosa al SWP― se vería en apuros.

La OCI corre detrás del POUM

La OCI ha pasado más de 20 años reclamándose del “trotskismo ortodoxo” y del “antirevisionismo”. No es por azar que su giro agudo a la derecha en el campo político francés ―apoyando al candidato del frente popular en las elecciones presidenciales de 1974― va de la mano con un giro internacional igualmente agudo a la derecha. La cuestión del frente popular es el eje alrededor del cual gira la degeneración creciente de la OCI.

En Europa, luego que la OCI perdió su grupo español en provecho del sedo de Varga, adoptó cada vez más posiciones políticas idénticas a las del POUM español (Partido Obrero de Unificación Marxista) ― organización que históricamente ha sido la quinta esencia de la capitulación al frente popular. En los últimos seis meses por lo menos, la OCI se ha limitado a levantar consignas centrales para España que son idénticas a las del POUM: “Abajo la monarquía”, “Viva la República”, “Por una asamblea constituyente”. Estas consignas encarnan la concepción menchevique de la revolución en dos etapas rígidamente separadas ― al fin y al cabo es una tentativa de justificar confianza política a la democracia burguesa en la llamada “primera” etapa.

En una situación de guerra civil, el movimiento obrero debe dar apoyo militar a la democracia burguesa contra la reacción bonapartista y fascista (de este modo los bolcheviques lucharon al lado de Kerensky contra Kornilov). Pero el proletariado nunca subordina sus organizaciones y su programa independiente a tales bloques militares, porque no da ninguna confianza política a la burguesía. Las consignas del POUM/OCI para España hoy día son abiertamente reformistas. Una cosa era luchar en el campo de la república española amenazada por el golpe de estado de los generales franquistas, y otra muy distinta abogar por la formación de una república burguesa.

El POUM: un historial de la traición

En 1936 Trotsky rompió con la Izquierda Comunista de Andrés Nin a causa de la unificación de ésta con el Bloque Obrero y Campesino de Maurín que dio origen al POUM. Los acontecimientos subsiguientes confirmaron con rapidez la evaluación que hacía Trotsky del POUM como obstáculo centrista a la revolución proletaria. En el crisol de la situación revolucionaria, el POUM abdicó a favor de los malos dirigentes reformistas, permitiendo en última instancia que la burguesía recuperara el control político a través del frente popular, asegurando objetivamente de esta manera la derrota de la revolución española y la victoria de las fuerzas franquistas.

De una manera típicamente centrista, después de meses de propaganda contra cualquier coalición con la burguesía española, de un día para otro, el POUM ingresó en la coalición electoral de febrero de 1936 en Cataluña. Por supuesto, luego de las elecciones renunciaría a la coalición. No obstante, en la víspera misma de la guerra civil, el POUM volvía a capitular al llamar por un “auténtico gobierno del Frente Popular con la participación directa de los partidos Comunista y Socialista” (La Batalla, 17 de julio de 1936). En lugar de reivindicar que los reformistas asumieran el poder gubernamental sin la participación de sus socios burgueses (tal la consigna bolchevique de junio de 1917, “abajo los diez ministros capitalistas”), en el momento crítico el POUM se demostró incapaz de concretar su oposición verbal periódica al frente popular.

El 7 de septiembre de 1936 Nin pronunció un discurso criticando la coalición de Madrid con la burguesía, avanzando la consigna de “abajo los ministros burgueses”. Sin embargo el 18 de septiembre La Batalla publicó una resolución que declaraba:

“El Comité Central, ahora al igual de siempre, cree que este gobierno debe estar integrado exclusivamente por representantes de los partidos obreros y las organizaciones sindicales. Pero si esta posición no es compartida por las demás organizaciones obreras, queremos dejar el problema abierto a la discusión.”

El 26 de septiembre de 1936, el POUM demostró lo que realmente entendía por “dejar el problema abierto” ― ¡entró al gobierno burgués de Cataluña!

La capitulación política del POUM al coalicionismo frentepopulista fue la confirmación decisiva de la justicia de la amarga lucha de Trotsky. El eje central de la desorientación del POUM, que lo tornó impotente frente a la necesidad de proveer una dirección revolucionaria, fue esta misma incapacidad de levantar un programa proletario dirigido a la movilización independiente de la clase obrera opuesta al aparato del estado burgués. En la práctica el POUM se opuso a la tarea central que enfrentan los revolucionarios en una situación incipiente de doble poder: la creación de los soviets.

En las fuerzas armadas, el POUM prohibió la elección de comités de soldados y consintió los decretos de militarización y movilización de septiembre y octubre de 1936 que traían aparejado la conscripción de regimientos regulares bajo el antiguo código militar. El 27 de octubre de 1936 La Batalla publicó sin comentarios el decreto del estado burgués que desarmó a los obreros.

Nin justificó explícitamente el abandono de la concepción leninista de los soviets al referirse a la ausencia de tradiciones democráticas en Rusia. “Sin embargo, nuestro proletariado tenía sus sindicatos, sus partidos, sus propias organizaciones. Por esta razón los soviets no han surgido entre nosotros” (La Batalla, 27 de abril de 1937). Lo que se reflejaba en esta declaración era el prolongado rechazo de Nin de competir con la burocracia anarquista-reformista de la CNT por la dirección de los obreros organizados. Cuando la CNT se integró al frente popular, el POUM lo hizo también. Cuando la CNT llamó a los obreros a que entregaran las armas frente a la feroz represión burguesa y estalinista, el POUM hizo otro tanto.

Luego que la sección de Barcelona del POUM, que se encontraba a la izquierda dentro del partido, votó por la organización inmediata de soviets el 15 de abril de 1937, la dirección del POUM emprendió medidas represivas masivas y burocráticas contra su ala izquierda, incluyendo la expulsión de disidentes (acusados de ser trotskistas) que incluso fueron traídos del frente bajo custodia.

El último paso era previsible. Al comienzo del mes de mayo la clase obrera de Barcelona se tomó la ciudad en respuesta a la tentativa de inspiración estalinista por los Guardias de Asalto de la República de controlar por la fuerza los obreros de la Telefónica; entre todos los grupos de izquierda, sólo los trotskistas (la Sección Bolchevique-Leninista de España) y los anarquistas de izquierda “Amigos de Durruti”, sacaron volantes el 4 de mayo que exhortaban a la huelga general, al desarme de los Guardias de Asalto y a la formación de un frente proletario revolucionario. Mas La Batalla (6 de mayo de 1937) pidió a los obreros a “abandonar las calles”, aconsejando “volved al trabajo”. Siguiendo las instrucciones de su dirección, los militantes del POUM abandonaron las barricadas. Esta traición fue instrumental en la precipitación de la derrota del levantamiento heroico de las jornadas de mayo. Tales son las “diferencias” entre el verdadero bolchevismo y la traición centrista.

Los apologistas del POUM

A la época de su lucha intransigente contra el POUM centrista, Trotsky debió también combatir una tendencia considerable a la tolerancia frente a la línea política del POUM, incluso entre las organizaciones que se reclamaban formalmente del combate por la Cuarta Internacional.

En julio de 1936, Trotsky escribió una carta al RSAP holandés, atacando su actitud complaciente frente al POUM y su reticencia a tomar posición sobre el Buró de Londres, del cual el POUM era uno de los soportes principales. Trotsky escribía:

“No se lucha por la Cuarta Internacional al coquetear con aquellos [el POUM y sus aliados] a puertas cerradas, atendiéndoles, rindiéndoles visitas de salón. etc…. No, sólo se lucha por la Cuarta Internacional al denunciar despiadadamente estos señoritos y llamándolos por su verdadero nombre.”

En la misma carta Trotsky atacaba la política del POUM:

“La cuestión de cuestiones actualmente es el frente popular. Los centristas de izquierda buscan presentar esta cuestión como una maniobra táctica, o aún técnica, para poder realizar sus negociados a la sombra del frente popular. En realidad el frente popular es la cuestión principal de la estrategia de la clase proletaria en esta época. También ofrece el mejor criterio para diferenciar el bolchevismo del menchevismo…. Todos los frentes populares en Europa no son nada más que una pálida imitación y a menudo una caricatura del frente popular ruso de 1917….”

Escritos, 1935-36

Después de la Segunda Guerra Mundial, el POUM jugó un papel importante en la “Internacional” shachtmanista, extraño reagrupamiento de todos los que rompieron con la Cuarta Internacional hacia la derecha. Además del grupo de Shachtman, que se había escindido del SWP en 1940 en oposición a la política trotskista de la defensa militar de la Unión Soviética, este pantano centrista Internacional englobaba al IKD alemán (los autores de “Las Tres Tesis” mencheviques de 1941 que abogaban por una revolución “democrática” contra el régimen de Hitler), la escisión del SWP en la posguerra de Goldman/Morrow, y la escisión de derecha del POI francés dirigido por Parisot y Demazière. Es a esta tradición histórica que vuelve la OCI.

La OCI reescribe la historia

No contenta solamente con abrazar al POUM, hoy día la OCI busca también embellecer el papel claudicante del POUM en los años 30. Pierre Broué, el conocido historiador de la OCI, en su reciente tomo de recopilación de los escritos de Trotsky sobre España, busca “explicar” (es decir, justificar) detalladamente en sus notas y en el prólogo, la política del POUM.

Broué se muestra particularmente positivo sobre la política sindical del ala de Maurín y sobre la fundación del POUM, a la cual Trotsky se opuso. Según Broué, el POUM se constituyó en el “combate común por el frente único obrero” entre el Bloque Obrero y Campesino (Maurín) y la Izquierda Comunista (Nin). Broué califica de “coherente” la explicación dada por Juan Andrade, dirigente del POUM, sobre su fundación y cita en extenso a Andrade y a otros dirigentes del POUM con aprobación, acerca de sus diferencias con Trotsky.

En el contexto de recopilar los escritos de Trotsky sobre España, Broué hizo lo posible, para un llamado trotskista (no puede, por supuesto, rechazar abiertamente el combate de Trotsky contra el POUM), para justificar el POUM contra Trotsky. Implícitamente solidariza con los vacilantes que, queriendo asociarse con el análisis tajante de Trotsky, se alejaban de la térrea necesidad de la lucha política despiadada contra los centristas. Broué, al pasar, anota que las polémicas (“a veces feroces”) de Trotsky contra el POUM fueron “a menudo consideradas excesivas incluso por muchos de los partidarios de Trotsky”.

Pero no se detuvo ahí. Por lo menos en un caso importante, el tomo de Broué trunca la sección de la carta de Trotsky al RSAP, referida a España, eliminando un elemento central de su polémica contra el POUM (en particular el pasaje citado más arriba), tratando de su capitulación al frente popular.

La evidente turbación de Broué frente a la lucha de Trotsky contra el POUM no fue compartida por la Cuarta Internacional, cuyo documento de fundación ―el Programa de Transición de 1938 (¡que la OCI no puede pretender desconocer!)― declara abiertamente:

“Las organizaciones intermedias, centristas, que se agrupan en torno al Buró de Londres, no son más que apéndices izquierdistas de la socialdemocracia y de la Tercera Internacional. Poniendo en evidencia su absoluta incapacidad para orientarse en una situación histórica y deducir conclusiones revolucionarias. Su punto culminante fue alcanzado por el POUM español, que frente a una situación revolucionaria resultó ser completamente incapaz de tener una política revolucionaria.”

El acercamiento de la OCI al POUM no puede ser considerado como un mero coqueteo, sino el pasar de las palabras a los hechos. La publicidad de su campaña pro-fondos a finales de 1975 (para la “solidaridad internacional” y la “reconstrucción de la Cuarta Internacional”), se centró sobre dos organizaciones: Política Obrera (que había perdido varios militantes encarcelados o muertos a manos del régimen peronista) y el POUM. A pesar de sus referencias fortuitas a las “divergencias” que tiene con el POUM, es evidente que la OCI cifra esperanzas en el POUM como elemento importante para su “Cuarta Internacional” reconstruida. Por lo tanto declara su apoyo al POUM que “ha combatido en la revolución española, soportando los golpes peores de la burguesía coaligada con el estalinismo (asesinato de Nin por la GPU) y que continúa esta lucha contra el régimen franquista en su agonía.” (Informations Ouvrieres, 10 de septiembre de 1975).

La colecta de fondos ha sido repetidamente presentada por la OCI como, “a través del apoyo al POUM, un acto de la solidaridad combatiente con el proletariado y el pueblo de España. Su combate es el nuestro” (Informations Ouvrieres, 6 de noviembre de 1975). Evidentemente la OCI presenta al POUM como a una sección española de su organización y como el canal para introducir su línea política. Para la dirección de la OCI, la traición del POUM en los días decisivos de 1936-37 se ha desvanecido. El POUM es presentado como merecedor de la plena confianza de los obreros españoles ― y concomitantemente de una tajada de los casi US$ 120.000 recolectados por la OCI.

Las pretensiones de la OCI de representar el trotskismo auténtico y la lucha por sostener el programa trotskista contra el revisionismo, son puestos al desnudo. Lejos de cumplir con la proclamada intención de encarnar un reagrupamiento de principios, el CORCI es un conglomerado sin principios de centristas inveterados, cuya organización dominante, la OCI, anhela con lujuria la consumación de sus relaciones con el SWP reformista. Es preciso reforjar la Cuarta Internacional como el partido mundial de la revolución proletaria, templada en la lucha de clases y probada en el combate político vital contra aquellos que quisieran refundar el Buró de Londres.

Early Bolshevik Work Among Women of the Soviet East

Early Bolshevik Work Among Women of the Soviet East

[First printed in Women and Revolution #12, Summer 1976. Copied from http://www.icl-fi.org/english/womendrev/oldsite/BOL-EAST.HTM]

The triumph of the October Revolution in 1917, which dramatically, transformed the lives of Russian women, wrought even greater transformations in the lives of the women inhabiting the Central Asian regions which had been colonized by tsarist Russia. But in these feudal or pre-feudal generally Islamic cultures, where the lot of women was frequently inferior to that of the livestock, change came more slowly.

The status of women varied, of course, from culture to culture and within cultures, depending on social class and the nature of the, productive process. But from the mouth of the Volga through the Caucasus and Turkestan, from Iran and Afghanistan to Mongolia and northward to Siberia virtual enslavement was the rule, although restrictions were of necessity less strictly applied to women of the poorer classes—nomads and peasant women—whose labor was essential. A certain level of trade and industry and a settled way of life in the cities was a prerequisite for the luxury of strict enforcement of Islamic law.

It was not only the formal prescriptions of the Koran, but also local customs codified in the religious common law (theShariat) and the civil law (the Adats), which determined the situation of Islamic women. The few partial reforms expressed in the Koran–the forbidding of female infanticide, the restriction of polygamy, the recognition of limited property and inheritance rights for women–were generally nullified by local Shariats and Adats.

The practically universal institution of kalym or bride price in itself illustrates the Muslim conception of marriage as a purely commercial contract having nothing to do with emotional bonds or personal commitments. In some areas the bride’s presence was not even required at the wedding. The purchase price of the female commodity had already been negotiated between the families of the bride and groom, and the wedding was merely a ceremony at which the transaction was notarized. The marriage contract was subject to dissolution by the husband at any time, and polygamy and child marriage were quite common. Children too physically immature for marital relations were subjected to the “horrible operation”—they were ripped open by a midwife to make consummation possible.

Kalym bound a woman, often from childhood, to the husband who satisfied her father’s price. If she ran away, she could be pursued as a criminal and punished by her husband or his clan. A runaway wife might be punished by having her legs broken or by other barbaric tortures. For a woman so much as suspected of infidelity, the appropriate punishment was branding on the genitals with a hot iron.

For the poor, marriage by capture often replaced payment of kalym. Once she was seized, carried off and raped, the woman had no choice but to remain with her abductor, since she had been disgraced and no other man would have her. Even widowhood brought no freedom, because a wife for whom kalym had been paid was the property of the husband’s family or clan and was bequeathed to his brother. Suicide by fire was the only alternative according to the laws of Islam. However, access to heaven was dependent on the will of the husband, and if cheated out of kalym by a wife’s suicide, he was unlikely to invite her to enter into paradise.

Rules demanding the veiling and seclusion of women had been introduced into Islamic law with the conversion of the Persian aristocracy in 641 A.D. In many parts of Central Asia the veil required was not simply the yashmuk, covering the mouth, but the paranja, which covers the whole face and body without openings for sight or breath. For centuries many women have lived thus shrouded and imprisoned in their ichkaris (segregated living quarters). A Yakutsklegend depicts a model daughter of Islam. Her living body is set before guests who proceed to cutoff pieces to eat. The girl not only bears this torment in silence but tries to smile pleasingly.

The triumph of Russian imperialism in the 1880’s brought few advances in social organization or technology in the Muslim East. The wretched Russian peasantry lived like royalty in comparison with the primitive peoples of this area.

The tsarist government forced the agricultural villages to switch at this time from food crops to cotton, and railroads were built to transport this product to Russian textile plants. Following the railroad workers were women who did not wear veils—Russian prostitutes. For a long time they were the only models available to the Muslim nomads and peasants of the “liberation” which Russian capitalism had bestowed upon women.

The October Revolution Transforms Central Asia

With the victory of the October Revolution the Bolsheviks turned toward Central Asia in the hope of developing its vast and desperately needed natural resources. The flow of these resources to the West was threatened, however, by the fact that Central Asia was from the beginning a haven for every sort of counterrevolutionary tendency and for the retreating White armies. Bourgeois consolidation anywhere in this area would have provided a base for the imperialist powers to launch an anti-Soviet attack.

The extension of the proletarian revolution to Central Asia, moreover, could become the example of socialist development in an economically backward area which would undermine the resistance of burgeoning nationalism in the East and inspire the toilers of other underdeveloped regions the world over.

But immense economic and cultural leaps were required to integrate Soviet Central Asia into a society revolutionized by the Bolsheviks in power. Trotsky called the area “the most backward of the backward,” still living a “prehistoric existence.” Indeed, the journey eastward from Moscow across Central Asia was a trip backward through the centuries of human development.

The Bolsheviks viewed the extreme oppression of women as an indicator of the primitive level of the whole society, but their approach was based on materialism, not moralism. They understood that the fact that women were veiled and caged, bought and sold, was but the surface of the problem. Kalym was not some sinister plot against womankind, but an institution which was central to the organization of production, integrally connected to land and water rights. Payment of kalyin, often by the whole clan over a long period of time, committed those involved to an elaborate system of debts, duties and loyalties which ultimately led to participation in the private army of the localbeys (landowners and wholesale merchants). All commitments were thus backed up with the threat of feuds and blood vengeance.

These kinship and tribal loyalties were obstacles to social progress because they obscured class relations and held back the expropriation and redistribution of land and other property. Poor peasants who stood to gain by the equalization of wealth, hid the property of their rich relatives threatened with expropriation. Blood vengeance enforced vows of silence, and Soviet authority was undermined by conspiracies that served only the old oppressors.

Civil War

The Bolsheviks hoped that women, having the most to gain, would be the link that broke the feudal chain, but this necessitated a great deal of preparation, for the Muslim institutions, oppressive as they were, served real social functions and could not be simply abolished. Like the bourgeois family, they had to be replaced.

Lenin warned against prematurely confronting respected native institutions, even when these clearly violated communist principle and Soviet law. Instead, he proposed to use Soviet state power to carefully and systematically undermine them while simultaneously demonstrating the superiority of Soviet institutions, a policy which had worked well against the powerful Russian Orthodox Church.

Extending this practice to Central Asia, the Soviet government waged a campaign to build the authority, of the Soviet legal system and civil courts as an alternative to the traditional Muslim kadi courts and legal codes. Although the kadicourts were permitted to function, their powers were circumscribed in that they were forbidden to handle political cases or any cases in which both parties to the dispute had not agreed to use the kadi rather than the parallel Soviet court system. As the Soviet courts became more accepted, criminal cases were eliminated from the kadis’ sphere. Next, the government invited dissatisfied parties to appeal the kadis’ decisions to a Soviet court. In this manner the Soviets earned the reputation of being partisans of the oppressed, while the kadis were exposed as defenders of the status quo. Eventually the kadis were forbidden to enforce any Muslim law which contradicted Soviet law. Two Soviet representatives, including one member of Zhenotdel—the Department of Working Women and Peasant Women—were assigned to witness all kadi proceedings and to approve their decisions. Finally, when the wafks (endowment properties), which had supported the kadis, were expropriated and redistributed among the peasantry, the kadisdisappeared completely.

This non-confrontationist policy in no way implied capitulation to backward, repressive institutions. It was made clear that there could be no reconciliation between communism and the Koran. Although “Red Mullahs,” attracted by the Bolshevik program of self-determination and land to the tiller, suggested to their followers that Islam was socialism and vice versa, the Bolsheviks insisted that Soviet and Muslim law could never be reconciled precisely on the grounds that the most basic rights of women would be sacrificed.

The bloody civil war that pitted the Bolshevik state against imperialist-supported counterrevolutionary forces devastated the young workers state and threatened its very survival. During this period, when the Bolsheviks’ capacity to intervene in Central Asia was crippled, the crude tactics employed by their ostensibly socialist opponents fueled anti-Soviet sentiment.

In Tashkent, the railroad center of Central Asia, the governing Soviet was made up of Russian emigrés, many of them railroad workers, led by Social Revolutionaries and Mensheviks. In an orgy of Russian chauvinism and self-indulgence foreshadowing the policies of Stalinism to come, they expropriated the holdings of the most respected Islamic institutions and stood the slogan “self-determination of the toiling masses” on its head to justify the exclusion from the soviet of native intellectuals and sympathetic mullahs, whom they labeled “non-proletarian elements.” At the same time, they collaborated with former White officers. When the Tashkent Soviet began arbitrarily requisitioning food from the peasants during the worst grain shortages of the civil war, Lenin intervened to stop this. But the seeds of anti-Soviet rebellion had been sown.

The Basmachis, tribal and traditionalist elements (mainly Uzbek and Tadzhik), who were avowed enemies of the Bolsheviks, served as a pole of attraction for the most sordid conglomeration of forces dedicated to the preservation of the status quo. When Enver Pasha of Turkey, who came to the region as an emissary from Moscow, deserted to the Basmachis, supplying the leadership and authority necessary to unify the warring beys into a viable army of fanatical Muslim terrorists, civil war in Central Asia began in earnest. Soon thousands of Muslims joined these forces in the hills.

Few Central Asian women took the side of the Bolsheviks during the civil war and few of these survived. The heroism of those few who dared defy family, law and the word of the prophet was unsurpassed. One such woman was Tsainet Khesmitova, who ran away from her aged husband while still a child and served as a spy for the Red Army. Her husband’s hired assassins eventually caught her, cut out her tongue and left her beaten body buried neck deep in the desert to die. She was rescued by a Red Army unit but was so mutilated that she was forced to live out her life in a Moscow institution for Bolsheviks incapable of work.

Another was Umu Kussum Amerkhanova, the first woman activist of Daghestan, who repeatedly escaped from the death sentences which the White Army and her own countrymen sought to impose on her. Wearing men’s clothes, she led Red troops at the Daghestan front until the end of the war and survived to continue the work of transforming the role of women in Central Asia.

Lifting the Veil of Oppression

Bolshevik ability to intervene effectively in Central Asia began with the end of the civil war and the transition from the emergency policies of war communism to the stabilization carried out with the institution of the NEP (New Economic Policy). The Turkestan Commission was set up under the leadership of M. Frunze, a talented military commander, and G. Safarov, a leading Bolshevik of Central Asian origins.

The detested emigrés were recalled to Russia, and the land they had confiscated was distributed to the Muslim toilers. With food requisitions replaced by the tax-in-kind, and government allocations of seed and food reserves, the Basmachi revolt came to an end. But the peasants’ experience with chauvinist Menshevik policies was not forgotten. Resistance would continue to flare up in the future when agricultural tensions were again exacerbated.

The end of the war signaled the initiation of systematic Bolshevik work among Muslim women. In the absence of native activists, it was the most dedicated and courageous members of Zhenotdel who donned the paranja in order to meet with Muslim women and explain the new Soviet laws and programs which were to change their lives. This was an extremely dangerous assignment, as any violation of a local taboo enraged husbands, fathers and brothers to murder. In fact, the discovery of numerous dismembered bodies of Zhenotdel organizers finally compelled the Soviet government to reinstate the death penalty for explicitly “anti-feminist” murder as a counterrevolutionary crime, although non-political murder (even murder committed in vengeance against wives) received a standard sentence of five to ten years’ imprisonment.

Zhenotdel activists organized “Red Yertas” (tents), “Red Boats” and “Red Corners,” depending on the terrain. They attracted local women by offering instruction in hygiene and crafts, by providing entertainment and a place to socialize and by distributing scarce consumer goods. Although the clubs were at first concerned primarily with publicizing and explaining the new laws, they later became centers for culture and education and waged a remarkably successful campaign to liquidate illiteracy.

At the 13th Party Congress in 1924 an offensive was launched in Central Asia which was designed to bring women into production and political life. Funds were allocated from central and local budgets for assemblies of women’s delegates and for associations to combat kalym and polygamy. Plans were also made to form producers’ and consumers’ cooperatives and to establish literary and hygiene circles and medical dispensaries.

The implementation of these measures continued to depend on the initiative of a handful of Zhenotdel activists, for so deeply ingrained were the old values that often even Central Asian Communists could not conceive of substantial changes in the status of women, and the women themselves often failed to report crimes against them to the courts. The response of local party branches to the new measures ranged from open hostility and sabotage to passive incomprehension.

The party locals in Daghestan, for instance, interpreted the law abolishing kalym as an instruction to lower bride prices. In some areas the party instituted fair price regulations: a young, pretty girl from a well-to-do family might cost 300 rubles while a pockmarked widow was to be priced the same as a hornless cow.

By 1924 Zhenotdel organizations had entrenched themselves in many areas, and because of their influence and the changes in material conditions, Central Asian women began for the first time to vote. This advance was facilitated by the fact that the official summons each of them received from the party to appear at the polls was regarded as a valid reason for them to go out in public, thereby saving their husbands from ridicule.

Once at meetings, women were persuaded to run for office on the party platform. At the same time, legal reforms and land redistribution gave them rights under the law, and through producers’ and consumers’ cooperatives they were able to acquire seed, tools and training, making it possible for them to support themselves. These alternatives to economic dependency in marriage in conjunction with the publicizing of divorce laws resulted in a marked increase in divorce, initiated especially by child brides and second and third wives.

Stalinization

Had a balanced approach of training and education complemented this liberalizing agitation, these new divorcees could well have become enthusiastic pioneers of agricultural collectives and proletarian reinforcements for industrialization. Their example would have been followed by married women as well, with the incentive of increased family income working to neutralize the hostility of their husbands. But at the January 1924 Party Conference, which preceded the 13th Party Congress, the leadership, program and methods of the party changed decisively.

The degeneration of the revolution after 1923 expressed through the theory of “socialism in one country” and implemented through the strangling of workers democracy in the Soviet Union, permeated and deformed all sectors of the government.

In an ominous prelude to the policies of the “third period,” such as the forced collectivization of agriculture, the legal offensive against traditional practices in Central Asia was stepped up until the divorce rate assumed epidemic proportions. Although local party branches protested the pace of the offensive and warned that it had become “demoralizing to all concerned and a threat to continued Soviet rule,” Zhenotdel continued its one-sided agitation for women to initiate divorce, until the Red Yertas, clubs and hospitals were filled with far more divorcees than they could possibly handle. Under the impact of masses of women whom they could not support, these organizations in desperation simply dissolved. In some cases, they were transformed into brothels.

In 1927 the offensive was narrowed still further to a single-issue campaign against seclusion and the veil known asKhudshum. First, party meetings were held at which husbands unveiled their wives. Then on 8 March 1927, in celebration of International Woman’s Day, mass meetings were held at which thousands of frenzied participants, chanting “Down with the paranja!” tore off their veils, which were drenched in paraffin and burned. Poems were recited and plays with names such as “Away with the Veil,” and “Never Again Kalym” were performed. Zhenotdel agitators led marches of unveiled women through the streets, instigating the forced desegregation of public quarters and sanctified religious sites. Protected by soldiers, bands of poor women roamed the streets, tearing veils off wealthier women, hunting for hidden food and pointing out those who still clung to traditional practices which had now been declared crimes (such as conspiring to arrange a marriage for exchange of kalym).

The Khudshum appeared to be a success on March 8, but on March 9 hundreds of unveiled women were massacred by their kinsmen, and this reaction, fanned by Muslim clergy, who interpreted recent earthquakes as Allah’s punishment for the unveilings, grew in strength. Remnants of the Basmachi rebels reorganized themselves into Tash Kuran (secret, counterrevolutionary organizations) which flourished as a result of their pledge to preserveNarkh (local customs and values).

Women suing for divorce became the targets of murderous vigilante squads, and lynchings of party cadre annihilated the ranks of the Zhenotdel. The massive terror unleashed against the recently unveiled women—which ranged from spitting and laughing at them to gang rape and murder—forced most of them to take up the veil again soon after repudiating it.

The party was forced to mobilize the militia, then the Komsomols and finally the general party membership and the Red Army to protect the women, but it refused to alter its suicidal policies. The debacle of international Woman’s Day was repeated in 1928 and 1929 with the same disastrous consequences, exacting an extremely high toll on party cadre. Lacking Zhenotdel leadership those clubs which had survived the legal offensive now disappeared.

By 1929 Central Asia was caught up in the general resistance of peasant peoples throughout the Soviet Union to the forced collectivization of agriculture dictated by Moscow. Significant social advancement for most Muslim women in Central Asia was deferred. Not for another decade, when the productive capacity of the planned economy had developed sufficiently to provide jobs, education, medical care and social services on a scale wide enough to undercut primitive Islamic traditions, did they begin to make substantial gains.

The Russian Revolution created the objective preconditions for the liberation of women. But the consolidation of the Stalinist bureaucracy was accompanied by a general reversal of significant gains for women throughout Soviet society. Thus the oppressive family structure which the Bolsheviks under Lenin had struggled to replace with the socialization of household labor was now renovated as an economic institution by the increasingly isolated regime which realized that the family provided services which the degenerated workers state could not. In defense of the family, abortions were illegalized, divorces were made much less accessible and women were encouraged through government subsidies and “Mother Heroine” medals to bear as many children as possible. In 1934, as if to sanction its physical liquidation in Central Asia at the hands of Tash Kuran terror, the Soviet government liquidated Zhenotdel organizationally as well.

IWD: A Proletarian Holiday

International Women’s Day:

A Proletarian Holiday

[Originally published in Women and Revolution #8, Spring 1976]

Bourgeois feminists may celebrate it, but March 8 — International Women’s Day — is a worker’s holiday. Originating in 1908 among female needle trades workers in Manhattan’s Lower East Side, who marched under the slogans “for an eight hour day,” “for the end of child labor” and “equal suffrage for women,” it was officially adopted by the Second International in 1911.

International Women’s Day was first celebrated in Russia in 1913 where it was widely publicized in the pages of the Bolshevik newspaper, Pravda, and popularized by speeches in numerous clubs and societies controlled by Bolshevik organizations which presented a Marxist analysis of women’s oppression and the program for emancipation.

The following year the Bolsheviks not only agitated for International Women’s Day in the pages of Pravda (then publishing under the name Put’ Pravdy), but also made preparations to publish a special journal dealing with questions of women’s liberation in Russia and internationally. It was called Rabotnitsa (The Working Woman), and it’s first issue was scheduled to appear on International Women’s Day, 1914 (see “How the Bolsheviks Organized Working Women: History of the the Journal Rabotnitsa,” Women and Revolution No. 4, Fall 1973).

Preparations for the holiday were made under the most hazardous conditions. Shortly before the long awaited day, the entire editorial board of Rabotnitsa – with one exception- as well as other Bolsheviks who had agitated for International Women’s Day in St. Petersburg factories, were arrested by the Tsarist police. Despite these arrests, however, the Bolsheviks pushed ahead with their preparations. Anna Elizarova –Lenin’s sister and the one member of the editorial board to escape arrest, single-handedly brought out the first issue of Rabotnitsa on March 8 (or, according to the old Russian calendar, February 23) as scheduled. Clara Zetkin, a leading figure in the German Social Democracy and in the international working women’s movement wrote:

“Greetings to you on your courageous decision to organize Women’s Day, congratulations to you for not losing courage and not wanting to sit by with your hands folded. We are with you, heart and soul. You and your movement will be remembered at numerous meetings organized for Women’s Day in Germany, Austria, Hungary, and America.”

–Quoted in A. Artiukhina, “Proidennyi Put,” Zhenschina v revoliutsii

By far the most important celebration ever of International Women’s Day took place in Petrograd on 8 March 1917 when the women textile workers of that city led a strike of over 90,000 workers — a strike which signaled the end of the 300 year old Romanov dynasty and the beginning of the Russian Revolution. One week afterward, Pravda commented

“The first day of the revolution — that is the Women’s Day, the day of the Women’s Workers International! All honor to the International! The women were the first to tread the streets of Petrograd on that day.”

As the positions of Soviet women degenerated under Stalin and his successors, as part of the degeneration of the entire Soviet workers state, International Women’s Day was transformed from a day of international proletarian solidarity into an empty ritual which, like Mother’s Day in the United States, glorifies the traditional role of women within the family.

But International Women’s Day is a celebration neither of motherhood nor sisterhood; to ignore this fact is to ignore the most significant aspects of it’s history and purpose, which was to strengthen the ranks of revolutionary proletariat. Unlike the pre-war Mensheviks who wanted to conciliate the feminists of their day by limiting the celebration of International Women’s Day to women only, the Bolsheviks insisted that it be a holiday of working women and working men in struggle together. As Nadezhda Krupskaya wrote in the lead article of the first issue of Rabotnitsa:

“That which unites working women with working men is stronger than that which divides them. They are united by their common lack of rights, their common needs, their common conditions, which is struggle and their common goal…. Solidarity between working men and working women, common activity, a common goal, a common path to this goal– such is the solution of the ‘woman’ question among workers.”

Today the Bolshevik program for the full emnacipation of women is carried forward by the Spartacist League. We are proud to publicize the real history of International Women’s Day, a part of our revolutionary heritage, and we will celebrate it with public forums around the country presenting the Marxist analysis of women’s oppression and the program and strategy to smash it.

As we deepen our influence in the working class, we look forward to celebrating future International Women’s Days not only through the dissemination of propaganda, but also through the initiation of the full range of activities traditionally associated with this proletarian holiday — general strikes, insurrections, revolution!

Forward to a Women’s Section of the Reborn Fourth International!

For Women’s Liberation through International Proletarian Revolution!

Links to other International Women’s Day statements

V.I. Lenin’s statements
http://www.marxists.org/archive/lenin/works/1920/mar/04.htm
http://www.marxists.org/archive/lenin/works/1921/mar/04.htm

Alexandra Kollontai’s statements
http://www.marxists.org/archive/kollonta/works/womday.htm
http://www.marxists.org/archive/kollonta/1920/womens-day.htm

International Bolshevik Tendency’s 1998 statement
http://www.bolshevik.org/1917/no21/No21islm.pdf

Kim II Sung

[First printed in Workers Vanguard # 125, 17 September, 1976]

4 September 1976

To the Editor:

Your recent article entitled “American Imperialism Rattles Sabre in Korea” (WV No. 123, 3 September 1976) exposed the anti-proletarian character of the Stalinist bureaucracy in North Korea, in particular citing the monstrous cult of Kim II Sung and the complete political disfranchisement of the working masses. Kim & Co. have sought to buttress their oligarchic regime through authoritarian regimentation and leader-cultism, requiring the workers and peasants to attend daily “study sessions” devoted simply to extolling (in the words of a typical Stalinist tract) “the wise leadership of Comrade Kim II-sung, a great revolutionary leader, a brilliant Marxist-Leninist, an ever-victorious steel-like general. and a kind, paternal leader of the people who devotes himself to the utmost for them.”

It also should be noted that the Kim clique has backed up its voluntarist exhortations with unlimited terror and repression aimed at eliminating all opposition to the bureaucracy. During 1956-59, after a decade of trumpeting the “victory of socialism” in North Korea, Kim II Sung launched a “collective guidance campaign” to suppress all suspected “disloyal elements.” Virtually the entire population of North Korea was subjected to police interrogation, and thousands were imprisoned in labor camps after kangaroo-court “trials.”

Moreover, the reactionary policies of the Pyongyang regime do not stop at the 38th parallel. During 1965-70, when Washington set its sights on an all-out military victory in Indochina, the Pyongyang bureaucracy was not presented with any opportunity to angle for “detente” with U. S. imperialism and its South Korean puppet. But by 1972, following the U.S.-China rapprochement and on the eve of the Paris “peace” accords on Indochina, the North Korean Stalinists negotiated a “detente” communique with South Korea which called for “peaceful reunification of the fatherland as soon as possible.” This diplomatic overture legitimized the 40,000 “neutral” U. S. imperialist troops then stationed in South Korea as well as the South Korean troops in Vietnam (equal in number to the U.S. forces there at that time).

Equally criminal has been the “detente” Pyongyang has proferred Japan, which still entertains imperialist ambitions to conquer all of Korea. During the Korean war, the mass organizations of the Koreans in Japan were mobilized by the Japanese Communist Party in struggles against U.S. imperialist aggression and the capitalist-landlord regime in Seoul. But after the Korean War, when Pyongyang began to seek “detente” with Japan, the Korean mass organizations in Japan were instructed by North Korean Stalinists to cease all “subversive” activities and propaganda. Thus, Kim II Sung tamed one of the most combative sectors of the working-class movement in Japan and set back the struggle against capitalism in the imperialist citadel of Asia.

Likewise, North Korea has pursued “peaceful coexistence” with the Suharto regime in Indonesia, which came to power over the corpses of at least 500,000 Communist workers and peasants in the bloody coup of 1965. In 1972 Pyongyang dispatched an ambassador to Jakarta who hailed “the success of the Indonesian people in consolidating their independence and national economic progress” (quoted in Far Eastern Economic Review, 11 March 1972).

Most recently, the North Korean Stalinists demonstrated their willingness to collaborate with imperialism against the interests of the international proletariat by sending at least 100 military advisors to Zaire last year to replace the Chinese agents training troops of the National Front for the Liberation of Angola (FNLA). At that time, when the civil war in neighboring Angola had already become internationalized, the anti-communist, tribalist FNLA forces were fighting alongside the South African army and Portuguese colons to massacre the Russian backed/Cuban-led Popular Movement for the Liberation of Angola and “every communist in Angola.”

The role of the North Korean Stalinists in courting the Indonesian butchers, and in training the henchmen of the Pentagon and Pretoria in Angola, should disabuse “critical Maoists” of illusions in the “revolutionary” and “anti-imperialist” pretensions of the North Korean Stalinist bureaucracy. As WV stressed, the revolutionary gains represented by the collectivist property forms of the North Korean deformed workers state can be protected and the road to socialist development opened only through workers political revolution to topple the Stalinist bureaucracy, establish soviet democracy and extend the revolution internationally.

Comradely,
Charles O’Brien

Marcyites Call for “Peaceful Reunification” … of the “Global Class War!”

[First printed in Workers Vanguard #125, 17 September 1976]

The Workers World Party (WWP) and its more substantial youth auxiliary, Youth Against War and Fascism (YAWF), have long trumpeted the North Korean Stalinist bureaucracy as the most intransigent and militant fighter in the so-called “global class war” against U.S. imperialism. But last month, when the confrontation between North Korea and the U.S. occupation forces propping up the Pak Jung Hi (Park) regime in Seoul reached another flash point at Panmunjom. WWP/YAWF suddenly forgot the “global class war” along the 38th parallel and parroted its Stalinist mentors’ prattle about “peaceful reunification” of Korea!

In his article on the Panmunjom skirmish (Workers World,  27 August) WWP/YAWF leader Sam Marcy begs the U.S. imperialists to abide by the spirit of the Declaration of Independence and recognize the democratic will of the world community on Korea:

“Little has been said in the US about the Colombo conference of non-aligned nations. All 86 voted to demand the withdrawal of US troops from Korea. Eighty-six! Together with the Soviet Union and China, that’s the bulk of humanity.

“Here in this Bicentennial year no document has been quoted more frequently than the Declaration of Independence. which calls for a ‘decent respect for the opinions of mankind.’ Well, here we have the overwhelming majority of the human race demanding the withdrawal of the US military from Korea.”

Tailing the North Korean bureaucracy the WWP/YAWF is reduced to “demanding” that the U.S. imperialists, who dropped the atom bomb on Japan and carpet-bombed Vietnam, observe a “democratic” foreign policy in line with the views of Thomas Jefferson!

Ever since its inception as a political tendency the Marcyites have used the “global class war” dogma to justify capitulation to the Stalinist bureaucracies and assorted “progressive” nationalist formations in the “Third World,” arguing that these forces have been pitted against the imperialist camp since the Korean War in an inexorable and epochal struggle. However, the Stalinist bureaucracies, from Russia to China to North Korea, are not committed to “global class war” but rather to global class collaboration — “peaceful coexistence” and “detente.” Thus, the USSR and China both advocate “peaceful reunification” of Korea to appease the U.S. imperialists, while each seeks to bloc with the imperialists against the other.

The “global class war” thesis was first formulated by Marcy during the Korean War of 1950-53 as an impressionistic reaction to the Cold War policy of “containment” of the then seemingly monolithic Sino-Soviet states. Marcyism represented a pro-Stalinist tendency, most despicably revealed by its open support to the Russian suppression of the workers uprising against Stalinism in Hungary in 1956.

Following in the footsteps of the “iron-willed” Kim II Sung, the WWP/YAWF can offer nothing more than peaceful reunification … of both sides of the “global class war.” As against these Stalinoid cheerleaders, the Spartacist League insists that it is not the counterrevolutionary bureaucracies but only the proletariat led by the Trotskyist party of world socialist revolution that can open the road to the communist future of humanity.

  • American troops out! For military defense of the North Korean deformed workers state against U.S. imperialism and its South Korean puppets!
  • For revolutionary reunification of Korea through social revolution in the South and political revolution in the North!
1 19 20 21 22 23 25